Memoirs of the Volume 50 Number 1 Museum of Victoria Melbourne Australia 31 August 1989 Hh o ass S51 ara by PS | ae oe The Vovage of H MS Challenger Cover. Part of the last plate in the Challenger Report on the Tetractinellida written by W. J. Sollas and published in 1888. It illustrates three spe- cies of Tethya with chiefly Indo-West Pacific dis- tribution. Figures 15 and 16 show a large specimen of Tethya ingalli Bowerbank, fixed on foreign objects and dredged by HMS “Challenger” in Bass Strait from a depth of 70 metres. This is one of the most common sponges along the coast of southern Australia, particularly in the bays of Vic- toria in shallow water and is described in this report. MEMOIRS of the MUSEUM OF VICTORIA MELBOURNE AUSTRALIA Memoir 50 Number 1 August 1989 Director Robert Edwards Deputy Director (Natural History) Jim M. Bowler Editor Gary C. B. Poore PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE COUNCIL ISSN 0814-1827 (Museum of Victoria Council 1989 Printed by Brown Prior Anderson Pty Ltd Burwood Victoria Instructions to Authors The Museum of Victoria was formed in 1983 by the merger of the National Museum of Victoria (established in 1854) and the Science Museum of Victoria (established in 1870). Among the Museum’s objectives are scholarship and education in the fields of natural history, science and tech- nology, and history of human society. The Museum of Victoria publishes two scientific serials to fur- ther these objectives, Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria (until 1983 Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria) and Occasional Papers from the Museum of Victoria. The Memoirs publishes papers on original research in the natural sciences pertinent to Vic- toria and/or the Museum’s collections. All contri- butions are assessed by independant referees before publication. The Occasional Papers are research documents of sufficient importance to be preserved but which are not appropriate for primary scientific publica- tion. Papers are factual rather than interpretative studies, may be of special local interest, or may be longer than a normal scientific paper. Contribu- tions will be refereed if appropriate. Two copies of the manuscript with accompany- ing plates and figures should be submitted to the Scientific Editor, Museum of Victoria, Swanston Street, Melbourne, Victoria 3000. Authors should consult a recent volume of the Memoirs to aquaint themselves with format. Manuscripts must be typed on A4 paper, double- spaced, on one side of the paper and with ample margins. Except for short papers (less than 10 manuscript pages) presentation of the final manuscript on word-processor floppy disks is essential. Papers should be arranged as follows: title (including higher classification of zoological taxa); authors’ names and addresses; abstract; con- tents (only if the paper is very long); introduction and main text; acknowledgements; references; index (only if very long); and tables. Captions to text-figures and plates must be attached to the manuscript as final pages. Underlining in the text should be restricted to generic and specific names. Measurements must be in the metric system (SI units). References should be listed alphabetically at the end of the manuscript. Journal titles must be in full. References to books must give the year of publi- cation, edition, name of publisher and city of pub- lication, See recent issues for details of format. In taxonomic papers synonymies should be of the short form: taxon, author, year, pages, figures. A period and dash must separate taxon and author except in the case of reference to the original description. Photographs must have clear definition and be submitted as either glossy or flat prints at the actual size for reproduction. Line drawings for text- figures should be in black ink on white card or drawing film. Maximum full-page size is 140 mm wide by 193 mm; single column width is 67 mm. Clear lettering must be inserted. Original drawings up to twice final size are acceptable. CONTENTS Demospongiae (Porifera) from northern Bass Strait, southern Australia F. Wiedenmayer Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(1): 1-242 (1989) ISSN 0814-1827 DEMOSPONGIAE (PORIFERA) FROM NORTHERN BASS STRAIT, SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA By FELIX WIEDENMAYER Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Museum of Victoria, Swanston Street, Melbourne, Victoria 3000, Australia Present address: Naturhistorisches Museum Basel, Agustinergasse 2, 4001 Basel, Switzerland Abstract Wiedenmayer, F., 1989. Demospongiae from northern Bass Strait, southern Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 50(1): 1-242. Eighty-four species (in 47 genera) in the Museum of Victoria, Melbourne, are described and illustrated. Of these, 21 species are described as new: Ancorina repens, A. suina, Stelletta arenitecta, Rhabdastrella cordata, R. intermedia, Tetilla praecipua, Latrunculia hallmanni, Pseudaxinella decipiens, Reniochalina sectilis, Rhaphoxya felina, Clathria wilsoni, Echinoclathria egena, Psammoclema bitextum, P. fissuratum, P. goniodes, P. radiatum, P. stipitatum, P. van- soesti, Callyspongia persculpta, C. toxifera, and Thorecta glomerosus. Eighteen records are new for the Maugean province, and three (Phorbas tenacior, Darwinella gardineri, and Gel- liodes incrustans) are new for the Australian fauna. The following revisions depart from those adopted in Wiedenmayer et al. (in press). The family Desmacididae is divided into Desmacidi- nae and Stylotellinae, and the genera Stylotella (= Batzella), Phoriospongia (= Chondropsis), and Psammoclema (— Psammopemma, Sarcocornea) are assigned to the latter. Dactylia, Chalinopsilla and Arenosclera are synonymised with Callyspongia. Thorectandra is synonymised with Thorecta. Dendrilla cactos (Selenka) is a senior synonym of D. rosea Lendenfeld. The composition of this collection is even, with respect to the known demosponge fauna of Victoria and Tasmania. Its zoogeographic affinity is essentially Indo-West Pacific and relictic Tethyan, its provincial endemism high, and its overlap with the Antarctic/Subantarctic fauna almost nil. Contents VAL AL I e die ue E TU at ERPs AL E e canes NR TEE ITE dey a 1 EEE TE A AA ad RTI aS O ra at 5 A a fec Oel AE E o AA 6 MEC: EOS E OU a a E a ke ern a take: 6 VE SE e mes Rer eI Plon ll] 8 PELO EY GO EES ARA our ue WAL TER TR Ir ka eso toga DONT 11 Size Of specimens and its gradatiom e un ean o nan bestes cea dian 12 A ALAS S SAREE Oa ee AO UTA ARIS EC! 12 Class Demospexisiac Sollas, 1885* 12. A Aa eset dues hme arten 13 Subclass Homoscleromorpha Lévi, 1953 ...... cc can. 13 Order Homosclerophorida Dendy, 1908 ..... jock cia cse een ode a 13 AI SC Doe ITO oe EU uM PERO qe 13 OZOH CHG Il e TAS RA A AER A 13 RO ur hl OA N E nm 13 Subclass Tetractinomorpha Lévi, 1953 .... cc ren 14 EO TNS Ui oot os I8RT. A O AA 14 ACOSO 14 NE as AHEM ir o A OA ERAN kde El 14 COR CIES ato Aa AA e A eR Gree, ER 14 ANGOLT ITA O NC MS O LA Dr E (AS 16 A AS o | shakin py O LEO I EET AP A 17 ACTAS AS DA CONSU An aq sie ee UN 18 SIE AS CTI e ala La E OR Pe ae 19 A EAN A RA OEA TER A ERA A 20 F. WIEDENMAYER mhabdastrellaXthieles 19032... e SEE DM SE eee 2d Rhabdastrella cordata sp: NONS s EF man eet ipee trees t e Ree pes 22] Rhabdastrella intermedia sp. MOV. a aaa ERO a e tee eet 22 GeodiiddeGtay, SO rera timg T nee tae age terre ans en e cared 23 Gedda Lamar IBIS v AT SS 23 Subgenus-Caoda, s Leute cio tope ARA Drs d SS eo utens 2 Geodia (Geodia) punctata Hentschel .......ssss e nn 24 Coppatiidae Topsent, 1898. 145,2: teet ett e eme nre aie My neto Beg 26 Justo Grays A Sa a tutt teas. ror Br pode Std 26 Jaspis stellifera (Carter) mo... eater net E 26 Order Spirophorida Brien, 1968 ..... see 28 Ted oa ee. RU UU NN IEEE USC ELE EEE 28 Tera cmd 808m SNL OO SEE ee CEASA EIA Cy ETE E eA SOS 28 Tetilld-Praecipuasp. HOV? oes vet ERES S Me Bude Ba an seran I 28 Order Hadromerida Topsent, 1894 ...,...0. eee rr nett 29 TethvidaesGemay V | BOT meet Toe A O Sc ERBE AA tg 29 La Sl ne OM ud EPIS SEE ERO Farry ace TS EHE SEE DES 29 Tethya ingalli Bowerbank ... .......unnesrasu rete sms ER Eee etes 29 Polymastudae Gray OOT oe ke m TUS REI oe Polymastia BOWLAR 18632 wer os TUE STE HEU 32 Polymtustia-erassd- Garten rn. sos eese Aue ce ie ete cunt er E 32 Spirastrellidae Ridley and Dendy, 1886 menist adu e 00 eee earners 34 Spuastrellasschmidiwia6 A Kane ee ter 34 Spirastrella pamlosa Ridley and Dendy ew ee re 35 GBOHdBidaes uy nooo cos pot RR as es ecole nots 36 GCHORGPOSIQUNAEGOSSL Sd ee a re Ot gs tad 36 GHOHGTOSI@MCLIGHICTIAGATUCT)- caca aye att eet a MS ese eee A PEE 36 Batunculidaestopsent 1I22 TERRE C LE 37 patrun cul Boase EL SOO: e O ELTE UL RI A A SHEER E E E EE RR 40 Tonpunoeuluzconulosastialmanee ee A 40 OTURA hallmanni SDs DONS me ames d PU pP M 41 OrderzAxinellida LEVi DIS. m Le pastus ses Se te Tee SER 47 Axinellidae Reiley and Dendy [ous wc. c c 47 DseucaximellaisSchnildü-U 97. Meee, ule vr A er RR 47 PSseudaxtella-deciDiensssp: nova ee RT 47 REMOS aman denia sss O A A EEEN 48 RenochalingssectilisvspzsioNe A O ELM 49 Bhanna AAN A A ET 50 RUGDRORVA=CACTILOPHTISa (Garten): A ELERUERLIM E 50 LEAT AY OP Oe Ls CURE CANON y ae MA ae ego ak i ah Gat ta ks east a DLE 52 s:irdchyaladidaesErallmanmi AA A A Saar M 53 EFGCRVGIAQHS AC autern MLS LI A O SE SPEARS 53 Trachycladus laevispirulifer Carter T AR a CDI Ri imo mE eut oes 53 Raspailiidae Hentschel tiore "MED 54 Gintriodendronleendenteldos Esg eranen vM 35 WIRENTIOGENAECHEGACHGHIT SEC ante NA A 35 Socias CEDAGUITIOTmOT Pal MEME 56 (order RoeeilosolenidasTonsenn A920 ecce cL 56 MictocionidaciGarters «USUS Mee ec ones gu: m o te Le TR MCCC 56 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT IATA CATA discs eee n EEE 56 CIFRAS TAR SICA LER a LN n TR CU E (cree open A bin PTS EEUU eot old. RM NM CE ae ee ee c M Er sarees teen S 57 ENANA As SAT LCA TIAS OW Rex 4 td cates Ms E Er OLD LUE PIE ape c OTRAS 58 E OIINOGlat hioncentere Ridles and" Dendy s. S Ao E eT ER ee 59 HEROE CINES ON usw Sauter AA P Iq e ERE ERN im e I see 59 IEchmoelathnimiaminaeravosa-(Carteb) esc. ee eu 60 Haoninacimhridgaeporina (catre): peg). een en Padum Daou ae Bo ae 61 "IECntnoetothrigsoiobosa ddcendemteld) Fr ar sr eher it anie qe d P i 63 ESTO GIACC nadas. ON, pn ren o e seen i REN IECUR een Dry ah 64 PERMOCIONTU UDS A AUNADO) 25 3025-91 37 9) u a ore a S AE 66 Dess oicitdnesseb mida dl dU (P Boi, ann etr ad e es E 66 DAA a M ROT T CO ET TO RO eos rn TROP e A Eee Pe nf a 67 Sun tle ue Eo Lese co wid ta LOST eoa ante mm AS DL TENDERE SA Fer 67 SONAVA AOR stelliderma-(Gartek) Lu. e ee neue terea ha ae PT 68 ovi tellimiosison dere i S. acr rre era na er ERE SE TREE toposes gene: 69 SEE STA ESTIS IN AP MS Ciel SIE A TRI CON e y PANE LAA DC YT 69 SUPIOTELR2 THaegualiss(Eeniselel)" y coupe sauce lare e o S ame Ee Stans Er 69 IEHOMGSTORSIHENTATSNAL ESSO LUE rte eps ELE te UNS 71 Phoriospongia argentea (Marshall) .......... 0.6 cee eee etter cece ai 72 Phoriospongia carcinophila (Lendenfeld) ........... see 72 Phoriosponsia kirki (Bowerbank) :.:.... Jueces eere ey etre ha de TERUEL IN) PURIS ai Arde coh 4 > OGL IOGIOTITOMPN INT SP ION? S pe ps ate m ete arie are RI e rel a a e 7S Pamurociena callos ura Marshall) sr lapis doe anal e ISTIS S eae crt teed 76 'Bsammocione densum (Marshall) rc. en yg an O ea 76 Psammoclema fissuratum sp. NOV, .. 2.252020 bese ccc eee hT Hee entre 77 Psammoclema goniodes sp. NOV. 2.62.0. c cece cece eee eee I 78 ES TINOCLEIT OA OSUN CEES Ca e ea Oo ani hte ecg rd are E ES be he 79 Bsapimoclaria radiatum sp. NOV. 25 gu. nd dese vip rwr a spore n 80 Psammoclema ramosum- Marshall grad iea eaan eia ahea bera ep 80 Psammoclema stipitatum sp. NOV. ....sleeeeee hh Henn nn 81 Psammociema vansoesti sp. NOV. soso ee eee ntn mE ge et btw RT S 82 Mycalidae Lundbeck, 1905, sensu van Soest, add e us air cea sats sues 83 Myeale Gray, 1867-5... 1c cern pee nen anerkennen eee 83 Subgenus Arenochalina Lendenfeld, 1887 .... iie 6 84 Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis qDsndenfeldqeo am sts es ree t 84 Tedaniidae Ridley and Dendy, 1886 .........ssssee nents 87 Tedania Gray, 1867 ......0. sbi cence reeset nce neues rennen nn 87 Tedania anhelans (Lieberkühn) soseste i Eus siota eee eee ets 87 Forcepia Carter, 1874 0.0.0.6 cece ene t hh enne nen ens 92 Forcepia biceps (Carter) «iis 93 Lissodendoryx Topsent, 1892 .......-. sere eter tee e etter n 94 Lissodendoryx isodictyalis (Carter) ...... eee n 98 Ectyodoryx Lundbeck, 1909 +.. cesses nnn 100 Ectyodoryx maculata Hentschel ... see 6 n 100 Anchinoidae Topsent, 1928 .......- 00s seer nn 102 Phorbas Duchassaing and Michelotti, 1864 .........- ++ sees eee n 102 Phorbas cf. tenacior (Topsent) .....iieeeee e tne 102 Order Haplosclerida Topsent, LODS ARE EAS NEN FIER ds nec on! 103 Callyspongiidae de Laubenfels, 1936 ....... s 6 103 Callyspongia Duchassaing and Nichelottiy 1804 ne O 103 F. WIEDENMAYER Gallvspongtazasparaguscdbamarck)- eu tU ELT TL 106 Gallysponmaebilemellataatuatelej ice ea ate ae see eee ee eet eee 106 Gallvsponeticauisazuadigy)wwe AO A A 108 Goallysponeuspersauieniaced2(RIdlew) a a ite. x ces Lacon ON 109 B@ALYSDORSIAIDEHSCULPIAISD, LON SUN RE 110 CAINSPOR STA LAMOS NONANI ALBA cc m 1412 als pongas erpe mina Ni ON O 115 Egs pontia TONERI OVS Aa y a O AS EA 117 INiphatidaeavanksOests IS NEUTER AI DEDERE nbi TEO ABS AS sae ert t ATI TO RE DERE DS RER TE 117 GEL HOAESEINGRÜSTAHSUIOEN ANA Sn NERA AA coat T A A COR TERN TOO 118 Oceana oN Ma EAA ATL SHOTS EIS SER POENI Bet Acer DERI ECRIRE RE hel) Sie 119 OceonepianNoniianin R69 es We ween RUN d AAR SE MEME 120 WERGNGPIELPDITLEO SAL nO N ee eee E 120 AN O a e a ste 121 SPONA SOTSA RS Cre TT" 121 SPOMSIA ene USO n omma Rx IE T AA MR EEE 121 SPORE MIS pida ATE ii eec rr 121 BÄHELIOSBONZIANELY ALIM 7 Tet O A A ee eee 123 CARTAS ESAS AAA EE CREE TEE 124 CURerospor arca nd A TT 126 Carteriospongia cf. vermicularis (Lendenfeld) o 127 COSTADO TIR OADISSEL SONT O ie NETA EN 128 COstiroaema DESI CON isd Isaac SOC A OS A 128 HE eroseravondenteld RS OA E RE O 130 A A E CETT CUT TRE 130 BEOS ANEMIE ENAREN S e oe e NUR S ELI E ae. 132 ara BL 1978 A Y RGB Meer SER 134 eerie argo Moa rac Me lr NNUS DIAS ER MODUS LN 134 ICH GBIGH IO a enden tell. iu. 2. A rer DDR oe NEL LN 135 TORRE enger Teld, Phos o £00 A ERA IR nU DR ERO MENS 137: Enorecia ehoanoides (BowerbaWk) ul Par IET ESO 137 PROP ECE SlomerosusS treo LL A, A E 139 MAOLE OORD OCULATUS CANTOR): as spp oes he as eT ee A M 140 PUROS pora BUTO n 19544. ol tort ewer EUM ee RN 141 Pusciospongig rimosa (Lamaárek) «aver nn eek ee 141 ORS OSES Lae sf CG A i aR 144 ysiad pa ES MA LL cuti dde oN ode MR 144 Order Dendroceratida Minchin, 19 Darwinellidae Metejkowsks; $879- a MS 146 Aplysilla Schulze, 1878 Aplysilla rosea (Barrois) Darwineda ler, IES e Tee a ON ERE 147 Darwinella australiensis Carter... Less ves T eL LLL. 147 NR Rada TOR Trey. acinar: mU ERO NUS DN TT 149 andn Tendenteldy 1983 acer, ee o deir o d I ES MA 152 PEROT meto Selenka un loc dec Ld a tata We OCA RIS 152 Order Verongiida Bergquist, OS A E 154 Aplysinidae Hyatt, 1875 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 5 Druinellidae Lendenfeld, 1889 Pseudoceratina Carter, 1885 Plates Introduction In the initial stages of research on taxonomy, ecology and zoogeography of sponges inhabiting the continental shelf of southern Australia, at the Museum of Victoria (Melbourne, 1981-1985), it became apparent that the basis for meaningful tax- onomic work was very tenuous. The quality of most published records of Australian species is inadequate for confident identifications, and the lack of illustrations and type data is almost general. For demosponges of the Maugean and Peronian provinces (Knox, 1960; defined for littoral faunas of Victoria/Tasmania and New South Wales, respectively, here extended to the sublittoral fauna), in particular, the primary literature on alpha- taxonomy dates mostly from before 1900 (Carter, 1885-1887; Dendy, 1895-1897; Hyatt, 1877; Lamarck, 1813-1815; Lendenfeld, 1887a, 1888, 1889b; Marshall, 1880; Polejaeff, 1884b; Ridley and Dendy, 1887; Selenka, 1867; Sollas, 1888). It is not only inadequate for identification, but its nomenclature (generic allocations) and synonymies are badly out of date. Subsequent revisions, some with redescriptions and illustrations chiefly of Lendenfeld's work (Bergquist, 1980b; Burton, 1924a, b, 1927a, 1934a; Hallmann, 1912, 1914a-c, 1916a, b, 1917a, b, 1920; de Laubenfels, 1936a, 1948; Shaw, 1927a; Topsent, 1930a, 1932a, 1933; Vosmaer, 1911; Whitelegge, 1901-1907) alleviated the situation only in part, and often brought new problems (especially with de Laubenfels). Besides these major revisions of demosponges of southern Australia, many isolated revisions and relevant information (particularly re- examination of type specimens) are scattered in syn- onymies, discussions and footnotes, often in extra- limital literature. In any case, constant evolution as "ud t crat. erasa 4) 3-4 IL eue TE LM tn O Aa eter EE ur ESI AO dca il qu VE ir prio nia] a Oe Se d quip lb ao d utr A s. in concepts of genera and families, by authors unfamiliar with the southern Australian fauna (except, after 1920, Bergquist, Burton, Dendy, Lévi et al., Topsent) has largely failed to incorporate this important fauna. To bring the literature up to date an annotated bibliography and checklist of marine sponges of Australia has been compiled (Wiedenmayer et al., in press). The Bibliography contains 1520 anno- tated references. The Checklist, which also covers Australia's overseas coasts and adjacent waters (Antarctica between 45°E and 160°E, including the French Adélie Coast; Heard and Macquarie Islands; Christmas Island) includes 1173 valid spe- cies in 316 valid genera (993 species and 269 genera of Demospongiae). The Checklist is based chiefly on a survey of the literature, but includes some revi- sions based on type collections in Sydney, London, and East Germany. The form of this report was dictated largely by two constraints: (I) The aims of the research project, as originally formulated, and (2) time and availability of assistance with work in the labora- tory. A modern and thorough reappraisal, in pub- lications, of the sponge fauna of the Maugean province, even without the relatively well known Calcarea (about 90 species recorded), would involve, in my estimate, at least 20 years of full- time work by a qualified taxonomist, under the best circumstances. On the basis of data in Wieden- mayer et al. (in press) and of extrapolation from the number of new species and new records in this report I estimate that the number of species of demosponges inhabiting the Maugean province is about 500. It might have been preferable, for piecemeal coverage of the whole demosponge fauna, to pro- 6 F. WIEDENMAYER ceed by families or orders. But various circum- stances (the author having started as a newcomer to the Australian sponge fauna; the state of previ- ous knowledge outlined above; lack of a complete set of micro-slides for the c. 1400 specimens from this province in the Museum of Victoria) suggested the present form as the only realistic one. Thus, a selection was made of newly collected specimens from localities roughly aligned in a transect through northern Bass Strait (text-fig. 1). This had the advantage that important field notes on fresh speci- mens, particularly on colour, could be included in the descriptions. As Table 4 shows, the selection of material for description in this report is fairly representative of this province. The most conspicuous gaps, in terms of the relative importance of families and genera missed, are in the Suberitidae, Clionidae, Des- macellidae, Halichondriidae, Hymeniacidonidae, Crellidae and Renieridae. The horny sponges are particularly well represented. The gaps are thought to reflect a very incomplete sampling of habitats. Collections The 151 specimens described in the following sys- tematic account were collected by, or in the presence of the author. The collecting stations with TASMANIA relevant data are indicated in the following list. Field notes were taken as soon as practicable upon collection, but were sometimes delayed by sorting of large volumes of sponges in dredge samples. Colour photographs (Kodachrome) were taken of all specimens, and, whenever possible, notes on colour using the Munsell Charts (edition for use with plant tissues). Specimens were preserved in 109/o formalin/seawater solution buffered with hexamine (as described in Rützler, 1978), and later transferred to 70% alcohol at the Museum of Victoria. Rüt- zler's method was also used for preparing spicule mounts and microslides with hand-sections. List of collecting stations Text-figs 1, 2 Tasmania, Kent Group (39°29S, 147?20'E) between Wilsons Promontory and Flinders Island. All specimens collected by divers (SCUBA). KG 1. 23 Mar 1981, Erith Island, West Cove, wreck of S.S. “Bullseye”. Sponges among dense algal growth on hull, depth 10-12 m. — Jaspis stel- lifera, Tethya ingalli, Rhaphoxya felina, Echinoclathria laminaefavosa, Mycale (Arenocha- lina) mirabilis, Ectyodoryx maculata, Callyspon- gia pergamentacea, Amphimedon sp., Gelliodes Figure 1. Map of Bass Strait with stations of the Museum of Victoria Bass Strait Survey sampled in 1979-83. The localities, from which the material described below has been obtained, are circled. The Kent Group, with stations KG 1-10, is represented in detail in Figure 2. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT incrustans, Clathrina sp., Aulorrhiza procumbens, Sycon sp. KG 2. 24 Mar 1981, Deal Island, Squally Cove (E of lighthouse). Slope with granite outcrops and boulders to 10 m depth, algal forest, large ascid- ians Herdmania, urchins, some encrusting corals Plesiastrea, solitary corals Scolymia). — Geodia (Geodia) punctata, Psammoclema nodosum, Teda- nia anhelans, Reniera sp., Fasciospongia rimosa, Dendrilla cactos. KG 3. 24 Mar 1981, Deal Island, East Cove, W of jetty of settlement, some distance from shore. Outcrops and boulders, habitat similar to KG 2. — Latrunculia hallmanni, Psammoclema vansoesti, Carteriospongia caliciformis, Leiosella levis. KG 4. 24 Mar 1981, Erith Island, West Cove, S of KG 1. Boulders covered with algae, much kelp. — Latrunculia hallmanni, Echinoclathria globosa, Tedania anhelans, Coscinoderma pes- leonis, Dysidea avara, Aplysilla rosea, Darwinella gardineri, Leucetta microrhaphis. KG 5. 25 Mar 1981, Garden Cove, N side of Deal Island. Habitat similar to KG 2-4. — Ancorina robusta, Jaspis stellifera, Latrunculia hallmanni, Clathria wilsoni, Echinoclathria laminaefavosa, Ircinia caliculata, Thorecta tuberculatus, Aplysina lendenfeldi, Druinella rotunda, Aulorrhiza procumbens, Sycon sp. KG 6.26 Mar 1981, Winter Cove, E side of Deal Island. Habitat similar to KG 2-5. Depth 3-6 m. — Ancorina repens, Ancorina robusta, Ancorina suina, Rhabdastrella cordata, Rhabdastrella intermedia, Jaspis stellifera, Latrunculia conulosa, Echinoclathria leporina, Echinoclathria egena Echinoclathria tubulosa, Phoriospongia argentea, Phoriospongia kirki, Psammoclema callosum, Psammoclema vansoesti, Tedania anhelans, Force- pia biceps, Coscinoderma pesleonis, Leiosella caliculata, Thorecta tuberculatus, Dysidea avara. KG 7. 26 Mar 1981, North Point (rocky promon- tory) of East Cove, Deal Island, depth 25-30 m, rock face below algal forest. Sponges, ascidians and Wallabi Cove 1 West Cove 4 DOVER ISLAND Nest Bluff Squally Cove Hat Rock o . 290m A Light House South Bluff NORTH-EAST ISLAND AR Pulpit Rock East Bluff 6 Winter Cove DEAL ISLAND 2 Squally Cove Figure 2. The Kent Group of islands, with stations KG 1-10. 8 F. WIEDENMAYER gorgonians dominate, Some specimens from adjoining sloping sand.— Polymastia crassa, Latrunculia conulosa, Trachycladus laevispirulifer, Clathria transiens, Echinoclathria leporina, Psam- moclema ramosum, Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis, Ectyodoryx maculata, Spongia hispida, Thorecta glomerosus, Thorecta tuberculatus, Dar- winella gardineri, Dendrilla cactos, Aplysina lendenfeldi. KG 8. 26 Mar 1981, East Cove, Deal Island, half- way between jetty and North Point. Rocky level bottom. Large sponges.— Ancorina geodides, Latrunculia hallmanni. KG 9. 27 Mar 1981, E side of low-tide isthmus between Erith and Dover Islands (*Swashway"). Habitat similar to KG 2-6. — Clathriodendron cac- ticutis, Echinoclathria carteri, Callyspongia bilamellata, Callyspongia serpentina, Thorecta choanoides. KG 10. 27 Mar 1981, W side of Dover Island, cove SW of isthmus. (a) Granite boulders with algal forest, depth 10 m. — Spirastrella papillosa. (b) Sub- merged cave, depth c. 5 m. Wilsons Promontory, Waterloo Bay. WB 28. 28 Mar 1981. Cliffs, vertical faces, cave, depth 12 m, collected by divers. — Corticum can- delabrum, Polymastia crassa, Echinoclathria favus, Carteriospongia silicata. BSS 179. 18 Nov 1981. 39°03.2'S, 146?39.5'E (20 km E of Station WB) depth 55 m, bottom muddy sand. — Phoriospongia carcinophila, Psammoclema bitextum, Psammoclema densum, Callyspongia toxifera. BSS 180. 18 Nov 1981. 39°12.9'S, 146%27.3'E (7 km S of Wilsons Promontory), depth 65 m, bottom muddy sand, sand and shells, fine algae.— Callyspongia ramosa, Carteriospongia cf. ver- micularis, Darwinella australiensis, Darwinella gardineri. BSS 181. 19 Nov 1981. 38°39.8'S, 144° 18.2'E (30 km SE of Lorne), depth 79 m, bottom very fine sand with many branching, parchment-like worm tubes (Chaetopteridae), on which most sponges col- lected are encrusting or attached. — Strongylacidon stelliderma, Stylotella inaequalis, Phoriospongia carcinophila, Psammoclema densum, Psam- moclema goniodes, Tedania anhelans, Lissodendo- ryx isodictyalis, Phorbas cf. tenacior, Call lyspongia toxifera, Darwinella australiensis. BSS 187. 20 Nov 1981. 38?32.0'S, 142°28.6E (17 km S of Warrnambool), depth 52 m, bottom coarse sand and shells, — Ancorina robusta, Tetilla praecipua, Spirastrella papillosa, Chondrosia reticulata, Pseudaxinella decipiens, Reniochalina sectilis, Rhaphoxya cactiformis, Phoriospongia kirki, Psammoclema fissuratum, Psammoclema goniodes, Psammoclema radiatum, Psammoclema stipitatum, Callyspongia asparagus, Callyspongia diffusa, Callyspongia persculpta, Oceanapia putridosa, Spongia hispida, Coscinoderma pes- leonis, Aplysina ianthelliformis, Pseudoceratina durissima. Taxonomic procedure There is now a discrepancy, in several points, between the formal, *monographic" style of this report, and its provisional nature (as the “first instalment" of a continuing project), a discrepancy that might easily mislead newcomers to accept all parts of the systematic section (identification, syn- onymies, diagnoses, descriptions, discussions) as "definitive" for some time to come. This proclivity is conditioned by the particular situation in southern Australia (as outlined above), where a desolate, stagnant state, since the turn of the cen- tury, is suddenly improved by a major effort. A qualification of all these points is therefore in order. 1. Higher taxa. The reviewers of the first version of this systematic account have justly criticised the lack or deficiency of this sort of material (diagnoses and discussions of families and genera, keys to genera with several described species). A part of this problem resides in Wiedenmayer et al. (in press) which I had hoped might be published now provid- ing a complement in some of these respects. Its pub- lication seems to be delayed. Diagnoses and discussions of families, Diagnoses are included in Wiedenmayer et al. (in press). I have preferred not to repeat them here, which means that, for this purpose, I mostly adhere to the defi- nitions given by Lévi (1973), Bergquist (1978, 1980b), van Soest (1980, 1984), and Hartman (1982). The family Desmacididae is revised, with the two subfamilies Desmacidinae (Esperiopsidae of authors) and Stylotellinae, the latter compris- ing the sandy genera Phoriospongia (Chondropsis and Psammascus of authors), and Psammoclema (=Psammopemma). Lengthy discussions are provided for the Latrunculiidae and for the Myx- illinae in the Tedaniidae (here chiefly regarding Lis- sodendoryx). Several families in the Axinellida, and Poecilosclerida (particularly the Microcionidae), and genera in the Dictyoceratida (particularly Phyl- lospongia/Carteriospongia, and Coscinoderma) need to be reappraised. But these happen to be poorly represented in the material here covered, and such revisions are better undertaken in special studies by my colleagues in northern Australia. Synonymies and diagnoses of genera. Some diag- noses are quoted from previous accounts by other SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 9 authors unchanged, some with additions, others with alterations, and some are new. The variable lengths tend to reflect the degree of difficulty at this level. As a guide to the evolving concept of genera, I have adopted annotated synonymies simi- lar in style to those used by me earlier (Wieden- mayer, 1977a). Unavailable and unused names of the genus-and species-groups (nomina nuda, nomina vana, nomina nulla, nomina oblita, and junior primary homonyms) are cited in square brackets. Such Latin terms for name categories denoting criteria of valid- ity and availability, are used and defined in volumes of the Treatise of Invertebrate Paleontology (see Loeblich and Tappan, 1964). Definitions of these terms are found again in the glossary below. They are more amply defined and discussed, with respect to Porifera, in Wiedenmayer et al. (in press). In rewriting generic diagnoses, I often felt that old ones simply did not work with fresh material, and that a modification or two in such diagnoses (and an occasional merger of genera) were more sensi- ble than trying to explain a “bad fit" or ambiva- lence of a little known or new species under *Remarks" following its description. It should be considered that more time for collecting in the same localities here covered would probably have produced dozens of other records, including sibling species of those described, which might in turn necessitate further changes in generic diagnoses. With only one-seventh of the estimated total provincial demosponge fauna covered in this report, such speculations are legitimate. Keys. These were suggested by the reviewers par- ticularly for Echinoclathria, Psammoclema, and Callyspongia. Keys are problematical with sponges, mostly because, unlike other invertebrates, they are so difficult to put consistently into a hierarchic framework, also because keys tend to mask the enormous differences in degree of variability, and because several important regional faunas are too poorly known for confidence (e.g., eastern tropi- cal Pacific, South Atlantic, southern Australia). Keys. for sponges have to rely only or chiefly on microscopical, skeletal traits, especially spicule morphology. They are therefore of little if any use to general biologists, who are not used, or unwill- ing, to prepare two kinds of mounts in Canada balsam for every specimen (thick sections and dis- sociated spicule mounts). Sandy sponges constitute a special problem, because “teased” or sieved mounts are often necessary. Nevertheless, keys are desirable for newcommers to the sponge fauna of southern Australia, particularly those with previ- ous experience in sponge taxonomy; but not at this stage. They would contradict the preliminary nature of this report, by contributing essentially to a false impression of definitiveness. It is imperative that a reasonably complete sampling of the local fauna is worked up, whenever possible with more than one specimen per species, before keys are mening- ful here. I am convinced that many more new spe- cies and records of Stylotellinae, Microcionidae (particularly Echinoclathria), and Callyspongiidae will eventually emerge in southern Australia. In this context, all relevant type slides in the AM, BMNH and ZMB will have to be evaluated, which I could not do. Type species. All relevant information is in Wiedenmayer et al. (in press). In some cases with errors and misunderstandings, clarification are here added under Remarks following generic diagnoses. 2. Species. Identifications and synonymies. Some syn- onymies are extremely long, and have as such raised doubts with the reviewers. There are two kinds of such synonymies: (1) Those of cosmopolitan or widely disjunct species, headed as “Selected syn- onymies" (I have avoided "restricted synonymy", as used by others, because this might imply a deliberate confinement and revision with respect to earlier synonymies, while I give a broad sam- pling, including cross-references), and (2) those of polymorphic Australian or austral species, in which most synonyms are names of Lendenfeld. In the first case, the doubts as to the reality of extremely wide distribution (as in Corticium can- delabrum, Tedania anhelans, Lissodendoryx isodic- tyalis, Dysidae avara, Aplysilla rosea, Darwinella australiensis, D. gardineri) are probably tinted by an exclusively actualistic outlook, by comparisons with biogeography of higher, more stenotopic invertebrates, and by the argument that morpho- logical characteristics in such species are too vague and variable, and therefore mask “real” biological differences. As long as such “differences” are not unequivocally demonstrated, it seems more sensi- ble to regard such populations as conspecific, if not panmictic, and not to use open nomenclature or even new species names for such austral records. It is quite plausible that those constitute relics of late Tethyan distribution, more so than I argued earlier (Wiedenmayer, 1974, 1977a). The disjunct Brazilian/ Central Atlantic/ South Atlantic/ Indian Ocean/ austral distribution of some stenotopic ele- ments has palaeobiogeographic roots (e.g., the spe- cies Callyspongia pergamentacea and the sibling pair Aplysina lendenfeldi/A. pedunculata in this report; Tedania commixta fide Topsent (1904); 10 F. WIEDENMAYER Hymedesmia mertoni Hentschel, 1912, fide Boury- Esnault and Lopes (1985); Asteropus simplex, Tethya japonica, and three species of Phoriospon- gia (as Psammochela and Psammotoxa), fide Boury-Esnault (1973); further species are quoted by Hechtel, 1976: 249). The annotations in these synonymies will serve as guides and aids to future revisions and evalua- tion of new records, and thus to better diagnoses, by pointing out the more relevant informations and their nature. Unfortunately, many published records of such species, especially from the type province, lack supplementary information on mor- phology, which is probably due to the assumption that they are sufficiently known from erlier descriptions. In the second case, I have been criticised for rely- ing excessively on Burton's revisions, which are notorious for supposedly indiscriminate lumping. This argument is far too generalised, Burton some- times erred in the opposite direction (see my com- ment on Lissodendoryx ternatensis, L. sinensis, and L. similis), Even in his most criticised exercise in lumping, his revision of all Calcarea (Burton, 1963), the extensive mergers of species and genera are largely theoretical, without loss to practice. In effect, all previously accepted species and records are carefully redefined as “named forms” and syn- onyms, on the basis of re-examination of primary and secondary types (including slides), for which a detailed list is given as an appendix. The same painstaking procedure, though less well docu- mented in print, characterised the revisions of most of Lendenfeld's (1887a) “Chalineae” by Burton (1927a, 1934a). Anyone thoroughly acquainted with Lenden- feld’s Australian type material (of which I have seen virtually every specimen in the AM and BMNH) and with his idiosyneratic and faulty methods criti- cised chiefly by Whitelegge and Dendy (Wieden- mayer et al., in press) will have come to similar conclusions regarding his extreme proclivity for splitting, and his negligence in observing and/or describing microscopical features (though he could, at times, be accurate). A striking, hitherto unre- vised example of such negligence is Chalinula coxi Lendenfeld (1885c), a junior synonym of the chie- lly estuarine Terilla dactvloidea (Carter), of wide Indo-Pacific distribution, With some of my synonymies involved (Echinoclathria laminaefavosa, Phoriospongia kirki, Spongia hispida), it is already clear from Len- denfeld's descriptions, that his distinctions do not hold up to modern taxonomic standards. In the case of Callyspongia diffusa, C. pergamentacea, C. ramosa, C. serpentina, all polymorphic and superficially often similar, I gained sufficient con- fidence from examining the type specimens; but the ultimate control, with slides, had to be foreclosed due to lack of time (as with all other type material listed as examined). I therefore headed these syn- onymies as "provisional", preferring not to mark all entries with question marks indiscriminately, masking the really doubtful synonyms, of which I was unble to see type material. In these cases, the annotations with most refer- ences should be helpful to future revisers, allow- ing for rapid sorting out of old and new records, redescriptions, type status, etc, especially in con- nection with Wiedenmayer et al. (in press). Diagnoses. These were added, somewhat reluc- tantly, at the suggestion of the reviewers and of the editor. The provisional nature of this report is espe- cially conflicting with its style in the apparent con- sistency of these diagnoses. The most reliable ones will probably be those for endemic, stenotopic spe- cies represented by several specimens in the collec- tion, and described previously. The least reliable will be those for new species, and new records of rare species, with only one specimen in the collec- tion, Diagnoses for eurytopic and polymorphic spe- cies (frequently parallel qualities, as with other invertebrates), and those for cosmopolitan species, are, by nature, longer and more likely to need updating in details. The latter are obviously based chiefly on various published sources, and will (espe- cially with Tedania anhelans and Lissodendoryx isodictyalis) cover a broader spectrum than is likely to be encountered in records from southern Australia. Descriptions. Many of these may be criticised as being too long and detailed. They can, however, be justified with the excessive brevity of most of Carter's and Dendy's descriptions for this area, the often misleading nature of Lendenfeld’s, the rich- ness of this fauna, and the presence of many sibling groups. Other siblings of species here described are known to occur in the area only through early descriptions (see Remarks following descriptions, and Wiedenmayer et al., in press), and remain to be recollected and redescribed. Especially with sibling pairs with several specimens in the collec- tion (as in Latrunculia), | preferred to err on the side of verbosity, rather than suppressing details, because so little is still known on local-intraspecific, biogeographical and ecological differentiation of morphological characters, particularly outside the best known provinces, such as the Western Mediter- ranean, Details, which might seem trivial now, may someday be evaluated in a different perspective. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 11 Supplementary information. Data on distribu- tion are incorporated into the annotated syn- onymies. Synopses of world-wide distribution, by provinces and localities for Australia, by regions elsewhere, and depth ranges are in Wiedenmayer et al. (in press). Other material examined. Virtually all Australian type specimens and hypotypes relevant to this report of the following authors and publications could be examined: Lendenfeld (1885f, h; 1886a, e, f; 1887a, 1888, 1889b) in Sydney (AM) and London (BMNH); Carter (1885a-1886h, 1887a, ex J.B. Wilson collection; 1879b, 1881b, 1882a, 1883b, e, mostly ex Bowerbank collection; all in BMNH); Dendy (1895-1897, NMV); Bowerbank (1844b, 1872, 1873a; BMNH); Gray (1843, BMNH); Burton (1934a, BMNH); Whitelegge and Hallmann (AM); Marshall (1880, PMJ and ZMB); some relevant ones of Polejaeff (1884b, BMNH), Ridley and Dendy (1887, BMNH), Ridley (1884a-c, BMNH), Kirkpatrick (1903b, BMNH), Shaw (1927a, BMNH), Sollas (1888, BMNH). At the time of my survey of these type collections (AM in 1982; BMNH, PMJ and ZMB in 1983), which also included species and papers not covered in this report, most specimens were photographed. The negatives and prints are now kept in the Museum of Victoria Sponge Archive (Department of Inver- tebrate Zoology). Some of these are here reproduced in the plates (pl. 2 figs 6, 9; pl. 3 figs 2-6; pl. 4 figs 2-5, 7-12; pl. 5 figs 1-3; pl. 6 figs 4—7, 11; pl. 7 figs 4-7, 10, 11; pl. 8 figs 4, 8-11; pl. 9 figs 4-6, 13; pl. 10 figs 4-7, 10, 11; pl. 11 figs Eo 9i10:75120122711g5:2:137 11. 12: pL. 13 figs 2, 3, 6, 7, 11, 12; pl. 14 figs 1-5, 10; pl. 15 figs 1-5, 7, 10; pl. 16 figs 2, 3, 6, 7; pl. 17 figs 2, 8). Unfortunately, various circumstances prevented me from examining the type slides involved in the AM, BMNH, and ZMB. The indications for each species, under the head- ing Material examined, following the new material, now contain only valid species names and syno- nyms in original combination, and usually type status. Other details (number of specimens, register numbers, reference to film/frame numbers in the Museum of Victoria Sponge (Photo) Archive) are found in Wiedenmayer et al. (in press). The type specimens in East-Berlin (ZMB) were not available for study at the time of my visit there, with two exceptions: the holotypes of Phoriospongia retic- ulum Marshall (pl. 6 fig. 6; pl. 24 fig. 3) and of Psammopemma densum Marshall (p. 8 fig. 4). One of Lendenfeld's slides from Druinella rotunda in the same collection could be obtained for study (pl. 38 figs 1-5). Terminology and glossary Conventional morphological terms are mostly those explained in my illustrated glossary (Wieden- mayer, 1977a; 30-51). I have, in addition, used some terms which have been criticised as old- fashioned or otherwise rarely used. Some of these are revived from early descriptions (such as Carter's), from time when spongologists were also naturalists, publishing in several disciplines, and had no qualms about using terms borrowed from botany. I find these apt and implicitly descriptive for recurring features. Though most of these terms are defined in good standard English dictionaries, I often use them in a more restricted and special sense. Alveolate. Finely honeycombed on surface; in choanosome, regularly cavernous, with round or rounded-polygonal interstices delimited by con- torted trabeculae or walls, Cancellate. Latticed at right angles, cross-barred. Cerebroid, Brain-like pattern of the surface. Clathrate. Latticed. Concrescence. Lateral fusion, branches, lamellae, or tubes. Crypts. Widespread interconnected vestibules between a thick, firm ectosome and the choano- some (subcortical), or within the inner portion of the ectosome (intracortical). Dendritic-vermiculate. Wrinkles at the surface or subdermal canals have a continuously winding and branching course. Diataxonic, Applies to synapomorphies in higher taxa, with accent on the uselessness of such charac- ters in taxonomy. Excrescence. Outgrowth, Fenestrate. Riddled; perforated by similar small gaps. Heteropolar. Denotes the general condition of unequally ended pseudasters and ornamented microrhabds (e.g., anisodiscorhabd). Lacinules. Small, often compressed and prolific lobes or digitations sticking out from the surface, Lacuna. Gap, window, conspicuous hole other than an oscule or pseudoscule. Lipogastric. Devoid of atria. Lithie, For incorporated fragments derived from rocks (through uptake from bottom sediment). Moniliform. Shaped like a string of beads. Nervures. Denotes the pattern, in the dermal membrane, of mocroscopic collagenous ribs or bands, often anastomosed, like the veins of a leaf. Nomen correctum. Emendation of a nomen imperfectum. mostly of 12 F. WIEDENMAYER Nomen dubium (genus dubium, species dubia). Name of unknown or doubtful application. Unrecognisably described species (type species) of which all type material is known to be lost, and for which the fixation of a neotype is unadvisable. Nomen imperfectum. Valid name needing emen- dation (when not meeting ICZN, Articles 26-29, 31); particularly common with adjectival species epithets and names of higher taxa deficient in endings. Nomen inquirendum (genus inquirendum, spe- cies inquirenda). Name of lower taxon of doubt- ful application on the basis of description(s), but of which type material (of type species) is known to be accessible for redescription, Nomen negatum. Incorrect (unavailable) origi- nal spelling (ICZN Article 32c, d). Commonly applied to those alternative forms in multiple origi- nal spellings eliminated by fixation of the correct original spelling by the first reviser. Nomen nullum. Incorrect subsequent spelling (ICZN Article 33c). Nomen oblitum. Forgotten name. Cited only as “a descriptive term" in the glossary of the ICZN (3rd edition, 1985: 260), and replaced in the main text (Articles 23b, 79c) by *unused senior syno- nym." See Declaration 43, 1970, Bulletin of Zoo- logical Nomenclature 27: 135-163, and comment in Wiedenmayer (1977a: 52). Nomen vanum. Unjustified emendation (ICZN Article 33 b(iii). Pedicel, peduncle. A commonly small, short, stalk-or foot-like base. Penicils. Brushes, especially of bundled or radi- ating megascleres, commonly not bound by spon- gin, flush at or projecting from the surface. Polytylote. For megascleres having several annu- lar swellings along their shaft. Frequent in styles/tylostyles of Poecilosclerida, also in some Hadromerida. Rhaphidotoxon. An irregular, asymmetrical toxon, or irregularly sinuous rhaphide. Rhizome. Root-like structure. Rugo-reticulate. The folds or wrinkles affecting the surface are combined into a net-like pattern, with triangular, square, or polygonal depressed interstices. Rugose. Of a surface provided with numerous wrinkles or folds (rugae). Rugo-vermiculate. The folds or wrinkles of the surface are discontinuous and have a winding course. Schizotype. Significant fragment or section of a type specimen. In 1977a, I attributed the term to W.D. Hartman. It was already used by Annan- dale (1915c: 469). Spicular vicariance. The tendency, within some families and genera (particularly in the Desmacid- idae and Tedaniidae), for pairs of principal megasclere types (diactines/monactines, acan- those/smooth), which are consistently segregated in most other taxa, to pass from one state to the other, mostly mutually exclusive between genera or congeneric species, less often within populations, or mixed in variable proportions, with transitions (ambivalence). Spicular vicariance may be regarded as a special form of homology, but its phylogenetic significance (especially in Tedaniidae) is not clear. Stipitate. Stalked. Stolon. A single repent (trailing) branch. Subtylote. Tylote with indistinct heads. Sulci. Furrows. Terete. Basically cylindrical, but commonly winding or crooked (when not applied to megascleres). Trabecula. A choanosomal structural element in form of band or bar; an angular or compressed tract, fibre, or portion of matrix, without definite orientation. Umbel. Term borrowed from botany, denoting the pattern of multiple branches radiating from the end of a stalk (ascending fibre) at variable angles, occasionally subdivided, and ending more or less in one plane. Here used for the peripheral skele- ton of many Astrophorida and Hadromerida. Vermiculate. Worm-like; winding but dis- continuous. Verrucose. With scattered wart-like elevantions. Size of specimens and its gradation A gross subdivision into three categories is occa- sionally used in diagnoses and descriptions. In my experience with statistics (most frequent sizes) of Bahamian sponges (Wiedenmayer, 1977a, most tables in the systematic-descriptive part), the fol- lowing subdivision seems appropriate (except for thinly encrusting forms): Small. Up to 5 cm in greatest diameter (25 em? greatest projected area). Medium. Mostly in the order of first-size (100 cm?), up to 250 cm?. Large. Mostly in the order of head-size, and larger. Abbreviations AM, Australian Museum, Sydney. BMNH, British Museum (Natural History), London. F51927, example of identifier (NMV register number) for a new specimen described and, or figured. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 13 ICZN, International Code of Zoological Nomen- clature, third edition (1985). Mybp, million years before present. MJG, Landesmuseum Joanneum Graz (Austria), Abteilung für Zoologie. MNHP, Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. MZUS, Musée Zoologique de l'Université Louis Pasteur et de la Ville de Strasbourg, France. NMV, Museum of Victoria, Division of Natural History (formerly National Museum of Victoria). PMJ, Phyletisches Museum der Friedrich- Schiller-Universität, Sektion Biologie, Jena, GDR. SMF, Natur-Museum Senckenberg, Frankfurt am Main, FRG. ZMB, Museum für Naturkunde (Zoologisches Museum) der Humboldt-Universität, East Berlin, GDR. ZMH, Zoologisches Museum der Universität, Hamburg, FRG. 2.5 YR 8/10, example of colour notation from the Munsell Colour Charts. Italics in spicule measurements denote means. Class Demospongiae Sollas, 1885 Subclass Homoscleromorpha Lévi, 1953 Order Homosclerophorida Dendy, 1905 Plakinidae Schulze, 1880 Corticium Schmidt Corticium Schmidt, 1862: 42.— Lendenfeld, 1903: 121.— Thomas, 1970d: 260 (Indian Ocean records). — Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 448, 602 (Mediterranean species). Diagnosis. Plakinidae in which candelabra are usually present, without diactines. Microcalthrops may be simple or lophate (equally or irregularly). Corticium candelabrum Schmidt Plate 1 figure 1, plate 18 figure 1, text-figure 3 Selected synonymy. Corticium candelabrum Schmidt, 1862: 42, pl. 3 fig. 25 (Adriatic Sea). — Lendenfeld, 1903: 122 (synonymy, diagnosis, distribution). — Burton, 1934a: 521 (synonymy, distribution; Great Barrier Reef). — Rützler, 1965: 15 (syn- onymy, ecology; Adriatic Sea).— Thomas, 1970d: 261 (India).— Boury-Esnault, 1971: 295 (ecology; western Mediterranean). —Pulitzer-Finali, 1972: 350 (colour, ecol- ogy; western Mediterranean). — Pouliquen, 1972: 726, 746 (western Mediterranean). — Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 448 (ecology, colour; western Mediterranean). Material examined. Station KG 10b, three specimens (F51927); station WB, one specimen (F51928). Diagnosis. Small, compressed-lobate, light brown; firmly rubbery, smooth, slippery. Oscules margi- nal. Choanosome dense, with abundant scattered Figure 3. Corticium candelabrum, spicules, x 320. a. Can- delabra, with range and mean of height. b. Microcalthrops, with range and mean of ray lengths. candelabra, less frequent simple microcalthrops. Spicules packed below surface. Description. Small compressed lobes with rounded margins, sometimes coalescent, with irregular folds; 2 specimens ear-shaped and -sized. In hfe light brown (2.5 YR 8-9/4-8) with tinge of orange in F51928 (2.5 YR 6-8/8). Firmly rubbery, smooth, slippery. Ostia regularly scattered on both faces; oscules on and near margins. Atria and excurrent canals in mesial region; incurrent canals regularly parallel and radial. Spicules packed in cortical region (250-500 um thick); mostly scattered in choanosome, frequently aligned and more crowded along incurrent canals; packed around excurrent canals. Microcalthrops less frequent than candelabra; relatively rare in F51927, more frequent in F51928. Spicule measurements (F51927): lengt of rays in microcalthrops, 28.5-32-38.2 um; height of can- delabra: 27.1-36.1-42.1 um. Few smaller, develop- mental forms and malformations occur. Remarks. The other species of Corticium known from Australia, C. simplex Lendenfeld (1907a) from the North-West Shelf, is described as having candelabra only and a peculiar vescicular structure of cortex and parts of the choanosome. A speci- men from the Northern Territory shown to me by J.N.A. Hooper (Darwin) agrees in vescicular struc- ture of cortex and parts of the choanosome but contains simple microcalthrops. The other three Mediterranean species known, C. bowerbanki Sarà, C. topsenti Pouliquen, and C. reductum Pulitzer- Finali (see Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 449) have more complex microcalthrops, and so has C. acanthas- trum Thomas, 1970d, from India. Burton's material of C. candelabrum from the Great Barrier Reef came from an open-marine environment (presumably level bottom), 25-30 m depth. It is interesting to note that our material came from submerged caves, like many of the Mediterranean records. 14 F, WIEDENMAYER In Mediterranean specimens, ray lengths of microcalthrops are given as 30-40 pm, maximum diameter (height) of candelabra as 27-32 um (Len- denfeld, Pulitzer-Finali). Lendenfeld's description (1903) does not significantly depart from mine, nor can I see any sensible discrepancies in published figures of spicules of Mediterranean specimens. The disjunct distribution of C. candelabrum is gested by the presence of candelabra very similar to Recent examples in the Upper Eocene-Lower lar to Recent examples in the Upper Eocene-Lower Oligocene Oamaru Diatomite of New Zealand (Hinde and Holmes, 1892, pl. 12 figs 12-15), Fur- thermore. simple and lophate, regular and irregu- lar fossil microcalthrops (same plate) make it virtually certain that the candelabrum and bower- banki groups were already differentiated then within Corticium. As will be shown in the conclud- ing chapter, the Oamaru fauna lived in shallow, warm water, contrary to previous opinions (includ- ing mine), and the associated Foraminifera point to immigration from the tropical Indo-West-Pacific region along the Papuan Geosyncline, during a period of exceptional warming at higher latitudes. A centre of origin of Corticium in the Indo-West- Pacific region is not likely, however. According to Hinde and Holmes (1892: 228), candelabra are already known from the (Upper) Jurassic of Poland. The genus may therefore have originated in the western Tethys and may have been affected by later radiation in the eastern Tethys or early Indian Ocean. As is the rule with long-lived, widely distributed genera, Corticium was and is probably more eurytopic than Mediterranean records sug- gest (where dominance of inclined and recessed rocky sublittoral substrates resulted from the par- ticular Late Neogene tectonic setting of this region), though it may always have preferred shallow water. Subclass Tetractinomorpha Lévi, 1953 Order Astrophorida Sollas, 1887 Ancorinidae Schmidt, 1870 Synonym: Stellettidae Carter, 1875 Ancorina Schmidt Ancorina Schmidt, 1862: 51. — Dendy, 1924: 296 (syn- onymised with Zecio temia). — Wilson, 1925: 286 (résumé). — Topsent, 1928: 35,— Bergquist, 1965: 189 (synonymised with Zeionemia).— Bergquist, 1968: 32 (syn- onymised with Ecionemia). — Levi (in Brien et al., 1973): 595 (retained as distinct genus). Ecionemia Bowerbank, 1863c: 1101. — Thiele, 1900: 28.— Lendenfeld, 1903: 61 (as subgenus of Ancorina). — Dendy, 1905: 79, — Wilson, 1925: 296 (résumé, discussion, probably a synonym of Ancorina).— Lévi (in Brien et al., 1973): 595 (retained as distinct genus). Stellettinopsis Cater, 1879b: 348. — Bergquist, 1965: 189.— Bergquist, 1968: 32. Psammastra Sollas, 1886: 194.—Sollas, 1888: cxli, 174. — Thiele, 1900: 36. — Dendy, 1905: 80. Algol Sollas, 1888: cxli, 200 (objective synonym of Stellettinopsis). — Bergquist, 1965: 189. Thalassomora Lendenfeld, 1888: 40.— Lendenfeld, 1903: 62 (synonymised with Ecionemia). Sanidastrella Topsent, 1892c: xviii. — Lendenfeld, 1903: 58 (as subgenus of Ancorina). — Levi (in Brien et al., syn- onymised with (Ancorina). Diagnosis. Ancorinidae with microrhabds or sanidasters in addition to euasters. Microrhabds commonly minutely spined or roughened, forming a dermal layer. Euasters may comprise oxyasters. Remarks. Many authors have distinguished Anco- rina and Ecionemia on the grounds of cortical sanidasters in the former, cortical roughened microrhabds in the latter. I agree with Dendy (1916a: 239; 1924: 296) and Bergquist (1968: 32, 33) that this difference is insignificant. Lévi (in Brien et al., 1973: 595) grants this basic similarity but uses (like Lendenfeld, 1903) presence/absence Of oxyasters as diagnostic criterion. Considering the variability and diversity of choanosomal euasters in Astrophorida, this criterion seems irrelevant (Wilson, 1925: 297). The diagnosis is here revised accordingly. Ancorina geodides (Carter) Plate 1 figure 2, plate 18 figures 2-3, text-figure 4 Stelletta geodides Carter, 1886b: 125 (Port Phillip Heads). Psammastra geodides, —Sollas, 1888: 200 (redescrip- tion, discussion). Ancorina (Sanidastrella) &eodides. — Lendenfeld, 1903: 60 (résumé). Stelletta geodides. — Dendy, 1905: 80 (discussion). Material examined. Station KG 8, one specimen (F51929), only a segment kept. Sketch by Carter, in his Manuscript Catalogue (BMNH). Unpublished specimen from Maria Island, Tasmania, BMNH 1925.11.1.1315 — RN XVIII (wet), identified by Dendy as Ancorina geodides. Diagnosis. Massive, cake-to dome-shaped, hard. Surface dark grey to black, may be faintly tuber- culate, with minute acanthomicrorhabds; oscules inconspicuous. Thick cortex detachable, internally light grey. Choanosome dense, buff. Description. massive, 15-20 cm in diameter, cake- to dome-shaped. Lower half encrusted by platelets of coralline alga. Externally very dark brown to black (SYR 1/3-4), also in alcohol. Hard. Surface smooth in life, now finely rugose and microtuberculate with low magnification. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 15 J T Figure 4. Ancorina geodides, spicules. As with all fol- lowing figures of spicules, ranges (minimum, usually mean, and maximum dismensions) are indicted with separate scales for each category. a. Oxea (with example of mean length), x 68. b-c. Orthotriaenes, x 68, with cla- dome enlarged, x 263. d-f. Choanosomal oxyasters and strongylaster, x 790. g. Cortical asters with lanceolate ray- tips, x 790. h. Acanthomicrorhabds, x 1450. Oscules inconspicuous, 0.2-0.3 mm in diameter, round to elongate, irregularly scattered, some clustered. Choanosome dense, buff-coloured (5 YR 7/6-8 to 5 YR 8-9/4), criss-crossed by excurrent canals 1-2 mm wide. Cortex is 2-3 mm thick, of 2 dis- tinct layers, the outer almost black, the inner light yellowish grey (7.5 YR 9/1-4); easily detachable, with continuous zone of subcortical crypts. Inner cortex coarsely fibrous (collagenous), traversed by radial chones. Chones about 270 um wide, regu- larly spaced 0.7-1.5 mm, communicating with sub- cortical crypts, with sphincter somewhat below top of inner cortex. Lining of chones similar to outer cortex and to choanosome with many stron- glylasters and acanthomicrorhabds, usually in clusters. Acanthomicrorhabds scattered in fibrous cortex; asters rare here. Outer cortex strongly pigmented, about 500 um thick; with many strongylasters, and, in outermost portion, crowded acanthomicrorhabds. Choanosomal skeleton comprises megascleres mostly radially arranged, with cladomes of triaenes staggered in narrow zone below subcortical crypts. Deeper parts more confused, with many magascleres at various angles, singly and in bun- dles. Bundles traverse peripheral choanosome and cortex, usually expanding slightly in inner cortex forming narrow penicils ending at surface. Choanosomal aster, regularly scattered intersti- tially, numerous. Spiculation: (1) Oxea straight, mostly fusiform 1334-1773-2080 x 12.1-21-27.7 um; (2) orthotri- aenes with small, often irregular cladomes (clads may be crooked, reduced, suppressed or follow slightly different angles), rhabds 662-7350-2026 x 9.5-21-26 um, clads 39-46.7-58 um in length. (3) Choanosomal oxy-and strongylasters with 10-14 rays, diameter 12.7-/7-24.2 um, often with a cen- trum occupying 15-33% of the diameter. (4) Cor- tical strongylasters (13.8-16.5-21.2 um, 8-14 rays) intergrade with latter but usually lack centrum, fre- quently roughened and spined, especially distally. Some large ones have tylote to lanceolate (mucronate) rays. (5) Acanthomicrorhabds, tran- sitional to sanidasters, 5.6-7.6-8.5 x 0.9-2.4-3.2 um. Remarks. The body of holotype must be regarded as lost. All that remains in the British Museum (Natural History) is a flimsy sketch by Carter and a slide made by Sollas, presumbably from the holo- type (BMNH 1/28). Sollas (1888) seems to have based his redescription chiefly on “tracings illus- trating the structure of this sponge obtained from Mr. Carter.” Except for the conflicting measure- ments of thickness of the cortex and its parts, given by Sollas, and the absence in the new specimen of the "low mulberry-like elevations", there is good agreement. Carter's specimen was much smaller than the new one and it seems likely that the ele- vations in question, if always present in young specimens, disappear with growth. The BMNH 16 F. WIEDENMAYER specimen, from Maria Island, Tasmania, agrees well with the present specimen in macroscopic traits, and also lacks the regular round elevations. Ancorina geodides seems to be closest to A. mur- rayi (Sollas), a species known only from Bass Strait, particularly in spiculation. As Sollas (1888) already remarked, his species differs chiefly in its conulose surface, and in its megascleres being much larger. Ancorina repens sp. nov. Plate 1 figure 3, plate 18 figures 4-6, plate 19 figures 1, 2, text-figure 5 Holotype: NMV F51930, Station KG 6 (Tasmania, Winter Cove, E side of Deal Island, Kent Group; granite boul- ders with algae, depth 3-6 m). Diagnosis. Slug-shaped with short pedicels, very firm. Surface rough, finely rugose, greyish brown, mottled. Oscules inconspicuous, scattered. Cortex thick, stratified, with abundant megascleres in crowded to overlapping umbels, Choanosome dense, light brown, with megascleres in confusion, with crowded euasters. Description. Slightly compressed stolon of uneven thickness, four points of attachment at base. 11 cm long, 2-2.5 cm high, 1.5 cm wide, bluntly pointed. Colour in life dark greyish brown, mottled . Very firm, little compressible. Surface slightly rough, potato-like. Faint, finely dendritic-vermiculate pat- tern on top. Oscules inconspicuous, numerous, 100-300 um wide, regularly scattered on top. On upper portion, vermiculate-anastomosing, tangen- tial canals below surface, 0.5-1 mm wide, roofed by smooth outer portion of cortex. These canals are not completely open, but contain narrow widely spaced penicils of mgascleres, supporting the dermis. Surface elsewhere regularly microtubercu- late to rugo-reticulate, reflecting cortical penicils of magascleres. In few areas, tangetial magascleres or their bundles form subparallel lines. Ostia regu- larly placed in depressed interstices of fine surface pattern. Choanosome light brown, dense; irregularly meandering and anastomosing canals below 100 um wide. Megascleres mostly in confusion, occasion- ally arranged in loose sheafs. Triaenes with cla- domes just below the cortex less numerous than at surface. Cortex 2.5-3 mm thick, exceptionally rich in magascleres arranged in narrow, mostly over- lapping, complex umbels, which begin c. 2 mm below cortex and often branch once or twice. Branches of umbels, some with 2-3 magascleres, interesect at angles 20-30°, some up to 60°, Cortex consists of: (1) Outer layer, 550-600 um thick, non-fibrous, in turn comprising: (a) Thin a]] 13 mod Figure 5. Ancorina repens sp. nov., spicules. a. Oxea (with example of mean length), x 65. b. Triaenes, x65. c-e, Enlarged cladomes, x 249. f. Peripheral strongyles, x 65. £. Acanthomicrorhabds, x 748. h. Small oxyasters of outer cortex, X 748. i. Large oxyspherasters of cortex, x 748. j. Choanosomal tylasters, x 748. outer zone with croweded acanthomicrorhabds, numerous cladomes of triaenes and ends of oxea flush or slightly protruding; (b) inner zone with small oxyasters and scattered acanthomicrorhabds, (2) Inner layer, very collagenous, coarsely fibrous (convolute fibres), 2 mm thick, off-white, with scat- tered large multirayed oxyspherasters and acan- thomicrorhabds. Below cortex and between bases of the umbels are regular subcortical crypts, com- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 17 municating with ostia through few crooked chones, visible in section only where spicular umbels do not overlap. Chones 250-350 um wide, with thick sphincter below outer cortex. Chones lined by numerous multirayed oxyspherasters and scattered small oxyasters and acanthomicrohabds. Choanosome with conspicuous and crowded strongyl-and tylasters. Frequent sand grains strewn in choanosome and cortex. Spiculation: (1) oxea, mostly straight, fusiform (occasionally curved in choanosome), 927-1622-2037 x 11.3-28.9-44.2 um; (2) mostly plagiotriaenes, many mixed as orthoplagiotriaenes (clads at variable angles), asymmetrical also in par- tial reduction of clads or suppression (diaenes, monaenes, styles), particularly in choanosome, where rhabds are often curved: rhabds 841-1068-1333 x 15.6-20.5-28.6 um, clads 17.3-40-62.4 um; (3) thin strongyles of peripheral choanosome (rare) 194-409 x 2.1-3.5 um; (4) acanthomicrorhabds, 8.6-//.2-14.1 x 2-2.9-4 um; (5) small oxyasters of outer cortex, without or with a small centrum, 9-20 rays diameter 12.2- 14.3-17.4 um; (6) large, densely rayed oxy- spherasters of cortex, chiefly lining the chones; diameter 16.8-3/.5-39.4 um, centrum 38-57% of diameter; (7) strongylasters and tylasters (few oxy- asters) of choanosome, with rays often distally roughened to spined, or roughened to crooked throughout, number of rays 6-12, diameter 11.8-2/.9-31.2 um. Remarks. The present species is most closely related to Ancorina acervus (Bowerbank). A. repens is dis- tinguished by a thicker cortex, stunted triaenes (clad lengths generally equal to double rhabd diameter) with shorter and thinner rhabds, absence of corti- cal microxea, presence of subcortical thin stron- gyles and presence of densely rayed oxyspherasters. The large, distally roughened and spined oxyasters and tylasters of the choanosome may be homolo- gous to the “anthasters” sensu Bergquist (1965: 192f., description of Ancorina acervus). Ancorina robusta (Carter) Plate 1 figure 4, plate 19 figure 3, text-figure 6 Stelletta bacillifera var. robusta Carter, 1883b: 351, pl. 14 fig. 3 (Port Elliot and Adelaide, SA). — Carter, 1886b: 123 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic., 34 m). Ecionema bacilliferum var. robustum. —Sollas, 1888: 197 (résumé). Ancorina (Ecionemia) robusta. — Lendenfeld, 1903: 63 (résumé). Psammastra bacillifera var. robusta. — Dendy, 1905: 81 (discussion). m co e p | | | ^ „th | Figure 6. Ancorina robusta, spicules. a. Oxea, x 68. b. Range of orthotriaenes, x 68. c. Cladome of orthotriaene, x263. d. Range of anatriaenes, x68. e. Cladome of anatriaene, x 263. f. Small triaenes of deeper choano- some, x68. g. Flexuous strongyles, x68. h.Acan- thomicrorhabds, x 790. i. Cortical oxea, x 68. j. Tylaster, x 790. Psammastra gigas Lendenfeld, 1888: 39 (Port Jackson, NSW). — Whitelegge, 1889: 180 (off Green Point, Port Jackson). Material examined. Station KG 5, one specimen (F51931); station KG 6, one specimen (F51932); station BSS 187, one specimen (F51933). Type specimens and hypotypes of Stelletta bacillifera var. robusta (BMNH). Holotype (schizotypes) of Psammastra gigas (AM). Diagnosis. Irregularly massive to bulbous, large, tending to expand from waisted base. Tough, slightly compressible. Surface red-brown to dark brown, smooth to faintly rugose. Oscules conspic- uous, often clustered. Cortex ill defined, of medium 18 F. WIEDENMAYER thickness for genus, with megascleres in regular umbels. Choanosome dense, cream to greenish yellow. Large orthotriaenes with regularly curved clads numerous, cladomes staggered around boundary choanosome/cortex and flush at surface. Acanthomicrorhabds at surface exceptionally large for genus. Description. Specimen F 51931 (pl. 1 fig. 4) bul- bous, slightly compressed, expanding from narrow base, 7.5 x 7.5 x 5.5 cm. Apical, tilted depres- sion contains 8 oscules 2-4 mm wide. Coralline and other algae encrusting on side. Specimen F 51932 swollen, expanding from base of coalescent short pedicels. Main mass asymmetri- cally bulbous, slightly compressed, top sloping lengthwise. On highest side two groups of oscules (4 and 2), 2 to 9 mm wide. Greatest height 9.5 cm, width 9.5 x 11.5 em. Specimen F51933 compressed-bulbous with narrow base, but more symmetrical, with crescent- shaped, flattened top bearing scattered oscules 0.5-1.5 mm in diameter. Upper sides bear vague radial folds. Base 4 x 5 cm, height 10 cm, width Oss) eo eR Colour in life red-brown to dark purplish brown; dull cream to greenish yellow around base and neck as for choanosome. (10 R6-7/4-8 and 10 R5/6 for top of F51932.) In alcohol beige. Tough, slightly compressible. Surface smooth except for vague rugose pattern with faint meandering depressions and pits. Rugae and depressions 2-3 mm wide. Ostia scattered regu- larly except for some patches of irregular outline, without relation to rugose surface-pattern. Choanosome dense, except periphery with regu- lar pararadial arrangement of incurrent canals (with intervening anastomoses) and of megascleres. Deeper in choanosome conspicuous excurrent canals with irregularly oblate cross-sections and transverse fine ridges and folds in walls. Cortex ill defined, delimited below by staggered cladomes of loosely strewn, pararadially arranged trianenes of peripheral choanosome. From this zone, regular brushes of triaenes fan out to surface with little overlap, cladomes flush. Width and individuality of brushes variable. Cortex 1.5 mm thick, with outer, pigmented portion (1 mm thick) and mean- dering ectochones. Superficial zone of crowded cla- domes and acanthomicrorhabds. Lower part of cortex fibrous, lighter. Intracortical crypts or anastomosing canals between bases of spicular brushes, surrounded by outer pigmented layer. Intracortical crypts and incurrent canals lined by scattered tylasters and acanthomicrorhabds. Scattered small, thin oxea in cortex and outer- most choanosome. Flexuous strongyles of inter- mediate length in inner cortex and peripheral choanosome, with ends slightly roughened. Tylasters rare in choanosome. Spiculation: (1) Oxea, 903-/2/0-1412 x 6.2-14.9-21.2 um; (2) orthotrianes with gently curved clads: rhabds, 354-/295-1763 x 4.7-17.8-26.9 um, length of clads 15.8-86.6-123 um; (3) anatriaenes (rare, often broken, more fre- quent in F51933); rhabds, 922-//27-1279 x 8.7-15.6-19.4 um, clads (chord perpendicular to rhabd) 26-33-44.7 um; (4) few small ortho-and plagiotriaenes of the deeper choanosome, probably developmental: rhabds, 300-489 x 2.9-8 um, clads 7-16.5 um; (5) flexuous strongyles, 432-588-737 X 1.5-2.8-3.5 um; (6) acanthomicrorhabds (width with spines), 14.7-39.9-52 x 3.2-7.8-9.8 um; (7) small cortical oxea, 124.7-163.2-188.5 x 1-2-2.8 pm; (8) tylasters without centrum, knotty rays, diameter 8.7-11.6-14.6 um. Remarks. Ancorina robusta differs from most con- generic Indo-Pacific and Australian species (4. acervus (Bowerbank), 4. murra 'yi (Sollas), A. aus- traliensis (Carter), A. eeodides (Carter), A. alata Dendy, A. progressa Lendenfeld, A. stalagmoides Dendy), and from the two new species by having much larger microrhbds. Only in 4. corticata (Carter), from South Australia, do microrhabds reach similar dimensions (40 x 4.2 um) according to the description (reported in Sollas, 1888: 200; Lendenfeld, 1903: 63). It differs from A. robusta in its thinner cortex (500 jm), smaller orthotriaenes, lack of anatriaenes, of thin stronglyles of intermedi- ate size, and of small cortical oxea. Ancorina suina sp. nov. Plate 1 figure 5, plate 19 figures 4-6, text-figure 7 Holotype: NMV F51934, Station KG 6 (Tasmania, Winter Cove, E side of Deal Island, Kent Group; granite boul- ders with algae, depth 3-6 m). Diagnosis. Irregularly lobose, angular, with folds and furrows, hard. Surface dull orange-brown to cream. Cortex tough, 1-3 mm thick, smooth to faintly rugose, internally off-white, with irregularly scattered to bundled megascleres. Choanosome dense, light tan, with megascleres more abundant than in cortex, in confusion. Description. Dimensions 5.5 x 5 x 4 cm. Irregu- larly lobose, angular, with folds and furrows in different directions. Several small areas of attach- ment on opposite sides. Colour in life dull orange brown, grading to pale fawn and cream. In alco- hol, surface beige, cortex Off-white in section, choanosome light tan. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 19 Figure 7. Ancorina suina sp. nov., spicules. a. Oxea, x 68. b. Thin choanosomal oxea, x68. c. Range of triaenes, x68. d-h. Enlarged cladomes, x263, i. Small choanosomal triaenes, x 68. j. Microrhabds, x 790. k-1. Tylasters and strongylasters, x 790. Consistency hard. Surface smooth in some areas, in others with finely dendritic depressions and rugae, accentuated by colour. Oscules minute, regularly scattered in furrow on one side. Cortex very collagenous, of variable thickness: 1 to 3 mm. Megascleres relatively scanty in thicker portions, either scattered at various angles, often crossed, some almost tangential, or arranged in bundles gradually expanding towards surface. Many bundles in angular course in lower cortex, with many spicules repeatedly broken, often reach- ing surface obliquely. Many megascleres flexuous. Outermost triaenes have cladomes flush with sur- face or slightly protruding, as for points of oxea. Megascleres in choanosome much more numerous, chiefly in confusion, some in bundles, including dis- tinctive but infrequent small oxea and small inter- mediate triaenes. Outermost zone of the cortex, 10-30 um thick, occasionally to 250 um, contains crowded to packed acanthomicrorhabds. Collagen of cortex finely fibruous, with meandering and vaguely reticulate strands of fibres arranged in rounded packs; more stratified below. Few chones in deeper cortex, mostly oblique to meandering, narrow, with numerous strongylasters and acan- thomicrorhabds in linings. Fine chones riddle por- tions of the outer cortex, 50 um thick, where microrhabds are scanty at the surface and asters more abundant. Microscleres rare elsewhere in cortex below ectochrote. Below cortex zone of dis- continuous but extensive crypts, lined by crowded asters. Tylasters abundant interstitially in choano- some. Some sand grains in cortex. In cortex and choanosome scattered balls with radial fibrous structure and clustered opaque granular matter in variable proportions, supposedly symbionts, with diameters 33-80 um; often crowded at surface, with outermost protruding portions frequently black- ened or truncate. Spiculation: (1) Oxea, with tips often cylindri- cal or swollen, 1105-7257-1346 x 12.6-15.3-18.8 um; (2) thin oxea of the choanosome, 541-703 x 2.8-3.8 um; (3) ortho and plagiotriaenes (often mal- formed, like clads at irregular angles, orthomesotri- aenes, stunted dichotriaene, style): rhabd 699-795-885 x 11.5-15.8-21.8 um, clads 25-40.4-53.8 um long; (4) small and intermediate triaenes of choanosome: rhabd 190-499-693 x 2.9-7.0-11.2 um, clads 5.3-13.7-23.5 um long; (5) tuberculate microrhabds, 5.3-6.7-8.3 x 1.9-2.9-3.9 um; (6) tylasters and strongylasters with 6-14 slightly rough to distally spined rays, diameter 8.9-14.0-21.2 um. Remarks. Ancorina geodides has similar spicula- tion, with acanthomicrorhabds corresponding in size, but triaenes and oxea are almost double in size in A. geodides, and cortical and skeletal structure are distinctive. Ancorina corticata (Carter) agrees in spicule measurements with A. suina, except for acanthomicrorhabds, which are larger (40 um long) and densely spiny in the former. A. corticata, fur- thermore, is round, with relatively large oscules, and peculiar meandrine (brain-like) rugae, with ostia in the interstitial sulci. Stelletta Schmidt Stelletta Schmidt, 1862: 46. — Lendenfeld, 1903: 33 in part, (Myriastra, Pilochrota and Anthastra syn- onymised). — Dendy, 1905: 77 (definition). — Bergquist, 1965: 195. — Bergquist, 1968: 33, 44 (discussion). Myriastra Sollas, 1886: 187. — Sollas, 1888: exxxviif., 112. — Dendy, 1905: 71 (definition). — Dendy 1916a: 235 (discussion). — Bergquist, 1965: 195. — Bergquist 1968: 44 (discussion, synonymised with Stelletta). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 177 (synonymy, references), 20 F. WIEDENMAYER Pilochrota Sollas, 1886: 189. — Sollas, 1888: cxxxviif., 120. — Dendy, 1905: 74 (denfinition). — Dendy, 1916a: 235 (synonymised with Myriastra). Anthastra Sollas, 1886: 191, —Sollas, 1888: cxxxviii, 138. Diagnosis. Ancorinidae with one to three types of euasters, without microrhabds or sanidasters. Remarks. Lévi (1973: 595) retained Myriastra as a distinct genus, with only one category of asters, versus 2-3 categories in Stelletta. Bergquist's argu- ments for merging the two genera are here accepted. They are corroborated by the following species, with one sort of aster, being closely related to two species with two sorts of asters. Stelletta arenitecta sp. nov. Plate 1 figure 6, text-figure 8 Holotype: NMV F51941, Station KG 5 (Tasmania, Garden Cove, N side of Deal Island, Kent Group; boul- ders with algae). Paratype: NMV F51942, Station KG 6 (Tasmania, Winter Cove, E side of Deal Island, Kent Group; granite boulders with algae, depth 3-6 m). Diagnosis. Sprawling, irregularly tuberculate to lobulate; firm, but easily torn. Surface red-brown in life. Cortex 1-2 mm thick, full of sand, with rare spicules. Choanosome light beige, with megascleres in confusion, triaenes rare and atrophied. Euasters scarce. Description. Sprawling, capriciously shaped masses with lacunose outline at base; twisted ridges, lobes abe d di Figure 8. Stelletta arenitecta sp. nov., spicules, a-c. Oxea, strongyles, and styles, x68. d. Triaenes, x68. e-g. Enlarged cladomes, x263. h-i. Tylasters and stron- gylasters, x 790. and tubercles on top and sides, separated by fur- rows and lacunae. Lobes and furrows 0.5-1 cm wide, lacunae up to 2.5 cm. Dimensions 8 x 10 cm width, 4 cm height in holotype, 6 x 7 cm by 3 cm in paratype. Thin plates of coralline algae on paratype. Surface conspicuously sandy, red-brown (2.5 R5/8) in life, now greyish beige, choanosome light beige. Firm, little compressible, tearing easily. Except for few minute oscules in depressions, no orifices. Cortex 1-2 mm thick, packed with sand. Small enclaves of sand in choanosome. Cortex with clear, finely fibrous structure without orientation, except for some fibres enveloping sand grains. Some oxea occur in sandy cortex, either scattered or in oblique bundles or brushes. Choanosome contains oxea in confusion, of vari- able abundance: scattered, occasionally in irregu- lar bundles in paratype, frequently felted in holotype. Triaenes with atrophied cladomes scarce (below 2% of megascleres) and scattered. Small asters scarce, numerous in peripheral choanosome, also in cortex. Subcortical crypts irregularly dis- tributed, narrow, slit-like, some well below cortex. They communicate with oblique, twisted and branching crevice-like incurrent canals. Excurrent canals round, up to 1.5 mm wide. Choanosome almost packed with minute symbionts, in the shape of mulberries, with diameter as for asters. Some occur in cortex. Spiculation: (1) Oxea and stron- gyloxea transitional to strongyles and styles, mostly straight, hastate to fusiform, 286-645-873.5 x 2.6-9.8-14.4 um. Thinnest oxea in paratype (absent in holotype) frequently flexuous, broken, with cor- roded ends, possibly separate category (300-453 x 2.6-2.9 um). (2) Plagio-to orthotriaenes with much reduced, regular or irregular cladomes, rhabd 503-628-704 x 5.3-9-10.3 um, clads 3.8-9.5-17.1 um long. (3) Strongylasters to tylasters (intergrad- ing), frail, without centrum, 6-9 very slender, smooth to slightly knotty, straight rays, 6.5-11.3-13.8 um in diameter. Remarks. Stelletta arenitecta falls within a small group of species containing much foreign detritus and relatively rare, reduced triaenes of irregular dis- tribution. Stelletta arenaria Bergquist (1968: 45) is comparable to S. arenitecta in its cortex, and in the rarity of its triaenes. It differs in shape, colour, arrangement and size of megascleres, less reduced triaenes, and abundance of asters which fall into two categories (tylasters and "chiasters", i.e. anthasters sensu Wiedenmayer, 1977a, nec Berg- quist, 1965). Stelletta vestigium Dendy (1905: 78) resembles S. arenitecta in the shape, size and SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 21 arrangement of its megascleres, but differs in exter- nal shape, colour, lack of cortex, abundance of for- eign matter in the choanosome, and in possessing two categories of asters (oxyspherasters and oxy- asters). There seems to be a fourth, undrescribed sandy species of Stelletía, represented by a speci- men from Port Phillip Bay (BMNH, Dendy Coll. RN 614, double-registered 1925.11.1.611 and — 438, with 3 slides in cabinet 1, trays 43, 44, which I have not examined), labelled with a manuscript name by Burton. It is massive, with almost smooth sur- face, no macroscopically visible cortex, and sand distributed throughout the sponge. Rhabdastrella Thiele [Aurora] Sollas, 1888: cxxxix, 187 (nec Aurora Rago- not, 1887). — Dendy, 1916a: 242 (definition, discussion, review). — Lévi, 1967a: 240 (discussion, brief review), — Bergquist, 1968: 54 synonymised with Rhabdastrella). Rhabdastrella Thiele, 1903a: 934. — Bergquist, 1968: 33, 54 (discussion). Diastra Row, 1911: 300. — Dendy, 1916a: 245 (discus- sion, synonymised with Aurora).— Bergquist, 1968: 54 (discussion, synonymised with Rhabdastrella). Aurorella de Laubenfels, 1957: 245 (replacement name for Aurora Sollas, nec Ragonot). — Hechtel, 1983: 80 (as subgenus of Rhabdastrella). Diagnosis. Ancorinidae with reduced triaenes or without triaenes; euasters comprise massive types (spherasters, anthospherasters, sterrospherasters), commonly in cortical layer. Rhabdastrella cordata sp. nov. Plate 1 figure 7, plate 20 figure 1, text-figure 9 Holotype: NMV F51935 Station KG 6 (Tasmania, Winter Cove, E side of Deal Island, Kent Group; granite boul- ders with algae, depth 3-6 m). Diagnosis. Massive-lobate, low, firmly rubbery; base slightly constricted, folded. Surface mottled, dark grey-brown, purple, pale brown, and dull yellow. Surface smooth to faintly rugose. Oscules small, numerous, tending to cluster. Cortex 500-750 um thick, light, collagenous, lower bound- ary indistinct, with megascleres in vague umbels, and spherasters of 2 sizes in thin crust at surface. Choanosome dense, with megascleres scattered or loosely bundled. Triaenes often irregular. Description. Like a heart lying on its side. Height 3.5 cm, width 5 x 5.5 cm. Base of attachment slightly contracted. Colour in life mottled: dark grey- brown, mixed with purple, pale brown, dull yellow. Sides finely speckled purple. Base, like choano- some, light beige to cream, with sharp boundary to darker top and sides: 5 RP3/2, 10 R8/4, 7.5 Xe]! || € Figure 9. Rhabdastrella cordata sp. nov., spicules. a. Oxea, x68. b. Range of triaenes, x68. c-e. Enlarged cladomes, x263. f. Ghoanosomal strongyles, x68. g. Spherasters of inner cortex and choanosome, x 263. h. Anthospherasters of outer cortex, x 263. i. Superficial oxyspherasters, x 790. j. Choanosomal strongylasters, x 790. YR9/4, 5 R5/10, 2.5 R5/4, 5 R6/2, and neutral black-grey. Firmly rubbery. Surface is partly smooth, partly faintly rugo-vermiculate. Narrow zone on one side near point now finely wrinkled. Broad side with deep oblong invagination. Numer- ous oscules, 0.2-1 mm wide in life, on top, in 5 to 6 separate or confluent fields. Folds and invagi- nations surround base. Cortex mostly 500-750 um thick, finely fibrous and weakly pigmented almost throughout. Very thin hyaline ectochrote. Choanosome dense and collagenous; boundary with cortex indistinct. Sub- cortical crypts or canals infrequent and irregular. Megascleres in choanosome in widely spaced bun- dles and loosely scattered interstitially. Orientation of the latter mostly random in deeper parts, more parallel with bundles in periphery. Bundles below cortex usually oblique, some almost tangential, branching irregularly, expanding into brushes well below cortex. Contiguous brushes separated or overlapping irregularly. Their apices uneven, with cladomes of triaenes commonly placed in inner third-half of cortex, oxea frequently reaching higher. Large spherasters (mostly oxyspherasters with blunt rays) scattered in choanosome and cortex. Small asters of various shapes rare in choanosome. In outer quarter-two-fifths of cortex, spherasters are crowded to packed in clusters, mostly modified as anthospherasters. Conspicuous 22 F. WIEDENMAYER zone free of spicules (except for occasional oxea and scattered spherasters) between ends of megasclere-brushes and the crowded spherasters of outer cortex. In hyaline ectochrote and between outermost anthospherasters infrequent small spher- asters of a distinct category. Spiculation: (1) Oxea, straight to curved or bent, fusiform to hastate, mostly with blunt, conical, or mucronate tips, 387-526-657 x 3.2-9.3-15 um; (2) triaenes, often irregular, with variable directions of single clads (mixed ortho-, plagio-and pro-types), one, two, or all clads stunted or suppressed (diaenes, monaenes, tylostyles), occasionally as mesotriaenes, but with orthotriaenes dominating in periphery and cortex; rhabd 207-284-342 x 5.4-9-13.2 um, length of clads, 9.7-37.4-90.3 um; (3) thin strongyles of choanosome, 150-230-294 x 2 um; (4) large spher- asters, with blunt, conical to terete rays (mostly in choanosome and inner portion of cortex) and anthospherasters with truncate rays (near surface), diameter 18.6-22.1-25.5 um, centrum 54-64-7300; (5) small oxy-and strongylospherasters at the sur- face, diameter 7.0-10.3-13.4 um, centrum 34-46-66%; (6) small asters of choanosome, of variable types (oxy-, strongyl-and tylasters), mostly without or with small centrum (rarely around 35%), and 6-18 rays, diameter 7.8-11.9-19.4 um. Remarks. See next species. Rhabdastrella intermedia sp. nov. Plate 1 figure 8, plate 20 figure 2, text-figure 10 Holotype: NMV F51936, station KG 6 (Tasmania, Winter Cove, E side of Deal Island, Kent Group; granite boul- ders with algae, depth 3-6 m). Diagnosis. Irregularly cake-shaped, with truncate, hollow top, firmly rubbery. Surface purplish black, tuberculate to rugose, partly folded on sides, smoother in apical depression, which contains minute, clustered oscules. Cortex stratified, more pigmented in outer portion, 460-650 um thick, with megascleres in erect, often overlapping umbels, and thin superficial crust of packed spherasters. Choanosome light cream, with megascleres mostly in confusion, and abundant scattered small euasters. Triaenes rare, atrophied. Description. Irregularly cake-shaped, somewhat compressed, with tuberculate and coarsely rugose, steep sides. Top with concave depression of pear- shaped outline, sloping lenthwise, surrounded by bulging rim 1 cm thick. Width at sides 5 x 5.5 cm, height at high end 3.5 cm, at low end 1.5 cm. Colour in life, mostly preserved in alcohol, soot- a b: ç d h m If 1171 e Ö [ Du f md J a L om = El g Figure 10. Rhabdastrella intermedia Sp. nov., spicules. a. Range of oxea, x68. b-c. Enlarged ends of oxea, X 263. d. Range of triaenes, x 68. e-g. Enlarged cladomes with range of widths, x 263. h, Choanosomal thin oxea, X 68. i-j. Cortical spherasters, x 790, k-1. Choanosomal Oxyasters, « 790. black, tinged purple to red (5-10 RP3/1 to 2.5 R5/2 in life, N3/R2 in alcohol): bulging rim slightly lighter. Firmly rubbery in life. Choanosome light cream (2.5 Y9/2). Depression, with fine folds along axis and round invagination near the lower end, riddled by minutes oscules, 100-200 im wide, Rim bears some fine radial folds. Further invaginations on sides and in slightly recessed base. Thin rim of discoloured cortex around base. Surface on eleva- tions of sides smooth, except for fine rugo- reticulate pattern with faint relief, accentuated by colour. Ostia crowded in this region, restricted to the depressions or scattered, occasionally widely spaced on low tubercles. Skeleton of the deeper choanosome mostly confused. Larger oxea often in bundles, of which principal ones, spaced 500 um, erratic, often angular, mostly oblique to the sur- face. Bundles may branch and anastomose, some in subisodictyal fashion. Interstitial megascleres thinner, including small strongyles, usually scat- tered loosely in deeper parts, frequently aligned with principal bundles in peripheral choanosome. Scattered small asters very abundant throughout SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 23 choanosome. Matrix generally dense, lightly col- lagenous, almost packed with clustering unicellu- lar symbionts (diameters around 12 pm). In peripheral choanosome, with filamentous algae, just below zone of subcortical crypts, principal spicule-bundles expand into wide, complex umbels, commonly erect and much overlapping. Other umbels narrow, not overlapping, oblique. All umbels end at surface. Cortex 460 to 650 um, in two layers: (1) Outer cortex, heavily pigmented, 110-250 um, with spher- asters packed between ectochones: (2) Inner cortex, less pigmented, fibrillous, with scattered spherasters (rare in the basal part), 350-400 um. Immediately below is a zone, 250 um, of regular subcortical crypts, between bases of umbels, with matrix lighter than in subjacent choanosome, containing filamen- tous algae. Ectochones narrow, meandering to oblique, wider endochones lined by small asters, leading into subcortical erypts. Spiculation: (1) Fusiform and hastate oxea and strongyloxea, fre- quently slightly bent, 494-603-678 x 5.6-12.4-15 ym. (2) Triaenes, of different types, rare, stunted in various ways (ortho-, ana-, plagiotriaenes to -monaenes); types with one or two clads much reduced or suppressed most common, some with all clads suppressed (subtylostyles); no regular types; some have subterminal aborted clads in addi- tion; rhabds 520-638 x 10.6-14.1 um, clads 5.3-70.2 um in length. (3) Thin oxea and strongyles of choanosome, some (especially the thinnest) very flexuous, 295-404-549 x 2-3.3-5.7 um. (4) Cor- tical oxy-and anthospherasters, the latter often mixed; with rays conical to blunt, smooth to dis- tally acanthose, and truncate in same spheraster, diameter 15.4-20.9-24.3 um; centrum 42-49-57%0; (5) choanosomal oxyasters, diameter 7.3-17.0-28.7 pm, centrum 19-29-38%. Remarks. Despite similarities in spicule types present and their measurements, there are enough differences to regard Rhabdastrella intermedia and R. cordata as distinct species and not as extreme forms of a polymorphic species. The chief differ- ences are in cortical and skeletal structure, in mor- phology, relative abundance and distribution of choanosomal and cortical asters, in the absence of regular orthotriaenes in R. intermedia, and in tri- aenes having much shorter rhabds in R. cordata. In his brief review of 14 species then known in the genus, Lévi (1967a: 240) distinguished three groups: (1) with orthotriaenes, (2) with plagiotri- aenes, and (3) without triaenes. Rhabdastrella tenuis (Lindgren) should be added to group 2. Of the two Brazilian species described more recently, R. virgula Boury-Esnault (1973a: 270) falls to group 3, and R. fibrosa Hechtel (1983: 81) to group 1 of Levi. Neither of the new species falls comfortably into one of these groups, though R. cordata might be included in the first on account of the dominance of orthotriaenes. Of the species included by Levi in this first group, R. primitiva (Burton, 1926c) shows some similarities in spiculation with R. cor- data (distinct category of small cortical spherasters; tylasters and microxea of the choanosome), but the megascleres are distinctly larger, with only regu- lar othotriaenes. R. globostellata (Carter), with syn- onyms Aurora providentiae Dendy (1916a) and Stelletta discolor Bösraug (1913), has cortical spher- asters and choanosomal oxy-to strongylasters (no centrum, slender rays) of much larger dimensions than in either of the new species. Rhabdastrella reticulata (Carter, 1883b; see Sollas, 1888: 188), has cortical spherasters and choanosomal stringlylasters comparable to those in R. cordata, but lacks special small spherasters, thin choanosomal strongyles, and has larger magascleres. R. rowi (Dendy, 1916a) has larger megascleres, and distinctive cortical ster- rospherasters. Rhabdastrella spinosa (Levi, 1967a) has again larger megascleres, and cortical spher- asters up to 45 um in diameter, with a centrum not exceeding 50%. Rhabdastrella aurora (Hentschel, 1909; see Bergquist, 1968: 54) is comparable to R. intermedia in the frequent irregularity of cladomes, and to R. cordata in the presence of special small spherasters at the surface. But the megascleres are again larger than in both new species, and the large spherasters are comparatively scarce, being largely replaced by foreign detritus in the cortex. The spirit collection in the British Museum (Natural History) contains 3 specimens (Dendy’s RN 739, 745, 1200, with 16 slides, BMNH cabinet 1, tray 24) of yet another undescribed species, with a manuscript name by Burton. I have not examined the slides, but one of the specimens differs from both new species by having a thicker cortex (1.3 mm) and a dark brown choanosome. Geodiidae Gray, 1867 Geodia Lamarck Geodia Lamarck, 1815 (1814-1815): 333.— Hechtel, 1965: 68, 70 (subdivision in subgenera). — Levi in Brien et al., 1973: 595 (subdivision). Subgenera. Nominotypical subgenus, see Wieden- mayer, 1977a: 178 (synonymy, references). Cydonium Fleming, 1828: 516. —Sollas, 1888: CXLVIII, 218, 254. — Hechtel, 1965: 70. Isops Sollas, 1880: 396. — Lendenfeld, 1903: 93 (diagnosis, key, review). 24 F. WIEDENMAYER Sidonops Sollas, 1889: 277. — Lendenfeld, 1903: 99 (diagnosis, key, review). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 179 (type species redescribed). Diagnosis: (Genus and subgenera) Geodiidae with sterrasters only (no small euasters, spheres, microrhabds) in the cortex. Subgenera distin- guished by distribution and relative size of incur- rent and excurrent openings. In the nominotypical subgenus, chones have cribriporal roofs and oscules are clustered. In Cydonium, incurrent and excur- rent orifices are cribriporal and similar in size. Isops has solitary ostia and distinct solitary oscules. In Sidonops, chones are cribriporal and oscules single, in depressions or deep invaginations. = ——— ES Fe Geodia (Geodia) punctata Hentschel Plate 2 figure 1, plate 20 figures 3, 4, text-figures 11-13 Geodia punctata Hentschel, 1909: 366, text-fig. 10; pl. 23, fig. 25 (Shark Bay, WA). Material examined. Station KG 2, one specimen (F5 1937). Diagnosis. Stump-shaped, truncate top with con- fluent depressions containing oscules; firm. Sur- face smooth, slippery in life, with minutely reticulate pattern, greyish brown mottled with dull purple and yellowish cream. Cortex 300-400 um thick, often lacunose with conspicuous chones. Sterrasters packed except at base of cortex. — >> AAA APR, VANE; J / v ^ be 11 Figures 11, 12. Geodia (Geodia) punctata. Details in reflected light. Figure 11. Perpendicular section, x 9.8, showing, from top, oblique view of surface, mottled cortex, peripheral choanosome with brushes of megascleres, and irregular canals of deeper choanosome. Figure 12. Reticulate pattern of surface, x 11.7. 7A Ma "Mo, 5 AN | ; AE SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 25 Figure 13. Geodia (Geodia) punctata, spicules. a. Range of oxea, x 68. b. Enlarged ends of strongyloxeon, x 263. c. Range of triaenes, x68. d-g. Enlarged cladomes, x 263. h-j. Sterrasters, x 790. h. Earliest developmen- tal stage. i. Intermediate stage. j. Fully grown stage. k-1. Choanosmal asters, x 790. k. Oxyaster. I. Strongylaster. m. Small Strongylospherasters of ectochrote, x 790. Choanosome yellowish cream, its periphery with megascleres in distinct, often oblique umbels, in deeper parts mostly confused, with numerous small asters. Ortho-to plagiotriaenes often with irregu- lar cladomes. Description. Like a tree-stump, 7.5 cm high, 6 x 7 cm wide, with flat, truncate top, slightly con- stricted base 3.5 x 4.5 cm wide. Base of attach- ment oblique, extending in patches to two-thirds of height. Sides partly smooth, partly thrown into shallow furrows and low, broad lobes. Top bears 8-9 partly confluent depressions of rounded- polygonal outline now shrivelled, containing scat- tered oscules 0.3-0.5 mm wide. Colour in life greyish brown with purple tinges on top (now greenish grey, 5 Y5-6/2), dull purple (7.5 RP4-6/8) mottled with yellowish cream (5 Y9/4), the latter also in choanosome. Surface in life smooth, slip- pery. Firm but somewhat compressible. Surface in purple areas of sides with fine reticu- late pattern, like giraffe-skin when magnified, slightly in relief, with fine ostia scattered and clustered (text-fig. 12). Choanosome dense, col- lagenous; excurrent canals commonly compressed. Megascleres mostly loosely scattered in deeper choanosome; some arranged in bundles with little orientation, or subparallel and oblique to the sur- face. Small asters of various sizes numerous throughout choanosome, but irregularly dis- tributed, most abundant around canals. Sterrasters scarce in choanosome. Peripheral choanosome 800 um thick, with brushes of megascleres, some per- pendicular and isolated, most oblique, overlapping and crossing each other. Subcortical crypts and canals irregularly and widely spaced, often continu- ing radially or obliquely below, confluent or con- nected by fine, irregular anastomoses. Cortex mostly 300-400 um thick. Below very thin hyaline ectochrote, with scattered small spherasters, a weakly and finely fibrous main layer. Fibres more distinct and often stratified in inner portion. Ster- rasters crowded to packed between chones, except for a thin basal layer of scattered sterrasters. Inner boundary of cortex indistinct in collagenous struc- ture, but usually marked by tangential magascleres. Cladomes of scarce triaenes commonly flush with this base, but tips of outermost oxea often reach somewhat higher. Chones 80-100 um wide in outer half, frequently oblique, widening and confluent below. Spiculation: (1) Oxea, strongyloxea, strongyles, rarely anisoxea, straight or weakly bent, frequently with telescoped or mucronate ends, 504-667-806 x 3.8-9.4-14.1 um; (2) ortho-to plagiotriaenes, often with irregular cladomes and atrophied clads, rhabds frequently telescoped, strongylote or swollen, rhabds 334-423.7-567.6 x 7.6-10.1-12.4 jm, clads 22.6-69.7-110.9 um; (3) graceful ster- rasters with relatively long rays, spacing of trun- cate tips mostly equal to half their width, occasionally equal to their full width, diameter 22.6-29.3-33.8 um; (4) choanosomal oxy-to stron- gylasters with no or small centrum, 6-12 rays, often roughened or finely spined in larger ones, diameter 8.4-17.1-29.7 um; (5) small strongylo-and tylospherasters of ectochrote, rare in choanosome, diameter 6.8-9.8-12.5 um, centrum 38-50%. Remarks. In the original description, Hentschel mentions infrequent, flexuous, thin oxea, rare 26 lr, WIEDENMAYER styles (derived from oxea), and very rare anatri- aenes, none of which were seen in my preparations. The measurements given for oxea, triaenes, ster- rasters and choanosomal oxyasters are all some- what above mine but whether this biogeographic or ecological significance would be premature to decide. Of the other three species with Australian records here accepted in the nominate subgenus, G. (G.) carteri Sollas has generally larger spicules, includ- ing dichotriaenes. G. (G.) globostellifera Carter has larger sterrasters and much larger megascleres, including protriaenes. G. (G.) nigra Lendenfeld is black, has large tylostyles, cortical styles, and plagiotriaenes with longer and thicker rhabds than in G. punctata. Coppatiidae Topsent, 1898 Synonyms. Epipolasidae Sollas, 1888 (nomen nudum; used by Levi [in Brien et al., 1973]: 598; Vacelet, Vas- seur and Lvi, 1976: 23). Jaspidae de Laubenfels, 1936a. Remarks. | have already pointed out (Wieden- mayer, 1977a: 172) that the priority of Coppatii- dae is not affected by the obsolescence of the type genus. Though Jaspidae was introduced before 1961, and was increasingly accepted following Bergquist (1968: 30) it cannot be said to have won general acceptance in the sense of the ICZN, Article 40b. Lévi et al. have preferred to use Epipolasidae (see synonymy above) and other authors have avoided family names within the order or suborder Epipolasida. Jaspis Gray Jaspis Gray, 1867a: 526. — Wilson, 1925: 329 (résumé, in part, not Rhabdastrella).— Bergquist, 1968: 33, 55 (dis- cussion). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 172 (synonymy, references). Diagnosis. Coppatiidae with euasters only as microscleres. Jaspis stellifera (Carter) Plate 2 figure 2, plate 20 figures 5, 6, lext-Figures 14-17 Amorphina stellifera Carter, 1879b: 344, pl. 29, fig. 10 (South Australia). Stellettinopsis stellifera, —Ridley, 1884a: 477 (discussion). Coppatias stellifera.—Sollas, 1888: 208 (resume, discussion). Jaspis stellifera.— Shaw, 1927a: 422 (excessive syn- onymy, description from Tasmania, discussion, distribu- tion; possibly Jaspis coriacea). — Burton, 1934a: 522 (new record from Great Barrier Reef only). — de Laubenfels, is of 1954a: 255, text-fig. 155 (Caroline Islands). — Bergquist, 1969: 69, text-fig. 2 (Heron Island). Stellettinopsis carteri Ridley, 1884a: 476, pl. 43, figs n, n' (Torres Strait). Coppatias carteri. —Sollas, discussion). Stellettinopsis tuberculata Carter, 1886b: 126 (Port Phillip Heads). Coppatias tuberculatus.—Sollas, 1888: (résumé). — Dendy, 1905: 109 (in discussion). Jaspis tuberculata, — de Laubenfels, 1954a: 224, text- fig. 154, (Marshall Islands). Stellettinopsis lutea Carter, 1886h: 459 (Westernport Bay). Coppatias luteus . 1888: 208 (résumé, 207 -Sollas, 1888: 207 (résumé). Material examined. Station KG 1, one specimen (F51938). Type specimens of Amorphina stellifera, Stellettinopsis tuberculata, and Stellettinopsis lutea (BMNH). Diagnosis. Encrusting to massive, irregularly lobate, commonly enveloping parts of algae, shells, detritus and other foreign objects; leathery, but easily torn; dull purple to brownish drab, or golden yellow throughout, but deeper at surface, Surface smooth to microhispid, vaguely rugose, occasion- ally tuberculate. Cortex indistinct, about 0.5 mm thick, with matted oxea, paratangential or in con- fusion. Oscules indistinct. Choanosome with abun- dant, mostly confused, bent oxea of extreme size range, and numerous minute euasters. Description. Small, partly enveloping 2-3 empty vermetid shells, together with two smaller sponges (Gelliodes incrustans and Aulorrhiza procumbens). Vermetid shells partly coated inside, partly penetrated between layers, by the sponge. Colour dull purple to brownish drab on surface (5 RP5/6-8). Leathery on surface, easily torn to crumbly internally. Indistinct cortex of variable thickness, mostly 400-500 pm, not easily detacha- ble, sometimes discontinuous, or layered. Outer, deeply pigmented layer. Whole cortex commonly packed with oxea in confusion. Oxea at surface either chiefly tangential or in a rugose pattern of matted brushes (text-fig. 14). Lining similar to cortex surrounds larger excurrent canals in choano- some, about 1.5 mm wide. Smaller canals, 50-150 pm wide, riddle the choanosome. No oscules. Clusters of ostia (cribriporal groups) in slight, saucer-like depressions (text-fig. 14). Single ostia, 50-100 jum wide, lead to oblique, meandering, often confluent chones of similar diameter, confluent with numerous subcortical crypts (text-fig. 15), commonly arranged in several equidistant layers. Arrangement of megascleres in choanosome mostly confused, scattered or in disoriented bundles. Choanosome with pigmented cells and scattered to packed ellipsoidal bodies, 20-30 im long, with cen- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 27 33 \\ = EA sA] ER = Be - cs Ata Or de et A POL. wy Zee CORB Cea ES 9g c Z^ p DONE E aji WE 0.8 o 7,1% AE. wo. 7 pr ee eof r A [AAA e» DES ce o 22 of "o vo e UU AN iV o o ,9 Mi? > vo pet? y V E ANS lv a o Z co INTE A o \ e wes = Se, 72 Vo gy a TROP A e 75 N $ Nw ‘ A n / YN AN SD W^ Yung x Wwe Va 77 y) AN | 4 Avi i v/ ENS TUN 7% em 9 14 N Figures 14-16. Jaspis stellifera, details in reflected light, x 16.5. Figure 14. Smooth depression with cribriporal groups surrounded by brushes and felt of megascleres. Figure 15. Perpendicular section through cortex with a cribriporal group, intracortical and subcortical crypts. Figure 16. Perpendicular section showing irregular cortex, small and large canals in choanosome. 28 F. WIEDENMAYER Figure 17. Jaspis stellifera, spicules. a. Range of oxea, X68. b. Oxea, enlarged, x 263. c. Style (rare), x263. d-f. Asters, x 790. tral clear core surrounded by equal cells. Such bodies were originally described by Carter, and are probably algal symbionts. Scattered foreign debris, throughout choanosome, some quite large. Asters numerous. Spicululation: (1) Oxea (pl. 20 fig. 6) hastate to fusiform, commonly symmetrically bent, occasion- ally modified to anisoxea, strongyles and styles, graded size range with little if any relationship between length and thickness, 89-364.8-682.8 x 2.6-8.7-17.6 um; (2) oxyasters with about 10-20 roughened to irregularly spined rays, centrum mostly below 24%, with relatively rare stron- gylasters of similar size, with some rays tylote, cen- trum occasionally up to 45%, diameter 8.9-12-14.6 um. Remarks. It is possible that the partly corroded ver- metid shells functioned as excurrent canals and oscules. My synonymy is based on that suggested by Bergquist (1969: 69), and my identification is based on the discussion therein, from which Jaspis stellifera emerges as a rather polymorphic species. Some of Bergquist's points need to be corrected or clarified. Neither Carter (1879b) nor Sollas (1888) mentioned that the asters in J. stellifera are tylasters. Carter's primitive figure can only be inter- preted as a strongylaster. Stellettinopsis carteri, as described by Ridley (1884a), does not have identi- cal microscleres: Carter and Sollas give 17 um diameter for J. stellifera, Ridley gives 50 um for S. carteri. Diameters of asters given by Carter and Sollas are 8.3 um for S. tuberculata, and 18 um for S. lutea, hence the latter are not *much smaller" than in J. stellifera, and those of S. tuberculata are near the lower extreme in the specimen examined. The Australian species of Jaspis urgently need revi- sion, as none of the primary types involved have been re-examined since the original descriptions. Sollas merely gave résumés with spicule dimensions converted to metric. Carter gave only single meas- urements (commonly the largest observed) with no or little regard for ranges. Since the smallest oxea in the specimen examined fall into the range of the "microxea" in Stellettinopsis coriacea and S. pur- purea Carter, it is not unlikely that Carter over- looked intermediate sizes, that the latter two species might have to be merged in Jaspis stellifera, and that this species is perhaps more polymorphic in southern than in northern Australia. Order Spirophorida Brien, 1968 Tetillidae Sollas, 1886 Tetilla Schmidt Tetilla Schmidt, 1868: 40. — Sollas, 1888: cxxiv, 1 (defi- nition). — Lendenfeld, 1903: 16 (review with résumés). — Dendy, 1905: 89 (definition). — Wilson, 1925: 355 (defi- nition, résumé, discussion, list of species). — Bergquist, 1965: 197f (discussion). — Bergquist, 1968: 60 (Southern Ocean species). Chrotella Sollas, 1886: 180. — Sollas, 1888: cxxv, 17 (definition), — Lendenfeld, 1903: 16 (synonymised with Tetilla). — Burton, 1937: 11 (synonymised with Cinachyra).— Burton, 1959: 200 (synonymised with Cinachyra). Diagnosis. Hemispherical to globular Spirophorida without vestibular calices, and without modified triaenes. Small oxea, if present, not spiny and not ın cortical layer. Sigmaspires present. Tetilla praecipua Sp. nov. Plate 2 figures 3, 4, plate 21 figure 1, text-figure 18 Holotype: NMV F51943, Bass Strait, 17 km S of Warr- nambool, 38°32.0/S, 142°28.6'E, depth 52 m, coarse sand and shells (stn BSS 187). SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 29 ra 1 BP — A y —— —3 eS sn Y AA > Lt b f N AC mi ic dj 4 e ES ui = L ET L J Figure 18. Tetilla praecipua sp. n., spicules. a. Range of oxea, x 34. b. Enlarged ends of oxea and range of thick- ness, x 329. c. Range of triaenes, x34. d. Enlarged cladome, x 329. e. Microxea, x 329. f. Sigmaspires, x 329. Diagnosis. Small, roughly hemispherical, firm. Sur- face hispid, orange-yellow with greenish grey on sides. Small, clustered oscules. No distinct cortex. Radial choanosome with conspicuous terete canals regularly arranged, thick megascleres in bundles, interstitial microxea in confusion, and faint sig- maspires. Protriaenes rare, atrophied; no anatriaenes. Description. Torn off from base, slightly damaged top. Dome-shaped, with humped top. Diameter at base 6 cm, height 4 cm. Firm, moderately compres- sible. In life dull orange-yellow with mixture of greenish-gray on sides (7.5 YR6-7/10). Surface from faintly hispid on top, to distinctly hispid (spic- ule plush 0.5-1 mm) on sides, with foreign debris, small algae and hydroids. Two symbiotic barna- cles imbedded on one side. Small oscules, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, clustered in irregular fields, chiefly on one side of apical hump. Excurrent canals terete, straight, annualate, mostly around 1 mm wide; radial and oblique, regularly spaced. No distinct cortex. Radial arrangement of megascleres. Thin- ner megascleres (oxea) commonly single, slightly spaced; thicker ones mostly in bundles 140-350 um wide, between radial canals. Throughout choano- some scattered to felted microxea or rhaphides. Thin sigmaspires numerous. Triaenes rare, cla- domes atrophied, commonly as promonaenes. No triaenes in inner (focal) choanosome; no anatri- aenes anywhere. Spiculation: (1) Oxea, straight or bent in the middle, regular, with blunt, mucronate or tele- scoped tips, 910-3065-4182 x 4.7-26.1-41.5 um; (2) triaenes, much atrophied, mostly as promonaenes, occasionally as tylostyles, with fusi- form rhabds thickest in the middle, clads occasion- ally subterminally irregularly polytylote, rhabds 1093-2409 x 2.8-4.1 um, clads 30.7-67.6 um; (3) microxea or rhaphides, roughened, straight or gently curved to slightly flexuous, 104.7-137.2-176.5 x 1.0-1.6-2.0 um; (4) sig- maspires, 9.5-/7.2-24.4 um chord, about 0.8 um thick. Remarks. Tetilla praecipua falls within the small group of species having small oxea scattered throughout the sponge. The three species of this group then known, Terilla monodi Burton (1956) from West Africa, 7. oxeata Burton (1959), from South Arabia, and Tetilla microxea Bergquist, from the Caroline Islands, were discussed in Berg- quist (1965: 197). Tetilla praecipua is closest to T. microxea in spicule measurements, rarity of triaenes and atrophied cladomes of protriaenes. Tetilla microxea differs from T. preaecipua in colour, in possessing conules and long spines of oxea project- ing from the surface, and in the presence of anatriaenes, Order Hadromerida Topsent, 1894 Tethyidae Gray, 1867 Tethya Lamarck Tethya Lamarck, 1814 (1814-1815): 69 (in part). — Lindgren, 1898: 358f (revision). — Burton, 1956: 120. — Burton, 1959: 214 (synonymy, discussion). — Bergquist, 1968: 37 (discussion). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 170 (syn- onymy, references). Diagnosis. Commonly globular Tethyidae, with distinct cortical and choanosomal types of euasters. Tethya ingalli Bowerbank Plate 2 figures 5, 6, 9, plate 21 figure 2, text-figure 19 Provisional synonymy. Tethea ingalli Bowerbank, 1859: 307, pl. 25 figs 12, 14. — Bowerbank, 1872: 119, pl. 5 figs 11-17 (Fremantle, WA)-— Vosmaer, 1932-1935; 192 (résumé). Tethya ingalli, — Ridley, 1884b: 624 (discussion). — Sollas 1888 431, pl. 44, figs 15, 16 (Bass Strait, Port Jack- 30 F. WIEDENMAYER Figure 19. Tethya ingalli, spicules. a. Range of principal megascleres., x27. b-d. Enlarged tips of principal megascleres, x 263. e. Cortical styles, x 68. f. Oxyspher- asters, X263. g. Tylasters, x 790. h-j. Choanosomal asters, x 790. son). Lendenfeld, 1897a: 18 (synonymy). — ?Kirkpatrick, 1900a: 132 (Christmas Island). — Topsent, 1918: 578, 579, 600 (résumé, discussion, synonymised with Donatia diploderma (Schmidt), other synonyms). — Burton, 1924b: 1039 (holotype re-examined, synonymised with Donatia diploderma).— Bergquist, 1968: 36, pls 5b; 13c, e (syn- onymy, description, discussion; New Zealand). nec Tethya ingalli. Lindgren, 1898: 317, 360 (— Tethya seychellensis fide Hechtel, 1965: 65). ? Donatia ingalli.—Hentschel, 1909: 371 (=? Tethya seychellensis). Donatia ingalli.— Hentschel, 1912: 316 (Aru Islands, Indonesia). nec Donatia ingalli. — Dendy, 1916a 264, pl. 48 fig. 3 (— Tethya robusta Bowerbank, fide Burton, 1924b). Donatia ingalli var. maxima Hentschel, 1909: 372 (Shark Bay, WA).— Topsent, 1918: 598 (discussion). — Burton, 1924b: 1039 (synonymised with Donatia diploderma). Tethea cliftoni Bowerbank, 1873a: 16, pl. 3, figs 14-18 (Fremantle, WA).—?Carter, 1886b: 122 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). —Sollas, 1888: 431 (holotype re-examined, synonymised with 7. ingalli).— Topsent, 1918: 583 (résumé, discussion, synonymised with Donaria diploderma).— Burton, 1924b: 1039 (holotype re- examined, synonymised with Donatia diploderma). — Vosmaer, 1932-1935: 195 (résumé). ?Tethya cliftoni. —Ridley, 1884b: 624 (discussion; Seychelles). Tethya inflata Lendenfeld, 1888: 49 (Port Jackson). — Lindgren, 1898: 360 (discussion). — Hallmann, 1914a: 275 (syntypes redescribed, as Donatia ingalli var. laevis (Len- denfeld). — Topsent, 1918: 590 (discussion). — Vosmaer, 1932-1935: 197 (résumé, discussion). Tethya phillipensis Lendenfeld, 1888: 50 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.)— Lindgren, 1898: 360 (discussion, syn- onymised with 7. ingalli).— Hallmann, 1914a: 277, pl. 15, fig. 4 (syntypes redescribed as Donatia phillipensis).— Topsent, 1918: 579, 590, 650, 601 (résumé, discussion, synonymised with 7. diploderma). — Burton, 1924b: 1039 (syntype in BMNH re-examined, synonymised with Dona- tia diploderma).— Vosmaer, 1932-1935: 198 (résumé). Tethya laevis Lendenfeld, 1888: 51 (Port Jackson). — Lindgren, 1898: 360 (discussion, synonymised with 7. ingalli).— Hentschel, 1909: 372 (remark).— Hallmann, 1914a: 281 (syntypes redescribed, as Donatia ingalli var. laevis, includes Tethya ingalli: Sollas). — Topsent, 1918: 591 (discussion, synonymised with 7. diploderma).— Burton, 1924b: 1039 (syntype in BMNH re-examined, syn- onymised with Donatia diploderma).— Vosmaer, 1932-1935: 197 (résumé, discussion). ?Donatia parvistella Baer, 1906: 31, pl. 2 fig. 9; pl. 5 figs 35-38 (Zanzibar). — Dendy, 1916a: 262 (synonymised with Donatia japonica). — Topsent, 1918: 598, 601 (dis- cussion, synonymised with Donatia diploderma). — Burton, 1924b: 1039 (synonymised with Donatia diploderma). Donatía japonica varr, nucleata and globosa Hentschel, 1909: 372, text-fig. 11; 373, text-fig. 12, pl. 22 fig. 8(WA between Shark Bay and Albany). — Hentschel, 1912: 317 (types re-examined, synonymised with Donatia ingalli). — Topsent, 1918: 598 (résumé, discussion). Donatia diploderma.— Topsent, 1918: 574, 600, text- figs 22-24 (part, discussion, description of new records; Gulf of Aden?; Ambon, Indonesia?). — Burton, 1924b: 1039 (part). — ?de Laubenfels, 1936b: 451 (Pacific end of Panama Canal). — Guiler, 1950: 9 (Tasmania, identified by Burton).— ?de Laubenfels, 19502: 30, text-fig. 20 (Hawaii).—?de Laubenfels, 1954a: 232, text-fig. 160 (Marshall Islands). — ?de Laubenfels, 1955a: 141 (Gilbert Islands). — Lévi, 1956b: 7, text-fig. 4 (fide Bergquist, 1968; Madagascar). Tethya multistella, — Bergquist, 1961b: 193, text-fig. 16a, b (nec Lendenfeld; New Zealand). Material examined. Station KG 1, one specimen (F51944). Type specimens of Tethea ingalli, T. cliftoni (BMNH); of Tethya inflata, T. phillipensis, T. laevis (AM). Diagnosis. Globular, small to medium-sized; com- monly thin pedicels variable in number (up to 10) and length. Very firm,'leathery. Surface smooth to moderately but irregularly tabuerculate, pale red to pink or dull orange. Cortex thick (2.5-3 mm), dense, orange-buff, traversed by regular radial pil- lars of megasclere bundles and of oxyspherasters expanding into outer cortex with packed oxyspher- asters; hence regular arcade-like cortical structure in sections. Large oxyspheraster of cortex and SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 31 peripheral choanosome regular, massive, mostly with 12 conical rays. Description. Globular, slightly ellipsoidal, 4-4.5 cm in diameter. 10 pedicels around base, 3-20 mm long, 1-4 mm thick. Surface in life pale red to pink (5-7.5 R8/10). After preservation dull red-orange (10 R6/10 to 2.5 YR7-8/6) top and outer cortex, orange-buff (S YR9/4) base and inner cortex. Choanosome in first alcohol dull orange-yellow (7.5 YR7/10 to 2.5 Y8/8). Very firm, little compress- ible, leathery. Surface mostly smooth, except one side and top, with either faint polygonal tubercles (2 mm wide) separated by narrow grooves, or a pitted and rugo-reticulate pattern (pits and rugae 0.5-1 mm wide). No oscules. Cortex 2.5-3 mm thick, of two layers. Outermost thin hyaline ectochrote, 30-35 um thick, with packed tylasters. Outer cortex 2 mm thick, very col- lagenous, coarsely but vaguely fibrous. Few radi- ally oriented fibres clearly visible. Inner cortex radially traversed by pillars of crowded to packed oxyspherasters. Pillars mostly 300-350 um wide proximally, expand distally, in joining outer cortex. General aspect of an arcade. Equally frequent, but more irregularly spaced between pillars of spher- asters, also radial, are columns of oxea, in width generally inferior to pillars of spherasters. Oxea- columns issue from choanosome, surrounded in periphery by receding sheaths of cortical matrix. Columns compact through choanosome and most of inner cortex; expanding towards outer cortex, then often looser, branching through outer cortex, ending flush with surface. Interstices of inner cortex contain some radial lines of crowded spherasters and tylasters, commonly mixed. Width of these lines equals that of 1-3 spherasters. Some columns of oxea surrounded by scattered asters. Spherasters rare elsewhere in inner cortex, but tylasters scat- tered throughout. Chones indistinct, probably coin- ciding with radial lines of crowded asters. One pillar of spherasters contains an excurrent canal. Inner cortex also contains subradial styles and styloids, irregularly flexuous, hastate to slightly fusiform, most common below outer cortex, single or in groups of 2-3, pointed ends outwards. Ends blunt, mucronate, or conical to variable length, frequently embedded in outer cortex. Some with bases in peripheral choanosome. Choanosome packed (periphery) to crowded with asters of three categories: two like in cortex, less frequent inward; third, more abundant inwards, oxyasters with thin, distally microspined rays. Compact radial columns of oxea, 180-200 um wide, equally distant, issue from small focal area of packed megascleres. One half of columns expand, merge, overlap, and end below cortex, remainder traverses cortex. Spiculation: (1) Oxea, fusiform, straight, mostly as anisostrongyloxea, with blunt tips, some modi- fied to styloids, strongyles, rarely styles, 310-7048-1733 x 4.1-11.7-17.4 um. (2) Styles of cortex, variably flexuous, 249-425-548 x 4.2-6.4-8.2 um. (3) Oxyspherasters with 12-16 massive, conical rays; in spicular slides, most common meristic form has six rays in focal plane and three oblique rays on top; diameter 20.9-60.3-72.4 um, centrum 26-32-4099, (4) Tylasters with 6-12 rays, mostly stocky occasion- ally slender, more numerous in cortex; diameter 9.9-13.6-16.1 um, centrum 17-28%. (5) Oxyasters of the choanosome, centrum small or absent, with 6-10 slender, commonly crooked and distally spined rays: proximal parts of rays frequently straight, distal, spined parts deviate at a low angle, or curved. Many forms show spines decreasing in length form middle of ray; initial, strongest spines may coincide with a tyle. Some rays branch at this point; branches mostly uneven in length and thick- ness, Some transitional forms to tylasters, with stocky rays; some or all tyles in shape of flowers (anthasters), from which one stronger spine or spiny actinal branch may issue. Diameter 9.6-29.3-47 um. Remarks. The synonymy given above is tentative and follows that suggested and discussed by Berg- quist (1968: 36). But some further comments seem appropriate. Donatia ingalli sensu Dendy (1916a: 264) is a misidentification of Tethya robusta Bowerbank, as Burton (1924b) correctly pointed out. This also explains Dendy's following comment under Donatia seychellensis (1916a: 265): “The large red Donatia so common in the neighbourhood of Port Phillip, Victoria [the true Tethya ingalli], possesses large oxyasters very similar to those of D. seychellensis, but I am inclined to think, on account of other characters, that it is specifically distinct both from D. seychellensis and D. ingalli." Indeed the whole spiculation of Tethya ingalli is very similar to that of 7. seychellensis, as Hechtel's detailed description (1965: 65) makes clear. The cortical structure of the new specimen is sufficiently similar to that represented in Sollas (1888, pl. 44 fig. 16) to justify the specific separation of T. ingalli and T. seychellensis in the sense of Sollas and Hechtel. As to Tethya diploderma, 1 concur with Hechtel (1965: 66) that the species must be considered as unrecognisable at present. There is, however, a type-slide extant in the British Museum (Natural History), BMNH 1870.5.3.93, cabinet 2, tray 52. 32 F. WIEDENMAYER Burton (1924b: 1039) re-examined it, but gave no details. Sollas’ brief and insufficient redescription (1888: 439) is probably based on this slide. Top- sent (1918: 574f.) was unaware of its existence. No complete survey of Schmidt's type material has ever been published. This applies particularly to the Atlantic material of 1870 (Museum of Compara- tive Zoology; unpublished survey by W.D. Hart- man, Peabody Museum); to his material in the Copenhagen Museum, and his collections of types, schizotypes and slides in the Landesmuseum Joanneum, Graz, Austria. The specimens of the latter collection are now temporarily in Geneva, curated by R. Desqueyroux-Faundez, and partly being revised by her and by J.N.A. Hooper (per- sonal communication). Unfortunately, many published records and short descriptions of Indo-Pacific sponges, assigned to Tethya ingalli, T. seychellensis, and T. diploderma, are dubious. Polymastiidae Gray, 1867 Polymastia Bowerbank Polymastia Bowerbank, 1863c: 1104.— Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 210. — Dendy, 1922: 148 (definition). — a b c d e "rn Figure 20. Polymastia crassa, spicules. a-b. Ranges of | Burton, 1930c: 670 (definition, discussion). — Bergquist, 1968: 21, 24 (key to New Zealand species). Diagnosis. Encrusting to massive, sessile Poly- mastiidae; papillae variable in number and length; without marginal fringe of radial spicules. Tylostyles, subtylostyles, styles and styloids com- monly in three sizes. Pronounced cortex with tan- gential and radially bundled spicules, smallest megascleres in palisade at surface. Chiefly littoral and sublittoral. Polymastia crassa Carter Plate 2 figures 7,8, plate 21 figures 3-5, text-figure 20 Polymastia bicolor var. crassa Carter, 1886b: 120 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). Polymastia crassa. — Dendy, 1897: 250 (2 syntypes re- examined, new records from Port Phillip Heads). Material examined. Station KG 7, two specimens (F51945, F51946); station WB, one specimen (F51947). Type speci- mens of Polymastia bicolor var. crassa (BMNH). Diagnosis. Base thin, encrusting; numerous papil- lae variable in width, low to moderately high (mostly 5-20 mm), often contorted, irregular, wrin- f g h t. ES A AAA arge styles, from F51945 and F51946, respectively, x 85. c-d. Enlarged ends of large styles, x 329, e-f. Ranges of medium stypes, as for a-b, x 85. g-h. Enlarged ends of medium styles, x 329. i-j. Range of small styles, as for a-b, x85. k-l. Enl arged ends of small styles, x 329. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 33 kled, some with apical oscules. Firm, little com- pressible. Surface otherwise smooth. Colour variable, papillae commonly orange, base greyish orange, to reddish or dark purple, the latter occa- sionally on whole sponge. Interior pale orange to yellow. Cortex 0.7-1.5 mm thick, with palisade of small styles at surface. Deeper cortex may be vaguely stratified by layers of paratangential spic- ules. Choanosome dense, with spicules in confu- sion and in ascending bundles; these branch in periphery, and often traverse cortex in umbels. Walls of papillae reinforced by longitudinal spic- ular bundles. Description. Largest specimen (F51945, pl. 2 fig. 7) pear-shaped in outline, 9 x 12 cm wide, 3 cm high. Papillae crowded, stubby, with interstices equal to their width or narrower. Papillae smaller on sides, 1-5 mm wide and high, larger (5-20 mm wide and high) in median zone. Many papillae con- fluent, compressed and vermiculate in section; larger ones bear longitudinal folds and wrinkles, and are mostly inclined to recumbent. Apical oscules rare on small papillae, more frequent on larger ones. In life salmon to orange on papillae (10 R - 2.5 YR7/8-10), greyish red around base (5 R6/2-3), with pale orange to yellow (10 YR - 2.5 Y8-9/6-10) in cortex and choanosome. Firm, little compressible. Specimen F51946 (pl. 2, fig. 8) growing on sand, encrusting base of indented outline, 2-3 mm thick, 7 x 5 cm wide, 21 mostly tapering papillae more widely spaced than in larger specimen, often com- pressed, 2-8 mm wide at the base, up to 15 mm long. Some weakly rugose longitudinally, mostly recumbent in different directions, contorted. Some bear minute apical oscules. Base incrusted with sand. Papillae bright orange (2.5 YR7/12), base greyish orange (2.5 YR7/3). Rubbery. Specimen F51947 similar in shape to F51946, but smaller: base 3 x 4.5 cm wide, 1-2 mm thick. Papillae crowded, not above 3 mm wide at the base, 5 mm long. Very dark purple, almost black, thoughout (5 RP3/1). Now (in alcohol) dull yel- lowish brown (10 YR5-6/3-4), other two specimens now cream-coloured. Cortex in largest specimen 1-1.5 mm thick in base, 700-870 um in intermedi- ate specimen. Choanosomal skeleton, in former, of closely spaced subparallel columns, 40-180 um thick, of large megascleres. They frequently branch and anastomose obliquely; some break up into dis- orderly bundles. Interstitially crowded intermedi- ate spicules, some larger spicules in confusion. Below cortex, spicular columns branch more regu- larly and in cortex expand to form confluent to overlapping umbels. Pattern may be obscured or replaced by large spicules in confusion. Outer cortex formed by palisade of small spicules. Matrix of cortex finely fibrous, mostly without orientation, much lighter, in transmitted light, than choanosome. Contrast accentuated by interstitial confused spicules in choanosome, and by abun- dance therein, of minute, vesicular to elongate and contorted (sausage-shaped) bodies, presumably algal symbionts. They also occur in cortex, but much less profusely. Between spicular columns, boundary with cortex usually bulges outward, with sheaths of cortical matrix penetrating deeply along columns. Skeletal structure in intermediate specimen some- what different: spicular columns more distinct, more widely spaced, their branching in peripheral choanosome and expansion in umbels in cortex more regular. Interstitial confused spicules paratan- gential in periphery. Second layer of paratangen- tial spicules below outer 3/5 of cortex. Cortex in papillae only 330 um thick, spicular columns more crowded than in base. Boundary with cortex rarely bulges between spicular columns. Spiculation (individual measurements): F51945: (1) Large styles, strongyles, strongyloxea (styloids), 492-611-699 x 7.1-10.7-16.2 um. (2) Medium styles, subtylostyles, strongyloxea (distinction from the large spicules is somewhat arbitrary, but inter- mediate sizes are rare), 311-401-462 x 5.6-7.4-9.1 pm. (3) Small styles and tylostyles, 124-/58-188 x 2.4-4.2-5.3 um. F51946 : (1) Large styles, stron- gyles, strongyloxea (styloids), 477-730-964 x 7.6-11.4-15.3 um. (2) Medium styles, tylo- and sub- tylostyles (with small heads), oxea, 179-232-340 x 4.7-7-9.1 um. (3) Small tylostyles, 100-/29-177 x 1.9-2.9-4.4 um. Remarks. Carter (1886b: 119, 121) also described Polymastia bicolor (as typical variety) and P. mas- salis from Port Phillip Heads. Dendy (1897: 249-250), who re-examined the types of both, regarded the latter as a variety of P. bicolor and doubted that this species belongs to Polymastia, stating: “It appears to be intermediate in structure between the genera Suberites and Polymastia." | have not examined these types (BMNH), particu- larly the type slides, and cannot comment on this issue. Of the four species described by Bergquist (1968), three are known from New Zealand only, P. conigera Bowerbank also from Britain and from the Indian Ocean. The latter is spherical with a single osculiferous papilla. P. hirsuta Bergquist has a surface pile and involute papillae. P. fusca Berg- 34 F. WIEDENMAYER quist and P. granulosa Bróndsted are closer to P. crassa in shape and surface, but have a distinct, uniform colour: dark chocolate brown externally in P. fusca, mostly conserved after fixation, deep orange throughout in life in P. granulosa. P. fusca also differs from P. crassa in cortical structure (packed with spicules, small subtylostyles often exotylote), while in P. granulosa the large sub- tylostyles are commonly polytylote. Spirastrellidae Ridley and Dendy, 1886 Spirastrella Schmidt Spirestrella Schmidt, 1868: 17.— Wilson, 1925: 345 (dis- cussion).— Bergquist, 1965: 185 (discussion).— Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 162. (synonymy in part, not Spiras- trona, = Diplastrella; references). Diagnosis. Incrusting to massive Spirastrellidae of variable, often irregular shape. Tylostyles and sub- tylostyles, subordinately styles, in more or less iso- lated ascending bundles, Spirasters mostly coarse, scattered to packed in choanosome, often concen- trated in superficial crust, absent in some speci- mens, Boring assumed in two species. Colour in life commonly yellow, brown, grey or deep purple, never blackish. Remarks. This genus is notoriously difficult and controversial in taxonomy, especially in delimita- tion of species. Vosmaer's (1911) extreme lumping was criticised by several authors (notably Hallmann, 1914a: 291f.; Topsent, 1918; 542f.; Wilson, 1925: 345). Of the species recorded from southern Austra- lia, S. purpurea (Lamarck), with synonyms S. wil- soni (Carter) and S. bonneti Topsent, and redescribed by Topsent (1918: 546; 1933: 43), is dis- tinct chiefly by its deep, stable purple colour (spon- gioporphyrine; see Bergquist and Skinner, 1982, pl. 7 fig. 3). Its thick cortex is differentiated into an inner zone of felted megascleres, and an outer zone Of packed spirasters and erect megascleres. Spirasters are mostly small, feebly spiral, often approaching amphiasters. In some specimens, microscleres may be rare or lacking, and most megascleres may be modified or reduced, often with subterminal tyles or without tyles (with styles and even strongyles resulting). Sand is commonly incorporated throughout the sponge body. The presence of S. cunctatrix in southern Australia needs to be confirmed, but is not unlikely from its known distribution (Western Atlantic, Mediterra- nean, Indo-West Pacific [see Desqueyroux- Faundez, 1981: 733], North Australia [as Spiras- trella decumbens Ridley], Hawaii, Gulf of California). S. areolata Dendy (1897: 255) may well be a good species, characterised by a regular polygonal- areolate surface (Vosmaer, 1911, pl. 3 fig. 4). This pattern is reminiscent of Raphyrus hixoni Lenden- feld (1885) described from Sydney. S. digitata Hentschel (1909) seems to be suffi- ciently distinct by its shape, colour (orange-brown surface, whitish choanosome) and ecology. S. massa Ridley and Dendy (1886) (holotype from Bass Strait, BMNH 1887.5.2.33, not examined by me) is described as massive, pale yellow, with very diffuse skeleton, and commonly slender spirasters with up to six bends. Vosmaer (1911: 17), who re- examined the holotype, regards it as very close to S. wilsoni (correctly S. purpurea sensu Topsent), except for colour. It may therefore be conspecific with Suberites wilsoni var. albidus Carter (holo- type: BMNH 1886.12.15.256; spirasters figured by Vosmaer, 1911, pl. 12 fig. 3). This species, if future revision based on primary types and topotypes should confirm its validity, would have to be called Spirastrella albida (Carter). Suberites spirastrel- loides Dendy (1897) is probably another synonym. Vosmaer (1911: 23) observed “traces of red color" on the holotype of Suberites wilsoni var. albidus. The possibility should not be excluded that purple and yellowish or brownish specimens occur within one species (S. purpurea), with transitions, as this seems to be the case in the Japanese Spirastrella panis Thiele, as redescribed by Hoshino (1981: 224). S. spinispirulifera (Carter), first described from South Africa, then from Victoria, Indonesia and New Zealand (Bergquist, 1968: 16) is sufficiently distinct by its weakly spined spirasters (spinispirae). A number of species from the Indo-West Pacific region have been described up to 1905 (S. punc- tata Ridley, S, vagabunda Ridley, S. solida Ridley and Dendy, S. inconstans (Dendy), S. transitoria Ridley, S. cylindrica Kieschnick, S. aurivillii Lind- gren, S. semilunaris Lindgren, S. carnosa Topsent, S. lacunosa Kieschnick, S. spiculifera Kieschnick, S. tentorioides Dendy) which might be good spe- cies. This applies particularly to those redescribed more recently: S. vagabunda and S. aurivillii by Bergquist (1965: 182f.); S. inconstans by Vacelet et al. (1976: 33); S. carnosa and S. solida by Desqueyroux-Faundez (1981: 734). Vacelet et al. (1976: 34) have shown that species in the inconstans-vagabunda group, with similar and vari- able morphology, can be distinguished in the field by their ecological affinities, though attribution to any of the old species remains problematical. Their species 1 prefers back-reef habitats (sand flats with sea-grass, mangroves); their species 2 occurs in shaded and sheltered recesses in shallow portions SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT of the coral reefs; their species 3 inhabits somewhat deeper portions of the fore-reef. S. aurivillii, as redescribed by Bergquist (1965), besides contain- ing characteristic spirasters, has a predominantly boring habit, largely hidden in fairly large cavities in coral rock, with papillae protruding through straight channels. Spirastrella papillosa Ridley and Dendy Plate 2 figures 10, 11, plate 21 figure 6, text-figure 21 Spirastrella papillosa Ridley and Dendy, 1886: 491. — Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 232, pl. 41 fig. 5, pl. 45 fig. 11 (Port Jackson). — Dendy, 1897: 253 (synonymy; Port Phil- lip Bay). — Whitelegge, 1897: 331 (Funafuti). — Vosmaer, 1911: 17, 33, 41, 56, 60, 61 (references, résumé, type data, description, discussion). — Hallmann, 1912: 126 (Shoal- haven Bight, Port Jackson, NSW, Port Phillip Bay). Cliona papillosa. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 142 (trans- fer only). Spirastrella papillosa var. porosa Dendy, 1897: 253 (Port Phillip Heads). — Vosmaer, 1911: 17 (discussion), Spirastrella cunctatrix. — Carter (nec Schmidt), 1886b: 114 (part, only BMNH: 1886.12.15.250, Port Phillip Heads, figured in Vosmaer, 1911, pl. 3 fig. 3, pl. 10 fig. 2). Spirastrella cunctatrix var. porcata Carter, 1886b: 115 (Port Phillip Heads). — Vosmaer, 1911: 10, 27, 33, 39, 61 (references, résumé, type data, decription, discussion), pl. 10, fig. 3 (spicules of holotype). Papillina panis Lendenfeld, 1888: 58 (part, not pl. 1 figs 1, 2, fide Hallmann, 1914a; Port lackson).— Whitelegge, 1889: 181. — Hallmann, 1914a: 294 (syntypes redescribed). Spirastrella purpurea. — Vosmaer (nec Lamarck), 1911: 17 (part, specimens S.E. 426d, 92a-1 only), pl. 3 fig 5, pl. 4 fig. 3, pl. 9 fig. 6, pl. 10 fig. 1, pl. 14 fig. 1. (Selat Sape, Flores Sea, Indonesia). aA b c6 r | | Figure 21. Spirastrella papillosa, spicules from F51948. a. Range of megascleres, x 68. b-e. Enlarged ends of megascleres, x 263. f. Spirasters, x 790. ud un Material examined. Station KG 10a, one specimen (F51948); station BSS 187, two specimens (F51949, F51950). Holotypes of Spirastrella papillosa and of Spiras- trella cunctatrix var. porcata (BMNH); type specimens of Spirastrella papillosa var. porosa (NMV) and of Papil- lina panis (AM). Hypotype of Spirastrella cunctatrix: Carter (BMNH 1886.12.15.250). Diagnosis. Shape variable, often massive, like turtle-shell, also thickly flabellate, radially folded, with wide, truncate margin containing regular depressions. Firmly spongy. Oscules marginal. Sur- face except margins commonly nodulose or papil- late, but this relief sometimes subdued; otherwise smooth. Deep yellow, olivaceous or purplish grey, internally light yellowish brown or dark olive-grey. Cortex 0.7-2.5 mm thick, full of felted megascleres, more croweded (packed) at surface, as for spirasters. Choanosome finely and regularly caver- nous, with felted megascleres mostly in thin con- torted walls. Spirasters intermediate in size (for genus), rather robust, shafts often straight, terete. Description. Shape and size of first specimen (pl. 2 fig. 10) like figure in Ridley and Dendy (1887, pl. 41 fig. 5). Roughly pear-shaped, 11 x 15 x 8 em; flat base of attachment almost circular in out- line, 9 cm in diameter. Most of free side covered with crowded round papillae, 5-8 mm in diameter, 2-3 mm high. Two blunt conical elevations on top, and on one side near base, respectively. Papillae in upper half tend to be aligned longitudinally, and coalesce in apices of osculiferous cones, passing into longitudinal folds separated by narrow fur- rows. Apical oscules, now closed, have deeply incised, irregularly stellate margins. Deep yellow in life (10 YR to 2.5 Y8/20) on outer surface, light yellowish brown (7.5 YR7/4-6 and 7.5 YR8/4-8) around base and in choanosome. Other two specimens thickly flabellate. F 51949 (pl. 2 fig. 11) 2.5 cm thick near base, 1.5 cm dis- tally. Width and height 14-15 cm. Free margin three-quarters-circular in outline, truncate with several contiguous squarish depressions. Small oscules situated partly in these depressions, partly irregularly scattered on one side. Papillae on both sides smaller, more numerous, lower than in F51948, often vague and coalescent. One side coarsely corrugated longitudiually. Olive in life. F51950 a section (about one-third) of irregularly crescent-shaped lamella, 18 cm wide, 10-11 cm high, up to 5 cm thick at base. Both surfaces more vaguely and irregularly nodulose than in previous specimen. Surface purplish slate-grey, dark olive- grey in choanosome. All specimens firmly spongy, internally finely cavernous. Cortex variable in thickness, 700 um in F51948, 2.5 mm in F51949, 1 mm in F 51950. Full of felted 36 F. WIEDENMAYER megascleres, with microscleres scattered in lower half to three-quarters, crowded further out (zone commonly pigmented), packed at surface. Surface layer, 80-170 um thick in F51949, not always dis- tinct, often with still felted megascleres, either flush with surface or protruding from it. In F51950 spirasters gradually decrease in abundance from surface to middle of cortex. Foreign debris widely scattered throughout choanosome and cortex in two flabellate specimens. In massive specimen choanosome often packed with sand, while cortex contains very few grains. Spiculation (in F51949) : (1) Tylostyles, sub- tylostyles and styles, straight, curved or bent; with tyles frequently subterminal, faint, or composite, occasionally tilted, or with second, faint subtermi- nal tyle; points may be telescoped, mucronate, strongyloxeate or strongylate; 184-384-510 x 2.6-6-8.4 um. (2) Spirasters mostly straight to gently twisted, occasionally curved or bent, irregu- larly or spirally spined, with distinct terete shafts, total length 32.1-40,/-49.4 um, width of shaft 2.8-3.7-4.5 um, width with spines 10.2-/5./-19.3 um. Remarks. In morphology, the spicules in the new specimens, particularly the microscleres, compare well with pl. 10 figs 2, 3 in Vosmaer (1911), representing those in Carter’s two specimens from Port Phillip Heads, quoted in synonymy above, and with pl. 45 fig. 11 in Ridley and Dendy (1887). Of the measurements tabled in Vosmaer (1911: 61), and based on re-examination of the type specimens, those for the Victorian specimens (B.M.1, B.M.10) again agree with mine (Dendy, 1897, gives 200-460 X 4-8.3 um for tylostyles, 50 x 12 um for microscleres). In the holotype of Spirastrella papil- losa, Vosmaer found maximum thickness of tylostyles to be 17 um (Ridley and Dendy, 1887, give 15.7 um), i.e. twice the size in my measure- ments. Vosmaer's own specimens from Indonesia (quoted in synonymy above) are comparable to the holotype from Port Jackson in dimensions of megascleres (range: 183-600 x 15-20 um) and in the segregation of spirasters into two size-categories (22.5/55 pm in the holotype, 12.5-14/40-85um in Vosmaer’s material). This may reflect a bio- geographical gradient; but more material from Port Jackson and other localities will have to be examined. Chondrillidae Gray, 1872 Remarks. Gray's name has priority over Chon- drosiidae Schulze, 1877 (in the modern sense, with Chondrilla generally included) though the former was less often used since its revival by de Lauben- fels (19362). Chondrosia Nardo Chondrosia Nardo, 1847b: 267. — Wiedenmayer, 19772; 187 (synonymy, references). Diagnosis. Chondrillidae without spicules. Chondrosia reticulata (Carter) Plate 3 figures 1-6, plate 22 figure 1 Halisarca reticulata Carter, 1886f: 274 (Port Phillip Heads and Westernport Bay). Chondrosia spurca Carter, 1887a: 286 (Port Phillip Heads). — Carter, 1887c: 356 (synonymised with Halisarca reticulata). — Topsent, 1896b: 513 (synonymised with Chondrosia collectrix Lendenfeld).— Vosmaer, 1932-1935: 289 (résumé). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 188 (résumé). Chondrosia reniformis forma spurca. — Burton and Rao, 1932: 324 (discussion, in part). Chondrosia collectrix Lendenfeld, 1888: 74 (nec Schmidt, 1870; Port Jackson). — Hallmann, 1914a: 307 (redescription and discussion of holotype).— nec Bróndsted, 1926: 319 (a Psammopemma fide Bergquist, 1968: 63), Reniera collectrix Lendenfeld, 1888: 78 (Port Jack- son). — Whitelegge, 1902b: 277, 280 (redescription of 2 syntypes). — Hallmann, 1914a, b: 308, 327 (redescription of 2 syntypes, synonymised with Chondrosia collectrix Lendenfeld). Chondrosia chucalla de Laubenfels, 1936a: 184 (nomen novum for Chondrosia collectrix Lendenfeld as secon- dary junior homonym).—?de Laubenfels, 1951: 267 (Hawaii).—?de Laubenfels, 1954a: 154, text-fig. 178 (Marshall Islands), — ?de Laubenfels, 1955a: 142 (Gilbert Islands). Material examined. Station BSS 187, one specimen (F51951). Type specimens of Halisarca reticulata and Chondrosia spurca (BMNH). Type specimens of Chon- drosia collectrix and Reniera collectrix (AM and BM NH). Diagnosis. Encrusting to irregularly massive, firm, rubbery. Surface smooth, glabrous, to finely rugose or verrucose, deep purple in life, light beige or greyish when preserved. Oscules mostly minute, scattered. Cortex variably thick, 0.5-1.5 mm in massive larger specimens, little differentiated except for absence of foreign detritus, which is otherwise scattered to packed through most of the choanom- some. Peripheral choanosome sometimes free of detritus, with irregularly meandering canals, paratangential below cortex. Description. Massive, bluntly ridge-shaped, with asymmetrically triangular cross-section, flat base of attachment. 4 x 8 cm at base, 3.5 cm in height. Partially enveloped clump of coralline algae and bryozoans on one side. Deep purple in life, firm, SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 37 little compressible, rubbery. Now faded to light beige, with light brownish to greyish areas. Surface on sides rugose to verrucose without orientation, otherwise smooth, glabrous. Elevations 2-4 mm wide, depressions similar or narrower. Apical ridge 1-1.5 cm wide and glabrous. Most oscules minute (100-800 um wide), scattered on ridge, few clustered down one narrow side. Single larger oscule, 2.5 mm wide, on one of elevations below ridge. Cortex 0.5 to 1.5 mm thick, marked by absence of foreign detritus. Matrix of cortex vaguely and finely fibrous, without orientation except along subradial, meandering chones. Excur- rent canals subradial in cortex, equal in width to smaller oscules. Subcortical crypts or excurrent canals (connections not seen) meandering in paratangential plane, 0.5 mm wide, with smooth walls. Similar canals meandering deeper in choano- some, surrounded by fibrous matrix, without preferred orientation. Foreign debris scattered to crowded throughout choanosome, packed in some places, ill-sorted, up to 600 um in diameter. Choanocyte chambers mostly spherical, 25-36 um in diameter. Cortex and choanosome contain large quantities of translucent microsymbionts, of one, commonly two to three aggregated globular cells, diameter 7-12 um. Most colourless in transmitted light, scattered to crowded, those lining canals commonly packed, single, smaller (not exceeding 8 um), light yellow- ish. Another form of symbiotic alga, mostly attached to sand grains, irregular, amoeboid to digitate-frondose, light yellowish green. Remarks. The syntypes of Chondrosia spurca and those of Haliscarca reticulata relabelled (by Carter?) *Chondrosia spurca", in London (BMNH), which I have examined only macroscop- ically, compare well with the new specimen. The largest one (the lectotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.128, wet, with slide G2756 in the Australian Museum) has deep portions of the peripheral choanosome almost devoid of sand (pl. 3 figs 2-3). The mean- dering excurrent canals in these areas are up to 3 mm in diameter. In the syntype of Chondrosia col- lectrix Lendenfeld in Sydney (AM G9061, wet), the cortex is thinner than in the Victorian specimens, so that individual foreign inclusions or their clusters in the underlying choansome are reproduced as conules or fine tubercules (pl. 3 figs 6a-e). The colour is somewhat darker than the present speci- men, greyish. The microsymbionts, described by Hallman as *cystencytes", are slightly larger, 15-20 um in diameter. Possibly a different kind of microsymbionts was described by Hallmann (1914a: 309) as being confined to the smaller canals in Reniera collectrix. The syntype (syntypes?) in Sydney (AM G9014, wet, two halves or two cut specimens, pl. 3 figs 4, 5) is light yellowish brown internally, speckled dark greenish grey. The West-Indian Chondrosia collectrix (as redescribed in Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 189) differs from C. reticulata by its darker, almost black colour, softer consistency, and by having a thin, detachable ectosome. Latrunculiidae Topsent, 1922 Remarks. The sigmatose early ontogenetic stages of discorhabds in Sigmosceptrella and the frequent occurrence of polytylote megascleres in the family (the latter stated to be common only in various poecilosclerids) prompted Topsent (1922) to include the Latrunculiidae in the Poecilosclerida. He reiter- ated this view (1928: 47), granting a common, though distant origin of Spirastrellidae and Latrun- culiidae. His view was upheld by Lévi (in Brien et al., 1973: 611). Bergquist (1978: 166) included the family in the Hadromerida, based on earlier biochemical work, followed by Boury-Esnault and van Beveren (1982: 42). Van Soest (1984: 146) left the ordinal assignment of the family open, provi- sionally following Lévi (1973). Polytylote monactinal megascleres also occur in Polymastia (P. granulosa, see Bergquist, 1968: 23; P. polytylota, see Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 490). Early ontogenetic stages of discorhabds in Sigmoscep- trella are not like typical sigmata and chelae, in having a straight shaft, and spines always appear- ing simultaneously on distal recurved ends and opposite on the shaft. The homology with poecilosclerid sigmatose microscleres is weakened by the rhabdose erliest stage in discorhbds of Podospongia loveni (see Remarks on Latrunculia below). Another type of “pseudosigmatose” microsclere, phylogenetically related to spirasters, might be seen in the anthosigma. Similarity by con- vergence in these "sigmatose" microscleres seems to be analogous to that in dentate chelae and sig- maspires (Dendy, 1921: 119, fig. 31). On the other hand, the presence of true chelae (palmate anisochelae) in Barbozia primitiva Dendy (1922: 131f.) might be adduced as a stronger argument for peocilosclerid affinity of the Latrunculiidae (Dendy included the genus in the Spirastrellidae). However, its reticulate skeleton, and Dendy's statement, that its “oxydiscorhabds” are not arranged in a special surface layer like in Latrunculia, make it certain that Barbozia is an aberrant poecilosclerid (as de Laubenfels, 1936a: 53, and Topsent, 1928: 48, maintained). Its *oxydiscorhabds" (Dendy, 1921, fig. 34C; 1922, pl. 18 fig. Id) are remarkably simi- 38 F. WIEDENMAYER lar to some amphiasters in the spongillid Dosilia plumosa (see Dendy, 1921, fig. 26M). Topsent (1928: 48) speaks of “isancres amphiastériformes." Lévi and Lévi (1984: 956) argued convincingly that the microsclere-complement is unstable in this genus (sigmata or “oxydiscorhabds” may be absent), and that Barbozia is a junior synonym of Phlyctaenopora Topsent (1904), which they assign to the Coelosphaeridae. The fossil record has not been sufficiently appraised in this context. Though it does not resolve the issue, it is apt to add a new perspec- tive. The oldest fossil discorhabds are those fi igured by Rüst (1885, pl. 45 figs 35, 36), now known to be of Lower Cretaceous (Albian) age. That of fig- ure 36 is remarkably similar to the modern type in Carter (1879b, pl. 29 fig. 16). From the same phos- phorite nodules from Northern Germany, Rüst figured spirasters (pl. 45 figs 34, 38) and what looks like an anthosigma (pl. 45 fig. 37). Normal sigmata, forceps and chelae (some of otherwise unknown types) are also reprented (pl. 45 figs 9-11, 13-15, 17, 20, 21) and so are tylote sigmaspires (pl. 45 figs 12, 16). Normal sigmata, however, are known already from sediments of Triassic age (Mostler, 1976, text-fig, 12). Some modern discorhabds are exceptionally large for microscleres (up to 217 um long in Latrun- culia multirotalis Topsent, 1928: 222; up to 377 pm long in L. biformis, fide Boury-Esnault and van Beveren, 1982: 44). Even larger are the giant “dis- casters” in Sceptrintus Topsent (1904: 117), a genus now virtually extinct, known only from the type locality in the Azores. These spicules, more aptly described as hypertrophied verticillate sanidasters, have sizes of 150 x 7 um to 530 x 40 um. They were regarded as megascleres by de Laubenfels (1936a: 79), who was undecided whether to include the genus in his “Acarniidae” or in the Agelasidae. Topsent (1904), however, has clearly stated that these spicules are arranged like spirasters in Spiras- trella and thus should be ranged as microscleres. He therefore included Sceptrintus in the Spirastrel- lidae rather than in the Latrunculiidae. Sceptrintus must have been very common in the Oligocene around Tasmania (Kennett, Houtz et al., 1975: 333, figs 10-12), and possibly occurs today at great depth in the Gulf of Mexico (Spongolithis h yStrix Ehrenberg, 1873, pl. 5 fig. 22, isolated spicule in dredged sediment, 2720 m). Among the fossil microscleres from the Oamaru Diatomite of New Zealand figured by Hinde and Holmes (1892, pl. 11 figs 15-45) are many typical discorhabds of Latrunculia. The largest (fig. 34) is 206 um long and resembles those of L. mul- tirotalis Topsent (1928, pl. 7 fig. 19b). Three types (figs 22, 23, 45) have their upper half decorated by microspined or roughened globules, several in one whorl and one apical, similar to one-half of a mas- sive amphiaster of the clionids Thoosa and Alec- tona (figs 41, 42 of the same plate). Two types (figs. 32, 44) are close to discorhabds in the modern Didiscus. That in figure 32 is uniformly microspined throughout and its discs are marginally inflated. Similar, isolated examples are known from Recent sediment of the Indian Ocean (Carter, 1879b, pl. 29 fig. 20) and from the Upper Jurassic of Poland (Wisniowski, 1888, pl. 12 fig. 10), Such types particularly in connection with the occasional slight swelling of blunt apices of the axis, as in Didiscus flavus van Soest (1984), suggest transitions to, and homology with short criccorhabds with few annuli (Wiedenmayer in Hartman et al., 1980: 72), with the microsclere type in Carter (1979b, pl. 29 fig. 21), and microspined, nodular amphiasters in Alectona and Thoosa, which may be asymmetri- cal (Topsent, 1904, pl. 12 fig. 3b; Annandale, 1915a: 18, text-fig. 3). Those in Topsent (1904) are also suggestive of the type attributed to Alectona by Hinde and Holmes (1892, pl. 11 fig. 44). Its shaft is smooth, strongyloxeote, and bears two symmetrically arranged discs with serrated margins, like in Didiscus, but, in addition, a few irregularly distributed tubercles between disces. Other parallels are the microspined sanidaster of Latrunculia (Negombata) acanthosanidastera (Hoshino, 1981: 221, fig. 11b; pl. 4 figs 3, 4), with its blunt clads; and the amphiasters of Thoosa laeviaster Annan- dale (1915a: 22) resembling early stages of, or atrophied discorhabds of Latrunculig. The microsclere attributed to Thoosa by Hinde and Holmes (1892, pl. 12 fig. 3, 30 pm long) com- bines two structural elements: the massive amphiaster of Thoosa mollis Volz (Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 502, fig. 30 A-C) and the denticulate axial apices like in many discorhabds of Latrunculia. Of the microscleres ascribed to Spirastrella by Hinde and Holmes (1892), those on plate 12, figures 4 and 6, can be regarded as transitional between spirasters and discorhabds, with some spines still in verticils or clustering around the bulbous apices. Analogous transitions were pointed out by Dendy (1921: 123, fig. 39) in Latrunculia (Negombata) corticata Carter. The tendency, common to some spirasters and irregular discorhabds, to approach amphiasters (compare e.g. Diplastrella bistellata, Suberites wil- soni in Vosmaer, 1911, pl. 12 figs 4, 9, with Latrun- culia hallmanni, below, and Latrunculia (Negombata) tarentina Pulitzer-Finali, 1983, fig. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 39 37) has been noted by Topsent (1928: 47). Com- parison of the fusiform verticillate sanidasters and 7-whorled discorhabd in Hinde (1910, pl. 1 figs 11-13; Late Eocene) with the sanidasters from the Oligocene of the continental rise off Tasmania (Kennett, Houtz et al., 1975: 333, figs 10-12) sug- gests a connection between Sceptrintus and Latrun- culia, closer than Topsent imagined. The spicules ascribed to a new (hypothetical) genus Ditriaenella by Hinde and Holmes (1892, pl. 12 figs 34, 35) merit consideration in this context. The one in figure 34 was reproduced by Rauff (1893, p. 155, fis. 11) and named “amphimesodichotriaene.” The closest modern equivalents in my oponion are the “amphitriaene” of Samus and the normal amphiaster of Thoosa (Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 33, figs 29, 30). With regard to the homology of the latter two, I am merely fol- lowing Topsent's opinion (1928: 28), countering Sollas' influential and misleading view (1888: 57), who qualified the amphiasters of Samus as amphitriaenes. Topsent was cautious with regard to the other, smaller microscleres of Samus, quali- fied as sigmaspires by Sollas, a view followed by most subsequent authors (e.g. Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 481). These microscleres are C-or S-shaped, in one plane or twisted, microspined (not smooth as claimed by Sollas, 1888, and Lendenfeld, 1903). They are thus indeed morphologically similar to the common microscleres of Spirophorida. Topsent, rejecting the homology with spirasters, ultimately accepted them as sigmaspires, and admitted a dis- tant relationship with the Spirophorida (in which sigmaspires would be the only ancestral trait shared with Samus). Considering the presence of spinispirae (microspined spirasters) in Spirastrella (S. spinispirulifera, see Bergquist, 1968, pl. 11 G) and the similarity with the spiroscleres in Trachy- cladus (Bergquist, 1970, pl. 10C/2), convergence of such microscleres cannot be excluded. Reduc- tion of spination and of twisting of spirasters in ancestors of Samus might well have occurred. The fossil spicule of “Ditriaenella“ connects the amphiasters of Thoosa and Samus with certain types of discorhabds, in which verticils are more or less regularly lobed, with lobes bifid, trifid, or multifid (the latter in Hinde and Holmes, 1892, pl. 11 fig. 40). Individual verticils of such types com- monly comprise four lobes (Sigmosceptrella quad- rilobata) or three lobes (S. fibrosa). Adjoining verticils are often twisted regularly around the axis, so that lobes alternate between whorls when viewed axially. In such view some examples show tendency to dichotomy (Topsent, 1904, pl. 12 fig. 5; 1928, pl. 7 fig. 18b). Oxydiscorhabds are not exclusive in Didiscus, some are known in Latrunculia or Sig- mosceptrella (Hinde and Holmes, 1892, pl. 11, fig. 15; Dendy, 1922, pl. 18 figs 4b, 4b'; Bergquist, 1978, pl. 7b, here with dichotomy at right angles, i.e. in axial planes, a feature also apparent in some fossil examples in Hinde and Holmes (1892), in some extremes resulting in erect apical blades). The two types of "Ditriaenella" differ only in the dichotomy being proximal in figure 35, with six equal clads in one whorl (in analogy to the amphiaster of Thoosa). Amphiasters in Samus (possibly derived from “Ditriaenella” amphiasters by reduction of the rhabd ends) are often heter- opolar (Carter, 1879b, pl. 29 fig. 3, here microspined; Topsent, 1928: 28; Pulitzer-Finali, 1983, fig. 17, right side), and in this trait they are comparable to some fossil anisodiscorhabds, par- ticularly the curious stubby types in Hinde and Holmes (1892, pl. 11 figs 29-31) with only two whorls and no apical extension of the axis (their similarity to candelabra is here regarded as due to convergence). Amphiasters of Samus, with maximum dimen- sion (diagonally) up to 200 um, are considerably larger than amphiasters of Thoosa (up to 37 um long in normal types, Wiedenmayer, 1977a, fig. 30; up to 70 um in the large amphiaster of Thoosa mollis: Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 582). The fossil spic- ules of “Ditriaenella”, which could be regarded equally well as amphiasters and as special oxydis- corhabds, are 185 um long. They, like those of Samus, can well be qualified as microscleres, con- sidering the size ranges in discorhabds and sanidasters of Latrunculia and Sceptrintus cited above. The special minute microscleres localised in the surface of papillae of C/iona levispira and Dotona pulchella (Topsent, 1904, pl. 12 figs Id, 2c) can be regarded as reduced discorhabds, with lengths (6-10 jm) less than one-third of those in the smallest modern latrunculiid discorhabds, and about half as long as the smallest fossil one (Hinde and Holmes, 1892, pl. 11 fig. 27, 18 um long). Cliona acustella Annandale (1915a: 14) contains similar microscleres exclusively. The analogy with the Chondrillidae in the sup- pression of megascleres in Samus (frequently also in adults of Alectona and Thoosa: Topsent, 1928: 28) should be pointed out in this context. The ques- tion whether the microscleres of “Ditriaenella* and Sceptrintus are ancestral or derived with respect to discorhabds in Latrunculiidae has to remain open. The much earlier record of the latter (Early Cretace- ous) is probably fortuitous, Furthermore, all fossil types are isolated: we therefore do not know what 40 F. WIEDENMAYER complements occurred in species of the geological past. However, the balance of these considerations favours a common ancestry of Latrunculiidae, Spirastrellidae and Clionidae, and their differen- tiation in Early Cretaceous time or earlier. Latrunculia Bocage Latrunculia (Latrunculia) Bocage Latrunculia Bocage, 1869: 161.— Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 233. — Dendy, 1921: 121. — Topsent, 1922: 7. Sceptrella Schmidt, 1870: 58.— Ridley and Dendy, 1887: lxii, 234 (synonymised with Latrunculia).— van Soest, 1984: 149 (synonymised with Latrunculia). Negombo Dendy, 1905: 127.— de Laubenfels, 1936a:132, Diacarnus Burton, 1934a: 549. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 133. Diagnosis. Sanidasters transitional to discorhabds; whorls of spines more than two, but not always dis- tinct (some types transitional to amphiasters). Microscleres may be symmetrical or asymmetrical, with one end pointed (anisodiscorhabd). Amphiclads (reduced discorhabds with spines only in distal whorls) may be present with transitional types (Topsent, 1892: 128; 1928: 220). Basic rhab- dose character of microscleres evident in earliest ontogentic stages. Megascleres styles or sub- tylostyles, often polytylote; not differentiated mor- phologically in parts of the body. Shape of sponge encrusting to massive, then commonly irregular; not stalked with globular head (as in Podospongia). Remarks. Other genus-group aggregates of the Latrunculiidae recorded from southern Australia are Sigmosceptrella and Negombata. Sigmoscep- trella Dendy (1921: 122; see also Dendy, 1922: 136) is a good genus and has as type species (subsequent designation by Dendy, 1922: 138) Spirastrella fibrosa Dendy (1897), from Port Phillip Heads. A a b SS Figure 22. Latrunculia conulosa, spicules from F51952. a. Range of megascleres, x 85. b. Enlarged ends of megascleres second species is Sigmosceptrella quadrilobata Dendy (1921, 1922), from the Indian Ocean. Fully grown microscleres of this genus are similar to those in Latrunculia conulosa, described below, but their early ontogentic stages are always “sigmatose”. The diagnostic value of this trait is lessened by the ontogeny of discorhabds in Podospongia loveni du Bocage (as redescribed by Topsent, 1928: 219, pl. 7 fig. 17) being intermediate: earliest stages as slightly wavy rhabds, young stages similar to those in Dendy's drawings, but more irregular. Negombata de Laubenfels (1936a: 159) has as type species (by original designation) Latrunculia corticata Carter (1879b: 298) from the Red Sea. The "genus" is distinct only by having diactinal instead of monactinal megascleres, and is therefore better treated as a subgenus. Oxylatrunculia Hoshino (1981: 221, type species by monotypy O. acan- thosanidastera Hoshino) is a junior synonym. A third species is Latrunculia purpurea Carter (1881a: 380) from Bass Strait, not recorded again. Two more species occur in the Red Sea and a sixth spe- cies was described from the Mediterranean as Latrunculia tarentina by Pulitzer-Finali (1983: 51 3, with remarks on Red Sea species). It should be noted that diactinal megascleres also occur in Didiscus and Podospongia, but together with monactines and transitional types (styloids). Latrunculia (Latrunculia) conulosa Hallmann Plate 3 figure 7, plate 22 figures 2, 3, text-figure 22 Latrunculia conulosa Hallmann, 1912: 126, text-fig. 24, pl. 22 fig. 1 (off Devonport, Tasmania). Material examined. Station KG 6, two specimens (F51952, F51953); station KG 7, one specimen (F51954). Holotype of Latrunculia conulosa (AM). d E] x 329. c. Large sanidasters with range of lengths on right, x 980. d. Small choanosomal sanidaster, x 980, SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 4l Diagnosis. Irregularly lobose, compressible, elas- tic. Surface mostly conulose, vermilion on top in life, dull orange below. Few clustered oscules. Cortex indistinct, 65-435 um thick. Sanidasters with large spines in 4 whorls (inner ones more widely spaced), packed to crowded through most Of cortex, scattered with smaller ones in choano- some. Styles in compact thick columns, branching in umbels and like candelabra below and within cortex. Few scattered styles. Additional lax skele- ton of light collagenous fibres. Description. Mostly irregularly lobose. In F51952 and F51953 (the latter for two specimens contigu- ous in situ), lobes are 0.5-3 cm wide, twisted and angular, partly free, partly coalescent, separated by lacunae or narrow grooves. F51954 (pl. 3 fig. 7) more regular, single compressed lobe, 3 x 5.5 cm wide, expanding from narrow base of attach- ment (1.5 cm wide) to height 4 cm. Vermilion in life (10 R6-8/12) on top (deeper on conules, lighter in depressions), grading to dull orange below. Some areas become brownish to greenish grey and dull purple when drying. Recessed areas and base pale orange-beige. Moderately firm, compressible, elastic. In F51952 and F51953, surface irregularly conu- lose (conules frequently coalescent in short ridges) in exposed areas; faintly verrucose to rugose in other areas, otherwise smooth. In F51954, top and three sides regularly conulose, conules 1-2 mm wide and high, 1-3 mm apart, one wide side weakly verrucose-rugose. Ostia regularly scattered in depressions between conules, barely visible. Few oscules, 0.5-2 mm wide, single or clustered in small subpetaloid groups. Many conules have terete tips of variable length, being protruding ends of col- lagenous fibres. Cortex indistinct, 65-435 um thick, weakly collagenous-fibrous matrix, commonly packed with sanidasters, less frequent inward, leaving some inner portions free. Peripheral choanosome com- monly packed with segmented blue-green algae. Two specimens (F51953 and F51954) contain scat- tered, radially fibrous, fuzzy balls in deeper choanosome, diameters 48-64 um; possibly another type of microsymbionts, analogous to that in Anco- rina suina. F51952 contains embryos, orange in life. Main skeleton of compact columns of megascleres with variable diameters and little orien- tation except below surface. Some columns straight to surface, but most branch repeatedly from peripheral choanosome outwards, forming complex and irregular umbels. In final subdivision within cortex, strands dissolve into parallel tracts of 2-3 spicules abreast, approaching palisades. Some larger umbels, with bases deep in choanosome, in shape of trees or candelabra, with outermost branches often curved, some recurved like festoons. Central trunks of umbels up to 500 um thick; away from cortex, some break up again inwards into curved branches, mangrove-like roots, or festoon- like anastomoses between neighbouring trunks. In choanosome between spicular columns, irregularly scattered, disoriented megascleres and sanidasters of various sizes. Additional lax skeleton of slightly translucent collagenous fibres of irregular cross-section, mostly crooked, twisted, lined by crowded microscleres. Width 0.3-0.5 mm, branching irregularly, with sparse anastomoses, intervals 1-2 mm. Tapering slightly to surface forming axes of conules, pro- truding occasionally. Many collagenous anastomoses in choanosome much finer, com- monly below 50 um wide, straight to bent, terete. Spiculation: (1) Styles, occasionally with blunt points, thinner ones with telescoped points; a few modified as strongyles, oxea, and anisostron- gyloxea (styloids), 203-29/-353 x 3.5-7.2-9.7 um. (2) Large sanidasters of cortex and choanosome, total length 37.9-43.7-47.6 um, width with spines 20.3-24.7-28.8 um, width of shaft 4.2-5,6-7.4 um. (3) Small sanidasters of choanosome (developmen- tal stages), 24.4-36.9 x 8.9-20 x 1.5-4.1 um. Typical, most frequent form of large sanidasters between forms illustrated in Hallmann (1912: 127, text-fig. 24b, c). Four distinct, symmetrical whorls of spines: distal ones like crowns, with spines inclined at 45°; inner whorls with spines slightly inclined, their outside in one plane. Shaft between inner whorls distinctly terete. Distance, at spine tips, between inner whorls twice that between each contiguous inner and outer whorl. Spines of inner whorls frequently, those of outer whorls occasion- ally, bifid. Frequent departures: whorls may be asymmetrical with respect to size, placement and inclination of spines; contiguous whorls may vir- tually merge; in more massive forms, like in Hallmann’s text-figure 24b, centre of shaft no longer terete. Even smallest sanidasters, with spines hardly developed, always have straight shafts. Remarks. The closest relation is with Latrunculia (Latrunculia) hallmanni, see below. Latrunculia (Latrunculia) hallmanni sp. nov. Plate 3 figures 8-10, plate 22 figures 4, 5, text-figures 23-29 Holotype: F51955, Station KG 3 (Tasmania, East Cove, Deal Island, Kent Group; W of jetty of settlement, some distance from shore; outcrops and boulders with algal 42 F. WIEDENMAYER E Figure 23. Latrunculia hallmanni sp. nov. Variability of shape (not to scale). a. Holotype. b. F51956, with oblique view of base. c. F51957. d. F51958. Note the off-white are a on the upper left side, cutting across the bristly lower rim and covering the deeper part of the apical depression (see description of colour). e. F51959, entire specimen. f. F51960, entire specimen. forest to 10 m). Five paratypes: F51956, station KG 34 F51957, station KG 4 (Tasmania, West Cove, Erith Island, Kent Group; boulders covered with algae, much kelp); F51958, station KG 5 (Garden Cove, N side of Deal Island, Kent Group; boulders with algae); F51959 and FS1960 (schizoparatypes), station KG 8 (East Cove, Deal Island, Kent Group, halfway between jetty and North Point; rocky level bottom). Diagnosis. Shape variable, mostly irregularly mas- sive, large. Rubbery, fairly compressible. Surface variably verrucose to rugose, brain-like, or almost smooth. Irregular depressions frequent on top and sides. Colour variable, dull red-purple, red-orange- brown, and off-white, often in different patches on same sponge. Oscules scattered or clustered, SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 43 1 AYP ZB $ ES AES T. £F Xs 7 7 BER ay fe ; De A, ] Y o 0 e NN e N o 4 o Www, 7^,, o l VA, Figures 24, 25. Latrunculia hallmanni sp. nov. Details of surface, x 4.8. Figure 24. F51957, depression with stellate clusters of ostia. Figure 25. Holotype, marginal area of apical depression with two types of oscules. The area is bordered above by the tabulate margin, below by a narrow fold. outer crust in cortex, but numerous in choanosome. Columns of styles thinner, branching mostly within cortex, with branches more closely spaced than in previous species. Scattered styles and sanidasters in choanosome more numerous, reticulation of col- lagenous fibres tighter than in L. (L.) conulosa. tending to segregation by 2 sizes. Cortex tough, col- lagenous, 0.6-2 mm thick, detachable, tends to shrink and crack after preservation. Sanidasters massive, more irregular than in L. (L.) conulosa, with outer and next-inner whorls often merging (approaching amphiasters), mostly confined to thin 44 Description. Shape and size variable (text-fig. 23). More massive and larger than Latrunculia conulosa. Three types of macroscopic surface con- formation: (1) finely and regularly verrucose to rugose, more or less like in Latrunculia conulosa; (2) convoluted, with meandering and branching furrows, i.e. cerebroid, commonly also coarsely verrucose; (3) almost smooth or faintly and irregu- larly verrucose-rugose. The three types may be associated with transitional zones and overlaps. Some specimens have a truncate top, with one or more concave depressions bearing oscules. Concave depressions may occur on sides. Holotype (pl. 3 fig. 8), growing on a steep rock face, a wide inverted cone, 8 cm high, 9.5 x 11.5 cm wide at top. Sides convolute, with deep furrows. Truncate top bears a central concavity, 1.5 cm deep, 4-6 cm wide, folded lengthwise, containing oscules of two sizes. Marginal area of top flat, mostly smooth. Upper portion of freee sides, to a level 3 cm below top, shows surface type 1 superim- posed on type 2, which prevails deeper down. Verrucose-rugose pattern, with furrows spaced 3 mm, perpendicular to rim of top. l Ev Uer d My 4 "n ebd ul 4 N f Figure 26. Latrunculia hallmanni sp. nov. F51956, sagittal section in reflected light, sute on top and is joined by a thicker and a thinner collagenous fibre. A conical cribrip F. WIEDENMAYER Paratype F51956 (pl. 3 fig. 9) depressed-pear- shaped, 6 x 9 x 5 cm; surface as type 2 on one broad side, type 3 on the other, type 1 on narrow sides near base. Paratype F51957 (pl. 3 fig. 10) irregularly bul- bous, expanding to inverted pear-shape from con- stricted base, which is 3 x 4 cm wide. Height 7.5 cm, upper width 5 to 6 cm. Sides furrowed by con- cave depressions, elongate upwards, with sharp rims and regular to sinuous outlines. Top has two shallow depressions containing one conspicuous oscule (3 and 4 mm) each. Paratype F51958 like a stump truncated obli- quely, ^with top regularly hollow. Width 4 cm, height 4-6 cm. One side has surface mostly of type 2, other side and concave depression on top with surface type 1. Rim of apical depression and its inside distinctly bristly. Five conspicuous oscules on sides, one at bottom of pit on top. F51959 and F51960 cut from large specimens. The former originally cake-shaped below, with undulating, horizontal ledges at mid-height, with volcano-shaped, slightly constricted upper portion, flattish smooth top containing central pit. Greatest X 8.2. The cortex is partly hir- oral group is visible on the side. SPONGES FROM BASS My n S ^ D EP /7 7^ v Figures 27, 28. Latrunculia hallmanni sp. nov. F51957, sections in with cortex on left. The oblique view of the section parallel to the b STRAIT 45 reflected light. Figure 27. Sagittal section, x 4.1, ase, below, shows longitudinal collagenous fibres brought out by shrinkage of the interstitial choanosome. Figure 28. Section parallel to base, from below, with cortex above, x 5.5. 46 F. WIEDENMAYER width 22 cm, height 20 cm. F51960 like a thick angular club or menhir (megalith), 20 cm high, 6 cm wide at constricted base and top, 12 cm in bulg- ing middle. Colour never uniform, basically three hues, shar- ply set off, or intergrading and mottled: (1) dull red-purple, chiefly on prominent portions of sides with surface type 1; (2) red-orange-brown, darker in depressions, lighter on portions with surface types 2 and 3; (3) off-white with tinges of hues 1 and 2, mostly confined to narrow area around base, but in F51958 in irregular patch on portions of one side and of apical depression (text-fig. 23d). Hue 1: 2.5 R5-6/6 (F51958), 5 R5/4 (F51959). Hue 2: 10 R6-7/6-8 (F51959), 10 R- 2.5 YR6-7/6 (F51955). Hue 3: N 9- 10 (YR,1) (F51955). Fresh choanosome beige to orange-brown, darker for the canal linings: 5 YR8/8 and 5 YR9/4, respectively, for F51959. Rubbery, fairly compressible. Cortex on top tends to shrink and tear in alcohol (holotype). Little consistence in size and distribution of oscules with regard to sides, top, depressions and surface types. They may be scattered or clustered. Oscules in holo- type virtually confined to apical depression, of two categories: (1) regularly spaced, numerous, small; (2) irregularly scattered, larger, often elongate and twisted, 0.5-1 mm wide (text-fig. 25). Larger oscules round, up to 4 mm wide, commonly single, some paired, confined to top (F51957), or more numerous on sides (F51958). Larger oscules with slightly raised lips on top of F51960. Ostia inconspicuous, in very fine grooves mean- dering, anastomosing and branching, mostly in a b depressions, Some grooves with ostia form isolated stellate groups, particularly in lateral depressions of F51957 (text-fig. 24). Cortex tough, collagenous, easily detachable, 0.6 to 2 mm thick. Surface commonly microhispid with protruding megascleres. Collagenous matrix dis- tincly fibrous, mostly without orientation. Single terete chones disposed radially or obliquely, rarely paratangentially, lined with microscleres. One con- ical cribriporal group seen in section (text-fig. 26). Extensive narrow, slitlike subcortical crypts. Incur- rent canals dendritic in choanosome. Excurrent canals straight, mostly radial, up to 4 mm wide, surreunded by thinner extensions of cortical matrix. Lumina terete, except irregular constric- tions. Other excurrent canals compressed, twisted, with curving folds on insides, like in human ear (text-fig. 27). Their collagenous walls frequently separated from surrounding chaonosome by thin voids, possibly accentuated by shrinkage in alcohol. Skeletal structure much like in Latrunculia (L.) conulosa, but collagenous fibres better developed, more closely spaced (text-figs 27, 28). No secon- dary reticulation of finer fibres in choanosome. Tapering main fibres at surface of type 1 form axis of conules and protrude. Around rim of F51958 bristles are protruding fibres. Differences in structure of spicular skeleton most pronounced in cortex and periphery. Microscleres crowded in outer quarter to half of cortex in Latrunculia (L.) hallmanni, scarce further in, unlike in Z. (L.) conulosa, where microscleres are packed at surface and crowded below, throughout cortex. Repeated branching of spicular columns E | Figure 29. Latrunculia hallmanni sp. nov., spicules from F51958. a. Range of styles, x 85, b, Enlarged ends of styles x 329. c. Massive sanidaster, x 980. d, e. Small and intermediate sanidaster, x 980, $ SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 47 begins well below cortex in L. (L.) conulosa, with branches in inner cortex still thick and irregularly spaced. In L. (L.) hallmanni, profuse branching begins just below cortex, with cortical branches thin and regularly spaced, and final, palisade-like sub- division within zone of crowded microscleres. Inter- stitially scattered megascleres and larger microscleres in choanosome more numerous in L. (L.) hallmanni. Spiculation (holotype): (1) Styles to faint sub- tylostyles, straight to slightly bent, terete or thick- est nearer to point, points short, conical to mucronate or blunt, 237-3//-404 x 3.5-6.3-9.1 jm. (2) Massive sanidasters transitional to amphiasters, in cortex and in cortical matrix lining excurrent canals, collagenous fibres and columns of megascleres in choanosome, total length 44.4-55.1-60.6 um; total width 28.8-34.4-42.6 um; width of shaft 7.1-9.8-13.2 um. (3) Small to medium sanidasters, in choanosome and inner cortex, total length 15.5-34. 7-44.7 um; total width 10.1-17.8-25.6 um; width of shaft 2.3-4.4-6.4 um. Etymology. The name honours E.F. Hallmann, who, during his activity at the Australian Museum in Sydney, did much to promote the knowledge of the Australian sponge fauna, particularly by revis- ing Lendenfeld's types. Remarks. Besides the differences from Latruncu- lia (L.) conulosa in skeletal structure, mentioned above, Latrunculia (L.) hallmanni is distinct in colour, in a more collagenous, detachable cortex, and in having larger, more massive sanidasters in the cortex. While there is some overlap in size and shape of smaller sanidasters between the two spe- cies, those in L. (L.) hallmanni frequently have their shaft spined or tuberculate, and spines at both ends rarely in distinct whorls. The large sanidasters in L. (L.) hallmanni commonly look like a pair of oxyspherasters joined by a short, stocky shaft. Judging from its description, Axos spinipoculum Carter (1879b: 286, pl. 25 figs 1-9; type species of Diacarnus), from Port Jackson, Sydney, is also a Latrunculia (Latrunculia). Its shape is that of a waisted tall cup, and its surface is extraordinarily convoluted and laciniate. It agrees with both spe- cies above in having cortex, canal linings and fibrous skeleton of similar collagenous, fibrillate material. Its sanidasters are distinctive: long and slender (68 x 3 um), symmetrical, with four whorls of small spines (2 median, 2 distal) about equally spaced along the terete shaft. The one figured resembles the young stage in L. (L.) biannulata Topsent, 1892 (see Topsent, 1904, pl. 12 fig. 6b' right), but the whorls are irregular, with some spines, distally often all, described as being recurved. There are several similarities, of both species of Latrunculia here described, with the descriptions of Sigmosceptrella fibrosa (Dendy, 1897: 254; Dendy and Frederick, 1924: 507). However, the protorhabds (early stages of sanidasters, beginning as tylotes) in all preparations examined are always straight, and no single *sigmatose" one was found. Though bifid spines are common in the inner whorls of sanidasters of Latrunculia (L.) conulosa (rare in L. (L.) hallmanni), I could not detect the regularly “trilobate” arrangement described for Sig- mosceptrella fibrosa, nor the quadrilobate one of S. quadrilobata, Order Axinellida Lévi, 1955 Axinellidae Ridley and Dendy, 1887 Pseudaxinella Schmidt Pseudaxinella Schmidt, 1875: 120. — Thiele, 1903b: 378 (type species redescribed). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 155 (revised diagnosis). Diagnosis. Mostly massive, unbranched Axinelli- dae without axial or mesial condensation of skele- ton. Spiculation as in Axinella. More or less parallel and plumose, anastomosing ascending columns of spicules may be so crowded that the structure appears confused. Pseudaxinella decipiens sp. nov. Plate 3 figure 11, plate 22 figure 6, text-figure 30 Holotype: F51961, Bass Strait, 17 km S of Warrnambool (38°32.0'S, 142?28.5'E); depth 52 m, coarse sand and shells (stn BSS 187). Diagnosis. Small, ridged-crescent-shaped, very firm; in life, buff with greenish grey areas. Surface smooth to verrucose, microhispid. Oscules scat- tered, minute. Spicular skeleton of intergrading Figure 30. Pseudaxinella decipiens sp. nov., spicules. a. Range of oxea and styles, x 67. b. Enlarged ends of oxea, x 260. c. Flexuous strongyles, with range, x67. 48 F. WIEDENMAYER oxea and styles, mostly confused, with rare long and flexuous strongyles. Description. Asymmetrical wedge, bound by three crescent-shaped areas separated by sharp edges. Base of attachment and narrower side flat, but with angular folds and depressions. Other side, sepa- rated by sharp curved ridge along top, regularly convex, smoother than opposite side. 3 x 4 cm wide at base, 2 cm high. In life, buff with greenish grey areas. Very firm, little compressible, Surface on larger, convex side almost glabrous along base, verrucose in one corner. Areas near other corner and apical edge rough, microhispid, like opposite side. Oscules minute, indistinct, elon- gate, vermiculate. Sand grains scattered on surface. Choanosome dense, with few small meandering excurrent canals. Skeletal structure mostly confused, except tracts and bundles of 2-4 spicules intersecting at variable angles. Much light-yellow spongin, with small round meshes, 20-125 um wide, in interstices of spicular meshwork, occasionally traversed by single spicules. Spicular meshwork of intergrading styles and oxea with some longer flexuous strongyles interlaced. Spiculation: (1) Oxea and styles, both infrequent, connected by numerous strongyloxea and anisos- trongyles (one end mucronate); points most fre- quently blunt or telescoped; all commonly curved or bent; 278-350-483 x 4.1-7.8-11.2 pm. (2) Flex- uous strongyles, about 1-2% of all spicules, 542-770 x 4.7-9.1 um. Remarks. Comparison should be made with Axinella aurantiaca Lendenfeld (1888: 235 ADS fig. 1; redescribed by Hallmann 1914c: 424, text- fig. 19, pl. 21 fig. 1). The spiculation is very simi- lar, but otherwise only the structure of the axial skeleton in A. aurantiaca is comparable to that in Pseudaxinella decipiens. The external shape and the differentiation of the peripheral skeleton in the branches of Lendenfeld's species are characteristic of Axinella as generally accepted. Burton (1928: 129) transferred A. auran- tiaca to Bubaris on account of the flexuous stron- gyles. This cannot be upheld if the definitions of Bubaris by Dendy (1922: 62) and Hechtel (1969: 25) are accepted. There is a better agreement of Pseudaxinella decipiens with Axinella (correctly Pseudaxinella) convexa Hoshino (1981: 207, text- fig. 1; pl. 1 fig. 1). The main spicules in the Japanese species are chiefly oxea, about twice the size of those in P. decipiens, and the flexuous diacts are oxeote, also larger than in our species. The presence of long flexuous diacts in Pseudax- inella confirms the doubt as to the dignostic value of such spicules in the Axinellida, as expressed by Vacelet (1969: 177) and Pansini (1983: 79). Vace- let's discussion also included the definition and dis- tinction, from Axinella, of Phakellia. Phakellia was redefined and discussed, chiefly with regard to Indo-Pacific species, by Bergquist (1970: 17, 18). A further question that needs to be introduced in this context, pending a comprehensive revision of the Axinellida, is the position and suitable diagnosis of Pseudaxinella and “Teichaxinella* (recte Axino- sia) for which I have given revised diagnoses (Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 154, 155). These definitions are admittedly based on species of the central Atlantic, and are probably too restrictive. If allowance is made for accepting decipiens and con- vexa in Pseudaxinella, with their confused skele- ton; and if the diagnosis of “Teichaxinella“ is slightly widened, so that Phakettia (see Koltun, 1959: 200) and Axinosia Hallmann (1914b: 349) become synonyms, skeletal structure would no longer be viable as diagnostic criterion in this group. Nor would relative proportions of oxea and styles, including the extremes of their mutual sup- pression (which would sink Homaxinella). Lack of a special axial (or mesial) skeleton, and external shape (thinly flabellate to caliculate in Axinosia, massive to thickly flabellata in Pseudaxinella, sur- face smooth to aculeate or hispid in both) could alone be used. Distinctions could be arbitrary with some thickly flabellate species such as Phakellia (recte Pseudax- inella?) tumida Dendy (1897: 236). Reniochalina Lendenfeld Reniochalina Lendenfeld, 1888: 82. — Hallmann, 1914b: 346f (discussion, revision: genus dubium). Axiamon Hallmann, 1914c: 440 (objective syno- nym).— de Laubenfels, 1936a: 130. Diagnosis. Mostly frondose or anastomosing- ramose, occasionally lobose Axinellidae without axial or mesial condensation of skeleton. Spicula- tion as in Axinella. Surface thrown into fine anastomosing grooves and ridges, the latter tuber- culate or (commonly) lacinulate. Remarks. Lendenfeld (1888: 82f.) described two species in Reniochalina, R. stalagmitis, the type Species (subsequent designation by Hallmann, 1914b: 347), and R. lamella. They are here syn- onymised. In contrast to Whitelegge (1902b: 277, 283), who accepted the types, Hallmann (1914b: 346f.) rejected the types of Lendenfeld's species in the Australian Museum (2 syntypes of R. stalag- mitis, AM G9004 and B5478, wet, and one of the syntypes of R. lamella known to him) as such, because of inconsistency with Lendenfeld's descrip- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 49 tions. Admitting only the latter, he pronounced R. stalagmitis unrecognisable and R. /amella as pos- sibly belonging to Axinosia Hallmann. The three rejected types were redescribed, and those in the Australian Museum illustrated (one for each spe- cies) by Hallmann (1914c: 441, text-fig. 23, pl. 18 figs 2, 3, the latter quoted in reverse in text and captions) under the name Axiamon folium gen. et sp. nov., with no other types. The three type speci- mens in question, plus the second syntype of R. lamella (BMNH: 1925.12.1.18, unknown to Whitelegge and Hallmann), all of which I re- examined (see pl. 4 figs 2-3) are sufficiently docu- mented as such by respective museum-register entries and autograph labels. Despite the incon- sistencies in Lendenfeld's descriptions, it is clear that Lendenfeld based Reniochalina on these speci- mens. Hallmann's action is indefensible (ICZN Article 18a), and both Axiamon and A. folium are objective synonyms. Reniochalina was hitherto only known from the specimens discussed above. It is closest to Axino- sia in skeletal structure, spiculation and general shape, but the laciniate surface pattern is distinc- tive. In this respect, it is similar to Prilocaulis (see Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 152). Morphological varia- bility of specimens assigned to Reniochalina by Lendenfeld (including two unnamed species of Hallmann, 1914b: 443, probably synonymous with R. stalagmitis, here figured in pl. 4 figs 4-5) over- laps with that of Prilocaulis. Pending a more thorough re-examination of Lendenfeld's specimens in London, Reniochalina is here retained as a valid genus, having oxea in addition to styles, and lack- ing axial and mesial condensation of the skeleton. But the variability in spiculation noted by Hallmann, and the rather confused skeletal struc- ture in the following new species raise the same sus- picion expressed above, concerning Axinosia and Pseudaxinella, that presence or absence of certain types of megascleres and of axial/mesial conden- sation may be synapomorphies with little systematic importance. Reniochalina sectilis sp. nov. Plate 4 figure 1, plate 23 figure 1, text-figure 31 Holotype: F51962, Bass Strait, 17 km S of Warrnambool (38?32.0'S, 142?28.6'E, depth 52 m, coarse sand and shells), stn BSS 187. Diagnosis. Small, massive-lobose, rubbery, dull orange in life. Surface with regular grooves and tabulate ridges branching and anastomosing. Oscules inconspicuous, in grooves. Spicular skele- ton variably dense, confused to subisodictyal, felted or densely umbellar in ectosome. Spongin encas- ing bundles of styles only. — 51 hi Se =i) Fe E 00 Figure 31. Reniochalina sectilis sp. nov., spicules. a. Range of main styles, x 84. b. Main style, x 328. c. Range of main oxea, x 84. d. Main oxeon, x 328. e. Range of dermal oxea and styles, x 84. f, g. Dermal oxeon and style, x 328. h. Choanosomal styles (with example of mean length), 87. i. Choanosomal filiform diactines, x 328. 50 F. WIEDENMAYER Description. Massive, with two basally coalescent diverging lobes: one little individualised, 2 cm long, free end 5 mm high, other one tapering, twisted, 3.5 cm long (free end 2.5 cm long). Width at base 2.5 x 3 em. In life dull orange, now, in alcohol, dark orange-brown (5 YR3-4/2-4). Rubbery, moderately compressible. Surface with narrow ridges and grooves, both 1-2 mm wide, straight to crooked. Ridges tabulate, microhispid with pro- truding spicules; often merging, branching and anastomosing, as for grooves. Grooves semiterete, smooth except frequent fine transverse striation of collagenous nervures. Few small oxcules in grooves. Collagenous dermis of grooves occasionally want- ing, especially near base, with choanosome unprotected, Main skeleton in two elements: (1) Irregular subisodictyal reticulation of bundles of styles and styloids, frequently encased in clear spongin. Some spongin fibres up to 185 um thick. (2) Oxea scat- tered interstitially. Main skeleton generally con- fused, lax to locally dense. Ectosome contains felt of oxea, styles and styloids, little different from those of choanosome, but smaller, thinner, often in overlapping umbels. Spiculation: (1) Styles and styloids of main skele- ton (anisostrongyles, anisostrongyloxea), mostly curved to strongly bent, 388-423-487 x 7.7-12.2-16.5 um. (2) Oxea of main skeleton, straight or, more often, gently curved, 298-345-390 X 4.7-5.8-7.6 um. (3) Dermal oxea, styles and styloids, 250-306-367 x 4.7-5.8-7.5 um. (4) Long styles, rare, in choanosome, 762-974 x 9.1-11.5 „m. (5) Straight to irregularly flexuous filiform diactines, rare in choanosome, around 190 x 1.2 um. Remarks. The spiculation is similar to that of Reniochalina stalagmitis, as described by Hallmann (1914b: 442, text-fig. 23). R. stalagmitis has special, but rare, ectosomal spicules; there is imperfect segregation, in measurements, of oxea and styles/styloids (styles being rare); interstitially scat- tered spicules are lacking. The strong development of spicular umbels in the ectosome of R. sectilis is somewhat reminiscent of the Raspailiidae. But non-specialisation and absence of echinators in the main skeleton do not favour such an affinity. The lack of surface-lacinules in R. sectilis is a further distinction. In the smaller specimen figured by Hallmann, and in some areas of the larger speci- men on the same plate, the lacinules are short and distinctlv aligned on ridges. This is particularly evi- dent in the second syntype (fragment) of Reniocha- lina lamella (pl. 4 fig. 2a), where lacinules are scarce. Rhaphoxya Hallmann Rhaphoxya Hallmann, 19172: 641 (definition, discus- sion), 674 (systematic position).— Bergquist, 1970: 18 (discussion). [Acanthellina] Carter, 1885e: 365 (nomen oblitum).— Bergquist, 1970: 18 (in discussion, = Acanthella sensu Carter, nec Schmidt). Diagnosis. Massive to thickly flabellate, fleshy Axinellidae with lax, not condensed spicular skele- ton. Surface strongly conulose, rugose to lacinu- late. Choanosome cavernous. Spiculation as in Axinella, but frequently with filiform spicules. Dermis may be reinforced by tangential megascleres. Rhaphoxya cactiformis (Carter) Plate 4 figures 6-12, plate 5 figures 1-3, plate 23 figure 2, text-figure 32 Acanthella cactiformis Carter, 1885a: 114, pl. 4 fig. 6 (part? Port Phillip Heads).— Carter, 1885e: 364 (old record). Figure 32. Rhaphoxya cactiformis, spicules. a. Range of styles and styloids, x 84. b. Enlarged styloids, x 328, c Range (x 84) and example (x 328) of fine oxea. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 51 Rhaphoxya cactiformis. — Burton, 1934a: 565 (trans- fer only). — Bergquist, 1970: 18, pl. 4A (discussion; lec- totype designated (as "holotype"), re-examined and figured). Acanthella hirciniopsis Carter, 1885e: 364 (Port Phil- lip Heads). — Burton, 1938: 20 (Tasmania, new record only). Acanthellina parviconulata Carter, 1885e: 365 (Port Phillip Heads). Acanthellina rugolineata Carter, 1885e: 365 (part? Port Phillip Heads). Acanthella stipitata. — Dendy, 1897: 237 (part: syno- nyms of Carter, 1885, only, with type data; not Acan- thella stipitata Carter, 1881a (unrecognisable, holotype destroyed) nor Dendy's specimens (— Phakellia dendyi fide Bergquist, 1970: 18). Material examined. Station BSS 187, two specimens (F51963). Type specimens of Acanthella cactiformis, Acanthella hirciniopsis, Acanthellina parviconulata, and Acanthellina rugolineata (BMNH). Diagnosis. Flabellate, commonly pedunculate. Rubbery; little compressible in peduncle, softer, elastic in frond. Buff to flesh-coloured in life. Both faces of frond with radial folds sparsely branch- ing and anastomosing, bearing complex conules and lacinules, separated by equally wide, mostly smooth grooves. Oscules marginal. Dermis gla- brous, diaphanous in grooves, roofing regularly punctiform vestibules. Cartilagenous collagen of peduncle continues as mesial ribs in frilly folds, with lateral branchlets in axis of lacinules. Spicu- lar skeleton in frond lax, confused to vaguely columnar. Description. Intermediate, in size and shape, between complete syntype of Acanthella hirciniop- sis (pl. 4 fig. 12), and lectotype of A. cactiformis figured by Bergquist. Like in former, peduncle dis- tinct, almost smooth, slightly compressed; conules low, mostly aligned radially; dermis diaphanous over numerous, scattered small subdermal cavities. As in lectotype, fan wide, thin, symmetrical, without marginal oscules. Buff-to flesh-coloured in life, paler in alcohol. Firmly rubbery to tough, little compressible, in peduncle and mesial branches; softly rubbery in conules and ridges. Soft, limp interstitially and in dermis. Dermis with fine reticulum of collagenous nervures, radial around conules, transverse in furrows. Ostia regu- larly scattered between nervures. Few sand grains. Hard peduncle with dense collagenous matrix sur- rounding spicules, extending into mesial region of lamella, repeatedly branching to margin. Branches anastomosed. All collagenous elements end in per- pendicular branchlets within conules and ridges at surface. Choanosome cavernous; wide, annulate excur- rent canals commonly parallel to plane of lamella below depressions of surface, perpendicular in prominent parts of larger specimens. Subdermal apices of regularly spaced perpendicular incurrent canals 150-700 um wide, 0.7-1.5 mm apart, con- spicuous in smaller specimens with wide radial sulci. Mesial portion of frond contains lax, random arrangement of spicules, some grouped in whispy columns (pl. 23 fig. 2). Interstitial and peripheral choanosome collagenous, densely granular, light brown in transmitted light, mostly devoid of spic- ules except plumose to chaotic zones, 350-1000 um wide, oblique to surface, ending in conules, some piercing surface. Dermis around 175 ym thick, fibrillous, clearer than choanosome, with scarce foreign spicules and debris; occasionally pierced by groups of spicules. Spiculation: (1) Styles and styloids (strongyles, strongyloxea, anisoxea, the latter mostly with tel- escoped ends; some styles with a mucronate, curved or bent, occasionally flexuous, rarely straight apex); 248-343-397 x 1.9-5.6-9.7 um. (2) Fine fusiform oxea and filiform diactines, often broken; possi- bly not a distinct category, 192-281 x 1.3-3.1 um. Remarks. With respect to Carter's four synonyms and their type specimens, most of which are illus- trated here, the following variables in external shape can be outlined: more or less symmetrical fan-shape with rounded outline can be maintained with growth to a medium size. Particularly in larger specimens, the lamella may be asymmetrical, lacunose, with an irregularly sinuous margin. A peduncle is not always developed: in some speci- mens, the base of attachment occupies the whole width of the lamella. The peduncle may also be covered by conules, though small ones. In smaller specimens the conules may be scattered at random, or, more often, are connected by ridges arranged radially. These may be more widely spaced and concave, or equal to the ridges in width, both show- ing v-shaped cross-section. Oscules in smaller speci- mens are mostly irregularly scattered, and seem to favour positions on the lower part of the lamella, near the margin, along parts or all of the margin, but rarely with consistence. They are up to 5 mm wide, often elongate or sinuous. In larger specimens, the lateral ridges grow out- ward, thickening and coalescent in irregular fashion, with conules proliferating in various direc- tions. The result is a disorderly and complex arrangement of frilly combs and tubercules and intervening deep lacunae of sinuous outlines. Many oscules are hidden inside the lacunae, but others are visible in prominent parts. 52 F. WIEDENMAYER Rhaphoxya felina sp. nov. Plate 5 figure 4, plate 23 figures 3, 4, text-figures 33-35 Holotype: F51964, Station KG 1 (Tasmania, West Cove, Erith Island, Kent Group; wreck of S.S. “Bullseye”). Diagnosis. Fist-or paw-shaped, firmly spongy, viscid. Dull orange to yellow in life. Surface verrucose-rugose in life. After preservation, thin dermis with tangential spicules largely collapses, surface then conulose to lacinulate and contorted- alveolate (deep pits formerly vestibules). Oscules on apical cones. Choanosome thoroughly caver- nous. Spicular skeleton indistinctly reticulate- plumose, with many megascleres scattered interstitially. Description. Like a mitten or feline paw: massive, erect, compressed, regularly expanding from narrow base to 4-5 apical osculiferous cones. Base not attached; side to mid-height with imprint and remnant of algal stalk used for attachment. Height 11 cm, width 4 x 9 cm. In life dull orange to chrome-yellow (7.5 YR7/10 to 2.5 YR8/10). Firmly spongy, viscid. Surface regularly verrucose with dendritic and meandering sulci. Semidiaphanous weak dermis now mostly collapsed, except base and some areas around top. Now exposed subdermal cavities circular to elongate-sinuous to vermiculate (text-fig. 33), 1-2 mm wide, separated by contorted walls about half as wide. Labyrinthine pattern of walls with compound lacinules and conules at sur- face. Ostia scattered. Dermis with tangential spic- ules scattered, matted or in vague bundles. Oscules elongate to sinous and vermiculate, on top of apical cones and on sides. Inhalant canals parallel in peripheral choanosome, perpendicular to oblique to surface; meandering and sinuous further in choanosome thus thoroughly cavernous (text-fig. 34). Megascleres of choanosome in branching and obliquely anostomosing plumose columns, and scattered in confusion interstitially, together with filiform spicules. Distinction between thinner branches, anastomoses and scattered megascleres frequently vague. Distinct principal spicular columns straight or vaguely sinuous, about 50 um thick and 170 to 350 um apart. Arrangement at sur- face, in edges, lacinules and conules of partitions, denser, matted or penicillate, plush-like. Spiculation: (1) Oxea, straight, gently curved or bent, some slightly flexuous; hastate to slightly fusi- form, points often conical; rare styles and styloids (anisoxea with one end blunt); 214-253-308 x 2.2-5.0-8.2 um. (2) Filiform diactines, straight to slightly flexuous, 138-/6/-220 x 1-1.2 um. Remarks. Rhaphoxya felina is easily distinguisha- ble from R. cactiformis by surface characteristics, by its delicate dermis, different skeletal structure, almost exclusive occurrence of regular oxea, and a distinct category of filiform diactines. Rhaphoxya Figures 33, 34. Rhaphoxya felina sp. nov., details in reflected light, x 4. Figure 33. Surface with irregular subdermal spaces. Figure 34. Block sectioned from surface (above) showing the cavernous interior, with chiefly erect disposi- tion of canals below surface. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 53 no TT T— EM: ees gem apu A Figure 35. Rhaphoxya felina sp. nov., range and examples of spicules, x 327. a-d. Oxea. e. Filiform diactines. pallida (Dendy, 1897) and R. typica Hallmann (1917a) have a more substantial dermis than R. felina, and their choansome is denser, not as thoroughly cavernous as in this species. The spic- ular reticulum reinforcing the dermis of R. typica is coarse, visible without magnification. The main skeletal structure of R. pallida and R. typica resembles that of R. felina, but the principal columns are more sinuous, and the surface plush of the latter is wanting. The chief difference resides in the average and maximum sizes of oxea and fili- form diactines, which in R. pallida and R. typica are about twice those in R. felina. Trachycladidae Hallmann, 1917 Synonyms: Spirophorellinae Lendenfeld, 1889 (nomen oblitum); Rhaphidistiinae de Laubenfels, 1936a. Trachycladus Carter Trachycladus Carter, 1879b: 343. — Hallmann, 19162: 453 (definition, discussion).— Topsent, 1928: 37.— Bergquist, 1970: 21 (definition of family), 22 (discussion). [Spirophora] Lendenfeld, 1887a: 794 (nec Milne- Edwards, 1836). Spirophorella Lendenfeld, 1888: 236 (probably as nomen novum for Spirophora). Diagnosis. The only genus in the family. Axinel- lida with spiroscleres and commonly microrhabds. Trachycladus laevispirulifer Carter Plate 5 figure 5, text-figure 36 Trachycladus laevispirulifer Carter, 1879b: 343, pl. 28 figs 1-5 (South Australia). — Carter, 1885e: 357 (Port Phil- lip Heads). — Dendy, 1897: 245 (Port Phillip Heads). — Dendy, 1921: 107 (discussion of spirula). — Dendy, 1924: 378 (discussion). —Dendy and Frederick, 1924: 506 (Abrolhos Islands, WA; discussion). Spirophora digitata Lendenfeld, 1887a: 794 (Port Jackson). Spirophorella digitata. — Lendenfeld, 1888: 236 (old record). Trachycladus digitatus. — Hallmann, 1914a: 268, 429 (discussion). — Hallmann, 1916a: 453, 466, text-figs 3, 4; pl. 22 figs 1, 2, pl. 23 fig. 1, pl. 26 fig. 2, pl. 27 fig. 1 (redescription from syntypes and hypotyes). — Lévi and Lévi, 1984: 942, text-fig. 8, pl. 1 fig. 6. Spirophora bacterium Lendenfeld, 1887a: 795 (Western Port Bay, Vic.). Nar $021] Figure 36. Trachycladus laevispirulifer, spicules. a, b. Range and example of megascleres, x 326. c. Spirulae and sigmaspire, x 970. d. Microrhabds, x 326. 54 F. WIEDENMAYER Trachycladus bacterium.— Hallmann, 1916a: 453-457, 486 (discussion). Trachycladus scabrosus Hallmann, 1916a: 459, text- fig. 1, pl. 21 fig. 4, pl. 23 fig. 9, pl. 28 fig. 6 (off Port Jackson). Trachycladus fastigatus Hallmann, 1916a: 462, text- fig. 2, pl. 21 fig. 1, pl. 23 fig. 10 (Great Australian Bight). Trachycladus digitatus var. gracilis Hallmann, 1916a: 472, text-fig. 5, pl. 22 fig. 3, pl. 23 fig. 2, pl. 27 fig. 2 (Port Jackson). Trachycladus digitatus var. clavatus Hallmann 19162: 474, text-fig. 6, pl. 22 fig. 4, pl. 23 fig. 3, pl. 25 fig. 2, p. 27 fig. 3, pl. 28 fig. 5, pl. 29 fig. 1 (Port Phillip Bay, including hypotypes of Dendy, 1897). Trachycladus digitatus var. strongylatus Hallmann, 1916a: 477, text-fig. 7, pl. 22 fig. 5, pl. 23 fig. 4, pl. 26 figs 3 6, pl. 27 fig. 4 (Port Phillip Bay). Trachycladus reteporosus Hallmann 1916a: 479 (defi- nition, discussion), 480, text-fig. 8, pl. 21 fig. 2, pl. 23 fig. 5, pl. 24 fig. 3, pl. 26 figs 1, 4, 7, pl. 27 fig. 5 (typical form, Port Phillip Bay); p. 482, pl. 21 fig. 3, pl. 23 figs 6-8, pl. 24 figs 1, 2, pl. 25 fig. 1, pl. 28 figs 1-4, pl. 29 fig. 2 (var. or varr., Port Phillip Heads, based on 10 hypo- types of Dendy, 1897, and one specimen in AM). Trachycladus pustulosus Hallmann, 1916a: 486, text- fig. 9, pl. 21 fig. 5, pl. 26 figs 5, 8, pl. 27 fig. 6, pl. 39 figs 6, 7 (Port Phillip Bay). Trachycladus stylifer Dendy, 1924: 377, pl. 12 fig. 7, pl. 15 figs 39-42 (Three Kings Island, New Zealand). — Bergquist, 1970: 21, pls. 5a, 10c (E of North Cape and Poor Knights Island, New Zealand). Material examined, Station KG 7, one specimen (F51965). Type specimens of Trachycladus laevispirulifer, Spirophora digitata, 5. bacterium (BMNH). Type speci- mens of Trachycladus scabrosus, T. fastigatus; T. digita- tus varr. gracilis, clavatus, strongylatus; T. reteporosus, T. pustulosus (AM). Hypotypes of Trachycladus laevispirulifer: Carter, 1885e (BMNH), Dendy, 1897 (NMV). Diagnosis. Prolifically branched, often: bushy. Stalk and branches commonly terete, of variable length. Branches sometimes nodose, rarely anastomosed, often curved, commonly pointed, but very short ones may be blunt, club-shaped, laterally coalescent. Tough, flexible, elastic. Ver- milion to bright orange in life, Surface smooth to rugo-reticulate, rugo-vermiculate or verrucose, occasionally hispid; lipostomous. Condensed axis of longitudinally packed oxea and/or styles with lateral thin, plumose columns oblique to surface. Little spongin in stalk. Interstitial spiroscleres crowded, packed at surface. Microrhabds less abundant, often clustered. Description. Small, thickly fan-shaped, with short stalk, expanded base, and short, repeatedly divided clavate branches, laterally coalescent, with ends mostly flush, few shorter ones jutting foreward from one face. Firmly rubbery, vermilion in life. Surface smooth with some vermiculate subdermall canals. No oscules. Spiculation of branches: (1) Oxea, strongyles,. styloids and styles, indistinguishable in size, 265-277-314 x 5-6.2-7.1 um, curved, bent or flex- uous, rarely straight. Oxea most frequent, hastate to slightly fusiform, commonly with telescoped points; styloids (strongyloxea, anisoxea with une- qually mucronate points) moderately frequent; styles 1-2% of all megascleres, strongyles about equally scarce. (2) Spirulae, toxaspires and sig- maspires, mostly smooth, length 6.6-/0.0-14.6 um, width 5.1-5.9-7.2 um, thickness 0.8-1.5 um. C- shaped sigmaspires, especially little-curved ones, commonly thicker and finely tuberculate. (3) Microrhabds, smooth, occasionally faintly cen- trotylote, 6.4-/2.4-15.3 x 0.7-2.6-3.8 um. Remarks. Trachycladus laevispirulifer is here con- ceived as a highly polymorphic species. As such it is the most thoroughly described and illustrated of. all Australian sponge species (see synonymy). The new specimen is externally most similar to that described by Hallmann as Trachycladus pustulo- sus. Dendy (1924: 378) and Dendy and Frederick (1924: 506) doubted the justification of Hallmann's species and varieties and thought that all Australian specimens of Trachycladus should probably be included in T. /aevispirulifer. Trachycladus stylifer is based on megascleres being almost exclusively styles. Dendy (1924) noted only a few stongyles, but no oxea. Bergquist (1970) recorded a propor- tion of 2% oxea in her material. In most of Hallmann's (19162) descriptions, mention is made of scarce styles, which, however, seem to be want- ing in the specimens assigned by him to 7. digita- tus var. strongylatus and T. reteporosus. In T. digitatus (typical form), Hallmann estimated the proportion of styles as being between 3 and 7%. In 7. digitatus var. strongylatus and T. reteporo- Sus, true oxea are rare, while strongyles and stron- gyloxea predominate. Trachycladus stylifer is therefore synonymised with T. laevispirulifer. Raspailiidae Hentschel, 1923 Synonym: Euryponidae Topsent, 1928. Remarks. In merging the Euryponidae with the Raspailiidae, I have followed Bergquist's view (1970: 26-32; 1978: 167). In the earlier instance, Bergquist has pointed out various insecurities, points of contention, and the need for revision, par- tieularly within Raspailia. This report is not the place to discuss this matter any further, particu- larly since I am describing only one species in the family, in Clathriodendron, one of the less con- troversial genera. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 55 Clathriodendron Lendenfeld Clathriodendron Lendenfeld, 1888: 215. — Hentschel, 11911: 383 (synonymised with Raspailia).— Hallmann, | 1912: 295 (discussion, retained). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 1102 (definition in Raspailiidae). — Bergquist, 1970: 30 (definition in Raspailiidae). ; Diagnosis. Raspailiidae without axial or mesial con- t densation of skeleton, with strong development of ireticulate spongin; fleshy dermis without special ' spicules. Outermost erect spicules of periphery pro- i truding only from most prominent parts of surface. Clathriodendron cacticutis (Carter) Plate 5 figures 6, 7, plate 23 figure 5, text-figure 37 Dictyocylindrus cacticutis Carter, 1885e: 354 (Port Phil- lip Heads Vic.). Raspailia cacticutis. — Dendy, 1896: 48 (Port Phillip ' Heads). — Pick, 1905: 35 (excluded from Raspailia).— Shaw, 1927a: 427 (Maria Island, Tasmania). Aulospongus? cacticutis. — Dendy, 1905: 176 (tentative | transfer only). Clathriodendron cacticutis.—Hallmann, 1912: 297 (redescription of spiculation from type slide). \ Material examined. Station KG 9, one specimen (F51966). || Holotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.120 (wet, from Port Phil- lip Heads, ex J.B. Wilson collection). | Diagnosis. Flabellate, with thin, often contorted ; pedicel. Fronds around 1 cm thick, may be com- | plex, radially folded, more or less deeply incised | from upper margin. Both faces traversed by ' sparsely branching and anastomosing radial ridges, 1 mm wide, beset with numerous conules or | lacinules up to 3 mm high. Intervening grooves 3 | mm wide, mostly terete, transversely striate, bear- ing few scattered, small oscules. Rubbery, dark brown in life. Choanosome finely cavernous. Main | Skeleton reticulate, denser, richer in spicules at periphery, here with palisade of acanthostyles. Ridges and lacinules reinforced by longer fibres L4 Cy oem na pp! L Figure 37. Clathriodendron cacticutis, spicules. a, b. Range and example of styles, x67. c, d. Enlarged ends of style and subtylostyle, x 261. e. Acanthostyles, x 261 cored by styles/subtylostyles, echinated by acanthostyles. Description. From narrow pedicel, 2 cm long, a series of compressed, mostly flabellate branches diverge chiefly in one plane. These coalesce partly along edges, in fronds more or less deeply incised radially, with radial folds of variable width and depth. Two flabellate branches with parallel planes partly coalescent along radial portion of their inside. Total height 9 cm, total width when out- stretched 13 cm. Thickness of fronds around 1 cm. Surface thrown into prominent thin ridges, chie- fly radial, branching and anastomosing here and there, with uniform lacinules at equal intervals. Lacinules perpendicular, more frequently oblique upwards. Radial ridges 0.5-1 mm wide, about 3 mm apart. Length and spacing of lacinules 1-3 mm. Dark brown (10 R3/2) in life, slightly faded in alcohol (2.5 YR4/2). Elastic, rubbery. Small oscules irregularly scattered, scarce, on one face of fronds, in furrows between ridges. Conspicu- ous fleshy, glabrous dermis. Tips of lacinules microhispid with protruding spicules. In furrows between ridges, dermis reinformed by faint reticu- lum of collagenous nervures, with transverse lines generally more prominent. Ostia within these meshes barely visible. Choanosome regularly and finely cavernous. Mesial areas devoid of condensation, contain regu- lar reticulation of spongin fibres with small poly- gonal meshes. Styles and acanthostyles less numerous here than further out, with little relation to fibres in placement and orientation. Mesial fibres 50-70 um thick, with mesh sizes 135-175 um. At periphery, almost continuous sheet or dense retic- ulum of spongin bears palisade of acanthostyles on outside. Inside ridges and lacinules, long primary fibres at intervals of 175-260 um, cored by styles and subtylostyles, echinated by acanthostyles. The latter perpendicular or oblique outward. Dermis 65-700 um thick, thinner on ridges. Outermost spic- ules not protruding except apices of lacinules. Spiculation: (1) Styles and subtylostyles, straight, curved or bent, 395-5/3-591 x 6.1-12,3-16.5 um; (2) acanthostyles with pointed to blunt ends, 90.9-100-123.5 x 8.5-13-15 um. Remarks. Clathriodendron arbuscula Lendenfeld (1888, pl. 5 fig. 2, misidentified in the caption, fide Hallmann, 1912: 147, 297; 1914a: 267; redescribed by Hallmann, 1912: 296f.) is a distinct species, with proliferous thin branches, thinner conules, tylostyles larger than in C. cacticutis, and with a complement of oxea. 56 F. WIEDENMAYER Clathriodendron rubrum Kirk (1911), redescribed by Bergquist (1970: 31) has compressed- digitate branches, a surface without conules, styles and tylostyles of different sizes (the former very large) and oxea about twice the size of those in C. arbuscula. The holotype of C. cacticutis, here figured for comparison (pl. 5 fig. 7), is much smaller than the present specimen, obviously immature, with con- ules little developed. Subclass Ceractinomorpha Lévi, 1953 Order Poecilosclerida Topsent, 1928 Microcionidae Carter, 1875 Synonym: Clathriidae Lendenfeld, 1884. Remarks. I have already established the priority of. Carter’s name (Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 139, with résumé on usage of both names), noting that the priority of Clathria, if accepted as a synonym of Microciona, has no bearing on the priority of the family name (ICZN, Article 40). Lévi (1960: 50; 1973: 513) regarded the two family names (but not the respective type genera) as synonyms and chose Clathriidae (wrongly attributed to Hentschel, 1923), as valid, without giving reasons. Clathriidae sensu Lévi was used by most authors after 1960, but was never justified, with correct reference to the rules of nomenclature. Microcionidae was also used by Hechtel (1965: 41) and Hoshino (1981: 153), both in the sense of de Laubenfels. Van Soest (1984: 89) treated Clathria and Microciona as congeneric, but as distinct sub- genera, and in this context treated Clathria as senior generic synonym, which is here accepted as correct. However, his choice of Clathriidae Lendenfeld, 1884 (wrongly attributed to Hentschel, 1923) as valid, in preference to Microcionidae Carter, 1875, breaches ICZN Article 40a and has to be rejected, Clathria Schmidt Clathria Schmidt, 1862: 57. — Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 146.— Dendy, 1905: 170.— Hallmann, 1912: 205.— Topsent, 1928: 62. — Burton, 1934a: 558 (excessive syn- onymy, discussion).— Lévi, 1960: 50 (résumé, defini- tion). — Bergquist, 1965: 168 (discussion). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 140 (references, résumé). — Van Soest, 1984: 7, 90 (synonymy, definition, discussion). Microciona Bowerbank, 1863c: 1109, — Levi, 1960: 51 (résumé, definition). — Bergquist, 1965: 168 (discus- sion). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 140 (references, résumé). — Van Soest, 1984: 7, 90 (discussion, subgenus of Clathria). Ophlitaspongia Bowerbank, 1866: 14.—Simpson, 1968a: 95 (synonymised with Microciona). Wilsonella Carter, 1885c: 320. — Hallmann, 1912: 237 (definition, excessive revision).— Hallmann, 1920: 768 (revision, monotypic restriction). — Topsent, 1928: 62. — Topsent, 1930a: 24, 46 (2 Australian species added). — Van Soest, 1984: 7, 129 (synonymised with Clathria). Antherochalina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 741, 786 (part, far exceptions see Echinoclathria leporina, below). — Burton, 1934a: 588 (revision). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 140 (references). Clathriopsamma Lendenfeld, 1888: 227. — Hallmann, 1920: 771 (definition, discussion, review). — Vacelet, Vas- seur and Levi, 1976: 75 (discussion, Aulenella syn- onymised). — Van Soest, 1984: 129 (synonymised with Clathria). Dictyociona Topsent, 1913a: 618. — Lévi, 1960: 60 (syn- onymised with Clathria).— Van Soest, 1984: 7, 129. ?Dendrocia Hallmann, 1920: 767. — Van Soest, 1984: 129 (synonymised with Clathria). Leptoclathria Topsent, 1928: 61, 62, 298 (part, fide van Soest; type species vacant). — Lévi, 1960: 54 (synonymised with Microciona).— van Soesr, 1984: 129. Pseudanchinoe Burton, 1929a: 433 (monotypic). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 109 (part). — Van Soest, 1984: 129. Hymantho Burton, 1930a: 502. — Van Soest, 1984: 90, 130. Aulenella Burton and Rao, 1932: 345. Thalyseurypon de Laubenfels, 1936a: 107.— Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 143, 144f. (as synonym of Pan- daros).— Van Soest, 1984: 108, 128 (synonymised with Clathria). Cionanchora de Laubenfels, 1936a: 108. — Van Soest, 1984: 7. Quizciona de Laubenfels, 1936a: 111.— Van Soest, 1984: 130. Wetmoreus de Laubenfels, 1936a: 112.— Van Soest, 1984: 130, Diagnosis. Encrusting to erect and bushy Micro- cionidae with simple, dendritic or anastomosing spongin fibres cored by (acantho-)styles and echi- nated by distinct (acantho-)styles. Other (single) categories of special styles or tylostyles at surface, arranged paratangentially or piercing ectosome. Yet another category of styles or tylostyles may occur interstitially in choanosome, but may intergrade with ectosomal megascleres. Remarks. 'The above synonymy follows chiefly that suggested and implied by van Soest (1984), who based his revision of the Poecilosclerida, and par- ticularly of the Microcionidae, on taxonomic prin- ciples expressed in Table 1 (p. 7) and in the discussions of families and genera. In essence, he emphasises skeletal structure, and degrades habi- tus and spicular characters (chela-types (particu- larly discussed on p. 84), absence of spicule categories (p. 108), presence or absence of acan- those condition of megascleres, growth form). Simpson (1968a: 119, cited in Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 141) had devalued similar characteristics used as diagnostic in the past. Regarding the inclusion of SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 57 Ophlitaspongia, see Remarks on Echinoclathria, | below. Clathria transiens Hallmann Plate 5 figure 8, plate 23 figure 6, text-figure 38 Clathria transiens Hallmann, 1912: 266; with four unnamed forms; form a (— typical form), p. 229, text- figs. 47, 47a, pl. 33 fig. 1 (off Devonport, Tas.); form b, p. 231, text-figs. 48, 48a, pl. 33 fig. 2 (40 mi. W of Kingston, SA); form c, p. 232, pl. 33 fig. 3 (same local- ity); form d, p. 233, pl. 34 fig. 2 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.). — Burton, 1934a: 559 (discussion), 599 (Great Bar- rier Reef, record only). — Shaw, 1927a: 426 (Maria Island, Tas., record only). a b c d anal lema L L | | Figure 38. Clathria transiens, spicules, X263. a. Choanosomal coring style. b. Peripheral coring style. c. Interstitial choanosomal style. d. Echinating style. e. Toxa. Thalysias transiens. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 105 (trans- fer only). Material examined. Station KG 7, one specimen (F51980). Type specimens of Clathria transiens (AM). Diagnosis. Erect, much branched, irregular, often bushy. Branches variable in length, rather thin, some anastomosing, mostly complex nodular and lacunose, frilly, with many lateral branchlets as long as thickness of main branches. Firm, elastic. Bright vermilion in life. Oscules inconspicuous. Spiculation (megascleres) variable, toxa often scarce, chelae may be very rare. Description. Short stalk. Branches roughly in same plane, asymmetrical. Secondary branches short. Contorted rugae and nodules 0.5-2.8 mm wide, interstitial lacunae 0.4-1.6 mm wide. Main branches chiefly 5-6 mm thick, distally blunt. Spiculation: (1) Choanosomal coring styles, rarely straight, commonly gently curved or bent, 126-/49-180 x 2.9-7.3-10.9 um. (2) Peripheral styles, coring and projecting through ectosome, 220-469 x 7.6-8.5 um. (3) Interstitially scattered choanosomal styles, strongyles, tylostrongyles and tylostyles, mostly straight, some gently curved or bent, 156-234-327 x 2-3-3.9 um. (4) Smooth or slightly roughened echinating styles and sub- tylostyles, 56-64-72 x 2.1-2.7-3.6 um. (5) Toxa with straight or recurved arms, scarce, 96-/45-157 x 0.9-1.8-2.5 um. (6) Palmate chela (only one seen), 12.8 x 4.7 um. Remarks. The new specimen agrees in growth form with Hallmann's form c. Its colour in life was ver- milion (5R5-6/12). The spiculation does not closely agree with any of Hallman's forms and attests to the variablility of this species. Clathria wilsoni sp. nov. Plate 5 figure 9, plate 24 figure 1, text-figure 39 Holotype: F51967, Station KG 5 (Garden Cove, N side of Deal Island, Kent Group, Tasmania; boulders with algae, much kelp). Diagnosis. Small, with many crowded, short, nodu- lar, angular, blunt branches from flat common base. Dull vermilion in life, spongy. Surface ver- rucose to hispid. Oscules small, sinuous, elongate, scattered. Reticulate skeleton of angular spongin fibres, typical megascleres. Microscleres rhaphidotoxa and rare atrophied chelae. Description. Small; thickly encrusting base with irregular sinuous outline, 1 x 2 cm wide, 5 mm high, topped by 10-12 clustering, partly coalescent, 58 F. WIEDENMAYER Figure 39. Clathria wilsoni sp. nov., spicules. a. Choanosomal coring styles, x 263. b. Interstitial and ectosomal styles, x 263. c. Rhaphidotoxa and thin stron- gyles, x 263. d. Range of echinating acanthostyles, x 263. e. Enlarged acanthostyle, x 788. stubby branches, 3-5 mm high, 2-3 mm wide. In life dull vermilion, yellowish around base. Con- sistency spongy. Surface finely verrucose to hispid, the latter chie- fly on branch-tips. Oscules small, commonly elon- gate, sinuous to vermiculate, scattered on base and sides of branches. Choanosomal skeleton of spongin fibres, 18-35 pm thick, of angular disposition, with little orien- tation; irregular meshes of variable size, smaller ones round, larger ones rhombic to polygonal. Fibres always cored by styles and subtylostyles, one to eight abreast, echinated by short acanthostyles. Interstitially scattered thinner styles and sub- tylostyles, filiform diactines and rhaphidotoxa. Chelae extremely rare, atrophied. Interestitial styles form special dermal skeleton, in paratangential bundles and wide, regularly radiating penicils. Paratangential fibres just below surface commonly have most echinators on outside. Ascending fibres below surface occasionally with plumose arrange- ment of coring styles. Spiculation: (1) Choanosomal coring styles and subtylostyles, commonly slightly curved or bent, mostly smooth, some roughened to faintly spinu- late, 177-237-287 x 2.4-4.8-7.4 um. (2) Interstitial and ectosomal styles, more frequently straight than gently curved or bent, 83-/77-264 x 1-2.2-3.3 um. (3) Echinating acanthostyles, 31.6-57.2-67.2 x 2.6-6.8-10 um (width with spines). (4) Thin stron- gyles and rhaphidotoxa, with ends occasionally roughened, 71-137 x 1-1.9 um. (5) One weak, atrophied chela (palmate?), 6.4 um chord. Etymology. The species is dedicated to Dr Barry Wilson, formerly Director of the Division of Natural History and Anthropology, Museum of Victoria, whose initiative made this study possible. Remarks. Hallmann (1912: 215) segregated several species, mostly Australian, as a distinct group within Clathria, which he called the “spicata- group". As characteristics of the group, he noted (1) imperfect differentiation of principal (coring) and accessory (echinating) megascleres, (2) partici- pation of the former in the echination of the fibres, (3) semi-plumose or spicate arrangement of coring megascleres in the main fibres of the peripheral main skeleton, (4) absence of coring spicules from the connecting fibres, and (5) relatively dense echi- nation on transverse fibres below the surface, chie- fly on their outer side. Clathria wilsoni shows some traits outlined above, but the absence of others shows that the “spicafa-group” is really an artifi- cial one. In skeletal structure and spiculation, Clathria wilsoni shows most affinity with Clathria costifera Hallmann (1912: 215), particularly in the ectosomal skeleton without special spicules, presence of rhaphidotoxa, and lack of chelae in C. costifera. The external shape of the latter, however, is distinctive. Rhaphidotoxa also occur in Thaly- sias juniperina (Lamarck, 1814). Echinoclathria Carter Echinoclathria Carter, 1885e: 355. — Hallmann, 1912: 275f. (discussion, revision). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 143f. (references, discussion; not Pandaros). Holopsamma Carter, 1885b: 211 (part).— nec sensu Loeblich and Tappan, 1964: C792 (under Xenophyophorida, wrong type species). Men Lendenfeld, 1885f: 285 (nec Halme Pascoe, 1869). Aulena sensu Lendenfeld, 1888: 228.— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 90 (nec Aulena Lendenfeld, 1885f.). Ophlitaspongia sensu auctorum (nec Bowerbank, 1866): Hallmann, 1912: 253 (discussion, revision).— Burton, 1959: 246 (key, list of 5 Australian species). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 140 (references). Litaspongia de Laubenfels, 1954a: 162 (type species: Ophlitaspongia arbuscula Row, 191 1). Diagnosis, Microcionidae of variable shape, often thinly frondose or honeycombed, with generally reduced spiculation. Principal megascleres smooth styles or subtylostyles, coring or irregularly plumose to semi-echinating; auxiliary (interstitial) megascleres, if present, often filiform (strongyles »or subtylostrongyles). Microscleres, if present, toxa ¡and/or isochelae. Reticulate spongin fibres well (developed, but may be obscured in some | thoroughly sandy species, where proper spicules ı may be rare or lacking. Remarks. Simpson (1968a: 95, 105) merged Oph- . litaspongia in Microciona, on the basis of a re- ‚ examination of topotypes of the type species, Oph- litaspongia papilla Bowerbank (junior synonym of Spongia seriata Grant). This view is upheld here, but a new genus for Ophlitaspongia sensu aucto- rum is not necessary. Hallmann, in his discussion of Echinoclathria, admits that merging this genus and Aulena with Ophlitaspongia is equally feasible as keeping the latter distinct: “Echinoclathria is ulti- mately separable from Ophlitaspongia only by virtue of its characteristic honeycomb-like struc- ture". The definition of Ophlitaspongia by Levi (1960: 58, 64) emphasises spongin fibres containg quasi-echinating magascleres, without distinction of principal and accessory types, and absence of palmate isochelae. This obviously conforms largely with the diagnosis of Ophlitaspongia seriata. This virtually monotypic diagnosis is even more appar- ent though only implied, in van Soest (1984: 7, bottom), where incrusting habit is linked with Oph- litaspongia. In contrast, Burton (1959: 246), like Hallmann, included, in Ophlitaspongia, species without microscleres, species with isochelae and toxa, and species with toxa only. Species of Echinoclathria revised by Hallmann are mostly devoid of microscleres, but two contain isochelae. Given the variability in shape within OpA- litaspongia sensu Hallmann and Burton, there seems to be little value in the *honeycomb-like mass of anastomosing flattened trabeculae" (Hallmann's diagnosis of Echinoclathria) as a diagnostic trait. A similar structure occurs in Pandaros (type spe- cies), but in that genus, as redefined by van Soest (1984: 127), spongin fibres may also be woven into continuous sheets. The latter structure also charac- terises Echinoclathria tenuis Carter (junior syno- nym of Spongia leporina Lamarck), the type species of Echinoclathria subsequently designated by Burton (1934a: 562, where the genus is merged in Clathria). Contradicting himself, and the rules of nomenclature, Burton (1934a: 599) transferred E. tenuis to Ophlitaspongia, maintaining this combi- nation later (Burton, 1959: 246), in accordance with Dendy (1896: 37), Hallmann (1912: 261) and Top- sent (1932a: 101). But his earlier subsequent desig- nation is of course irreversible, except by plenary power of the International Commission on Zoo- logical Nomenclature (ICZN Article 79). SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 39 Echinoclathria carteri Ridley and Dendy Echinoclathria carteri Ridley and Dendy, 1886: 476.— Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 162, pl. 29 fig. 12, pl. 31 fig. 3 (Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait; Twofold Bay and off Port Jackson, NSW). — Hallmann, 1912: 284, text-fig. 65. Echinoclathria macropora. — Whitlegge, 1907: 504 (off Botany Bay, off Coogee, off Wollongong, Shoalhaven Bight, NSW; nec Plectispa macropora Lendenfeld, 1888; nec Echinoclathria macropora: Whitelegge, 1901). Axociella carteri.—de Laubenfels, 1936a: 119 (trans- fer only). Material examined. Station KG 9 (record and colour-slide only). Diagnosis. Long branches mostly simple, terete, around 1 cm thick, straight to bent or crooked, rarely concrescent. Surface regulalry alveolate, with tabulate partitions around 1 mm, deep, rounded- polygonal pits 2-3 mm wide. Rubbery, dull orange- yellow when fresh, turning purplish brown. Sty- lote principals, 132 x 9 um; subtylostylote aux- iliaries, 160 x 2 um; palmate isochelae 15 um long. Remarks. The single specimen was accidentally lost soon after collecting. But the field notes, colour slide, published descriptions, and plate 31, figure 3 in Ridley and Dendy, 1887, leave little doubt as to the proper identification of this specimen. The colour soon after collecting was noted as dull orange-yellow (7.5 YR7-8/6-8) with some areas becoming purplish brown after a while. The con- sistency was rubbery. For comparison, see Remarks on following species. Echinoclathria favus Carter Plate 5 figure 10, plate 24 figure 2, text-figure 40 Spongia cellulosa. — Lamarck, 1814: 373 (nec Spongia cellulosa Esper, 1797; King Island, Bass Strait). Echinoclathria favus Carter, 1885d: 292 (South coast). — Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 160, pl. 31, figs 4, 5 (Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait). — Dendy, 1896: 40 (old records). — Hallmann 1912: 276, text-fig. 61 (off Devon- port, Tasmania). — Topsent, 1930a: 20, pl. 1, fig. 3 (redescription of Spongia cellulosa: Lamarck). Axociella favus. — de Laubenfels, 1954a: 164 (transfer only). Material examined. Station WB, one specimen (F51972). Type specimens of Echinoclathria favus (BMNH). Diagnosis. Massive-lobate, small to medium-sized, commonly on Pecten or other large shells. Softly spongy to rubbery, light red to light orange in life. Surface contorted-honeycombed, with alveoles commonly 2-3 mm wide, partitions 1 mm and below. Some consecutive partitions lacking here 60 F. WIEDENMAYER Figure 40. Echinoclathria favus, spicules, x 259. a. Range and examples of principal megascleres. b. Range and example of auxiliary megascleres. and there, pits then elongate, meandering. Prin- cipal megascleres mostly in 2 sizes. Description. Contorted-lobate, dimensions 6 x 7 x 10 cm. Honeycombed surface comparable to both specimens figured in Ridley and Dendy, 1887. Cellular spaces more regular, with slightly thinner partitions; characteristic lack of anastomoses and resulting meandering lacunae infrequent. Common association with Pecten not noted. In life light red (7.5 YR7/10-12) above, light orange (2.5 YR8/8) below. Softly spongy to rubbery. Skeleton a mesh- work of clear to faintly stratified spongin fibres, with principal fibres in plane of lamellae. Principal fibres terete, straight to crooked, sparely branched, 35-60 um in diameter. Transverse (connecting) fibres frequently oblique and bent, around 20 um thick. Meshes small, round (width in the order of fibre-diameters) to irregularly polygonal, up to 100 pm wide. Principal megascleres indistinctly segregated in two categories. Distribution of larger ones inconsistent, rare in some portions of meshwork. Where frequent, larger styles are both/either coring, 1-5 abreast, with angular course, and/or oblique, in plumose to semi-echinating arrange- ment, the whole irregular. Outermost transverse fibres mostly free, tapering to surface, often echi- nated at tips with protruding styles. Thinner prin- cipal megascleres everywhere, in fibres and interstitially. Auxiliary megascleres strongyles, instertitial only. Chelae (described and figured by Ridley and Dendy, and Hallman) not found. Spiculation: (1) Principal megascleres, larger ones as fusiform subtylostyles, slightly constricted below head, thinner ones with narrow heads, approaching anisoxea, overall dimensions 69-83-99 x 2-3.3-4.8 um. Disregarding rare transitional types, two categories: 80-88-99 x 3.3-3.8-4.8 um, and 69-75-79 x 2-2.5-3.1 um, respectively. (2) Auxiliary megascleres, as strongyles and subtylos- trongyles, the latter faintly fusiform, with subter- minal constrictions and terminal swellings elongate and indistinct, 132-/46-163 x 1.4-1.6-2.1 um. Remarks. This Echinoclathria is distinct from other honeycombed species without sand inhabiting the same area (E. carteri Ridley and Dendy, E. glabra Ridley and Dendy) by its light red-orange colour; from the former by its massive habit, from both by the tendency of some neighbouring pits to merge in meandering trenches, and its common associa- tion with large shells, especially Pecten. Megascleres are generally larger in the other two species. The auxiliaries of E. glabra were originally described as “smooth bicapitate cylindricals" (presumbably subtylotes). Echinoclathria laminaefavosa (Carter) Plate 5 figure 11, text-figure 41 Holopsamma laminaefavosa Carter, 1885b: 212 (Port Phillip Heads, Victoria). Halme nidus vesparum Lendenfeld, 1885f: 288, pl. 26 figs 1, 2; pl. 27 figs 4, 5, 7; pl. 28 figs 8, 9, 11; pl. 29 figs 12, 13 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.; Port Jackson, NSW).—Lendenfeld, 1888: 157 (Port Stephens, NSW). —Lendenfeld, 1889b: 457, pl. 11 figs 1, 7, 9, 10, 15-18. — Whitelegge, 1889: 184 (Maroubra Bay, NSW) ? Echinoclathria favus var. arenifera Carter, 1885e: 350 (south coast?). ?Echinoclathria arenifera.— Dendy, 1896: 40 (Port Phillip Heads, Queenscliff jetty, Vic.). — Shaw, 1927a: 426 (Maria Island, Tas.). Halme laxa Lendenfeld, 1886a: 845 (collective name for 2 varieties, no nominotypical subspecies). Halime laxa var. minima Lendenfeld, 1886a: 847 (Port Jackson). Halme laxa var. digitata Lendenfeld, 1886a: 847 (Port Jackson). Aulena laxa.—Lendenfeld, 1889b: 95 (collective name). — Whitelegge, 1889: 187 (off Green Point and off Ball's Head, Port Jackson). — Dragnewitsch, 1906: 442 (Pulu Brani, Singapore). — Hallmann, 1912: 287 (2 syn- types re-examined), — Hallmann 1914a: 268 (partial syn- onymy).— Burton, 1938: 20 (Maria Island, Tas.). Aulena laxa var. minima. — Lendenfeld, 1888: 228.— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 96, pl. 8 figs 10, 11, 21. Aulena laxa var. digitata, — Lendenfeld, 1888: 229.— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 96, pl. 8 figs 12, 15, 20; pl. 9 fig. 1. Halme gigantea Lendenfeld, 1886a: 848 (collective name for 3 varieties). Halme gigantea var. micropora Lendenfeld, 1886a: 849 (nec Halme micropora Lendenfeld, 1885f; Illawarra, NSW). Halme gigantea var, intermedia Lendenfeld, 1886a: 849 (Broughton Island, NSW). Halme gigantea var. macropora Lendenfeld, 1886a: 850 (east coast). Aulena gigantea.—Lendenfeld, 1889b: 97 (collective name).— Whitelegge, 1889: 187 (off Green Point, Port Jackson). — Hallmann, 1914a: 268 (partial synonymy). — Burton 1938: 20 (Maria Island, Tas.). SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 61 Figure 41. Echinoclathria laminaefavosa, spicules from | F51969, x 395442. a. Range and example of principal styles. b. Range and example of auxiliary megascleres. Aulena gigantea var, micropora. — Lendenfeld, 1888: 232. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 100, pl. 9 fig. 2. — Whitelegge, 1901: 93, 118 (Tuggerah Beach, Port Jackson, Maroubra Bay, NSW), — Whitelegge, 1907: 504 (off Barranjoey, NSW). —Guiler, 1950: 10 (Blackmans Bay, Tas.). Aulena gigantea var. intermedia. — Lendenfeld, 1888: 232. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 100, pl. 8 figs 3, 4, 7, 8, 18, 19; pl. 9 figs 3, 4. Aulena gigantea var. macropora. — Lendenfeld, 1888: 231 (Fremantle, WA; Port Jackson, NSW). — Lendenteld, 1889b: 99. — Whitelegge, 1889: 187 (off Green Point, Port Jackson). Halme irregularis Lendenfeld, 1889a: 49 (in key).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 453 (collective name for two varie- ties, no nominal subspecies). Halme irregularis var. lamellosa Lendenfeld, 1889a: 49 (in key). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 454, pl. 11 fig. 3 (Port Phil- lip Bay, Vic.). Halme irregularis var. [micropora] Lendenfeld, 1889a: 49 (in key, nec Halme micropora Lendenfeld, 1885f). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 455, pl. 9 fig. 8 (Port Phillip Bay, Port Jackson). Material examined. Station KG 1, one specimen (F51969); station KG 5, two specimens (F51970, F51971). Type specimens of Holopsamma laminaefavosa (BMNH); of Halme nidusvesparum, H. laxa varr, minima and digitata; Aulena laxa varr. minima and digitata; Halme gigantea varr. micropora, intermedia and macropora; Halme irregularis varr. lamellosa and micropora (AM and BMNH). Diagnosis. Massive, cake-shaped to lobose, or thickly digitate, light to dull orange-brown, easily torn, thoroughly honeycombed; always full of sand, Proper spicules may be rare or lacking. Very common in Bass Strait. Remarks. As with Trachycladus laevispirulifer, the extensive synonymy reflects the polymorphism of this species. The variability relates to general shape (massive, cake-shaped to globular or lobose, coarsely digitate), regularity or irregularity of the honeycombed, lacunose or lamellate surface pat- tern, prevailing width of compartments, relative width of partitions. With regard to skeletal struc- ture, variability affects relative abundance of spon- gin, foreign debris and proper spicules; presence or absence of orientation of fibres and of their differentiation into primaries and secondaries, specialisation in the periphery and at the surface. Where differentiation and orientation of fibres pre- vails in the main skeleton, debris may be aggluti- nated in columns, or may be encased in knotty fibres. Where specialisation below and at the sur- face is developed, principal specules (styles) seem to be frequent. They echinate the outermost paratangential fibres on the outside and may echinate free fibres ascending to the surface, or may be arranged in plumose columns without spongin. A sandy dermis may or may not be developed. These traits are based on Lendenfeld's observations and figures (1889b, pl. 8 in particular; the tangen- tial dermal spicules in fig. 7 are more likely foreign). Either principal or auxiliary megascleres, or both, may be rare or wanting. Aulena and Halme sensu Lendenfeld (1889b), the latter without Halme (Formerly Aulena) villosa (a Dysidea), are in prac- tice indistinguishable except for virtual or total lack of proper spicules in “Halme”. Echinoclathria arenifera Carter is here treated as a doubtful synonym because of its principal megascleres having been described as fusiform sub- tylostyles (like those in E. favus), while those in E. laminaefavosa are hastate. Dendy (1896) noted proper spicules in three of his specimens but prob- ably none in two other ones. The present specimens are palm-to hand-sized, cake-shaped. F51969 and F51971 are of the “/axa- type", having wide, rather irregular compartments, with partitions thin in the former, intermediate in the latter. F51970 is of the “irregularis-type”, with very wide compartments and contorted partitions extending into partly free lamellae. The colour in life was noted as dull orange (5 YR8/6) in F51970, a deeper orange (5 YR7-8/10-12) in F51971. Spiculation: Only dissociated preparations. F51969 has frequent styles among foreign debris, 52.6-60.5-68.1 x 2-2.9-3.7 ym. Auxiliary megascleres: bent to flexuous strongyles, with wide axial canal, 128-745-160 x 1.7-2-2.2 um, about 10% of all proper megascleres. In other two speci- mens only auxiliaries as proper megascleres, mostly subtylostrongyles, weakly mineralized and flexu- ous, 148-0.9-1.8 um in F51970, 155-160 x 1-1.5 pm in F51971. Echinoclathria leporina (Lamarck) Plate 6 figure 1, plate 24 figures 4, 5, text-figure 42 62 F. WIEDENMAYER Spongia leporina Lamarck, 1814 (1813-1814): 444 (Southern Seas). Echinoclathria tenuis Carter, 1885e: 355 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). Ophlitaspongia tenuis.— Dendy, 1896: 37 (revision; Port Phillip Heads). — Hallmann, 1912: 261, text-fig. 56, pl. 35 fig. 1 (Port Phillip Bay; W of Kingston, SA).— Topsent 1932a: 101, pl. 6 fig. 1 (redescription of holo- type of Spongia leporina; discussion). — Burton, 1934a: 599 (Great Barrier Reef). nec Clathria tenuis. — Hentschel, 1911: 377, text-fig. 49 (fide Hallmann, 1912). Phakellia papyracea Carter, 1886g: 379 (Western Port Bay, Vic.; fide Dendy, 1896; nec Phakellia papyracea Ridley and Dendy, 1886, = Phakettia wellsi de Lauben- fels, 1936a, nomen novum, here transferred to Axinosia). Antherochalina perforata Lendenfeld, 1887a: 788 (part?), pl. 22 fig. 44 (Broughton Island, NSW).— Lendenfeld, 1888: 89. — Whitelegge, 1902b: 279, 287 (part: schizoholotype and two doubtful “syntypes” redescribed). — Burton, 1934a: 558 (holotype revised: syn- onymised with Ophlitaspongia tenuis). Antherochalina tenuispina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 789 (Western Port Bay, Vic.). — Hallmann 1912: 265 (schizo- holotype re-examined). — Burton, 1934a: 558 (holotype revised: synonymised with Ophlitaspongia tenuis). Material examined, Station KG 6, one specimen (F51973); station KG 7, two specimens (F51974, F51968). Holotype of Echinoclathria tenuis (BMNH); type specimens of Phakellia papyracea (BMNH); holotypes of Anrherocha- lina perforata and A. tenuispina (BMNH). Diagnosis. Complex-frondose, with terete, basally expanded stalk. Fronds 2 mm thick, distally lobate, incised to variable depths, occasionally lacunose; their surface in large specimens with radial and con- centric ribs, Rubbery in fronds, firm in stalk. Ver- milion, with thin pale coat in places. Oscules scanty, commonly stellate with branching, radial subdermal canals. Fibro-reticulate and spicular skeleton tending to radial-penicillate differentiation in periphery and surface. Megascleres typical, no microscleres. Description. F51973 small, 6 cm high; main frond 2.8 cm wide, bears two small secondary fronds on upper half. Growth lines and radial striation barely perceptible. Other specimens like Lamarck's holo- type, as figured by Topsent, but both comprise more of the distally incised palmate branches. Height of F51974, 33 cm, that of F51968, 20 cm. Fronds marked by irregular pattern of longitudi- nal ridges, truncated or alternating along transverse growth lines in form of swellings curved parallel to frond margins. Pattern more pronounced than on Topsent's and Hallman's illustrations. On lar- gest specimen, some ridges branch and/or anastomose, and may extend into small secondary fronds, more often longitudinal, occasionally trans- verse. Same surface-structure modified into a rugo- reticulate pattern in one area. Fronds, where almost smooth, 1-2 mm thick. In largest specimen, fronds pierced by few round lacunae, 1-3 mm wide. Some are submarginal and partly open, like in Antherochalina perforata as figured in Lendenfeld (18872). In life vermilion (7.5 R6/12), with thin paler coat in some places (7.5 R7/10). Rubbery to leathery, hard in stem. Oscules scanty and surrounded by radiating, dendritic-confluent subdermal canals in life, pattern invisible in alcohol. Ostia conspicu- ous, regularly scattered in depressions on both sides of fronds. In small specimen (pl. 24 fig. 5), mesial region comprises a tight subisodictyal reticulation of thick yellow spongin fibres, with rounded meshes equal in width or smaller than fibre- diameters, encasing principal megascleres of narrow size-range (73-97 x 3.2-5.7 um), with rare larger principal and auxiliary megascleres. Few fibres somewhat longer and multispicular. Peripheral skeleton with distinct ascending and paratangential fibres, larger meshes, pale spongin, principal megascleres of wide size-range, and = = br q E E __—___ A Figure 42. Echinoclathria leporina, spicules from F51974, x 402414. a. Ran Range and example of auxiliary subtylostyles. ge and examples of principal styles. b. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 63 numerous auxiliary megascleres, of which outer- most tend to be arranged perpendicular to surface. In largest specimen, spongin meshwork of mesial region wider, multispicular fibres common; inter- mediate and larger principal, and auxiliary megascleres abound. In periphery, auxiliary megascleres scattered at random below dermis, chiefly paratangentially in dermis, between regu- larly hispidating outermost principal styles (pl. 24 fig. 4). Spiculation (F51973): (1) Principal styles and subtylostyles, rarely straight, mostly curved or flex- uous, 69-124-281 x 3.2-5,3-9,4 um. (2) Auxiliary subtylostyles, mostly straight, occasionally flexu- ous, 179-249-312 x 2-2.4-2.9 um. Remarks. The skeletal structure agrees in general with Hallmann's detailed description. The varia- tions ascribed by this author to age and growth stages within the same specimen could not be Observed, mostly because time did not permit mul- tiple sectioning. Variations of a similar kind were observed in transverse sections of specimens F51973 (small) and F51974 (largest). The differences could equally be individual, or the result of unequal orien- tation with respect to longitudinal ribs (not Observed in sectioning). Echinoclathria globosa (Lendenfeld) Plate 6 figures 2-5, 7, text-figure 43 Holopsamma crassa Carter, 1885b: 211 (part: at least 6 of 31 syntypes; Port Phillip Heads, Vic., below 20 fm). Aulena crassa. — Lendenfelds, 1889b: 101, pl. 8 figs 1, 2, 5, 6, 22, 23; pl. 9, figs 5, 9 (description and figures from unspecified Carter syntypes). nec Psammopemma crassum. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 638 (partly based on other unspecified Carter syntypes of Holopsamma crassa). Echinoclathria crassa. — Hallmann, 1912: 287 (discus- sion, wrong conclusions). Halme globosa Lendenteld, 1885f: 303 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.; St. Vincent Gulf, SA, shallow water), — Lendenfeld, 1888: 157 (old records).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 456, pl. 9 fig. 11. Halme micropora Lendenfeld, 1885f: 304 (Illawarra, near Wollongong, NSW, on beach). — Lendenfeld, 1888: 159 (old record). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 461, pl. 9 fig. 12, pl. 11 fig. 4 (not synonyms, old record). Material examined. Siation KG 4, four specimens (F51975, F51976, F51977, F52077). Type specimens of ie 1 D q Ka =f Figure 43. Echinoclathria globosa, spicules from F51977. Interstitial strongyle, the only type found, x 390. Holopsamma crassa (BMNH, see table 1), Halme globosa (BMNH), Halme micropora (AM and BMNH). For com- parison: holotype of Phoriosopongia reticulum Marshall, 1880 (ZMB, with schizotype and slide). Diagnosis. Small, round to irregularly lobate, thoroughly sandy, more or less deeply pitted to lacunose. Pits and lacunae round to elongate, some contorted, mostly 1-3 mm wide; tabulate to convex interstices of similar width. Pits may be covered by recessed sandy dermis bearing central oscule. Internally cavernous. Firm, easily broken. Greyish buff to yellow, finely mottled by coarse sand. Small, thin strongyles only (?) Description. Specimens contiguous in life, small, largest (F51975) 5.5 cm in greatest dimension. This specimen (pl. 6 fig. 2) the most regular, cocoon- shaped, growing around several branches of brown alga. Other three specimens irregularly lobate. Lacunose pattern more regular in largest specimen, with round to elongate openings, sharp, flush to slightly recessed rims; irregularly cavernous interior. Some elongate openings contorted, often like footprints. Tabulate to slightly convex inter- stices about equal in width to lacunae. in F51977 and F52077, interstices discontinuous in some areas, lacunae larger, winding or sinuous. F51976 (pl. 6 fig. 3) has most lacunae closed by deeply con- cave fleshy dermis, reinforced by scattered sand grains, occasionally pierced by a small oscule. Some of these pits are composite, petaloid. In alcohol greyish buff to yellow, finely mottled by sand grains, difficult to grade (about 10 YR - 2.5 Y7-8/6). In alcohol firm to hard, moderately to barely compressible, easily broken. Sand always coarse, packed at surface, irregularly scattered to crowded internally. No detailed observations on skeletal structure. Spiculation: Only dissociated preparation (F51977): thin strongyles, straight to slightly bent or flexuous, 127-/37-148 x 1-1.3 um. Remarks. The polymorphic concept of this species, as reflected in the synonymy given above, needs to be justified and clarified, albeit provisionally, with reference to the confused history of past descrip- tions, and to what I know of the type material involved. Carter's description of Holopsamma crassa is quite ambiguous and unsatisfactory, considering the notorious taxonomic difficulties affecting the Australian sandy sponges. The extant type series of Holopsamma crassa is certainly composite; though only macroscopic examination was poss- ible during my survey at the British Museum (May, 1983), at least five species are obviously 64 F. WIEDENMAYER represented. In Carter's manuscript catalogue of sponges from Port Phillip Heads and Western Port Bay (J.B. Wilson collection), identified and described by him, and deposited with the type speci- mens, 24 syntypes (of which one wet, 23 dry) are listed for Holopsamma crassa. According to the BMNH register and specimen labels, 31 specimens are now catalogued (not all of which were found during my survey). Though some mistakes are known to occur in Carter's catalogue, it seems more likely that some specimens were broken (acciden- tally or for study) and fragments subsequently registered separately in the British Museum. The results of my survey of this type series are represented in table 1. Lendenfeld (1889b), who had examined most, if not all syntypes of Holopsamma crassa, described two different species based on largely unspecified syntypes of Carter. He compounded the confusion by using Carter's specific name for both species. Aulena crassa sensu Lendenfeld is obviously iden- tical with Echinoclathria globosa, as here under- stood, as particularly some of his figures (pl. 8 figs 1, 2; pl. 9 figs 5, 9) suggest. The figures of plate 8 are diagrammatic, and those on plate 9 could not be matched with any specimens I have examined, hence are probably of specimens not found in the dry systematic collection. The other species, described by Lendenfeld as Psammopemma cras- sum, without figures, is more puzzling. It is partly based on unidentified Carter syntypes (more likely among those not found), partly on specimens of his own, none of which I could trace during my surveys in Sydney, London, and East Berlin. The description is suggestive of a Phoriospongia without, or with overlooked proper spicules, or, perhaps, of a Psammoclema as understood below. But its status as a good species, and hence the need for a replacement name, are doubtful at present, contrary to the allegation in Hallmann (1912: 287). It could be argued that a lectotype of Holop- samma crassa should be designated from among the two specimens illustrated by Lendenfeld (1889b, pl. 9), in which case crassa (published in March) would have priority over globosa (published after July). That specimen, however, has to be identi- fied first as extant, and re-examined, including spic- ulation. In the meantime, it seems safer to use globosa, the holotype of which, previously known only from Lendenfeld's inadequate figure, is here figured anew (pl. 6 fig. 4). The polymorphism of Echinoclathria globosa, as here conceived, is apparent in (1) the conforma- tion of the surface: regularity in distribution and contours of lacunae, relative width and convexity of interestices, presence or absence of a dermis tym- panising or recessed in the lacunae, with or without regular central oscules, smooth or reinforced by sand grains; (2) degree and regularity of interior cavernosity; (3) presumed absence of either prin- cipal styles or auxiliary strongyles, or both (in anal- ogy to Echinoclathria laminaefavosa); and (4) variability of spicule dimensions (Lendenfeld indi- cated 200 x 3 um for strongyles). A final word of caution is needed with regard to Phoriospongia reticulum Marshall, which is externally indistinguishable from Echinoclathria globosa. The holotype (pl. 6 fig. 6), from Tasma- nia, could be re-examined from a schizotype, through the kindness of Dr and Mrs D. Kühlmann, Curators in charge, Museum für Naturkunde der Humboldt-Universität East-Berlin. Its spiculation is distinctive: (1) Strongyles, mostly modified to subtylostrongyles, subtylotes, and (rarely) tylos- trongyles, variably curved, bent or flexuous, 204-222-235 x 1.9-2.4 um; (2) sigmata, often con- torted, very abundant interstitially (pl. 24 fig. 3), 22.3-30.8-36.3 x 1.2-2.4 um. Echinoclathria egena sp. nov. Plate 6 figure 8, plate 24 figure 6, plate 25 figures 1,2, text-figure 44 Holotype: F51978, Station KG 6 (Tasmania, Winter Cove, E side of Deal Island, Kent Group; boulders with algae, depth 3-6 m). Diagnosis. Encrusting, lobate and bullate base with short, knotty, compressed, irregular branches. Oscules conspicuous, numerous, raised, scattered. Spongy to limp. Dull orange when fresh, turning purplish brown. Surface smooth. Regular fibre net, mostly condensed in periphery. Megascleres typi- cal but small, principals coring primary fibres only. No microscleres. Description. From incrusting base of irregular, sinuous outline, 1-5 mm thick, several knotty and compressed branches arise, mostly oblique, con- torted, up to 4 cm long, 0.3 to 2.5 cm wide. Oscules conspicuous and numerous on base and branches, mostly raised on volcano-shaped or bullate eleva- Figure 44. Echinoclathria egena Sp. nov., spicules, x 342. a. Range and example of coring styles and subtylostyles. b. Range and example of interstitial strongyles. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT Table 1. Type series of Holopsamma crassa Carter in the British Museum (Natural History). 65 ! H.J.C. = Carter; Ldf. = Lendenfeld; R.K. = Kirkpatrick. tions, 1-2 mm wide, some smaller. Mostly res- tricted to edges of branches, some scattered on one face of wider branches. In life dull orange (5 YR7-8/12), turning dark purplish brown (5 R3/8) in elevated areas when drying. Spongy, moderately firm in branches, limp in base. Choanosome dense, but base contains conspic- uous meandering canals, 3 mm wide. Surface opti- cally smooth, but slightly rough, micropapillate with protruding ends of primary fibres. Ostia mostly conspicuous, regularly scattered inside out- BMNH register Preservation Location in type Additional MS. entries Present interpretation, number collections on label' remarks 86.12.15.58 wet 4.IV.A SEANCON. E Ancorina sp., has (R.K. 21/7/08) sandy cortex (86125313; dry K. 63 $0212. 39i Echinoclathria —314,—316 (H.J.C.), *Holo- globosa (Ldf); psamma tuberculata” 86.12.15. 313 here and figured, pl. 6, “Psammopemma fig. 7 tuberculata var.” (Ldf.) |. 86.12.15.315 dry not found 86.12.15.317 dry K. 63 “54” and “PWI11” Psammoclema (H.J.C.), “Holo- densum (Marshall) psamma tuber- culata” and Psammopemma tuberculata var.” (Ldf.) 86.12.15.318 dry K. 63 “103” and remark Psammoclema on colour in life fuliginosum (Carter) (H.J.C.) *Holo- psamma fuliginosa” (Ldf). “Psammo- pemma fuliginosum" 86.12.15.409 dry not found 86.12.15.410 dry KIST CENE DVS: Echinoclathria rugosa” (Ldf.) globosa 86.12.15.411 dry not found 86.12.15.412 dry K. 62 “52” and “conulated” Phoriospongia (ERIGI) wilsoni (Dendy) 86.12.15.426 — 430 dry K. 62 a ES AA LER) Phoriospongia wilsoni (Dendy); in box, possibly 5 frag- ments of 1 specimen 86.12.15.431 dry not found 86.12.15.474 — 487 dry not found 14 syntypes ermost tangential meshes of peripheral skeleton. Meshwork of strong spongin fibres regular, par- ticularly in outer portion. Primary fibres 27-52 um in diameter, thicker at surface; secondaries 16-40 ym in diameter. Meshsize larger in deeper choan- some, up to 350 x 500 um, typically around 120-175 um. Common peripheral condensation, 300-350 um deep, of closely spaced secondaries and adventitious primaries, with mesh sizes mostly equal to greater fibre-diameters. Peripheral fibres commonly stratified, with 1-2 layers of granular 66 F. WIEDENMAYER matter. Primary fibres cored by styles and sub- tylostyles, parallel, single or up to 4 abreast, with points out, occasionally askew, frequently broken. Secondary fibres mostly aspiculous. Thin strongyles scattered at random interstitially, frequent in periphery, scarce below, Some adventitious primaries in peripheral skeleton free, bud-like, encasing styles singly or in brushes, rarely protrud- ing; more frequent at surface, mostly blunt or trun- cate, like tips of main primaries. Spiculation: (1) Coring styles and subtylostyles, fusiform, thickest in the middle, length 38-45.8-52.9 wm, median/basal width 2.3-3.1/1.2-2.1 um; (2) interstitial strongyles, 124-146-178 x 1-2.4 um. Remarks. The specimen contains many embryos, c. 175 um in diameter. Echinoclathria egena belongs to the group of massive, ramose, and flabellate species without microscleres in Burton's key of Ophlitaspongia (1959: 247). The styles of E. egena are smaller than in any of those species. The lack of truely echinating spicules is also dis- tinctive. Except for the interstitial strongyles, there is some resemblence to Stv/inos (probably compo- site), particularly Stylinos scariola (Lamarck), which also has fusiform, subbasally constricted subtylostyles (fide Topsent, 1932a: 95). Echinoclathria tubulosa (Hallmann) Plate 6 figure 9, plate 25 figures 3, 4, text-figure 45 Ophlitaspongia tubulosa Hallmann, 1912: 272, text-fig. 60, pl. 35 fig. 3 (SE coast). Echinochalina tubulosa.— de Laubenfels, 1936a: 119 (transfer only). Material examined. Station KG 6, one specimen (F51979), Two syntypes of Ophlitaspongia tubulosa (AM). Diagnosis. Short, stout tubes, concrescent basally and partly above. Single apical oscules. Vermilion to dull yellow-orange, firmly spongy, slimy in life. Surface smooth; thin dermis veiling regular punc- tiform verstibules. Internally cavernous. Fibre net irregular, lax. Primaries with hastate styles often Figure 45. Echinoclathria tubulosa, spicules, x 197. a. Principal styles. b. Auxiliary styles. plumosely arranged. Secondaries aspiculous. Au: iliary styles irregularly scattered. No microsclere: Description. Four stout tubes, concrescent basally and by pairs along contiguous sides. Width 6 » 3 cm, maximum height 5 cm. Individual tubes 1. cm wide, with apical oscules and atria 5-6 mr wide. In life dull vermilion above (10 R - 2.5 YR7/10) dull yellow-orange below (2.5Y9/10). Firml: spongy, slimy in life. Ostia now conspicuous: 0.1-1.5 mm wide, mostly collapsed into subderma! spaces. Surface microhispid. Atria terete, tapering near base. Choanosome cavernous, riddled b: canals as wide as subdermal spaces. Lax meshwork of spongin fibres irregular primaries 34-46 um thick, often crooked, secon daries 16-44 um thick, frequently branching anc anastomosing. All fibres clear, some weakly strati- fied, crowded to distant. Principal megascleres styles, parallel, up to 4 abreast, or in plumose: fashion in primaries, rarely protruding. Secondaries: aspiculous. Auxiliary megascleres scattered irregu- larly, often concentrated in zones not related to: fibre-meshwork, particularly crowded at surface. Microscleres absent. Spiculation: (1) Principal styles, hastate, 102-715-132 x 3.5-4.9-7 um; (2) auxiliary megascleres: mostly longer, slender hastate styles and styloids (anisostrongyloxea), intergrading,, commonly straight, 111-208-296 x 1.6-2.3-4.1 um. Remarks. The choanosome contains numerous scattered round bodies, in the shape of mulberries, 7-8 um in diameter, presumably microsymbionts. ' They are deeply stained by basic fuchsin. Desmacididae Schmidt, 1870 Synonym: Esperiopsidae Hentschel, 1923, Remarks. Van Soest (1984: 35) repeated Lévi's error (1973: 611) of using Esperiopsidae Hentschel, 1923, and of disregarding the priority of Schmidt's family name. Both authors cited Desmacidonidae (pars) as synonym, and include Desmacidon in the family. As I have already stated (Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 79, footnote 4), Schmidt's original spelling (as Des- macidinae) has to be retained in accordance with ICZN Article 29bii (see also Appendix DVII, Greek entry no. 25, excluding nos. 32, 33), making Des- macidonidae and Desmacidontidae incorrect sub- sequent spellings. This provision does not affect the gender of Desmacidon, which was established as feminine by Bowerbank (1861), in accordance with ICZN Article 30d (30bii in previous editions, not 30ai2 as stated in my footnote). Though all names published in Bowerbank (1861, merely a list) SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 67 are nomina nuda, his intention therein is clear and consistent, all adjectival species names associated with Desmacidon and Hymeniacidon being femi- nine. Later, Bowerbank was still consistent in 1864, but inconsistent in 1863 and 1866 (feminine and masculine species names in both genera). If there are any lingering doubts as to proper fixation of the gender of these genera, reference should be made to the footnote in Thiele (1905: 421), which I had overlooked in 1977a. Though Thiele's etymo- logical argument is open to doubt, his acceptance of the feminine gender is sufficient for the purpose of stability in nomenclature. The family is here subdivided into two subfami- lies. The nominotypical subfamily corresponds to the family as previously understood by Lévi (1973: 611f., part) and restricted by van Soest (1984: 48). The name Stylotellinae Lendenfeld is revived for a rather confused and controversial group of genera, of which, beside the type genus, the most important are Phoriospongia and Psammoclema (as redefined below). While Stylotella was recently : included either in the Suberitidae or in the Hymeniacidonidae, Phoriospongia was included in the Myxillidae by Dendy (1924: 362), Topsent (1928: 54, as Phoriospongiinae Lendenfeld, 1889), . and Burton (1934a: 552). Phoriospongia, Psam- mascus, Psammoclema, and their synonyms, were included by de Laubenfels (1936a: 96) in a new family Psammascidae, placing most emphasis, in the diagnosis, on the high content of sand in these sponges. The type genus Psammascus was misin- terpreted by de Laubenfels, by ascribing to it proper megascleres and microscleres, and by merging in it Phoriospongia. The original definition of Psam- mascus and the description of its type species (P. decipiens, still alone in the genus) by Marshall (1880: 92f.) contained no mention of proper spic- ules, Vacelet, Vasseur and Lévi (1976: 63) followed de Laubenfels in erroneously placing Phoriospon- gia lamella Lendenfeld in Psammascus. The genus ' was still assigned to the Myxillidae by these authors, in agreement with Topsent and Burton. In the ' Stylotellinae sensu novo, the spiculation, as a rule, is scanty, if present, both in density and in weak- ness of individual spicules. The arrangement of megascleres, if present, is poorly organised and microscleres, if present, are commonly sigmata only. The exceptions are Psammochela and Psam- motoxa, probable synonyms of Phoriospongia. The reticulate spicular skeleton, well developed and often rather complex microsclere complement, and the special ectosomal skeleton of the Tedaniidae (Myxillidae auctorum) are not or only exception- ally developed in the Stylotellinae. The study of the new material of Stylotella inae- qualis (Hentschel) (described below) has led to the conclusions that Batzella is a junior synonym of Stylotella, and that Stylotella is related to Phori- ospongia. Further considerations, arising from the study of our diverse material of Phoriospongia and Psammoclema, prompted the inclusion of this group in the Desmacididae. This view was con- firmed at this time by van Soest’s (1984: 47) plac- ing of Batzella in the same family. Apparent discrepancies and difficulties, in for- mulating a definition of the Stylotellinae, are resolved by regarding them as extreme differences of degree. Loss of spicules in sandy sponges is not uncommon, and also occurs in Echinoclathria. Absence of spongin (e.g. in Stylotella and in Psam- moclema densum) versus a well developed reticu- lation of spongin fibres (e.g. Phoriospongia guettardi Topsent, 1933) are linked by intermedi- ate stages. The spicular vicariance (ambivalence) of monactinal versus diactinal megascleres, in itself typical of the Desmacididae, is occasionally linked by intermediates within the same species, or even within one specimen (Phoriospongia reticulum, described above; Stvlotella inaequalis, described below). Of particular importance, in the definition of the Stylotellinae, is the dissociation, if both are present, of the skeleton formed by spongin and/or sand from the spicular skeleton. Desmacidinae Synonym: Esperiopsidae sensu van Soest, 1984. Diagnosis. “[Desmacididae] with a reticulate or plumo-reticulate choanosomal skeleton of monac- tinal or diactinal megascleres. Ectosomal skeleton absent (but organic dermis often strongly developed or charged with foreign material). Microscleres [if present] include palmate, anchorate or unguifer- ate isochelae and sometimes sigmata." (Van Soest, 1984: 35, for Esperiopsidae.) Special types of microscleres (birotulates, placochelae, bipocilli, canonochelae) occur in particular genera. Strongylacidon Lendenfeld Strongylacidon Lendenfeld, 1897b: 110.— Topsent, 1928: 45.— Burton, 1934a: 555 (diagnosis in Myxillidae, included species).— de Laubenfels, 1936a: 54 (in Des- macididae). — Lévi, 1973: 611 (definition in Esperiopsi- dae). — Van Soest, 1984: 42 (definition in Esperiopsidae), 46 (discussion). Diagnosis. "[Desmacidinae] with plumosely arranged bundles of strongyles for megascleres and unguiferate or anchorate isochelae and [or] sigmata for microscleres." (van Soest, 1984: 42). Microscleres may be absent. Reticulate skeleton only in thickly encrusting, massive and branching specimens, plumose ascending columns with only basal anastomoses in thinly encrusting specimens. 68 F. WIEDENMAYER Figure 46. Sirongylacidon stelliderma, spicules. à, b. Strongyles of two size ranges, x 322. c, d, Enlarged ends, x948. e. chelae, x948. Strongylacidon stelliderma (Carter) Plate 6 figures 10, 11, plate 25 figures 5, 6 text-figure 46 Halichondria? stelliderma Carter, 1886h: 451 (Western- port Bay, Vic.). Desmacidon stelliderma.— Dendy, 1896: 20 (holotype re-examined, new records from Port Phillip Heads). — Bróndsted, 1927: 3 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand). Strongylacidon stelliderma.— Burton, 1934a: 554, 555 (transfer and synonymy only). Burtonispongia stelliderma. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 53 (transfer to gen. nov. only). Desmacidon plicatum Hentschel, 1911: 321, text-fig. 18 (WA). Material examined. Station BSS 181, one specimen (F51981). Holotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.148, wet, from Westernport Bay, ex J.B. Wilson collection. Diagnosis. Small, massive-lobate, or irregularly compressed, frondose to ramose, with encrusting base. Spongy to limp, easily torn. Surface regularly conulose to lacinulate, with axial spicular column. Oscules scarce, irregularly scattered, apical in massive-lobate specimens. Irregular, angular net of compact to disheveled fibres packed with stron- gyles, which are also scattered interstitially. Struc- ture denser, lacy or festooned below surface. Frail chelae numerous throughout. Description. Attached to chaetopterid worm tube. Base encrusting, about 1 mm thick, bearing few short irregular fronds and branches. Thinner branches angular, with polygonal cross-section, larger ones much compressed, almost paper-thin. Colour in life not noted, now off-white. Limp, easily torn. Surface finely conulose, long conule tips often recurved and ending in whiplike exten- tion of primary spicular fibre. Density of conules variable, highest on edges of branches. Oscules scarce, irregularly scattered in depressions. Ostia inconspicuous, in rows along fine meandering and dendritic subdermal canals. Skeletal structure (pl. 25 figs 5, 6) irregular retic- ulation of fibres filled with megascleres; these also scattered interstitially in choanosome and dermis. Reticulation irregular in orientation and thickness of fibres (35-150 um), and in extremely variable shape and size of meshes. Individual fibres straight, angular or sinuous; compactness varies, some break up, intergrading with surrounding interstitial megascleres. Clear spongin barely visible in more compact fibres. Thicker fibres usually more con- tinuous. Short ones (anastomoses) frequently expand at junctions. Dermal skeleton of thinner spiculo-fibres; arrangement lacey, vaguely umbel- lar, or, most frequently, festoon-like (closely spaced parallel fibres arching inwards between prin- cipal fibres forming axes of conules). Dermis 350-430 um thick, dense, light brown in sections, with granular collagen, few interstitial megascleres. Choanosome distinctly lighter, less collagenous, riddled by incurrent canals, around 50 um wide. Excurrent canals around 120 um wide, commonly surrounded by denser matrix with apochetes and some megascleres both radial. Small, frail chelae numerous everywhere, crowded in lin- ings of most canals. Spiculation: (1) Strongyles, often with one or both ends slightly swollen to subtylote, of two size ranges: (a) 108-117-126 x 0.8-1.6-2.2 um and (b) 176-185-197 x 1.2-1.9-2.5 um; both sizes occur interstitially, distinction in fibres not determined. (2) Frail unguiferous anchorate chelae, C-shaped, teeth atrophied, little recurved if at all, chord 9.4-10-11.1 um, depth 3.4-3.9-4.4 um. Remarks. The holotype of this species (pl. 6 fig. 11) is massive, bulbous, with conspicuous apical oscules. The conules are blunt in the apical region, but pointed below, with tips of spiculo-fibres regu- larly protruding. Ostia, distinctly visible at low magnification, are regularly scattered in depressions between conules. Strongylacidon sansibarensis Len- denfeld (1897b, the type species) is little known. It was described as thickly encrusting, finely conu- lose, permeated by a dendritic alga, and possess- ing, as only microscleres, unguiferous anisochelae 6.7-9 ym long, and strongyles measuring 160—260 X 3-4 um. Strongylacidon intermedia Burton (19342) and S. frutex (Pulitzer-Finali, 1982b), from the Great Barrier Reef, both lack microscleres (see below, Remarks on Stylotella). The genus is well represented in the West Indian region (van Soest, 1984: 42f., with descriptions of three new species, all thinly incrusting, and discussion of other spe- cies, some as species inquirendae). SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 69 Stylotellinae Lendenfeld, 1888, sensu novo Synonym: Phoriospongiinae Lendenfeld, 1889, Diagnosis. Desmacididae with reduced spiculation. Megascleres monactines or diactines or both, with intraspecific and individual transitions. Microscleres, if present, usually sigmata only, but chelae, toxa, microtylotes and rhaphides may occur. Microscleres or the whole spiculation may be lost, in some species always, in others in some specimens. Spongin skeleton, when present, retic- ulate or dendritic. All spicules usually interstitial except in type genus, where spicules also occur in whispy, vaguely plumose but not reticulate fibres. Most species incorporate much foreign detritus, commonly aggregated or encased by spongin, and/or scattered to packed interstitially. Com- monly a cortex packed with debris, but missing in some species or individuals. Cortical concentration of erect or felted proper megascleres may occur. Stylotella Lendenfeld Stylotella Lendenfeld, 1888: 185.— Hallmann, 1914b: 348 (discussion, revision: to Suberitidae). — Burton, 1934b: 41 (discussion, synonymised with Hymenia- cidon). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 152 (definition in Suberit- idae). — Bergquist, 1968: 24 (in Suberitidae). —Pulitzer-Finali, 1978: 72 (in Hymeniacidonidae, Mediterranean records excluded). nec Stylotella (as applied to European records) sensu Topsent, 1925a: 637f. (Mediterranean). — Vacelet, 1960: 264 (Mediterranean). — Borojević, Cabioch and Levi, 1968: 17 (English Channel). — Boury-Esnault, 1971: 327f. (Mediterranean with further references). Batzella Topsent, 1894b: xxxiv (English Channel). — Thiele, 1905: 438 (discussion, not the two species included). — Burton, 1934a: 554f, (disscussion: monotypic; definition in Myxillidae). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 138 (definition in Hymeniacidonidae). — Pulitzer-Finali, 1978: 68 (part: not Batzella friabilis). — Pulitzer-Finali, 1982b: 98 (in Halichondriidae: part; not B. /rutex, not B. intermedia). — Van Soest, 1984: 47 (definition in Esperi- opsidae, discussion). Collosclerophora Dendy, 1917: 320. — Dendy, 1922: 74 (discussion).—de Laubenfels, 1936a: 53 (definition in Desmacididae). Diagnosis. “[Stylotellinae] with a reduced, loosely plumose skeleton of strongyles (tornotes); no ectosomal skeleton; no microscleres." (Definition of Batzella [in Esperiopsidae] in van Soest, 1984: 47). Remarks. Batzella friabilis and B. frutex Pulitzer- Finali possess a reticulate skeleton, and so does Strongylacidon intermedia Burton (1934a), which was transferred to Batzella by Pulitzer-Finali (1982b). These species are best included in Stron- gylacidon, despite the lack of chelae. This is con- sistent with van Soest's recent revision of West Indian Poecilosclerida, particularly with regard to loss of chelae (1984: 7, table 1,b) and his greater emphasis on skeletal structure. Stylotella inaequalis (Hentschel) Plate 7 figures 1, 2, plate 26 figures 1-4, text-figure 47 Batzella inaequalis Hentschel, 1911: 325, text-fig. 20 (Shark Bay, Denham, Albany, WA). — Pulitzer-Finali, 1982b: 98 (in discussion). nec Strongylacidon inaequalis. — Burton, 1934a: 550 (Great Barrier Reef). — Burton, 1959: 242 (Arabian coast). nec Cacochalina truncatella var. mollissima Lenden- feld, 1887a: 763 (cited as synonym of Strongylacidon inae- qualis by Burton, 1927a: 292, and 1959: 242). Collosclerophora arenacea Dendy, 1917: 321, pl. 11 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). — Dendy, 1921: 133, text-fig. 49 (discussion).— Dendy, 1922: 74, 76 (discussion). Material examined. Station BSS 181, seven specimens (F51982 through F51988). Diagnosis. Small, variably encrusting, irregularly lobulate, or with short, crooked, frilly branches more or less concrescent. Frequently attached to or enveloping tall objects (worm tubes, algae). Limp to rubbery. Brownish orange in life. Surface smooth, semi-diaphanous, occasionally finely ver- rucose. Oscules small, round or slit-shaped. Spic- ules partly scattered, partly in loose, often indistinct, whispy fibres of variable thickness and spacing. Peripheral umbels and felt of spicules may occur. Spongin scanty. Variable amounts of sand and scattered foreign spicule debris internally and at surface. Macro-and microsymbionts common. Spicules variably strongyles or styles/subtylostyles, often combined. Description. Six specimens small, around 1 cm in greatest dimension, attached to chaetopterid worm tubes or to algae, together with other sponges. Thinly or thickly encrusting; or irregular, with con- crescent lobes separted by thin invagination; also with angular or compressed, crooked and folded branches, some crowded, others free. Seventh specimen (F51988, pl. 7 fig. 2) up to 4.5 cm high, a group of compressed, frilly and aculeate branches from basal disc and pedicel, largely pseudo- morphic, from growing around agal branches. Compressible, limp in branches, firmer, rubbery in lobes and thick encrustations. In life brownish a i 1 T B 1 > 1 ae b c Figure 47. Stylotella inaequalis, spicules. a. Strongyles (subtylostrongyles), x 394. b, c. Enlarged ends, x 1169. 70 F. WIEDENMAYER orange (5 YRS/12 in F51987, 7.5 YR5/8 in dritic and anastomosing subdermal canals; finely, F51988); beige to cream in alcohol. Surface gener- irregularly conulose in larger specimen. Surface ally smooth in small specimens, with narrow, den- partly microhispid with protruding spicules. Some Table 2. Skeletal features and symbionts in Stylotella inaequalis Specimen Skeletal Dominant Spicular dimen- Foreign debris Symbionts structure* spicule types sions (um) F51982 2+5 (periph- Strongyles 141.0-755-161 x Few sand grains Macro ery); 4 (centre) 1-1.3 F51983 2 (periphery); Subtylostyles 231-248-262 x Much coarse 4 (centre) 2.4-2.9-3.6 sand in vaguely dendritic columns F51984 2--4 (periph- Strongyles and 154-/6/-168 x Few sand grains Macro and ery); 4 (centre) sub- 0.9-1.3-1.5 micro (mulberry tylostrongyles type, 235-275 um, wide, scattered) F51985 145 Strongyles, fusi- 193-207-219 x Few sand grains Micro, crowded form, slightly — 1.8-2.3-2.7 (clusters of 2-5 subtylote cysts, total diameter 16 x 12 um) F51986 346 Styles and sub- 121-782-249 x Spicule frag- Macro tylostyles, 1.3-1.9-2.7 ments concen- fusiform trated at surface. Few sand grains F51987 3+6+7 Styles and sub- 172-2/0-238 x Spicule frag- Macro tylostyles, 2-2.5-3.2 ments concen- fusiform trated at surface. Few sand grains F51988 2+5+8 (peri- Subtylostyles, 158-786-201 x Frequent sand Macro phery); 5 fusiform 1.6-2.0-2.3 grains and spic- (centre) ule fragments scattered and clustered *]. Fibres of variable thickness, widely spaced, dendritic, gently curved. . Fibres closely spaced, thin, whispy. . Fibres thicker, closely spaced, very sinuous and angular. . Interstitial spicules scarce. . Interstitial spicules abundant, frequently transverse, single or in bundles. . Interstitial spicules crowded. . Conspicuous peripheral umbels and felted arrangement at the surface. . Spongin present in some fibres. 0 — OQ ta 4 C2 P2 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 71 sand grains, particularly in F51983. Oscules small, round and clustered, or slit-shaped. In some speci- mens, regular round subdermal spaces covered by sieve-like membrane. In other specimens, includ- ing largest one, fine reticulation of dermal mem- brane conspicuous, with ostia in meshes, accentuated by concentration of foreign spicule debris in dermis of two specimens. Dense, finely collagenous choanosome, brownish in transmitted light. Dermis lighter, 15-25 um thick. Skeletal structure variable (pl. 26 figs 1-4, and table 2). Types in table 2 approximate, transitions within and among specimens common. In type 2, whispy fibres may become angular, with spicules frequently broken. Most common macrosymbionts, fre- quently concrescent tubes, 140-300 um in diameter. Pale, clear spongin only in some fibres of largest specimen. Spiculation: Polarity between diactinal and monactinal spicules. Intermediate forms (subtylos- trongyles, styloids with the thinner end blunt or mucronate) with dominant subtylotes, never fre- quent. Subtylote condition faint, thickest in fusi- form shaft; slight subterminal constrictions abrupt inside elongate heads. Spicules may be mostly straight (in F51988), otherwise majority curved, bent or flexuous in variable degrees. Blackened axial canals frequent. Dimensions 121-792-262 x 0.9-1.9-3.6 um. Remarks. Burton (1934a, 1959) misinterpreted Hentschel's description. The sponges misidentified by him have a coarsely conulose surface and a retic- ulate skeleton regularly reinforced by spongin. They should probably be left in Strongylacidon. Cacochalina truncatella mollissima Lendenfeld likewise has a reticulate skeleton. Hentschel's description agrees with the present material, particularly the modes of growth and attachment, the smooth surface, the semi- diaphanous dermis, the skeleton consisting partly of scattered spicules, partly of very loose spicular tracts of variable spacing, frequently merging when crowded. Though six of the present specimens have weaker and shorter spicules, Hentschel's measure- ments agree with those of F51983. The “colloscleres” in Collosclerophora arenacea are here interpreted as foreign, probably microsym- bionts, though of a kind not seen in the present material. Globular and cystose microsymbionts, however, are commonly found in sandy Stylotelli- nae, and there does not appear to be an obliga- tory/specific relationship. Dendy (1922: 74) found similar, though not identical “colloscleres” in Col- loclathria ramosa. The genus is not related to Stylotella, and was merged in Rhaphidophlus (cor- rectly Thalysias) by van Soest (1984: 109). There are obvious similarities between Stylotella inaequalis and Stylotella agminata, particularly as redescribed by Hallmann (1914b: 349; pl. 21 figs 1-5, pl. 22 fig. 2; erroneously cited in description). These concern growth form and skeletal structure and their range of variability. However, inclusions of foreign destritus were not described in Stylotella agminata and its synonyms. Tangential arrange- ment of dermal spicules, not exclusively developed in S. inaequalis, only occasionally seen as a com- ponent of a felted arrangement in one of our speci- mens, seems to be the rule in S. agminata. The chief distinction resides in the spicules: those in S. agminata are always styles and subtylostyles, the latter with heads slightly thicker than the hastate shaft. Their dimensions exceed those in S. inae- qualis slightly in length, distinctly in thickness. Stylotella inaequalis links the hitherto misplaced genus with Phoriospongia and Psammoclema in several features: (1) the presence of foreign detri- tus, with a tendency to segregation of sand grains and spicule fragments, with concentration at the surface and occasional arrangement in columns or lamellae inside, but without specific or intraspecific consistency; (2) the generally loose arrangement of spicules with httle order except ascending tracts, never truely reticulate; (3) the common weakness of megascleres; (4) the inconsistent spicular vicar- iance of diactinal versus monactinal megascleres, with little morphological differentiation within specimens; (5) frequency of variably bent megascleres. These traits also advise against affini- ties with either the Suberitidae, Halichondriida, Mycalidae, and Tedaniidae. Phoriospongia Marshall Phoriospongia Marshall, 1880: 122.— George and Wilson, 1919: 155 (synonymised with Chondropsis). — Dendy, 1924: 362 (definition, discussion, synonymised with Chondropsis). — Topsent, 1928: 54 (synonymised with Chondropsis, Psammochela). —Topsent, 1933: 50 (footnote 1, résumé, synonymised with Chondropsis).— de Laubenfels, 1936a: 96, 99 (synonymised with Psammascus). Holopsamma Carter, 1885b: 211 (part). —nec sensu Loeblich and Tappan, 1964: C792 (under Xenophyophorida, wrong type species). Chondropsis Carter, 1886a: 45, — Dendy, 1895: 500 (discussion). —de Laubenfels, 1936a: 99 (synonymised with Holopsamma). Sigmatella Lendenfeld, 1888: 195.— de Laubenfels, 1936a: 97, 99 (synonymised with Holopsamma). Psammochela Dendy, 1916b: 126.— George and Wilson, 1919: 155 (synonymised with Phoriospongia). — Dendy, 1924: 362 (retained). — Burton and Rao, 1932: 334 (revision). —de Laubenfels, 1936a: 99 (definition in Psammascidae). Psammotoxa de Laubenfels, 1936a: 99, 72 F. WIEDENMAYER Diagnosis. Sandy Stylotellinae, variable in amount and distribution of foreign detritus, in spiculation and in development of reticulate or dendritic spon- gin fibres. Megascleres mostly frail strongyles, sub- tylostrongyles, subtylostyles, styles and subtylotes with frequent transitions, scattered or in vaguely radial to plumose arrangement. Microscleres, if present, either sigmata, chelae, or toxa. Spicula- tion may be reduced to rare megascleres. Cortical reinforcement by spicules or debris frequent. Phoriospongia argentea (Marshall) Plate 7 figures 3-7, plate 26 figure 5, plate 38 figure 6, text-figure 48 Dysidea argentea Marshall, 1880: 107, pl. 7 figs 6-11 (Australia, probably Bass Strait). Chondropsis arenifera Carter, 1886a: 45 (as Chrondop- sis, lapsus, Port Phillip Heads, Vic.).— Carter, 1886b: 122. — Dendy, 1895: 255. Material examined. Station KG 6, one specimen (F51989). Holotype of Dysidea argentea (PMJ). Syntypes of Chon- dropsis arenifera (BMNH). Diagnosis. Cushion-shaped or massive, bulbous or lobate. Firm, moderately compressible. Cream to light beige in life. Surface smooth, glabrous, to vaguely rugose and verrucose. Oscules conspicu- ous, rounded-polygonal, often slightly recessed. Regularly armoured ectosome 0.3-0.5 mm thick, finer detritus on surface, coarser grains deeper. Choanosome fleshy, with radial-meandering tracts of debris and canals in periphery. Macro-and microsymbionts common. Debris in tracts often coarser than interstitially. Proper spicules weak flexuous strongyles, mostly radially arranged. Description. Asymmetrically cushion-shaped, sinu- ous margin, 4.5 by 2.5 cm wide, 0.5 cm to 1 cm high. Margin with fine branching algae and hydroids. In life and in alcohol cream to light beige, fine greenish specks in life. Firm, moderately compressible. Surface smooth, almost glabrous in life, rugose in alcohol. One oscule, 2 mm wide, with a rounded- triangular recessed margin. Fine, indistinct regular ostia. Armoured ecto- some 320-500 um thick. Choanosome fleshy, firm, j—- 7 rm 1 T 1 NM IA UR (a b Figure 48. Phoriospongia argentea, spicules. a. Stron- gyles, x 392. b. Enlarged end, x 1165. with debris in tracts wavy to meandering in periph- ery. Regular perpendicular canals also wavy in por- tions of periphery, as in one of syntypes (pl. 7 fig. 6). No cyanophycean algae as recorded by Carter and Dendy; but regularly distributed small tallo- phyte algae, sac-shaped, stuck in and just below surface (greenish specks in life). Debris tend to sorting by size and nature: in choanosome, larger fragments, chiefly lithic, arranged in meandering tracts; finer detritus, chie- fly spicule fragments, strewn interstitially. In ecto- some, coarser lithic fragments pack inner, thicker portion; finer material, chiefly spicule fragments and spicules of didemnid tunicates, fill thinner sur- face layer. Proper spicules mostly arranged radi- ally, few scattered randomly. Some crowded in vague ascending tracts, occasionally in plumose fashion. Spiculation: weak strongyles, frequently flexu- ous, 101-/29-156 x 1-1.3 um. Remarks. The new specimen being small and not very typical, the holotype of Dysidea argentea and two syntypes of Chondropsis arenifera are figured for comparison. Salient features are the tuberose shape, mostly smooth, glabrous surface, firm, fleshy choanosome, and slightly recessed oscules of irregular outline. Marshall did not mention proper spicules, but admitted to having examined his specimen in a cursory way. Still, it is not unlikely that proper spicules my be absent in some specimens. For comparison with similar congeners, see Remarks on Phoriospongia kirki, below. Phoriospongia carcinophila (Lendenfeld) Plate 7 figures 8, 9, plate 26 figure 6, plate 27 figures 1, 2, text-figure 49 Sigmatella carcinophila Lendenfeld, 1889a: 66 (in key).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 615, pl. 41 fig. 8 (Port Jack- son, NSW). Chondropsis carcinophila. — Burton, 1934a: 552 (Great Barrier Reef). Material examined. Station BSS 179, one specimen (F51990); station BSS 181, two specimens (F51991, F51992). Type specimens of Sigmatella carcinophila (AM and BMNH). Diagnosis. Contorted-lobate, often small, fre- quently attached to shells or crabs. Spongy, soft to moderately firm, easily torn. Dull orange brown Se Figure 49, Phoriospongia carcinophila, spicules (stron- glyles), from F51990, x 306, 1 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT to purplish brown in life. Surface finely rugo- vermiculate to verrucose. Oscules of 2 sizes not above 2 mm wide. Detritus in ectosome and choanosome ill sorted, variably dense, in meander- ing tracts below ectosome. Proper spicules varia- bly frequent, scattered in and around tracts of debris, and parallel to plumose in short ascending tracts below ectosome. They may be concentrated | in ectosome, vaguely umbellar to confused. Description. F51990 (pl. 7 fig. 8) elongate, irregu- larly lobose, somewhat compressed, 8 cm long, 2.5-3 cm high, 1-2 cm wide. Partly overgrows two Pecten shells and supports delicate branching algae, hydroids and bryozoans, some incorporated. F51991 (pl. 7 fig. 9) one-half of contorted-lobose specimen growing on crab’s back, 2 x 2 x I cm. F51992 compressed, rounded, margin and upper sides with crowded, stubby lobules mostly com- pressed in same plane; 2 x 2.5 x 1-2 cm. Smaller ' specimens in life dull orange-brown; surface 5 YR 6/6 for F51991, 10 YR 6/4 for F51992; choano- some 5 YR5/10 for F51991. Spongy, soft to moder- ately firm. Surface smooth, finely wrinkled (in alcohol); microscopically finely conulose to tuberculate, tips 200-400 um apart, frequently connected by slight ridges. Fine ostia regularly crowded, more conspic- uous in slightly depressed interstices. Oscules of two kinds: small circular ones, about 200 ym wide, fre- quent; larger ones up to 1.5 mm wide, infrequent, circular or elongate, irregular in outline. Armoured ectosome around 100 um thick, chie- fly of spicule fragments, with fine lithic detritus interspersed. Choanosome dense, brown in trans- mitted light, granular and fibrillate. Detritus in choanosome coarser than at surface, ill-sorted, of foreign spicules, their fragments, lithic grains in about equal proportions; mostly in meandering, chiefly ascending tracts, without visible spongin, often in fascicles at variable intervals, with few indistinct anastomoses and branches. No coinci- dence with tubercles at surface. Tracts more irregu- lar, angular, and tighter in F51992. Proper spicules (more abundant in F51991) in deeper choanosome concentrated in and around tracts of debris. Few short tracts of subparallel spicules interstitially, more frequent in peripheral choanosome. F51990 somewhat different from other specimens. Purplish brown (5 R 3/3 to 7.5 R 3/4) in life, yellow-grey in alchol (5 Y 6/4). Softer, more easily torn than smaller specimens. Relief at surface, reticulation of ridges, more pronounced and coarser. Ostia inconspicuous. Small oscules in interstitial depres- sions frequent, larger oscules (around 2 mm wide) conspicuous. 73 Detritus in ectosome coarser than in smaller specimens, almost entirely lithic fragments, fre- quently scattered. Detritus in choanosome scanty, foreign spicules rare, Fragments in tracts frequently encased by spongin. Proper spicules abundant; in choanosome, interstitially and within fibres, mostly at random. Some fibres or their portions almost free of detritus, but always with proper spicules. Proper spicules particularly abundant in peripheral choanosome and at surface. In periphery frequently in closely spaced subparallel to plumose tracts. In ectosome, arrangement vaguely umbellar to con- fused, almost felted. Spiculation: strongyles, straight, or bent and flexuous to variable degree in all three specimens; strongest in F51990, weakest in F51992. Dimen- sions for F51990, 151-786-208 x 1.3-2.3-3.1 um; F51991, 156-167-176 x 1-1.6-2.2 um. Remarks. This species is most similar to Psam- moclema densum (described below) in external shape, mode of attachment, surface, consistency and colour. Phoriospongia carcinophila is com- monly firmer, has a better organised ectosome and peripheral choanosome, including proper spicules in ascending tracts, which are always lacking in P. densum. See also Remarks on Phoriospongia Kirki, below. Phoriospongia kirki (Bowerbank) Plate 7 figures 10-12, text-figure 50 Dysidea Kirkii Bowerbank, 1841c: 161 (Wollongong, NSW).—Bowerbank, 1844b: 68, pl. 6 fig. 9.— Bowerbank, 1864: 212.— Carter, 1881a: 374 (South Coast). — Carter, 1885b: 216 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.).— Lendenfeld, 1885a: 23. ?Spongelia Kirkii.— Hyatt, 1877: 539, pl. 17 fig. 19 (Phillip Island, Vic.). Chondropsis kirkii.—Dendy, 1895: 251 (Port Phillip Heads and Sorrento Jetty, Vic.). — Whitelegge, 1901: 77 (Tuggerah Beach, NSW). — Whitelegge, 1906: 465 (off Wollongong, off Narrabine, NSW).— Dendy, 1916b; 127 (Okha/Beyt, Kathiawar Peninsula, India). — Dendy, 1924: 363 (Spirits Bay, North Cape, New Zealand). —Shaw, 1927a: 433 (Maria Island, Tasmania). — Burton, 1938: 20 (Maria Island, Tasmania). Psammascus kirkii. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 99 (trans- fer only). Dysidea favosa Marshall, 1880: 98, pl. 6 figs. 6-11 (Bass Strait). Ridley, 1884a: 388 (Darwin, NT). Figure 50. Phoriospongia kirki, spicules (strongyles), from F51993, x 366. 74 F, WIEDENMAYER ? Halichondria mammillata Lendenfeld, 1888: 81 (part, Port Jackson).— Whitelegge, 1902b: 277, 282 (revi- sion). — Hallman, 1914b: 340 (revision). Sigmatella australis var. tubaria Lendenfeld, 1888: 197 (Port Jackson). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 613, pl. 40 fig. 4, pl. 42 figs 4, 5. — Whitelegge, 1889: 185 (Shark Reef, Port Jackson). — Guiler, 1950: 10 (Blackmans Bay, Tasmania). Sigmatella australis var. flabellum Lendenfeld, 1888: 198 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.; Port Jackson). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 614, pl. 41 figs 6, 9, 10, 11. — Whitelegge, 1889: 185 (off Green Point, Port Jackson). Sigmatella corticata Lendenfeld, 1888: 199 (collective name, no nominotypical subspecies). — Whitelegge, 1889: 185 (off Shark Point, Port Jackson).—Guiler, 1950 (D'Entrecasteaux Channel and Blackmans Bay, Tasmania). Sigmatella corticata var. mammillaris Lendenfeld, 1888: 199. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 622, pl. 40 fig. 5, pl. 41 fig. 4 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.). Sigmatella corticata var. papillosa Lendenfeld, 1888: 201 (St Vincent Gulf, SA; Tas.; Port Phillip Bay and Westernport Bay, Vic.; Port Jackson, NSW).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 620, pl. 40 fig. 2 (part, type series composite).— Whitelegge, 1889; 185 (Maroubra Bay, NSW). Sigmatella corticata var. flabellum Lendenfeld, 1888: 203 (Port Phillip Heads and Bay, Vic.; Port Jackson, NSW).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 624, pl. 40 figs 6, 8.— Whitelegge, 1889: 185 (off Green Point, Port Jackson). Sigmatella corticata var. serrata Lendenfeld, 1888: 203 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.; Port Jackson, NSW).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 625. Material examined. Station KG 6, one specimen (F51993); station BSS 187, two specimens (F51994, F51995). Type specimens of Dysidea kirki (BMNH). Holotype of Dysidea favosa (PMJ). Type specimens of Halichondria mammillata, Sigmatella australis varr. tubaria and flabel- lum, S. corticata varr. mammillaris, papillosa, flabellum and serrata (AM and BMNH). Hypotypes of Dysidea kirki: Carter, 1885b (BMNH) and of Chondropsis kirki: Dendy, 1895 (NMV). Diagnosis. Massive, lobate, mammillate, tubular, or irregularly and thickly lamellate to flabellate, with entire or serrated margin, occasionally concrescent-ramose, with compressed branches. Firm, sandy, compressible to rigid, mostly easily broken, crumbly, slimy. Abundance of sand and average grain size variable. Dull yellow to pale orange or yellowish brown in life. Surface regularly rugo-reticulate, alveolate, with meshes around 1 mm, partitions 0.5 mm wide. Pattern sometimes finer, may be veiled by thin armoured ectosome. Oscules conspicuous, apical on lobes, marginal on lamellae, with surrounding surface denser, smooth. Choanosome cavernous, skeleton alveolate, with contorted, compressed trabeculae packed with sand, with little spongin. Proper spicules scattered interstitially in variable amounts of matrix; thin strongyles and small sigmata; the latter may be scarce or absent, strongyles occasionally also rare or wanting. Description. F51993 (pl. 7 fig. 12) with rounded lobes and apical oscules like var. mammillaris of Lendenfeld. F51994 and F51995 like var. flabel- lum Lendenfeld, the former a single thick lamella, somewhat convoluted, with wide, truncate to sliehtly convex margin; the latter composite, with two lateral, partly concrescent lamellae perpendic- ular to main lamella. F51993 and F51995 yellow- ish brown in life; F51994 yellow to pale orange. Firm, crumbly as in stale bread, slightly compres- sibleto rigid, conspicuously sandy and slimy. Sur- face thrown into polygonal meshwork of ridges and depressions. Meshes around 1 mm wide, commonly elongated radially on sides of flabellate specimens. Ridges about 0.5 mm wide. Areas around base in F51993, and around oscules in all specimens, smooth, covered with armoured ectosome. Oscules up to 6 mm wide, round, with sharp skeletal margin, and iris-like membrane. Com- monly smaller, crowded on truncate margins of lamellae, 3 to 4 across. Choanosomal skeleton consists of (1) curved compressed trabeculae packed with sand, around polygonal alveoles, similar in size to meshwork at surface; (2) interstitially scattered proper spicules. Meshwork interrupted and frequently indistinct, by irregular exhalant canals of variable diameters, intergrading with alveoles. This pattern again inter- rupted, in mesial and distal portions of flabellate specimens (and in axes of lobes of mammillate specimens), by regular, terete to slightly tapering atria (see Lendenfeld, 1889b, pl. 40 fig. 6). Spiculation: strongyles only in F51993 and F51994; no proper spicules in F51995. Strongyles mostly bent to flexuous, 129-754-172 x 0.8-1 um in F51993, 134-/68-191 x 1-1.1 um in F51994. Remarks. The species is very polymorphous, more so than admitted by Lendenfeld and Dendy. This is demonstrated by the many type specimens and hypotypes examined. Lendenfeld's varietal names cover the range of external shapes only inade- quately, and several specimens seen by me are either intermediates or combine traits of two or more of his varieties. An extreme phenotype, not covered in Lendenfeld's descriptions, is represented by one of Bowerbank's specimens with compressed branches partly fused in a coarse clathrate arrangement. There is no congruence between shape, colour, consistency, skeletal structure, and surface charac- ters. Consistency varies between rigid and quite compressible, as a function of relative abundance of sand (of variable average grain size), spongin, SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 75 and fleshy matrix. Most of Dendy's hypotypes in Melbourne (all wet) are compressible, with a fleshy choanosome, and a distinct, continuous ectosome, in which the sandy armour is reticulate, in petaloid fashion with clustered ostia in the slightly recessed membranous interstices. This condition cor- responds to that illustrated by Lendenfeld (1889b, pl. 42 figs 4, 5) for Sigmatella australis. The holotype of Dysidea favosa (pl. 7 fig. 11) is of the *australis-type" in external shape, has exceptionally pliable and regularly reticulate fibres, no trace of an ectosome, and a very scanty matrix (but may have been partly macerated when collected). Dendy (1895) remarked on the absence of sig- mata in some of his specimens. It is here surmised that in specimens like the new ones, with much coarse sand, also megascleres may be virtually or completely supressed, in analogy to Echinoclathria laminaefavosa and E. globosa (see above). Of the other common, better known species of Phoriospongia in southern Australia, which are chiefly massive to lobate, with finely uniform sur- face, P. argentea is consistently tuberose or cushion-shaped, fleshier, its surface always smooth, with thicker ectosome, choanosome dense, foreign debris not in reticulate/alveolar disposition. P. car- cinophila is generally softer, also lacks the reticu- late arrangement of debris, being the least organised of the three species in this respect. Both P. argentea and P, carcinophila do not possess sig- mata. See also Remarks on P. carcinophila, above. Yet another congener close to P. kirki is P. lamella Lendenfeld (1888). Though it may also be irregularly massive, it is commonly thickly erect- lamellate. It differs from P. kirki by its lighter colour (light grey, almost white), its straight, more robust strongyles (2-3 um thick), and by having two sizes of sigmata. It has been recorded again from New South Wales by Whitelegge (1906: 465), from Port Phillip Heads by Dendy (1895: 253), and from the reef complex of Tulear (Madagascar) by Vace- let et al. (1976: 63). Psammoclema Marshall ?Psammascus Marshall, 1880: 92.—nec sensu de Laubenfels, 1936a: 96.— nec sensu Vacelet, Vasseur and Lévi, 1976: 63. Psammoclema Marshall, 1880: 109, — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 124 (as synonym of Chalinopsilla). — de Lauben- fels, 1936a: 59 (as synonym of Dactylia). Psammopemma Marshall, 1880: 113. — Dendy, 1905: 210 (definition). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 96 (discussion), 99 (definition in Psammascidae). — nec sensu Loeblich and Tappan, 1964: C794 (under Xenophyophorida). Holopsamma Carter, 1885b: 211 (part). —nec sensu Loeblich and Tappan, 1964: C792 Xenophyophorida, wrong type species). Sarcocornea Carter, 1885b: 214,—de Laubenfels, 1936a: 30 (as synonym of Dysidea). — Bergquist, 1980b: 480 (as synonym of Dysidea). (under Diagnosis. Stylotellinae without proper spicules. Foreign debris commonly abundant in choanosome and ectosome. Distinct from Phoriosponia only by the consistent absence of proper spicules. Remarks. Marshall distinguished Psammoclema and Psammopemma on the grounds of differences in shape (ramose versus massive), surface (detach- able ectosome/no ectosome), aquiferous system (conspicuous, geometrical/lipostomous and “lipogastric”), and skeletal structure (dendritic fibres/amorphously packed sand). Most of the spe- cies here included in Psammoclema would be impossible to distribute among two genera using Marshall's criteria, and introduction of new genera in this heterogeneous group is undesirable. Sar- cocornea nodosa Carter, the type species, with its heavily armoured ectosome, lack of discrete fibres, and dense choanosome, clearly does not fit into Dysidea and falls easily within this group. Psammascus could be regarded as a senior syn- onym (by page priority) on the basis of the origi- nal description. The misinterpretation by de Laubenfels and by Vacelet et al. has already been noted above (Remarks on Desmacididae). Accord- ing to Marshall’s description, the monotypic genus is distinct by its tubular shape, by its discrete fibre net (anastomosing, regularly ascending primaries) charged with foreign debris, by soft, limp con- sistency, and by absence of proper spicules. Tubu- lar shape is not uncommon in Phoriospongia [P. confoederata (Lamarck), P. syringiana (Whitelegge)], and is thus compatible with Psam- moclema sensu novo. On the other hand, Psam- mascus decipiens might be a Dysidea. The holotype seems to be lost (I could not find it among Mar- shall's material of 1880 in PMJ and ZMB). Psam- mascus is therefore best treated as a nomen dubium. Psammoclema bitextum sp. nov. Plate 7 figure 13, plate 27 figure 3 Holotype: F51996, station BSS 179 (39?03.2'5, 146?39.5'E, E of Wilsons Promontory; depth 55 m, muddy sand). Diagnosis. Few basally united branches, partly repent, partly erect. Branches crooked, terete to angular, 5-10 mm thick. Softly spongy, elastic; dull greyish yellow, partly purplish in life. Surface smooth, hispid on branch tips. Oscules inconspic- 76 F. WIEDENMAYER uous, stellate/petaloid, scattered, numerous. Armoured ectosome thin, discontinuous. Main skeleton twofold: (1) vague columns of detritus, (2) irregular net of clear spongin fibres. Description. Ramose, branches partly repent, partly erect. Longer branches crooked, round to angular in cross-section. Branches 5 to 10 mm thick. Two repent branches 2 and 3 cm long. Erect branches 1 to 2 cm high. Specimen 3.5 x 6.5 cm wide, 2.5 cm high. Dull greyish yellow in life (2.5 Y 5-6/2-4) with faint purple tinge in places. Greyish yellow retained in alcohol. Softly spongy, very compressible and elastic. Surface smooth to unaided eye, branch tips finely hispid. Oscules stellate or petaloid, 2 to 3 mm wide, regularly scattered on all sides, numerous. Thin armoured ectosome discontinuous, some areas with main skeleton exposed at surface, with oscules indistinct. Main skeleton is twofold: (1) Ill-defined columns of foreign debris agglutinated by spongin, barely visible around contours of grains and inter- stitially. Columns dendritic, straggling, 85 to 360 um wide. (2) Interstitial irregular meshwork of clear spongin fibres. No distinction of primaries and secondaries, diameters and meshsizes vary; simi- lar to that in Spongia hispida, described below. Remarks. The new species is comparable to Psam- moclema ramosum in gross shape, but differs in its small stellate/petaloid oscules, and in the presence of an auxiliary reticulate skeleton of clear spongin fibres. Psammoclema goniodes is also ramose, but is distinct by its angular reticulation of fibres packed with detritus. See Remarks on P. goniodes, below. Psammoclema callosum (Marshall) Plate 8 figure 1, plate 27 figure 4 Dysidea callosa Marshall, 1880: 104, pl. 6 fig. 12, pl. 7 figs 1-5 (probably Australia, Bass Strait?), Material examined. Station KG 6, one specimen in 3 frag- ments (F51997). (Type material not found in PMJ and ZMB.) Diagnosis. Small, compressed-lobate to contorted- frondose. Surface tuberculate. Leathery, but easily torn, greyish beige in life. Strong odour. Ectosome rough, firm packed with sand, 175-860 um thick. Oscules small, recessed, on top of conical eleva- tions. Main skeleton an irregular, lax reticulation of straggling, knotty, clear spongin fibres with ill sorted detritus. Choanosome cavernous. Debris scarce in dense matrix, which is packed with bluegreen microsymbionts. Description. Convoluted fronds or partly concres- cent, compressed and tapering lobes, the latter usually with volcano-shaped tips with slightly recessed minute oscules, 0.5-1 mm wide. Fragments 2 to 4 cm wide, with free individual lobes up to 1 cm high and 3-5 mm thick. Delicate branching algae and bryozoans partly overgrown by sponge. In life and in alcohol greyish beige (10 YR7/2-4). Leathery, rough and gritty. Characteristic, strong and persistent odour in preserved specimens, pos- sibly due to microsymbionts. Surface regularly thrown into tubercles, around | mm high wide, 1-3 mm apart. Some partly con- fluent and elongate, forming short ridges. Regu- larly packed ill-sorted sand everywhere, with fine interstitial pores, mostly in rows, often forming reticulate pattern. Ectosome 175-860 um thick, packed with for- eign debris of wide size range, including many spic- ules and their fragments. Main skeleton of very irregular, lax and unoriented reticulation of strag- gling, knotty fibres, containing same kind of ill- sorted detritus as in ectosome, agglutinated and outlined by pale, clear spongin. Grains 80 to 350 „m. Some debris interstitially. Choanosome regu- larly cavernous, yellowish in transmitted light, occasionally stratifield below ectosome by mean- dering canals 40-60 um wide. Packed throughout with blue-green algae. Remarks, A regularly and conspicuously tubercu- late surface, without relation between tubercles and skeletal fibres, also occurs in Phoriospongia car- cinophila, Phoriospongia wilsoni Dendy, and Psammoclema nodosum. The latter is sufficiently distinct from Psammoclama callosum by its larger size, massive shape, tough consistency, darker colour, coarser tubercles, much thicker ectosome, and poorly organised internal sand-skeleton. There is a virtually unknown Australian species of Phoriospongia with relatively coarse surface- tubercles and a characteristic ectosome with very conspicuous skeletal ostia. It comprises some of the syntypes of Sigmatella corticata var. papillosa Len- denfeld (1889b, including the specimen figured on pl. 40 fig. 2). This species is also represented by two specimens (BMNH 1886.12.15.339 and 1886.12.15,340) with manuscript names by Carter and Lendenfeld. Psammoclema densum (Marshall) Plate 8 figures 2-4, plate 27 figure 5 Psammopemma densum Marshall, 1880: 113, pl. 8 figs 6-11 (Tas.). — Polejaeff, 1884b: 46, pl. 3, figs 3, 4 (Port Jackson, NSW). — Lendenfeld, 1885a: 23. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 640, pl. 37 fig. 4; pl. 41 fig, 17. ?Psammopemma densum var, subfibrosa Ridley, 1884a: 390, pl. 41 fig. h (Thursday Island, Torres Strait). SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT ! Holopsamma laevis Carter, 1885b: 212 (Port Phillip | Heads). | Material examined. Station BSS 179, one specimen (F51998); station BSS 181, three specimens (F51999, | F52000, F52001). Holotype of Psammopemma densum | (ZMB). Type specimens of Holopsamma laevis (BMNH). | Diagnosis. Commonly small, incrusting, irregularly ! lobulate to concrescent-ramose, often overgrowing other objects, coarse detritus. Moderately compres- sible, easily torn. Greyish yellow to olive-brown in | life. Oscules elongate, sinuous, variable in size and | distribution. Surface almost smooth to variably ver- rucose, rugo-reticulate or rugo-vermiculate. Ill- ' sorted detritus mostly crowded throughout, poorly | organised in choansome, packed in little differen- tiated ectosome. | Description. F51999 and F52001 small, the former incrusting, the latter branching, originally attached to chaetopterid worm tubes with various other sponges. F52000 (pl. 8 fig. 3) irregular, with mas- sive, somewhat depressed and lobose base, crooked branches, some short and simple, others compo- ‚ site, bushy or flabellate, with largely concrescent branchlets. Basal mass 2 x 3 x 1 cm; single | branches 5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide; composite branches up to 2.5 cm long and 12 mm wide. F51998 (pl. 8 fig. 2) massive, thrown into con- torted, mostly compressed and concrescent lobes. Specimen 9 x 5 x 4 cm, overgrows bivalve shells, fragments of bryozoans and large foraminifera, and bears delicate branching algae, bryozoans and hydroids. Largest specimen in life greyish yellow (5 Y 6-7/4) on surface, dull yellow (2.5 Y 7/8) inside, largely preserved in 70% alcohol (10 YR 6/2-4). F52000 olive-brown (2.5 Y 6/6), pale beige in aleohol. Firm, moderately compressible and resilient, easily torn, as in wet cardboard. Oscules in largest specimen marginal on lobes, mostly elongate, sinuous, with rounded margins, about 1 mm wide and up to 4 mm long. Oscules in F52000 smaller, round, irregularly scattered in | pits and clefts. Surface almost smooth in some areas (particu- larly of largest specimen) but commonly tubercu- late and rugose. Pattern mostly fine (rugae and tubercles 0.5 mm wide), coarse and more irregular in some places. Where relief most regular, partic- ularly in F52000, tubercles joined by low ridges in clathrate or polygonal pattern, with interstitial pits. More often, meandering pattern of ridges and fur- rows. The latter contain membrane with reticula- tion of fine sand (spicule fragments), and interstitial Ostia; pattern stands out where depressions wider, roofing regular square crypts, 0.5-1 mm wide. Choanosome dense, microcavernous, except compressed atria branching inward in mesial por- TI tions of lobes. Ectosome contains mostly packed debris of spicules. Crowded debris in choanosome with little organisation, ill-sorted and heterogene- ous. Some less obstructed areas show threefold structure: (1) lax, irregular reticulation of straggling tracts with mostly fine detritus, chiefly spicule- fragments; (2) vague reticulation of brown, finely granular organic matter; (3) interstitial ill-sorted detritus, chiefly shelly and lithic. Clear interstitial choanosome packed by globular, mulberry-shaped bodies, around 13 um in diameter, presumably microsymbionts. Remarks. Of all Australian species here assigned to Psammoclema, P. densum is the poorest in mor- phological definition, appearing almost featureless to cursory examination. It has also the most fragile consistency. See Remarks on Phoriospongia car- cinophila and P. kirki (above). Psammoclema fissuratum sp. nov. Plate 8 figure 5 Holotype: F52002, Station BSS 187 (38?32.0'S, 142°28.6E, 17 km S of Warrnambool; depth 52 m, coarse sand and shells). Diagnosis. Complex-frondose. Fronds equally thick (5 mm), budding laterally at right angle, regularly expanding, bifid to polyfid (tending to dichotomy), with distal incisions of variable depths and widths. Firm, more compressible and resilient distally. Olive-brown, distally reddish in life. Oscules small, marginal on edges and tips. Surface smooth on faces, frayed (micropapillate) on tips. Ectosome thin, with regular detritus. Sand occupies half of choanosome in volume, in vague columns and enclaves agglutinated by clear spongin, rarely scat- tered. Isolated grains often connected by trellised thin spongin fibres. Description. Four distally incised spatulate fronds, all in one plane, three being parallel out of edge of fourth frond. Transverse frond 2.5 cm long, 2 cm wide, divided by two incisions, the lower dis- tinct, the upper a notch. First lateral frond at base of transverse frond, stubby and bifid. Middle one 2.5 cm long, 1.8 cm wide, bifid, with incision 1 cm deep. Tallest frond 3.5 cm high, originally dichoto- mous (one part cut off for sectioning), with median incision 1.5 cm deep, two shallow lateral incisions, outermost lobe truncate. Specimen mostly 5 mm thick. Olive-brown in life, now pale yellowish brown (10 YR 7/4), darker, reddish (2.5 YR 5-6/4) in distal parts of tall lateral lobes. Firm, little com- pressible in middle, moderately resilient distally. Oscules regularly arranged along edges of fronds and distal lobes, round or elongate, sharp-rimmed, 0.5-1 mm wide. 78 F. WIEDENMAYER Surface smooth to unaided eye, except finely pitted and frazzled tips of taller lateral fronds. Well-sorted sand grains conspicuous, crowded, with interstitial ostia not in distinct pattern. Armoured ectosome frequently only 1-2 sand- grains thick, with much spicular detritus, chiefly on surface, One-half of volume of choanosome occupied by sand grains (including calcareous shell- debris), with few foreign spicules and their frag- ments, mostly packed in vague columns or irregu- lar masses, rarely scattered. Mean grain size 175 pm. Grains agglutinated by colourless, barely visi- ble spongin; thin clear spongin fibres with irregu- lar, trellis-like meshwork between neighbouring grains. Choanocyte chambers spherical to oblong. Typi- cal sizes 64 x 39, 38 x 29, 47 um. Choanosome contains scattered spherical bodies, like mulberries, 10-/2-15 pm in diameter, presumably microsymbionts. Remarks. Psammoclema fissuratum is sufficiently distinct from congeners by its shape, in combina- tion with the smooth, evenly microgranulate sur- face, and the regular marginal oscules. See also Remarks on Psammoclema goniodes and Psam- moclema stipitatum, below. Psammoclema goniodes sp. nov. Plate 8 figures 6, 7, plate 28 figures 1, 2 Holotype: FS2060, station BSS 187 (38°32.0'S, 142°28.6/E, 17 km S of Warrnambool; depth 52 m, coarse sand and shells). Paratype: F52059, station BSS 181 (38?39,8'S, 144°18.2'E, 30 km SE of Lorne; depth 79 m, fine sand with chaetopterid worm tubes). Diagnosis. Sparsely branched, base compressed- lobate, may be stipitate. Branches crooked, slightly compressed and tapering. Small specimens soft, limp, with conulose surface. Larger ones moder- ately resilient, mostly smooth, distally finely conu- lose. Oscules numerous, round, 0.5-1 mm wide, scattered. on face of base, mostly lateral on branches. Armoured ectosome thin, indistinct. Main skeleton thoroughly angular reticulation of straggling spongin fibres packed with well sorted detritus, including many spicule fragments. Description. Holotype (pl.8 fig. 7) comprises two tapering branches, strongly bent in same direction in upper portions, 35 and 50 mm long, 5 and 7 mm wide, slightly compressed. Branches arise from stipitate, frondose base 25 mm high and up to 13 mm wide in upper portion. Two short lobes (aborted branches) issue from one side below shorter main branch. Orange-brown in life (2.5 YR 5/6-8), now faded (5 YR 6-8/4). Firm, moderately compressible and resilient. Surface optically smooth, but microconulose, more so on branch tips. Conules somewhat obscured by sand on sur- face. Oscules conspicuous, round, 0.5-1 mm wide, regularly scattered along edges of branches and on one side of frondose base. Paratype (pl.8, fig. 6) 9 x 17 mm, has lobose base surmounted by two tapering branches, all portions compressed in one plane. One branch looped in plane of compression. Originally attached to chaetopterid worm tube with other sponges. Colour in life not recorded, now cream. Softer than holotype, limp. Surface finely conulose, without conspicuous sand. Outermost transverse fibres form reticulate pattern of ridges between conules, Recessed fleshy interstices with fine secondary reticulum of spicule fragments, single ostia in meshes. Main skeleton in holotype an angular and irregu- lar reticulation of fibres, with little orientation and distinction by thickness, packed with detritus, mostly spicule fragments; few fibres with about equal proportions of other fragments. Very few interstitial inclusions. Most spicule fragments lon- gitudinally arranged, but many oriented at random. Pale clear spongin agglutinating and enveloping detritus, Thickness of fibres 23 to 68 um, mostly around 40 um. Meshes triangular, rhombic and irregularly polygonal, rarely square, 23 to 150 um wide, Peripheral portions with indistinct radial primaries and secondaries, like in irregular spider web. Towards surface, meshes smaller, more regu- lar, less angular. Here, between choanosome and armoured ectosome, fibres packed by ill-sorted detritus, also interstitially. Spicular and other (lithic and shelly) components in about equal proportions, both interstitially and in fibres. Abundance of coarse grains higher at surface, armoured ectosome not distinct. Matrix of choanosome scanty, around irregular lacunae, Macrosymbionts of one kind. Fibres of paratype thicker than in holotype, more continuous, more straggling than angular. Packed detritus comprises more non-spicular components, spicular fragments more often disoriented. More interstitially scattered detritus, poorly sorted. In periphery, radial and tangential fibres more distinct than in holotype, primaries forming axes of con- ules and often curved in tips. No distinct armoured ectosome, only concentration of well sorted spic- ular fragments between fibres. Density of choanosomal matrix higher than in holotype. Remarks. The proximal part in the larger specimen resembles individual fronds of Psammoclema fis- suratum (described above). Fresh material of both species might reveal closer external similarity of whole specimens. The differences in structure of SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 79 the main skeleton (irregular distribution of sand internally, and anastomoses of clear spongin fibres between grains in P. fissuratum) are sufficient to distinguish the two species. The skeletal structure of P. goniodes (angular reticulation of sandy fibres) is also different from that of two other ramose con- geners. The main skeleton of P. ramosum consists of very long, sparsely anastomosed fibres, longitu- dinal in the core, curving outwards and becoming radial below the surface. P. bitextum has a double texture of straggling columns of detritus and of reticulate clear spongin fibres. Psammoclema nodosum (Carter) Plate 8 figures 8-12, plate 27 figure 6, text-figure 51 Sarcocornea nodosa Carter, 1885b: 214 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). Spongelia nodosa. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 670, Dysidea nodosa. — Bergquist, 1980b: 482 (unrecognis- able except as Dysidea). Material examined. Station KG 2, one specimen (F52003). Type specimens of Sarcocornea nodosa (BMNH). Diagnosis. Large, irregularly massive, heavy. Very firm, tough. Surface tightly tuberculate (nodose) to coarsely rugose, or brain-like; relief sometimes vague, or accentuated by superimposed coarser folds and meandering trenches (the whole reminis- cent of pachyderm skin). Grey, often brownish, dark above and on exposed sides. Oscules conspic- uous, marginal, irregularly scattered or clustered, Figure 51. Psammoclema nodosum, perpendicular sec- tion in reflected light, x 4.1, showing cortex (with sur- face in perspective) with erect ectochones and layer of intraocortical crypts. A large, much twisted exhalant canal is visible from lower centre to upper left. flush or elevated. Armoured ectosome a stratified, collagenous cortex around 1 mm thick, with regu- lar, numerous erect ectochones underlain by intracortical crypts. Stratification also by sorting of detritus. Choanosome beige to dull ochre in life, dense, microscopically stringy (strands of algal microsymbionts). Internal detritus ill sorted, in vague, wide, dendritic and meandering tracts, some interstitially. Description. Semi-encrusting on perpendicular rock face, outline round above, sinuous below. Now shrivelled and distorted by preservation. Apical volcano-like group of three concrescent oscular cones. Width 11 cm, height 10 cm, maximum thick- ness 4 cm. Compound oscular cone now com- pressed, 5.5 cm wide basally, 2.3 cm high. Externally dark smoky grey above, light grey below, now generally more brownish (5 YR 4-5/1 above, 10 YR 7-8/2-4 below). Choanosome beige to dull ochre (10 YR 8/2 to 5 YR 6/6). Very firm and tough, moderately compressible, little resilient. Surface bears strong and regular brain-like pat- tern, now much contracted, more pronounced than in life. Tubercles elongate, confluent in meander- ing groups occasionally branching, mostly 2-3 mm wide, up to 2-3 cm long, separated by dendritic and labyrinthic grooves 0.5-1 mm wide. Pattern weaker and mostly radial on oscular cone. Central portion near base with pattern of contorted cock's combs. Surface almost smooth, finely hispid in parts, regularly scattered ostia everywhere, 25 um wide, spaced around 125 um. Distinct, stratified cortex, total thickness 750-1250 um. Outer cortex three- quarters of thickness, traversed by regularly spaced erect ectochones to often continuous intracortical crypts (text-fig. 51). Outer cortex mostly packed with ill-sorted detritus, about equal parts of spic- ular and non-spicular components, except surface, where spicular fragments dominate, often erect, producing faint hispidation. Inner cortex more col- lagenous, with better sorted detritus (spicular frag- ments often dominating) loosely scattered to crowded, extended inward in linings of large exhalant canals. These are 1250 to 2500 um wide, irregular, often transversely folded. Walls with irregularly scattered mouths of finer canals, around 125 am in diameter. Main skeleton of moderately abundant, ill-sorted foreign detritus, in irregular fibres, or complex fenestrate to trellised systems, and interstitially. Matrix of choansome dense, stringy, permeated throughout by wavy strands of filamentous algae. Remarks. Psammoclema nodosum is as close to P. vansoesti (described below) as it is different from 80 F. WIEDENMAYER all other congeners. In common with the former is the dark colour of the surface, the firm, tough, dense and heavy consistency, the well organised, thick collagenous ectosome (reminiscent of the cortex in Astrophorida), and the dense choanosome containing ill-sorted detritus in vague meandering tracts. P. vansoesti is chiefly distinct by its vase-or bowl-shape, by the coarsely rugo-reticulate/alveo- late pattern on the sides or on the rim only, and by the numerous minute oscules regularly dis- tributed in the apical concavity. Psammoclema radiatum sp. nov. Plate 9 figures 1, 2 Holotype: F52004, station BSS 187 (38°32.0'S, 142°28.6E, 17 km S of Warrnambool; depth 52 m, coarse sand and shells). Diagnosis. Several half-bowl-or ear-shaped, partly concrescent lobes jutting from common lacunose base, distally folded radially, marginally blunt, scal- loped. Very firm, slightly resilient, crumbly, thoroughly and conspicuously sandy. Dull orange- brown in life. Thin pellucid dermis reinforced by reticulum of foreign spicules (few broken). Well sorted coarse sand grains crowded to packed inter- nally without order. Description. Capricious in shape, like baroque fountain, growing out from perpendicular rock face. Grossly lacunose base with 5 bowl-or ear- shaped protuberances in three directions, on differ- ent levels, roughly in same plane, but somewhat tilted and contorted. Upper faces deeply hollow to , lacunose proximally, traversed by annular or trans- verse ridges distally. Margins narrowly rounded, sinuous, occasionally disrupted by small hollows or notches. Lower convex faces distally scalloped, mostly by radial coarse ridges and grooves, the former 2-3 mm, the latter 3-5 mm wide. In por- tions of uppermost bowl, and on convex face of lower protuberances, rugose pattern meandrine to reticulate, occasionally finer. Specimen 8 cm in width, 7 cm in depth, 6.5 cm in height. Largest excrescence on top 7 cm wide, 5 cm deep, 2-2.5 cm high. Lower ones 1.5 to 4 em in width, 1.5 to 3 em in depth; thickness I em in middle, 2-3 mm at margins. Dull orange-brown in life (7.5 YR 6/4), slightly more yellow (10 YR 6/4) in alcohol. Very firm, barely compressible and resilient, crumbly, conspic- uously sandy. Outer convex surfaces exhalant, packed with rounded lithic and shelly grains, 150-800 um, mostly around 350-500 um, with numerous oscules scattered in depressions. Oscules mostly 1-2 mm wide, irregularly rounded, now covered by pellucid membranes. Sand in inner, concave faces packed only in ridges, elsewhere crowded to clustered. Interstices, up to 1 mm wide, and sand grains covered by pellucid dermis. Fine reticulum with interstitial ostia over subdermal crypts in wider interstices. Choanosome packed to crowded, without order, by sand as at surface. Thin super- ficial coat of foreign spicules, forming dermal retic- ulum. Most spicules entire megascleres. No spongin. Choanocyte chambers regularly oblong to spherical, typical dimensions 63 x 52, 65 x 44, 74 x 64 um. Remarks. The capricious shape, thin dermis with mostly whole foreign spicules, and the abundance of coarse sand without internal order (hence crum- bly consistency) distinguish this species from its congeners and all other thoroughly sandy species. Psammoclema ramosum Marshall Plate 9 figures 3-6, plate 28 figures 3, 4 Psammoclema ramosum Marshall, 1880: 109, pl. 7 figs 12-15; pl. 8 figs 1-5 (Bass Strait). — Polejaeff, 1884b: 43, pl. 3 fig. 8, pl. 4 fig. | (off Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait, 70 m). Chalinopsilla arborea var. ramosa.— Lendenfeld, 1888: 112 (old record).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 152 (old record). — Guiler, 1950: 6 (Blackmans Bay, Tas.; record only). Material examined. Station KG 7, one specimen (F52005). Holotype of Psammoclema ramosum (PMJ ). Hypotype of Psammoclema ramosum: Polejaeff, 1884b (BMNH). Diagnosis. Prolific lor:g branches from common base, often repent throughout, concrescent later- ally and dorso-ventrally. Branches commonly curved to bent, slightly depressed and nodose, 0.6-1.2 cm wide. Firm, moderately compressible, easily torn. Dark purplish or reddish grey. Surface smooth to finely rugo-reticulate. Oscules numer- ous, conspicuous, irregularly rounded, often elon- gate axially, mostly on upper faces only, often on top of nodes. Armoured ectosome thin. Main skele- ton of crowded, straight, dendritic fibres, longitu- dinal in core of branches, curving outwards in periphery, becoming, radial below surface, rarely anastomosing. Description. Aggregate of repent, depressed branches. Three main branches issueing from common base, each repeatedly subdivided (more frequently below), partly concrescent along sides and on top of each other. Three minor branches from base, one short and recurved, middle one looped and partly concrescent with base, third free, with stubby secondary branch near base, This and SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 81 main branch gently s-curved. Main branches 5, 8, and 7 cm long, 1 to 1.2 em wide, around 8 mm thick. Free minor branch 7 cm long, 5 x 8 mm thick. Length of specimen 14 cm, width at base 4 cm. Dark grey, in life, with purple tinge above (5-7.5 RP 1/5-6), dull purple to reddish below (2.5 R 2/7 to 10 R 7/6) now faded to beige, with some greyish areas (2.5 Y 8-9/2-4 and 10 YR 6-7/2). Firm, moderately compressible and resilient, easily torn. Oscules numerous, irregularly scattered on upper face of base and of main branches, rare on sides and below, irregular in outline, especially larger ones, elongate in different directions, drop-and eye- shaped. Maximum width I to 3 mm. Margins mostly sharp, occasionally slightly recessed. Surface smooth over most of upper faces; finely pitted, honeycombed or clathrate along sides, lower face and on branch tips. Ridges outlining pits in these areas mostly finely denticulate. Smooth sur- face microreticulate, with polygonal ostia interstitially, Main skeleton chiefly of dendritic fibres, packed disorderly by moderately sorted detritus, with spic- ular and non-spicular fragments in equal propor- tions. Fibres longitudinal, straight, crowded in axial region, of irregular cross-section, often com- pressed, 120 to 280 um thick; curving outwards in periphery, reaching surface obliquely or radially, becoming thinner, straggling, more widely spaced, branching and anostomosing sparingly. Pale clear spongin agglutinating and outlining fibres barely visible. Some detritus scattered interstitially. Ecto- some armoured to variable degree, chiefly by for- eign spicules and their fragments, 65-135 pm thick. Choanosome dense, crowded to packed by globu- lar, mulberry-shaped microsymbionts, about 8 um in diameter. Remarks. Among the congeners, P. bitextum and P. goniodes are also ramose. They both differ from the present species in having smaller, less conspic- uous oscules, and in their skeletal structures (see Remarks following the respective descriptions of the two species). Psammoclema stipitatum sp. nov. Plate 9 figure 7, plate 28 figure 5 Holotype: F52006, station BSS 187 (38°32.0'S, 142°28,6E, 17 km S of Warrnambool; depth 52 m, coarse sand and shells). Diagnosis. Stalked, distally flabellate, fairly sym- metrical. Stalk tall, basally expanded, terete, 8 mm thick below; compressed above, passing into flabel- Jum about I cm thick, with crescent-shaped upper margin. Firm, tough, moderately resilient. Olive to purplish brown, mottled. Surface transversely rugose on stalk, rugo-reticulate or rugo-vermiculate on flabellum. Rugae and pits 0.5-2 mm wide. Oscules small, inconspicuous, marginal on flabel- lum. Armoured ectosome 0.7-1.3 mm thick. Main skeleton an irregular reticulation of spongin fibres enveloping single and contiguous sand grains; hence most fibres knotty, lacunose. Much spicular detri- tus scattered interstitially. Filamentous microsym- bionts throughout choanosome. Description. Specimen stipitate and distally flabel- late. Stem basally expanded into rhizome (now incompletely preserved), 4.5 cm high and 7-9 mm thick in its terete portion, transversely wrinkled. Compressed above, expanding, first to 2.5 cm, then abruptly into slightly asymmetrical flabellum, eye- shaped, 8 cm wide, 10-13 mm thick. Height of specimen 12 cm. In life olive on one side, purplish brown mot- tled with olive on other. Shades darker in depres- sions, lighter in rugo-reticulation, now faded to greyish beige (7.5 YR 6-7/2-4) and dull red (5 R 5-6/4 on rugae, 5 R 5/2 in depressions). Firm, moderately compressible and resilient, tough. Relief on both faces of flabellum distinctive. Pat- tern on two-thirds of one face a rugo-reticulation with lighter, sandy rugae, and optically smooth, oblong to irregularly sinuous depressions of vari- able size; width of rugae and depressions 0.5-2 mm. In remaining area, depressions vermiculate, den- dritic and partly confluent, with rugae discontinu- ous, beset by low conules. Pattern finer, relief? weaker than in rugo-reticulate area. Pattern of other face generally more cerebroid, with narrow vermiculate depressions and relatively wide rugae. Relief strong and coarse in one-third of face, fine and rather vague in remaining area. Depressions contain sieves of very crowded round ostia. Oscules small and inconspicuous, now contracted, numer- ous in depressions along edge of flabellum. Parallel radial atria in marginal portion of flabellum terete, 1-2 mm wide, 1-2.5 mm apart, linings with regu- lar annular folds. Ectosome armoured with sand grains and spic- ule debris, not stratified, 700 to 1300 um thick. Main skeleton of sand grains agglutinated and encased by spongin, in irregular reticulation. Diameters and orientation of fibres extremely vari- able, no distinction of primaries and secondaries. Fibres often lacunose and trellised, some almost filled with debris, others partly, or devoid for short portions. Spongin often weakly and finely strati- fied, where stained. Choanosome contains scattered foreign spicules and their fragments, more densely, 82 F. WIEDENMAYER sometimes packed, in canal linings. Choanosome permeated by filamentous algae in subparallel and crossed strands. Chaonocyte chambers indistinct, irregularly oblong, 33-58 um long. Remarks. The only other species among the Stylotellinae, here described, to have flabellate ele- ments with marginal oscules, is Psammoclema fis- suratum. Its body, however, is composite, with individual fronds regularly incised distally, the sur- face on faces being smooth. There is some similar- ity between the two species in skeletal structure, but the thin, clear spongin fibres connecting isolated grains in P. fissuratum do not occur in P. stipitatum. Psammoclema vansoesti sp. nov. Plate 9 figures 11, 12, plate 28 figure 6, text-figure 52 Holotype: F52008, station KG 6 (Tasmania, Winter Cove, E side of Deal Island, Kent Group; boulders with algae, depth 3-6 m). Paratype: F52007, station KG 3 (Tasma- nia, East Cove, W of jetty of settlement, Deal Island, Kent Group; outcrops and boulders with algae). NY E e» Dach "A 17 A g. N Th ash, PA aq : m e ten Li py? yr A > Diagnosis. Vase-to bowl-shaped, but irregular,, angular, oblique. Outer side radially folded andl rugose, or coarsely rugo-reticulate, with polygonall pits and tabulate, conspicuously sandy ridges. The: latter pattern may be confined to the rim in some specimens. Reddish grey in life. Oscules minute, regularly scattered in the finely papillate concavity. Otherwise very similar to P. nodosum. Description. Holotype (pl.9 fig. 11) an asymmetri- cal vase. Basal face of attachment with sinuous out- line, inclined foreword at 45? to axis. Lower portion, 1-2 cm above base, constricted, with axi- ally convoluted pillars and caverns of variable depth. Wall of vase expands slightly to margin along back and front, not along sides. Margin mostly rounded, fairly thick, of sinuous outline, generally sloping foreward at 30°-45° to axis. Con- cavity regularly conical. Base of attachment 7 x 9 em; constricted lower portion 5.5 x 6 cm; upper width across axis (maximum diameter) 8 cm; height along axis 9-10 cm; thickness of margin 1.3-2 cm; upper diameter of concavity 5 cm; depth of con- cavity 10 cm at back, 4.5 cm at front. AUD Tim mm enl mu a e C) Ge Pa Be Wr de A Es y >> bs Gen CE Oy Mie: - 9f AN a 0 Figure 52. Psammoclema vansoesti sp. nov., perpendicular section in reflected light, x 6.6. The cortical structure is similar to that in P. nodosum. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 83 Greyish red in life, more grey in depressions (2.5 R 4-6/2), more red on rugae and on margin (2.5 R 6/6-8), more uniform in alcohol (10 R 4-5/2). Firmly rubbery, heavy, conspicuously sandy on rugae, margin and on upper concavity. Irregular and coarse regoreticulation on much of the outer (inhalant) surface. Depressions between rugae mostly concave, 1-2 mm deep, vaguely polygonal to sinuous, some confluent in irregularly petaloid patterns, width 1 to 10 mm. Surface in depressions generally smooth, like in lower part of outer wall, which may be weakly sculptured (verrucose and pitted). Rugae 0.5-3 mm wide, tabulate to slightly convex, confluent with surface of margin in sandy structure and general level above depressions. Surface of margin mostly continuous, except few dark smooth pits. Parts of constricted base and most of sculptured area sup- port encrusting and branching algae, hydrozoans and bryozoans. Fine, barely visible (10x), regularly crowded ostia everywhere in darker, smooth areas and in depressions. Microscopic relief of conules and ridges, passing into fine reticulum of spicule fragments. Exhalant concavity smooth to weakly sculptured, partly encrusted by serpulids, pierced by regularly scattered oscules, more conspicuous in life, now 0.2-0.5 m wide, spaced at 3-5 mm. Paratype (pl. 9 fig. 12) a slightly oblique bowl, with wall partly convoluted axially. Basal pillars mostly continuous up outer wall, irregularly branching into thin ridges, hence fluted top of outer wall. Caverns around base extensive, confluent and meandering. Rugo-reticulate and pitted surface pat- tern only locally, near base, and along margin. Sandy structure of rugae on margin only. Prevail- ing secondary relief on outside verrucose, with pim- ples about 1 mm wide and high, 1-5 mm apart, often aligned and passing into serrated ridges. Concavity regularly papillate, densely to 1-3 cm below the rim, loosely below. Most papillae bear apical oscules. Height of paratype 7.5 to 11 cm, width at roughly triangular base 8-12 cm, upper diameter 12 cm, thickness of margin 8-10 mm, depth of con- cavity 8.5-11.5 cm. Preserved paratype dark reddish grey (10 R 3-4/2) to dark beige (2.5 Y 7/2) externally, yellow- ish beige internally (5 Y 8/4). Cortex of smooth inhalant areas compound, stratified, 1000 to 1300 um thick. Outer layer (quarter to third of total) with parallel and perpendicular ectochones about 20 um wide and 100 um apart (text-fig. 52), packed with spicule fragments, mostly without orientation, locally erect. Inner layer contains scattered to packed sand grains and few foreign spicules and their fragments. Interstices often correspond to fine stratified crypts, lowest layer discontinous between cortex and choanosome. Main skeleton similar to that in Psammoclema nodosum, but detritus even less sorted and less abundant in fibres, with spongin more evident, weakly and irregularly stratified. Interstitial detri- tus chiefly loosely strewn spicule fragments. Cortex contains scattered to crowded algal microsymbi- onts, sinuous fibrils tapering both ways from median inflation, filled with opaque granules, 7 um in median thickness, 65 um in length. Choanosome contains same type of filamentous algae as Psarn- moclema nodosum, but far less abundantly. Etymology. The new species is dedicated to Dr R.W.M. van Soest (Amsterdam) in appreciation of his important contributions to sponge taxonomy and to the knowledge of the West Indian sponge fauna. Remarks. The only close relative of this species is Psammoclema nodosum. It differs in its irregularly massive, never concave shape, its tightly tubercu- late to brain-like surface, and its conspicuous, irregularly scattered oscules only on uppermost elevations. Mycalidae Lundbeck, 1905, sensu van Soest, 1984 Mycale Gray [Esperia] Nardo, 1833: col. 522 (junior homonym of Esperia Huebner, 1825). [Acamas] Duchassaing and Michelotti, 1864: 95 (junior homonym of Acamas de Montfort, 1808). Mycale Gray, 1867a: 533. — Thiele, 1903a: 949 (revi- sion, revival of name). — Lundbeck 1905: 23 (definition, discussion), 29 (redescription of type species). — Hentschel, 1913: 263, 265 (tables of spicular dimensions for 112 spe- cies). — Topsent, 1924: 77-118 (revision of European spe- cies), 83, 86f. (revision of nominate subgenus).— Van Soest, 1984: 9-14 (definition, revision), 31 (discussion). Aegagropila Gray, 1867a: 533. — Vosmaer and Pekel- haring, 1898: 19. — Topsent, 1924: 78, 83 (revision as subgenus of Mycale). — Van Soest, 1984: 12, 16 (as subge- nus of Mycale). Grapelia Gray, 1867a: 534. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 213 (genus dubium). — Vacelet, Lévi and Vasseur, 1976: S1f. (retained as subgenus of Mycale). Carmia Gray, 1867a: 537. — Topsent, 1924: 83f. (revi- sion as subgenus of Mycale). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 118 (definition, revision). —Lévi, 1956b: 16 (discussion of Indo-Pacific species, Aegagropila implicitly syn- onymised). — Lévi in Brien et al., 1973: 610 (definition as genus in Mycalidae).— Van Soest, 1984: 12, 24 (as subgenus of Mycale). Raphioderma Bowerbank in Norman, 1869: 333. Raphiodesma Bowerbank, 1874a: 235 (objective syn- omym of Mycale). 84 F. WIEDENMAYER Esperella Vosmaer, 1885 (in 1887): 353, 354 (nomen novum for Esperia Nardo). — Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 62.— Dendy, 1905: 159. Pseudoesperia Carter, 1886h: 455, 456. — Hallmann, 1914c: 399 (synonymised with Grapelia, subgenus of Mycale). —de Laubenfels, 1936a: 121 (definition, discus- Sion). — Vacelet, Vasseur and Lévi, 1976: 51 (synonymised with Grapelia). Arenochalina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 821. — Hallmann, 1912: 252 (type species redescribed, synonymised with Mycale), — Hallmann, 1914c: 399. — Burton, 1932a: 293 (Hallmann, 1912, confirmed; revised diagnosis errone- ous, not new species).— Pulitzer-Finali, 1982b: 102 (discussion). Zygomycale Topsent, 1930b: 431. — [Hallmann, 1914c: 406 (list of species of Mycale with isochelae, originally included in Zygomycale by Topsent). — Hentschel 1911: 299, 301 (remarks on Mycale spp. with isochelae)]. — Levi, 1956b: 16 (discussion, review). — Levi in Brien et al., 1973: 610 (definition in Mycalidae).— Van Soest, 1984: 16 (as synonym of subgenus Aegagropila). Acamasina de Laubenfels, 1936a: 117 (nomen novum for Acamas Duchassaing and Michelotti).— Van Soest, 1984: 13, 28 (discussion, definition, redescription of type species). Mycalecarmia de Laubenfels, 1936a; 120. — Van Soest, 1984: 10 (discussion). Diagnosis. “Mycalidae with subtylostylote megascleres and palmate anisochelae; other microscleres may include toxa, rhaphides, micracanthoxea and palmate isochelae.” (Van Soest, 1984: 9). Remarks. This is an exceptionally large and difficult genus. Various attempts at revision and synopsis have been made. A résumé of these and a new revision are found in van Soest (1984: 9f.). Past revisions can be classed in two groups: (1) that, represented by de Laubenfels (1936a) and Lévi (1956b, of Indo-Pacific species), which relies on spiculation alone, and (2) that, represented by Top- sent (1924), which is also based on other traits, notably of skeletal structure. The former approach is pragmatic and leads to splitting into artificial genera, the second is more difficult, but phyloge- netically more sound, and leads to subdivision into subgenera. I have no doubt that the subgenera advocated by van Soest, based on Topsent’s approach as applied with minor modifications to extra-European, chiefly West-Indian species, will eventually be applicable to all Indo-Pacific species involved. It so happens that the only species of Mycale in the new identified material clearly falls within the subgenus named Acamasina by van Soest. The proper name for this subgenus, however, for reasons of priority, is Arenochalina. Subgenus Arenochalina Lendenfeld, 1887 Synonym: Acamasina de Laubenfels, 1936 Diagnosis. "Mycale without ectosomal skeleton. The choanosomal skeleton consists of a coarse rec- tangular reticulation of thick spicule tracts, com- pletely enveloped in a spongin coat. Interior cavernous with scanty fleshy parts. Spiculation: subtylostyles, anisochelae and sigmata." (Van Soest, 1984: 28, for Acamasina). Primary fibres are frequently cored by foreign debris. Myeale (Arenochalina) mirabilis Lendenfeld Plate 9 figures 8-10, 13, plate 10 figures 1, 2, plate 29 figures 1-4, text-figures 53-56 Arenochalina mirabilis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 821, pl. 26 fig. 70, pl. 27 fig. 28 (Torres Strait). — Lendenfeld, 1888: 103. — Whitelegge: 1902a: 212, 213 (type slide AM G3528, from nolotype, re-examined; new record from Port Jack- son possibly M. (4.) flammula). —Pulitzer-Finali, 1982b: 100, text-fig. 12 (Great Barrier Reef). ? Arenochalina mirabilis. — Whitelegge, 1906: 466 (off Shoalhaven Bight, NSW), — Guiler, 1950: 6 (Seven Mile Beach, Tas., record only). nec Arenochalina mirabilis. — Whitelegge, 1901: 76, pl. 10 fig. 7 (= Mycale (Arenochalina) flammula). Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis. — Hallmann, 1912: 252 (schizotype AM G3538 re-examined, discussed). ?Cacochalina truncatella var. laxa Lendenfel, 1887a: 763 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand).— Burton, 1927a: 292 (holotype redescribed as Mycale sp.). Esperella spongiosa Dendy, 1896: 16 (Port Phillip Heads). Mycale spongiosa. — Hentschel, 1913: 263, 265 (No. 1 in synopsis). — Burton, 1928: 119 (description, discussion, Mycale fistulata Hentschel with var. macrochela syn- onymised).— de Laubenfels, 1936a: 117 (duscussion).— Thomas, 1973b: 36, pl. 2 fig. 8, pl. 5 fig. 9, pl. 7 fig. 8 (description, comparative table of spicule measurements; Mahe, Seychelles). — Van Soest, 1984: 13, 31 (type examined, included in subgenus Acamasina). Mycale imperfecta Baer, 1906: 20 pl.2, fig. 5; pl. 5, figs 3-8 (Zanzibar). — Hentschel, 1913: 263, 265 (No, 14 in synopsis). Mycale fistulata Hentschel, 1911: 292, text-fig. 4 (WA). — Hentschel, 1913: 263, 265 (No. 37 in synopsis). Mycale fistulata var. macrochela Hentschel, 1911: 294 (WA). —Hentschel, 1913: 263, 266 (no. 24 in synopsis). ?Mycale tylostrongyla Pulitzer-Finali, 1982b: 102, text- figs 13, 14 (Great Barrier Reef). Material examined, Station KG 1, one specimen (F52014); station KG 7, three specimens (F52015, F52016, F52017). Station BSS 127 (40%00'S, 144%22'B, SE of King Island, 47 m, not covered in this report), one specimen. Holo- type of Arenochalina mirabilis, Torres Strait (BMNH 1886.8.27.587, dry, here on pl. 9 fig. 13). 22 wet syntypes of Esperella spongiosa Dendy (NMV). Diagnosis. Variably lobate, massive, contorted, erect or repent, sometimes with pedicel. Softly Spongy, very compressible. Much slime upon col- lecting, with dermis and choanosome more or less SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 85 Figures 54, 55. Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis, details from F52014, in reflected light, x 6.5. Figure 54. Largely macerated portion, in perpendicular section, showing peripheral skeleton. Figure 55. View of surface, with piercing ends of primary fibres and subdermal cavities partly open and enlarged through shrinkage. deciduous. Dermis and choanosome mostly yellow- ish cream to beige in life, with some pink and green- ish. Fibres conspicuous, dark red to purple in life. Vermiculate subdermal canals; dermis tends to crack when exposed. Oscules conspicuous, apical on lobes, often with much smaller, scattered ones. Surface comulose to bristly, with commonly blunt primary fibre tips piercing dermis. Some specimens with coarser, widely spaced fibres, with longer con- ules and tapering fibre tips. Other specimens fleshier, with thicker, more continuous dermis, sur- face then smoother. Fibrous skeleton mostly regu- lar, meshsize around 1 mm; primaries cored by foreign debris. Meshwork in some specimens lax, less regular, primaries then with few foreign inclu- sions. Most fibres contain filamentous algae. Microscleres usually rare. Description. Shape variable (text-fig. 53), gener- ally lobate, more or less massive, often contorted. Pedicel may be developed. Largest specimen (F52015, pl. 9 figs 9-10), with three concrescent clubshaped tubes, 10 cm high, 6 x 7 cm wide. Specimen from station BSS 127, 9 cm high, 11 x 23 cm wide. Softly spongy, very compressible and resilient. 86 F. WIEDENMAYER EI b Figure 56. Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis, spicules, x 260. a. Styles and subtylostyles in F52014. b. Sigmata in F52016. Dermis and choanosome mostly yellowish cream to beige in life, with obtuse tinges of pinkish purple and greenish: in F52014, mostly 2.5 Y 9/4, locally 5 R to 2.5 Y 9/2; in F52015, 5 YR 8-9/2; in F52016, mostly 2.5 Y 9/6-8, locally, on surface, tinges of 5-7.5 RP 9/4. Fibres in life dark red to purple (7.5 - 10 RP 6/6- 8 to 2.5 R 4-5/2). Upon removal from sea, flesh contracts, with copious extrusion of slime; most noticeable in rarer phenotype with coarse skeleton (F52016). In form with fine, more regular skeleton, thin dermis (remaining speci- mens), process slower, appearing first as cracking of dermis, red-purple colour of skeleton strongly contrasting with pale dermis. Little remains of choanosome in specimens not immediately preserved, dermis remaining in peals and flakes. In alcohol cream to pale beige, with fibres bleached. In specimen from station BSS 127, and in some types of Esperella spongiosa Dendy, dark greyish beige to light hazel. Surface in finely textured specimens with scanty flesh, finely conulose to hispid, with tips of prin- cipal fibres generally protruding (piercing dermis) even in life. In F52016 surface spiny, with promi- nent tapering tips of primaries. In fresh specimens of former kind, mouths of numerous perpendicu- lar inhalant canals conspicuous through dermis. Pattern locally interrupted by subdermal, tange- tially meandering and dendritic canals. Both sorts about 1 mm wide and quickly exposed after collecting. Oscules of two sorts: larger ones, 6-13 mm wide, on apices of lobes, with sharp fleshy and skeletal rims, leading to axial atria tapering to various depths; smaller ones, more numerous and scat- tered, 3-4 mm wide, with less defined rims, often composite (confluent). Either one or both on same specimen. Fibrous skeleton of finer form regularly reticu- late. Primaries parallel, straight or straggling in || axial portion of lobes (longitudinal in linings off atria), curving radially to surface, reached at right! angles, 200-300 um thick, 0.5-1.5 mm apart. Thein free tips (hispid surface) 0.3-0.8 mm long. Secon- daries 50-100 um thick, 0.5-1.7 mm apart. In finer specimens all primaries contain foreign: detritus of variable distribution and sorting, spic- ular and non-spicular fragments in about equall proportions, thickly coring fibres, with spongini coating grains thickly and evenly. With poor sort- ing, fibre contours knotty. Spongin in coats strati- fied, irregularly wavy laminae often tapering and cut off. Proper megascleres in primaries never abundant, commonly oriented at random. Secon- daries cored by proper megascleres only, usually parallel, several abreast, a few oblique. At junc- tions, secondaries expand like trumpet bells, with coring megascleres fanned out. Few oblique spic- ules (proper and foreign) protrude from primary and secondary fibres, commonly enveloped by spongin. Secondaries occasionally branch and may have free, rounded ends. All fibres contain numer- ous strands of filamentous, segmented algae. Choanosomal matrix in this form (F52015, F52017) contains numerous (in the former abun- dant) proper megascleres in confusion. Microscleres very rare: only two weak anisochelae were seen in one section (F52015). In coarsely textured form (F52016, pl. 10 figs 1-2), distances between primaries and between secondaries commonly 1-5 mm, Free tapering tips at surface up to 8 mm tall. Primaries 270-430 um thick, secondaries 55-350 um. Scarce foreign inclusions in primaries, many algal filaments in all fibres. Primaries filled with megascleres in confusion or in semiplumose arrangement, marginal ones occasionally protrud- ing, encased in spongin, hence thorny contour of some fibres. Megascleres more common in secon- daries than in finely textured form, always coated by clear spongin. Choanosomal matrix with numer- ous megascleres, mostly aligned. Microscleres scarce but more numerous than in other specimens, sigmata only. As in other two specimens, scattered microsymbionts of mulberry-shape, 12-15 um in diameter. In this specimen only, ovate, deeply stain- ing structureless bodies, 10-16 um long. Spiculation: (1) Straight, fusiform subtylostyles with elongate, occasionally subcylindrical heads; greatest width two-thirds below head. In F52016, points short, often blunt (strongyloxeote to stron- gylote), occasionally mucronate. Axial canals com- monly wide, eroded. Rare anisoxea in F52015. Individual measurements: SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 87 F52014: 160-179-194 x 2.9-4,8-7,3 um. F52015: 164-179-222 x 2-3.7-5.8 pm. F52016: 217-242-268 x 1.9-4.4-7.2 um. Microscleres: (2) two weak anisochelae in | F52015, length 19.6-23.4 um; width, in side view, !5.3-5.0 um; length of free ends 5.7/6.1 and ' 6.0/10.0 um. (3) Sigmata (8 measured in F52016), - symmetrical or contorted: length 73.8-86.2 um; total width 28.5-35.3 um; thickness of shaft 2.5-3.6 ' um, ı Remarks. It could be argued that the coarsely tex- tured form belongs to a distinct species or subspe- cies, Among the 22 syntypes of Esperella spongiosa Dendy deposited in the Museum of Victoria is at least one specimen with a similarly lax and coarse fibrous skeleton, and some intermediate specimens. Many of Dendy's specimens are more fleshy than the new ones, with a thicker, continuous dermis, ı and have a more irregular fibrous meshwork, with many free secondaries. I doubt that the fleshy con- sistency is the result of immediate preservation. It helps to support the view that this is a very poly- morphic species. In further support of this assumption are some comments by Dr K. Rützler (in litt., 7 October, 1983) concerning his study of West Indian popu- lations of Mycale (Arenochalina) laxissima Duchas- saing and Michelotti. The species was recently redescribed by van Soest (1984: 29, text-fig. 9, pl. 3 fig. 1). It is certainly closely related to M. mirabilis, as his discussion (p. 13, under (4), and p. 31, with reference to Mycale spongiosa and M. fistulata) makes clear. While van Soest did not + speak of polymorphism in this context, Rützler's remarks were very suggestive of wide phenotypic manifestation. Rützler's spicule measurements (in litt., for speci- mens from Colombia to Florida) show considera- ble variability (megascleres being generally larger than in M. (A.) mirabilis, but also weakly minera- lised). Microscleres may be rare, particularly in ı specimens from the Bahamas. These specimens, which I have badly misidentified as Thorecta hor- ridus (see Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 70, pl. 8 figs 2-4, pl. 9 fig. 1), are suggestive of the present coarsely textured, conulose form. Rützler (in litt.) has found filamentous algae within the fibres of specimens from Belize. In view of this polymorphism in | Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis, and of the occur- rence of subtylostrongyles in one of the new speci- mens, it seems likely that Mycale tylostrongyla Pulitzer-Finali is a junior synonym. A further syn- onym may be Gelliodes setosus Keller (1889: 376; holotype: ZMB 276), known from the Red Sea and | Indonesia, whose only distinctive trait, according to van Soest (1984: 31) is the abundance of sigmata. There are two other Australian species in this subgenus: (1) M. (A.) flammula (Lamarck) (see Topsent, 1933: 17), with synonyms Spongia ana- tipes Lamarck (see Topsent, 1930a: 35), Arenocha- lina mirabilis: Whitelegge (1901: 76, pl. 10 fig. 7), and Spongelia elegans: Lendenfeld (1889b: 655, part, Australian hypotypes only, including pl. 39 fig. 2 — BMNH 1886.8.27.215); and (2) M. (A.) pluriloba (Lamarck) (see Topsent, 1930a: 28). Rare microscleres probably occur in both and were usually overlooked, with exception of Hallmann (1912: 252, footnote), who noted anisochelae in A. mirabilis: Whitelegge. M. (A.) flammula has a distinct shape: pedun- culate, flabellate with radial distal incisions. M. (A.) pluriloba consists of clustering compressed lobes, issuing and regularly widening from a narrow base, distally truncate and incised. Tedaniidae Ridley and Dendy, 1886 Synonym: Myxillidae Topsent, 1928, sensu van Soest, 1984. Tedania Gray Tedania Gray, 1867a: 520. — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 133 (references, status of type species). — Van Soest, 1984: 49 (definition in Myxillidae), Trachytedania Ridley, 1881: 122. — Topsent, 1928: 53 (probably a synonym of Tedania). — Burton, 1932a: 306 (synonymised with Tedania). Tedaniopsis Dendy, 1924: 366, — Topsent, 1928: 54, — Burton, 1932a: 345 (synonymised with Tedania).— de Laubenfels, 1936a: 54 (definition, revision). — Van Soest, 1984: 53 (possibly to Hemitedania). Paratedania Burton, 1929a: 441. — Burton 1932a: 306, 345 (discussion, synonymised with Tedania). — Van Soest 1984: 54 (type species, misspelt farantula, possibly to Hemitedania). Diagnosis. "[Tedaniidae] with onychaetes as microscleres (but without chelae or sigmata); ectosomal tylotes are terminally microspined and choanosomal styles are smooth." (Van Soest, 1984: 49.) Dendritic spicular tracts may be present. Tedania anhelans (Lieberkühn) Plate 1 figure 7, plate 10 figures 3-7, plate 29 figures 5, 6, plate 30 figure 1, text-figures 57-62 Selected synonymy. Halichondria anhelans Lieberkühn, 1859: 521 pl. 11 fig. 6 (only style and onychaete; description composite, exterior that of Reniera inflata, fide Schmidt, 1868: 28. Trieste, Adriatic Sea). Myxilla anhelans.— Schmidt, 1862: 72 (schizotype re- examined, overlooked tylotes found; Kvarner, Adriatic Sea). 88 F. WIEDENMAYER Ay. p MENS t i í A Lig ‘ BER 72 er u Ze. 2 di AD y 2 ee Z4 et Figures 57, 58. Tedania anhelans. F52009, a conical specimen with a com From top. Figure 58. Median section. ge y d Y en 2 / L ZEN ay Z 57 (eh 7 pound apical oscule, x 4.1. Figure 57. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 89 N Ww N ANN Figures 59, 60. Tedania anhelans. F52010, a small, cushion-shaped specimen, x4.1. Figure 59. Top view. Figure ! 60. Perpendicular fracture. Tedania anhelans.— Hechtel, 1965: 38 (comparison with Tedania ignis, discussion). — Boury-Esnault, 1971: 312 (shape, colour, reproduction, ecology; Banyuls, W Mediterranean). — Thomas, 1973b: 29, pl. 1 fig. 15 (Mahe, ' Seychelles). — Pulitzer-Finali, 1978: 57 (description, ecol- | ogy). — ?Boury-Esnault, 1973: 282, fig. 37 (description, Brazil, from Recife to S of Bahía; references to records in Senegal and South Africa). — Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 561 (description, ecology). — Van Soest, 1984: 52 (comment on synonymy in Burton and Rao, 1932, as Tedania ' nigrescens, see below). Tedania anhelans var. digitata. —Topsent, 1936a: 23 (résumé, colour, ecology, spongin, distribution in Western Mediterranean). nec Tedania anhelans.— Burton, 1954: 229 (= Teda- nia ignis fide Hechtel, 1965: 37). ?Reniera nigrescens Schmidt, 1862: 74 (Kvarner, Yugoslavia: description that of a Reniera in the modern | sense). Tedania nigrescens.— Burton and Rao, 1932: 353 (excessive synonymy, discussion; Indian Ocean).— Burton, 1932a: 346, text-fig. 44 (excessive distribution). — Burton, 1937: 27, pl. 3 fig. 22 (diagnosis). Reniera digitata Schmidt, 1862: 75, pl. 7 fig. 11 (Venice). Tedania digitata.—Ridley, 1884a: 417 (Torres Strait). — Carter, 1886a: 52 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.).— Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 51, pl. 11 fig. 3 (off Port Jack- son).— Dendy, 1887c: 157 (Gulf of Mannar, India). — Dendy, 1895: 258 (Port Phillip Heads, Sorrento, Queen- scliff, Vic.). — Topsent, 1897: 453 (Ambon, Indonesia). — ?Lindgren, 1898: 299, pl. 19 fig. 10 (Southern Viet Nam). — Topsent, 1904: 176 (Azores). — Baer, 1906: 17 f. (3 varr. nov., East Africa). — Lundbeck, 1910: 4-6 (dis- cussion). — Hentschel, 1911: 332 (Western Australia). — Hentschel, 1912: 348 (discussion; Arafura Sea).— Topsent, 1920a: 16 (Reniera nigrescens, R. muggiana, R. digitata synonymised, redescription of type material). — 90 F. WIEDENMA YER Figure 61. Tedania anhelans. F52011, view of base, x 5. The basal membrane is draped in the large canals, but otherwise stripped. The exposed choanosome contains eggs or embryos (some embedded in the pinacoderm), and (above and below) sand. Dendy, 1922: 99 (Indian Ocean).— Shaw, 1927a: 434 (Maria Island, Tas.). — Topsent, 1928: 247 (W. Mediter- ranean, Cap Verde Islands). — Koltun, 1959: 159, text-fig. 117, pl. 25 fig. 1 (Japan Sea). Tedania digitata var. verrucosa Carter, 1886a: 53 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.).— Dendy, 1895: 258 (holotype re-examined). Tedania digitata var. fibrosa Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 51 (off Port Jackson). Tedania digitata forma inermis Hentschel, 1911: 333 (Western Australia). Tedania digitata forma polytyla Hentschel, 1911: 333, text-fig. 24 (Western Australia). Reniera ambigua Schmidt, 1864: 39, pl. 4 fig. 8 (Yugoslavia). Suberites panis Selenka, 1867: 570, pl. 35 fig. 16 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.). Tedania panis. — Thiele, 1903a: 946, pl. 28 fig. 11a-c (holotype re-examined, measurements and figures of spicules). Reniera muggiana Schmidt, 1868; 28 (Trieste, Adriatic Sea). Tedania rubicunda Lendenfeld, 1888: 190 (Port Jackson). nec Tedania rubicunda.— Hentschel, 1911: 334, text- fig. 25 (fide Hallmann, 1914). Tedania digitata var. rubicunda. — Hallmann, 1914b: 366, text-fig. 11, pl. 17 fig. 4 (syntype in AM redescribed). Tedania rubra Lendenfeld, 1888: 191 (Port Jack- son).— Whitelegge, 1889: 185 (off Balls Head, Port Jackson). Tedania digitata var. rubra. — Hallmann, 1914b: 371, text-fig. 12 (syntype in AM redescribed). Clathrissa elegans Lendenfeld, 1888: 218 (Port Jack- son and Port Phillip Bay, the latter unpublished). — Whitelegge, 1889: 186 (Maroubra Bay, NSW).— Hallmann, 1912: 146. — Hallmann, 1914a: 267, 412 (as species dubia, type material in AM overlooked). Tedania assabensis Keller, 1891: 313, pl. 16 figs 11, 12. (Red Sea). — Row, 1911: 353 (Red Sea). — Burton, 1927b: 81 (Red Sea, Suez Canal). Tedania anhelans forma assabensis. Levi, 1965a: 17, text-fig, 19 (Red Sea). ?Tedania ignis (Duchassaing and Michelotti): de SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT L Figure 62. Tedania anhelans, spicules from F52009, a-c. Range and examples of styles and oxea, x 263. d. Tylotes, x 263. e. Enlarged end of tylote, x 790. f. Range of ony- chaetes, x 263. g. Enlarged ends of onychaete, x 790. Laubenfels, 1950a: 21, text-fig. 13 (Hawaii). — de Lauben- fels, 1951: 260 (Hawaii). ?Tedania ignis pacifica de Laubenfels, 1954a: 129, text- fig. 81 (Caroline Islands, Micronesia). Material examined. Station KG 2, two specimens (F52009, F52010); station KG 4, one specimen (F52011); station KG 6, two specimens (F52012, F52013); station BSS 181, two specimens (F51939, F51940). Type specimens of Tedania digitata var. verrucosa (BMNH), T. digitata var. rubicunda, T. rubra, Clathrissa elegans (AM and BMNH). Hypotypes of Tedania digitata: Carter, 1886a (BMNH), Dendy, 1895 (NMV). Diagnosis. Shape and size variable: thinly encrust- ing, cushion-shaped, massive-lobate, digitate to stubby-ramose, tubular, irregularly frondose, or trabeculate, often in combination in large speci- mens. Softly rubbery, limp to moderately firm, compressible. Colour variable: fresh surface bright orange to vermilion, or brown, ochre, dull green, bluish, grey, blackish. Superficially orange speci- mens often with other, darker hue in periphery. Frequently found as epibionts on algae and sessile invertebrates. Surface smooth to vaguely verrucose, rugose, or brain-like. Digitate and frondose pro- tuberances often longitudinally striate to ridged. Oscules conspicuous, mostly apical on lobes, often clustered or composite. Vestibules well developed, paratangential and dendritic-meandering, or ascending, palisade-like. Ectosome reinforced by tangential bundles of tylotes, or by extensions of 91 peripheral umbels and penicils of ascending spicu- lar tracts. Choanosome cavernous, bread-like, with sand in some specimens. Main skeleton an irregular, often vague renieroid reticulation of spicular tracts with scarce spongin, frequently masked by spicules in confusion. Few thicker, more compact longer tracts may occur, mostly dendritic. Tylotes with few distal spines. Some oxea (styloids) may occur. Description. Small, thickly encrusting to cushion- shaped, mostly not over 6 cm in width. Smallest specimens from station BSS 181, attached to chaetopterid worm tubes. F52009 (text-figs 57, 58) conical, 2 x 2.5 cm wide at base, 2 cm high. Speci- mens from station KG 6 larger, cushion-shaped, F520128 x 11 x 2cm, F520136 x 8 x 2cm. Dendy's specimens more massive and larger than new ones, often irregularly lobate. Lobes often compressed and convoluted, partly concrescent, distally separated by meandering fissures (pl. 10 fig. 6). Syntype of Tedania rubicunda Lendenfeld in Sydney (pl. 10 fig. 7) also of this type. In life, bright orange to deep vermilion on sur- face, light orange-brown internally. Surface in life 2.5 YR 7/12to 5 YR 7-8/12 in F52012, 10 R - 2.5 YR 7/12 in F52013. In drying, some areas of sur- face turn dark greenish grey. Softly rubbery, a bit limp, to moderatley firm but compressible. Surface in life smooth to vaguely verrucose and rugose. Common pattern of subdermal crypts set off by darker, greyish colour. Out of water, pat- tern accentuated in relief by receding dermis, more so in preserved specimens. Crowded polygonal pits surrounded by reticulate rugae, passing into mean- drine, cerebroid pattern. Widths of depressions and rugae 0.4-0.8 mm. Dermis over depressions riddled by ostia, some barely visible optically. Flat speci- mens (F52012, pl. 10 fig. 3; F52013) have fine regu- lar radial striation along parts of margin, as do specimens with compressed, erect lobes, then lon- gitudinally below apices. Oscules often slightly raised, irregularly scattered to clustered in flat specimens, more regularly on apices of rounded lobes, numerous on edges of compressed lobes. Width 1-5 mm; rim sharp, mostly irregular and sinuous, often composite, with confluent shallow atria, with mouths of exhalant canals between ridged partitions. Choanosome conspicuously cavernous (text-figs 58, 60). Principal exhalant canals predominantly terete, straight, perpendicular to surface, 1-4 mm wide. Some branch and anastomose. Often folded to septate transversely, lining distinct, with clusters of apopyles. Inhalant canals 200-500 um wide, regularly arranged radially in peripheral choano- some, in palisade-like pattern, particularly in mas- sive specimens. Some locally arranged tangentially, corresponding to striation noted above. F52011 (text-fig. 61) contains much sand in choanosome, also eggs or embryos, deep red in life. Main skeleton an irregular reticulation of pale, clear spongin fibres, cored (thinner ones) or packed by styles. Fibres straight to flexuous, 18 to 90 um thick, branching and obliquely anastomosing with little order. Meshsizes 40 to 350 um. Interstitial megascleres (thin styles, tylotes and onychaetes) irregularly scattered to crowded, occasionally obscuring meshwork. In some areas, interstitial megascleres, single or in pairs, take part in mesh- work as anastomoses. Ectosome about 350 pm thick, with umbellar, dendritic or feathery arrange- ment of tylotes. Median branches and stems of umbels occasionally recurved, festooned. Spiculation: (1) Styles, occasionally oxea, 120-171-203 x 1.1-3.2-6.5 um (144-166-188 x 1.1-2.0-2.9 um in F51939). (2) Tylotes with few distal spines, immature ones (in choanosome) almost strongyles, 158-202-239 x 1.5-2.7-5 um (169-785-213 x 1.5-/.9-2.3 um in F51939). (3) Faintly sculptured onychaetes, 69-/25-168 x 0.9-1.8 um. Remarks. The new material studied here differs from specimens of 7. ignis (Duchassaing and Michelotti, see Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 133; van Soest, 1984: 49) primarily by the lack of dermal specialisation (tangentially strewn tylotes and ony- chaetes in T. ignis), and by the presence of a peripheral *palisade" of inhalant canals (not men- tioned by van Soest, nor noticed by me in Baha- mian specimens). The spicules in the new specimens from Bass Strait are generally shorter that in 7. ignis (Wiedenmayer, 1977a: styles, 217-242 x 4-6 um; tylotes, 220-246 x 2.5-4 um; onychaetes, 40-220 um; van Soest, 1984: styles, 202-281 x 4-9 um; tylotes, 180-248 x 2.5-4.5 um; onychaetes in 2 sizes, 30-95 um and 154-247 ym) and agree with Dendy's measurements for T. digitata from the Indian Ocean (1922: 100: styles, 200 x 6 um; tylotes, 200 x 4 um; onychaetes, 140 um). Such differences are not meaningful on the species level. Measurements cited by Pulitzer-Finali (1978, 1983) for specimens from the western Mediterranean (styles, 205-280 x 4.5-11 um; tylotes, 185-270 x 2.3-4 um; onychaetes, 60-190 um) are very simi- lar to those of 7. ignis. The colour variants of T. anhelans other than red and orange, noted in the diagnosis above, apply chiefly to Mediterranean records, and have been recorded only sporadically from the Indo-Pacific region. Red to orange is remarkably constant in T. 92 F. WIEDENMAYER ignis (Hechtel, 1965: 38). The appearance of dai greenish grey patches upon exposure to air of Bai Strait specimens may point to subtle chemic | changes, which in Mediterranean populations a: | more easily developed in life. I recall, in this coi text, the greenish olive-drab hue noted by m (Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 133) in the fresh peripher; | choanosome of T. ignis. Tangential dermal tylote | and detachable dermis have been observed i| Mediterranean specimens by Schmidt (1868: 2£ | description of Reniera muggiana). The wide eca logical affinities in all three biogeographic group are very similar: typical members of the fouliny community (e.g. Dendy's specimens from Sorrent: and Queenscliff, harbours inside Port Phillii Heads), occasionally extending to slightly brack-] ish water (mangrove community for T. ignis] Schmidt's capriciously shaped types of R. digitatr from Venice), but also found on a variety of rock: |! to muddy substrates of the Mediterranean (1-7f m fide Boury-Esnault, 1971; Pulitzer-Finali, 1978 | 1983). The variability in sculpture of onychaetes in T anhelans (as digitata), from almost smooth ta spinulate, has been discussed by Topsent (1897' 454) and Lundbeck (1910: 5). Lindgren's (1898: record of 7. digitata is here treated with reserve because of the exceptionally large spicules (styles. | 300 x 16 um; tylotes, 240 x 6 um; onychaete: almost hastate, 336 x 5 um). In conclusion, van Soest's remark (1984: 52) is still valid, that large series of specimens of this species complex from different parts of the world need to be examined before such distinctions are meaningful. Tedania- commixta Ridley and Dendy (1886: 335; 1887: 52),. originally described from Moncoeur Island, Bass: Strait, 70 m, recorded again by Dendy (1895: 258)! from Port Phillip Heads, seems to be a good spe- cies. Topsent (1904: 176) recorded it from the: Azores (98 m, gravel, sand, broken shells). It is dis- tinct by its creamy yellow surface, consistently high content of foreign inclusions, and subtylotes without distal spines. Both styles (300-400 x 4-6 | jm) and subtylotes (325-350 x 3-4 um) are longer than in 7. anhelans, and comparatively slender. Forcepia Carter Forcepia Carter, 1874: 248, pl. 15 fig. 47. — Topsent, 1904: 177 (definition, review). — Lundbeck, 1905: 19 (dis- cussion), 198 (definition), 210 (discussion, review).— Dendy, 1922: 91 (definition, discussion). — Van Soest, 1984: 66 (definition, Ectoforcepia as subgenus), 69 (discussion). Ectoforcepia Cabioch, 1968: 232.— Boury-Esnault, 1973: 280.— Van Soest, 1984: 66, 69. ‘Diagnosis. “[Tedaniidae] with choanosomal monactinal or diactinal (tylote) megascleres and :smooth and/or acanthose forcipes, isochelae and ¡sigmata as microscleres.” (Van Soest, 1984: 66.) | |Sigmata may be absent. Choanosomal styles may ıbe smooth or spined. |, Remarks. The only diagnostic trait separating the 'two subgenera, according to van Soest, is the ıpresence/absence of styles. This subdivision, {though probably desirable, is here avoided for a ınomenclatorial reason: Forcepia colonensis Carter, as type species of Forcepia, would automatically tbe the type species of the nominotypical subgenus. | This West Indian species, however, is only known | 'from isolated large acanthose forceps, and its place- iment in either subgenus would be conjectural. Van | (Soest (1984: 66) pointed out that the same type of | forceps occurs in a West Indian sponge, described ıby him as Forcepia (Ectoforcepia) trilabis Boury- | Esnault, but that synonymy was uncertain. Forcepia biceps (Carter) Plate 10 figures 8-11, plate 30 figure 2, text-figure 63 Forcepia colonensis. — Carter, 1885a: 110, pl. 4 fig. 2 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.).— Carter, 1886a: 53 (old 11905: 210 (in discussion: Australian record distinct, pos- :sibly not in Forcepia). | nec Forcepia colonensis Carter, 1874: 248, pl. 15 fig. | 47 (Colón, Panama; isolated forceps from sediment), | Suberites biceps Carter, 1886b: 117 (Port Phillip | Heads). Forcepia michaelseni Hentschel, 1911: 336, 337, text- | (fig. 27 (for Forcepia colonensis: Carter, 1885; Rottnest | Island, WA). | "Material examined. One specimen, station KG 6 (F52018). | IHolotype of Suberites biceps (BMNH). Hypotypes of ^Forcepia colonensis: Carter, 1885a (BMNH), Dendy, 1896 \(NMV). | Diagnosis. Cushion-shaped to irregularly massive, | lobate. Lobes marginal and apical, tending to be | conical. Firmly rubbery, easily torn, slimy in life. | ‘Surface deep red, internally pale red-orange in life. | ‘Surface partly smooth, glabrous, partly wrinkled | iin parallel, radial and reticulate patterns. Oscules | ;clusterd, sieve-like, on lobes. Vestibules conspicu- tous, numerous, radial, in palisade-like peripheral | zone about 5 mm deep. Ectosome mostly thin, up to 1 mm, contains reticulum of paratangential Itylotes. inner choanosome cavernous, bread-like. | (Main skeleton of tylotes only, in vague reticulation, | with ascending tracts commonly better developed, |! frequently obscured by megascleres in confusion. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 93 c d | w Í la Figure 63. Forcepia biceps, spicules. a. Range of tylotes, x68. b. Enlarged ends of tylote, x 263. c-d. Arcuate isochelae: c, range, x 263; d, example, x 790. e. Range of forceps, x 263. f. Enlarged forceps, x 788. No styles. Forcipes spined, massive, with curved apex. Arcuate isochelae, no sigmata. Description. Cushion-shaped, with sinuous outline and pinched marginal lobes, some upturned; 11 x 15 cm in width, 3 cm in height. In life deep red on the surface (7.5 R 5-6/12), paler, more orange in choanosome; now beige with yellowish and greyish tinges. Firmly rubbery, easily torn, slimy in life. Mucus preserved in alcohol as flaky to stringy sediment. Surface partly smooth, glabrous, partly wrin- kled. Wrinkles locally radial, or in vaguely rugo- reticulate to cerebroid pattern. Oscules small, 1-2 mm wide, in sieve-like groups on marginal lobes. On surface not covered by encrusting and branch- ing algae, fine ostia virtually ubiquitous, conspic- uous only in dendritic depressions, chiefly around margin, often clustering in interstices of fine dermal reticulum over subdermal spaces. Choanosome riddled by exhalant canals, straight, terete, 1-3 mm wide, tangential and per- pendicular to surface. They bear widely spaced annular sphincters. Subdermal crypts radial, in palisade-like zone about 5 mm deep, with sparse anastomoses. Numerous embryos, deep red in life. Main skeleton of tylotes in sinuous to angular tracts of variable thickness (45-175 um) and spacing, infrequently branching and merging with oblique anastomoses of single spicules or loose fascicles. Structure frequently obscured by megascleres in confusion. Ectosome often thin, comprising vague reticu- lum of paratangential tylotes over spaces traversed by umbellar ends of main tracts, but up to 1 mm 94 F. WIEDENMAYER thick, with tylotes packed in confusion around irregular alveoles. Spiculation: (1) Tylotes, mostly somewhat flex- uous, terete to slightly fusiform, with distinct spher- ical heads, length 393-431-467 um; width of shaft, 5.6-10.6 um; width of tyles, 9.4-13.5 pm. (2) Arcu- ate isochele, 16.4-19 x 5.4-7.5 um. (3) Acanthose forceps with slightly waisted apex and gently outward-curved, divergent capped arms, length 56-73-98 um; total width, 25-29-49 um; proximal width of arms, 5-6-7.1 um. Remarks. Of the other two congeners known from southern Australia, F. crassanchorata Carter (1885a: 111, pl. 4 fig. 3; known only from a dry specimen from Port Elliot, SA) has often subty- lote styles next to tylotes; small, frail, faintly spined forcipes with almost pointed apex and straight, little diverging arms; isochelae of two sizes: (1) stout, with strongly arched, dorso-ventrally com- pressed shaft, (2) much smaller, frail, normal shape; frail, parabolic sigmata. Forcepia carteri Dendy (1896) is thoroughly sandy, and has proper spicules only at the surface. These are only forcipes and stout chelae, both similar to those in F. cras- sanchorata, but the chelae have only half the size of the larger ones in Carter's species. Lissodendoryx Topsent Lissodendoryx Topsent, 1892a: 63, 96, 97. — Lundbeck, 1905: 153 (definition, discussion). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 135 (references). — Van Soest, 1984: 54 (definition), 59 (discussion). Dendoricella Lundbeck, 1905: 126 (type species: D. rhopalum Lundbeck, 1905, by subsequent designation in de Laubenfels, 1936a: 53). — Topsent, 1928: 52 (in review of Myxillinae). Paramyxilla Dendy, 1905: 233 (in footnote; type spe- cies: Halichondria frequens Carter, 1881a, by monotypy).— Topsent, 1928: 53 (synonymised with Dendoricella). Hamigera sensu Dendy, 1922: 90.—nec Hamigera Gray, 1867a: 536. Damiriella Burton, 1935: 404 (type species: Damiria cavernosa Topsent, 1892c: xxii). — Pulitzer-Finali, 1978: 56 (type species redescribed). — Van Soest, 1984: 60 (discussion). Jones de Laubenfels, 1936a: 79 (type species: Myxilla amaknakensis Lambe, 1894, by original designation and monotypy). — Bakus, 1966: 499, 513 (synonymised with Lissodendoryx). Merriamium sensu de Laubenfels, 1936a: 83 (part: not type species M. tortugasense de Laubenfels, 1936a). — de Laubenfels, 1939: 4 (part, not M. roosevelti), ?Waldoschmittia de Laubenfels, 1936a: 95 (type spe- cies: Crella schmidti Ridley, 1884a, by original designation). Zetekispongia de Laubenfels, 1936b: 446 (type species: Z. zonea de Laubenfels, 1936b, by original designation and monotypy). — Van Soest, 1984: 60 (type species re- examined, synonymised with Lissodendoryx). Damiriana de Laubenfels, 1950a: 13 (type species: D. hawaiiana de Laubenfels, 1950a, by monotypy. Diagnosis. “[Tedaniidae] with monactinal or diac- tinal, smooth or acanthose choanosome megascleres arranged in a renieroid [subisodictyal] reticulation of single spicules [or bundles]; microscleres always include arcuate isochelae and sigmata." (Van Soest, 1984: 54). Sigmata may be absent. Longer tracts, sometimes dendritic, may be present. The arcuate chela is the only real distinc- tion from Myxilla, which always has anchorate chelae. Remarks. In his revision and discussion of Lis- sodendoryx, van Soest (1984) emphasised reticu- late skeletal structure, tylote ectosomal spicules, and arcuate chelae and sigmata as micro-scleres. The stylote versus diactinal morphology of choanosomal megascleres is dismissed as having little significance. This is based chiefly on choanosomal strongyles in his L. strongylata and on the undifferentiated tylotes in the choanosome of L. sigmata (de Laubenfels). In consequence, van Soest also included species with choanosomal oxea (Zetekispongia) in Lissodendoryx. | concur with the inclusion of the two West-Indian species described by van Soest next to L. isodictyalis, as I have pre- viously (Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 137) interpreted mucronate modifications of tylotes in L. sigmata as transitional to some types of subtylostyles found in L. isodictyalis. More meaningful is the occurrence of choanosomal strongyles and oxea in Myxillinae from other parts of the world, several of which have been misplaced (in the wrong genus) in the past. I should stress, before the following review, that I follow Topsent's diagnostic treatment of the Myxillinae (Tedaniidae with chelae), except for dropping the distinction diactinal/monactinal choanosomal megascleres. The basic distinction, adopted by Topsent and most other systematists (except Dendy in his later work), of forms with arcuate chelae versus forms with anchorate chelae, was introduced by Lundbeck (1905). The only difficulty here is the exception in Myxilla? decepta Kirkpatrick (see Koltun, 1964: 52), which has both sorts of chelae. As will be justified below, I do not regard sigmata mandatory in diagnosing Lissoden- doryx, thus also following Lundbeck (1905) and Topsent (1928). The genera in question, which need clarification, are: (1) Dendoricella Lundbeck. The type species, D. rhopalum, has the spiculation and skeletal struc- iture of Lissodendoryx (without sigmata). The only ¿significant diagnostic trait of this genus, for Lund- beck, was exclusive presence of oxea or strongyles in the choanosome. De Laubenfels (19362: 53) was mistaken in characterising this genus with the presence of *odd spiny palmate" isochelae. Only in D. rhopalum, and here only in one specimen «known, are odd arcuate chelae dominant, in which ' the compressed shaft bears a high, thin dorsal keel, |, which may be again modified, in few chelae, by ‘being little lobate. In most specimens, weakly | keeled modifications are subdominant to equally | frequent with more normal types having lightly compressed shafts. The only peculiarity (but only | diagnostic for this species) is the acuminate shape of the alae. Otherwise these are clearly arcuate . chelae, lacking the proximally separate lateral alae i and the fimbriae of anchorate chelae. (Incidentally, | a separate new genus for Myxillinae with odd spiny chelae would be more justified for Myxilla inso- i lens Koltun (1964: 52, text-fig. 11).) Of the other species inlcuded by Lundbeck, Crella schmidti : Ridley is the type species of Waldoschmittia (see | Damiriana, below). Damiria cavernosa Topsent is ithe type species of Damiriella (see below). Des- | macidon abyssi Topsent (1904: 204) has unguifer- ous chelae (without fimbriae) according to | Topsent's figure, and is probably a Myxilla. Den- i doricella obesichela Lundbeck (the last included “species, known only from a fragment) is similar to \ D. rhopalum in having oxea in choanosome and ı dermis, but has normal (stout) arcuate chelae and 'sigmata. It is thus close to Zefekispongia zonea | (which has dermal tylotes). In conclusion, I see no .grounds for separating Dendoricella from Lis- | sodendoryx. (2) Paramyxilla Dendy. The type species has ; choanosomal acanthoxea. I follow Topsent in syn- onymising this with Dendoricella (and thus with \ Lissodendoryx), in analogy with the spicular vicar- i iance of smooth/acanthose choanosomal styles in ' Myxillinae. (3) Damiriella Burton (1935: 401; type species by monotypy: Damiria cavernosa Topsent, 1892c: | xxii). Van Soest (1984: 60) mentioned this as being ‚ close to Lissodendoryx, but lacking sigmata. The | type species, from Banyuls, has only been briefly ¡diagnosed by Topsent (1892c), as having ı choanosomal strongyles, dermal tylotes, and small | isochelae with curved shaft, and pectinate (comb- ı shaped) ends (“a bouts pectinés”). The latter state- ‘ ment was unclear to Lundbeck (1905); Burton + (1935), in his generic diagnosis, interpreted it as unguiferous (pluridentate?) isochelae. ]t was redescribed in detail, from fresh material, by Top- sent (1936a: 19, fig. 4), as Lyssodendoryx caver- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 95 nosa, with most “strongyles” being styloids (one end manubriate, the other mucronate), a few with residual spination. The chelae are said to be arcu- ate chelae of two sizes. While this is no doubt true for the large kind, the small one is like a pluriden- tate unguiferous chela with c-shaped, smooth shaft. Topsent correctly compares it with the peculiar small “chela” of Lissodendoryx indistincta (see Lundbeck, 1905: 162, pl. 16 figs. 3 f, g). This differs from the one in L. cavernosa only in having thin, finely lobate rims along both sides of the shaft. Both have minute teeth barely visible in smallest examples. Dendy (1921: 119, fig. 31) com- pared the one in L. indistincta with the dentate sig- maspires in some spirophorids (Craniella disigma and Chrotella amphiacantha Topsent, 1904). I doubt that these types are homologous, but I agree with Dendy that those in Lissodendoryx are neither true chelae nor sigmata. It is significant that the boreal sibling species, L. indistincta, has true sig- mata and normal choanosomal styles varying from smooth to weakly spined. The specimens described by Pulitzer-Finali (1978: 56) have as choanosomal megascleres chiefly asymmetrical strongyles, with one or both ends slightly swollen. The species was recorded again by Pulitzer-Finali (1983: 560). Lis- sodendoryx cavernosa in Rützler (1965: 31) is doubtful, as he mentions only acanthostyles in the choanosome. On the other hand, his sponge iden- tified as Lissodendoryx isodictyalis, from its ecol- ogy and packing with fine gravel, might be cavernosa, though it was whitish in life (L. caver- nosa was described as yellow by Topsent, 19362, and by Pulitzer-Finali, 1983), and Rützler men- tioned anchorate chelae (“Isancora”). (4) Jones. The type species differs from other Myxillinae in having sparsely spined oxea as dermal megascleres. De Laubenfels therefore included the *genus" in the Crellidae. It is otherwise like Lis- sodendoryx (see also Koltun, 1959: 135). (5) Merriamium. De Laubenfels apparently intended this genus chiefly to include *atypical" spe- cies of Lissodendoryx and Ectyodoryx (he assigned the “typical” species to the *Tedaniidae" and "Myx- illidae", respectively) lacking sigmata. The type spe- cies, the West-Indian M. tortugasense (ending here emended to conform with de Laubenfels' (1939) use of the neuter gender with all other species included) is a junior synonym of Phorbas amaranthus Duchassaing and Michelotti, according to van Soest (1984: 86) who examined the holotypes of both spe- cies. Merriamium is thus a junior synonym of Phorbas (ex Anchinoe) in the Anchinoidae. Hymeniacidon paupertas Bowerbank has been placed in Ectyodoryx (Burton, 1932a: 313; followed by Koltun, 1964), Hymedesmia (Lundbeck, 1905: 96 F. WIEDENMAYER 113; Topsent, 1928: 57), and more recently, in Anchinoe (correctly Phorbas: Borojevié et al., 1968: 23; Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 564, 610). It is clear that the species does not belong in the Tedaniidae. M. roosevelti, the only species added by de Lauben- fels (1939, review with key of the species included in 1936a), from the Galapagos, is only briefly described, microscopically only as to spiculation. It probably belongs to either Hymedesmiidae or Anchinoidae. Of the remaining 12 species included, those eight with only one kind (size) of choanosomal megasclere should be left in Lissodendoryx: L. sophia and L. lobosa (see Lundbeck, 1905), L. certa (Topsent, 1892a), L. mollis (Lindgren, 1897; de Laubenfels’ replacement name /indgreni is super- flucus), L. buchanani Topsent (1913a), L. lund- becki Topsent (1913b; has sigmata according to the original description), L. styloderma Hentschel (1914), and L. kyma de Laubenfels (1930). Four species (clavigera, atlantica, maculata, ramilobosa) should be left in Ectyodoryx. (6) Zetekispongia de Laubenfels differs from typical Lissodendoryx by possessing oxea only as choanosomal megascleres. (7) Damiriana de Laubenfels. The type species, according to the original description and text-figure 7D, has arcuate chelae of two sizes. it is probably synonymous with Zetekispongia zonea. According to Topsent (1897) and Burton (1935), Damiria aus- traliensis Dendy (1896) is a junior synonym of Crella schmidti Ridley (1884a: 432). Levi (1958: 30) synonymised Damiria australiensis Dendy, 1896, Damiria schmidti: Topsent, 1897, Damiria aus- traliensis: Lindgren, 1897, 1898, Dendoricella schmidti: Hentschel, 1912, and Dendy and Freder- ick, 1924, and Damiriana hawaiiana de Lauben- fels with Crella schmidti Ridley, and described a sponge from the Red Sea as Damiriana schmidti (Ridley) (again in Levi, 1965a: 16). He was followed by Tsurnamal (1969: 153), Desqueyroux-Faundez (1981: 741), and Pulitzer-Finali (1983: 609). According to this view, the single species would be widely distributed (Australia, Indo-Malayan province, Red Sea, eastern Mediterranean) and characterised by dermal tylotes, choanosomal oxea, arcuate chelae, and sigmata, all of variable dimen- sions. Van Soest (1984) regarded Damiriana as a probable synonym of Lissodendoryx. The nature of the chela in Crella schmidti is not clear from the original description, nor from those of Dendy (1896), Topsent (1897), and Thiele (1903a: 954, who mentioned “tridentate isochelae” of 2 sizes). Ridley’s figure (1884a, pl. 41, fig. aa) could be interpreted as representing an anchorate chela. The relevant figures in Lindgren (1898, pl. 19, figs 15c, c) are ambiguous, but that in Desqueyroux-Faundez (1982, fig. 42), based on on: of Topsent's four specimens, clearly shows a trideni tate anchorate chela, deviating from the usual shap: only by the foreward inclination of the lateral teeth: The descriptions and figures of isochelae in Lév | (1958, fig. 25; 1965a, fig. 17), and Tsurnama | (1969, pl. 2, fig. 4) refer to the arcuate type. There} is a distinct possibility that two species and twc| genera are involved in this complex. This should be settled by re-examination of the older material, } particularly that of Crella schmidti Ridley. If the | latter should turn out to possess anchorate chelae, | Waldoschmittia would be available for it and any other records with such chelae. This genus name,.| however, would ultimately fall in synonymy tof Myxilla, since the case would be exactly parallel tow Lissodendoryx/Damiriana. The presence of diactines or monactines in the: choanosome of Myxillinae can be interpreted asi}} homology of the two basic types, more commonly | expressed as an interspecific spicular vicariance, | occasionally with both types present within one spe- | cles, then. commonly in individually variable proportions (e.g. acanthostrongyles next to acan- thostyles in Myxilla brunnea, Stelodoryx flabellum, see Koltun, 1959). The spicular vicariance probably extends to the differentiation of ectosomal megascleres. It is expressed in the frequently simi- | lar dimensions, occasionally in the morphological } similarity or even identity of choanosomal and ectosomal megascleres. Hereby, the rule seems to | be invasion of the choanosome by ectosomal megascleres, and by the virtual or total expulsion of typical choanosomal types. Total invasion of the choanosome by tylotes is the case in the West- Indian L. sigmata (de Laubenfels), virtual expul- sion of choanosoml styles exists in L. dendyi (Shaw, see end of Remarks on L, isodictyalis, below). It is unlikely that the Antarctic L. styloderma represents an inversed trend (invasion of the ecto- some by choanosomal styles), as choanosomal styles in this species are distinctly larger and are frequently modified as subtylostyles. This spicu- lar vicariance is corroborated by the variable proportion of asymmetrical and even stylote modifications of dermal diacts in several species — (e.g. Lissodendoryx lundbecki, L. diversichela, L. — fragilis, L. stipitata, see Koltun, 1959). A parallel is seen in Tedania: occasionally oxea are present in the choanosome of T. anhelans from Bass Strait (as noted above); in T. oxeata Topsent (see Koltun, 1964, 1966a), choanosomal styles are completely replaced by oxea. In the latter species, dermal megascleres are also oxea, but decidedly smaller and verging on tornotes. Another, more distant SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 97 parallel, regarding choanosomal megascleres, may be seen in Axinellida, e.g. in Trachycladus laevispirulifer, described above. The case is not always clear-cut in Lissodendo- ryx: choanosomal strongyles may be slightly asym- metrical, as in L. cavernosa (see above) and in L., buchanani Topsent (1913a). A parallel spicular vicariance is the better known one of spiny versus smooth choanosomal styles. The presence of either acanthose or smooth styles has been used to segregate Myxilla and Lissodendoryx, respectively, last by Dendy (1922: 88, 90, with Hamigera used as a senior synonym of Lissodendoryx). He rejected the presence of either anchorate or arcuate chelae as a diagnostic criterion (referring to both as “tridentate isochelae") on the ground that they are indifferent in phylogeny (see also Dendy, 1921: 112f., 144). Lundbeck (1905) has shown that inter- specific spicular vicariance of smooth/acanthose choanosomal styles is common in boreal species of Lissodendoryx, and that some species (L. fragilis, L. indistincta) combine both types in variable proportions, with transitions. Dendy (1922: 90) acknowledged the difficulty with his system, but retained a distinction of the two genera (Myxilla and Lissodendoryx) For a practical purpose. Several species of Myxilla with smooth styles are known (Dendy, 1924: 362). Lundbeck's diagnostic empha- sis on chelae types has been followed by most sys- tematists, especially by Topsent (1928: 52f.) in his influential synopsis of Myxillinae. In L. firma (Lambe) from the west coast of North America, as redescribed by Bakus (1966: 487), smooth and sparsely spined styles of similar size occur in the choanosome in variable proportions between speci- mens, often almost mutually exclusive. Spicular tracts occur in the peripheral choanosome, cored and “very crudely echinated" by the same styles or acanthostyles. In L. kyma de Laubenfels (1932: 75; see also Bakus, 1966: 491), another species from the west coast of North America, lacking sigmata, the main skeleton is similar, but there is an imper- fect (intraspecifically variable) segregation of styles by size, small ones having a spined base. Dendy (1922: 88), in his diagnosis of Myxilla, stated that some acanthostyles in the main skeleton may be echinating. Equally important to chelae types, as diagnostic criterion for genera of Myxillinae, when Topsent's system of 1928 is maintained, is the con- sistent presence of two sorts of choanosomal megascleres in some genera, particularly when dis- tinguished not only by morphology, but by size, and by location (interstitial and/or echinating aux- iliary megascleres, the latter in Ectyodoryx, Ectyomyxilla, Chaetodoryx, “Onychomyxilla” (superfluous), and Jophon. The inclusion of Lis- sodendoryx jacksoniana (Lendenfeld, 1888, with small strongyles next to the normal styles in the choanosome) in this genus should be reconsidered, in favour of a new genus, distinct from Chaetodo- ryx by the lack of echinating acanthostyles. I do not think that the interstitial *oxychaetes" of the type species of the latter (C. richardi Topsent, 1927, see Topsent, 1928: 242; by monotypy) are really distinct from the onychaetes of the Tedaniinae. Their size (225-245 x 2-3 um) is well below that of the largest onychaetes in Tedania (up to 760 x 4.5 um in 7. tantula (Kirkpatrick) fide Koltun, 1964: 59). Since some onychates are smooth, others almost tornote, their homology with the small inter- stitial strongyles of “L.” jacksoniana is likely. These considerations lead to the case of Hamigera Gray. The genus is still monotypic, with the type species Cribrella hamigera Schmidt (1862, cited by Gray as Hamigera rubens because of his aversion to tautonymy). Its spiculation corresponds to that of Lissodendoryx without sigmata. There are basically two views on its skeletal structure and systematic position: (1) Thiele (1903a: 353) and Dendy (1922: 90). Both saw a “myxillid” affinity of Hamigera. Thiele, who examined a schizotype of Cribrella hamigera Schmidt, thought that it was a “myxillid” with an irregular, chiefly dendritic main skeleton with min- gled diactines and monactines, distinct from Myx- illa and Lissodendoryx, to which he attributed a regular, subisodictyal main skeleton of monactines only. His attribution of ternatensis (a synonym of isodictyalis) to Hamigera was probably motivated by excessive reliance on the peripheral choanosome (he examined only slides and a small fragment in paraffin, left by Kieschnick), where dendritic tracts with mixed megascleres are indeed common, but not exclusive to all peripheries of L. isodictyalis. Dendy did not mention Thiele's conclusions (nor Lundbeck's, see below), and relied solely on Schmidt's unsatisfactory description of C. hamigera. He bluntly accepted Hamigera as senior synonym of Lissodendoryx. (2) Topsent (1892a: 102) and Lundbeck (1905: 173) regarded C. hamigera Schmidt not as a tedaniid, but as an “ectyonine” related to Echinodictyum. Topsent then relied on fresh material from Bonifacio, Corsica, and noticed that all tracts of the main skeleton are constituted by diacts (strongyles) and are echinated by smooth subtylostyles (a disposition negated by Thiele, 1903a). (Schmidt's figure and description of the chelae as unguiferate, like those of Myxilla veneta [a junior synonym of Plumohalichondria plumosa, fide Vosmaer, 1932-1935: 260, 265] is obviously based on faulty observation of a microsclere type 98 F. WIEDENMAYER then new, in which he saw only the falces, not the alae.) Lundbeck (1905) examined another schizo- type of C. hamigera, and found Topsent's obser- vation confirmed. Topsent (1928: 57f.) reaffirmed the affinity of Hamigera with Echinodictyum (the latter is now placed in the Raspailiidae) and the Anchinoidae. The latter familial assignment is maintained more recently by Boury-Esnault (1971: 322), Lévi in Brien et al. (1973: 613), and Pulitzer- Finali (1983: 566) for Hamigera. Hamigera is aberrant within the Anchinoidae in having columnar spiculofibres cored by smooth strongyles, echinated by smooth subtylostyles. Plumose columns of acanthostyles, often echinated by smaller acanthostyles, are the rule in the Anchinoidae, As | have expressed in my addition to van Soest's diagnosis of Lissodendoryx, this author has placed too much emphasis (also in his diagnosis of the Tedaniidae) on reticulate structure of the main skeleton. Short dendritic portions occur in the main Skeleton (chiefly peripheral) of some massive Lis- sodendoryx (and of Tedania, as noted above), but in some stipitate and ramose species (L. stipitata Lundbeck, 1905: 170, see also Koltun, 1959: 133; L. buchanani Topsent, 1913a: 626) the dendritic style is more pervasive, though commonly sup- plemented by interstitial single spicules of the same kind. A parallel situation exists within Myxilla (see diagnosis in Lunbeck, 1905: 131; Topsent, 1913a: 626), so that Stelodoryx is probably a synonym of Myxilla (pluridentate versus tridentate chelae not being a reliable criterion). Hamigera can be regarded as a borderline case between Tedaniidae and Anchinoidae. Van Soest (1984: 71, 89) commented on other affinities between the group Myxilla, Ectyomyxilla and Ectyodoryx (Myxillinae sensu van Soest) in the former, and Plumohalichondria in the latter (cited as Pronax Gray, and thus mistakenly used by several modern authors: this is a junior homonym, as de Laubenfels, 1936a: 63, pointed out, with the usual superfluous replacement name Grayax). But van Soest only pointed to similarity in spiculation; the presence of auxiliary, mostly echinating acan- thostyles in Ectyodoryx, and in other myxillines mentioned above, is more relevant. Incidentally, I find van Soest's criterium insufficient, for main- taining the subfamilies Myxillinae and Tedaniinae (not in Topsent's sense) for groups with tylote versus oxeote or strongylote ectosomal megascleres, respectively. Some such megascleres in Myxilla (though indiscriminately called tornotes by Koltun) are tylotes and their spined or mucronate modifi- cations, while corresponding spicules in Lissoden- doryx are often oxeote (see Lundbeck, 1905; Koltun, 1959). It should also be noted that suchi megascleres in both genera are frequently asym- metrical, sometimes stylote (see above). I cannot accept van Soest’s insistence on sigmata always being present in Lissodendoryx. There isa number of species with the usual traits of Lissoden- doryx but lacking sigmata. In addition to those cited above, under Merriamium, there are the fol- lowing boreal and N. Pacific species (see Koltun, 1959): L. behringi Koltun, L. papillosa Koltun, L. amaknakensis (Lambe), and L. ivanovi Koltun (*Lissodendoryx" oxeota Koltun seems to have unguiferate chelae and may be a Myxilla); plus the Antarctic L. flabellata Burton (1929a). The varia- bles in morphology and arrangement of megascleres mentioned above (monactinal/diacti- nal and regularly/irregularly spined/smooth choanosomal spicules; tylote/strongy- lote/oxeote/stylote dermal spicules; presence/absence of dendritic tracts and semi- plumose columns) occur in the genus regardless of presence/absence of sigmata. The sibling pair £. indistincta —L. cavernosa is especially instructive in this context. A further point is that no sys- tematist, to my knowledge, has consistently main- tained a generic separation of asigmate species of Myxilla (see review in Dendy, 1924: 362), of Force- pia (see above), and of Ecryodoryx, The partial exception is de Laubenfels' unsuccessful attempt with Merriamium. Lissodendoryx isodictyalis (Carter) Plate 10 figure 12a, b, plate 11 figures 1, 2, plate 30 figure 3, text-figure 64 Selected synonymy. Halichondria isodictyalis Carter, 1882b: 285, pl. 11 figs 2a-e (Venezuela, Bahamas, Pacific coast of Mexico). — Carter, 1886a: 52 (Port Phillip Bay). Myxilla isodictyalis. — Dendy, 1896: 30 (Port Phillip Bay). — Whitelegge, 1901: 79 (Tuggerah Beach, NSW). Lissodendoryx isodictyalis. —Topsent, 1897: 456 (Indonesia). — Topsent, 1925a: 701 (Naples, Monaco; comparative spicule measurements). — Topsent, 1936a: 18 (discussion). — Hechtel, 1965: 38 (Jamaica; comprehen- sive synonymy, description, distribution, discussion).— ?Rützler, 1965: 31 (N. Yugoslavia; description, ecol- ogy). — Wiedenmayer 1977a: 135, text-figs 141, 142, pl. 29 fig. 2 (Bahamas; further references, type data, descrip- tion, ecology). — Thomas, 1973b: 31, pl. 2 fig. 3 (Mahe, Seychelles). — Bergquist and Sinclair, 1973: 38 (New Zealand; larval ecology). — Van Soest, 1984: 54, text-fig. 19, pl. 5 figs 2, 3 (West Indies; further synonyms, descrip- tion, disscussion, distribution). Lissodendoryx similis Thiele, 1899: 18, pl, 5 fig. 10 (Indonesia). — Burton and Rao, 1932: 331 (Burma). — Ali, 1956a: 293 (Madras harbour). —Ali, 1956b: 553 (Madras harbour; ontogeny), SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 99 "n Ueci Figure 64. Lissodendoryx isodictyalis, spicules. a. Range and example of tylotes, x 263. b. Range and example of styles, x 263. c. Range of small chelae, x 788. d. Range of large chelae, x 788. e. Range of small sigmata, x 788. f. Range of large sigmata, x 788, Hamigera ternatensis Thiele, 1903a: 952, fig. 18 (Indonesia). Lissodendoryx ternatensis.—Lundbeck, 1905: 173 (transfer, discussion). — Burton and Rao, 1932: 331 (India). Lissodendoryx sinensis Bróndsted, 1929: 228, text-fig. 5 (Formosa Strait, China). — Burton, 1937: 26, pl. 3 fig. 19 (retained, diagnosis). Material examined. Station BSS 181, two adjacent speci- mens (F52019). Eight West-Indian syntypes of Halichon- dria isodictyalis Carter in Liverpool (see Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 135, 258). Living populations and 4 self-collected specimens, Bahamas (Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 135). Hypo- types of Dendy, 1896 (Myxilla isodictyalis, Port Phillip Heads and Sorrento jetty; NMV). Diagnosis. Thinly encrusting to massive, lobate to digitate, rarely repent-ramose. Lobes commonly conical. Common in shallow water, fouling com- munities, often epibiotic on vegetation (mangrove Toots, sea grass, algae) and various invertebrates. Softly spongy, very compressible, easily torn. Colour variable: often greenish, but also yellow- ish, brownish, greyish lavender, light purple. Oscules conspicuous, mostly apical on lobes. Sur- face smooth to finely papillate or rugose. Dermis thin, detachable, semidiaphanous over dendritic- vermiculate canals and punctiform vestibules, with numerous tylotes loose or in bundles, often retic- ulate. Microsleres may be crowded at surface. Choanosome bread-like. Main skeleton irregu- lar, vaguely reticulate, subisodictyal, with megascleres single or in bundles, with some longer, sinuous tracts, often masked by confused disposi- tion. Abundance of microscleres in choanosome variable. Spiculation within populations may be variable. Description. Small, ovoid-compressed and bean- shaped, 20 x 18 x 12 mm, and 30 x 18 x 10 mm. Base of attachment narrow in small specimen, on most of broadside of larger one. In life light olivaceous brown (10 YR 5-6/4), now light yellowish grey to beige (2.5 Y 7-8/2-4). Softly spongy, easily torn. Surface smooth to finely scultptured. Relief a continuous pattern of vermiculate, dendritic sub- dermal canals, which occasionally anastomose. Canals 0.2-0.5 mm wide, slightly raised dense par- titions 0.5-1 mm wide. Dermis over weak depres- sions contains fine reticulum with interstitial ostia. More prominent oscules conical to irregularly lipped, 2-3 mm wide, angular, apical and single on smaller specimen, subapical and contiguous on larger one. Smaller oscules irregularly scattered on sides, some round, others sinuous, or as contorted fissures. Dermis detachable is flakes, with scattered sand grains. Choanosome dense, traversed by few irregular exhalant canals of angular section, or like fissures. Ectosome not well defined, commonly finely cavernous; thickness variable, mostly around 260 um; contains thick fascicles of tylotes, subtangen- tially, obliquely or perpendicularly to surface. Sur- face crowded to packed with microscleres. Chelae concentrated in outer third to half of ectosome, sig- mata equally numerous throughout. Main skele- ton a subisodictyal reticulation of megascleres, singly or in bundles of up to 4-5 spicules. Occa- sional longer, sinuous tracts. Structure frequently Obscured by confused arrangement. Megascleres mostly styles, fewer tylotes regularly scattered. Abundance of chelae in choanosome irregular, always greatest around canals. Spiculation: (1) Tylotes, fusiform, mostly straight, with spherical to oblong tyles (tapering inward) frequently unequal in size and shape, 168-/85-207 x 2.5-2.9-3.4 um. (2) Fusiform styles to styloids (anisoxea with blunt to pointed shorter ends), straight but more frequently bent at one- third from the base, 139-/59-180 x 2.6-3.3-3.8 um. (3) Arcuate isochelae of two size ranges (smaller ones less numerous, with proportionately wider profile, more strongly arched): 22.2-23.3-24.9 x 6.4-7.3-9.2 um, (chord and pro- file width), and 12.4-/5.1-18.1 x 3.5-5.7-7.6 um. (4) Sigmata of two imperfectly segregated size ranges, smaller ones less numerous, 29.3-30.9-34.4 pm in length (chord), and 15.7-17.7-20,3 um; rare intermediates, 23.4 and 24.7 um. 100 F. WIEDENMAYER Remarks. Dendy's hypotypes (1896) are consider- ably larger, more massive than the new specimens. Except for RN 773, which is virtually smooth, and RN 872, with strong relief, surface characters are consistent with the small specimens described above and with the material from the Bahamas described by me earlier. Oscules, however, are mostly con- siderably larger than in the specimens from Bass Strait. Another special trait, not observed in the new material, is the presence in Dendy's dissected specimens, of a palisade-like zone of parallel incur- rent canals, 5-10 mm deep below the ectosome, (pl. 11 fig. 2), similar to those in Tedania anhelans and Forcepia biceps noted above. Three of Dendy's specimens are from Sorrento Jetty, the remaining ones are from depths of 11 to about 25 m. This indicates that Australian records of this species seem to favour shallow, sheltered conditions like most records from New Zealand, the Indo-Malayan Region, the Indian Ocean, the Mediterranean, and from the Western Atlantic. The question, whether biogeographic gradients are apparent in the variable spicular traits of this supposedly cosmopolitan species, is still unresolved (van Soest, 1984: 56). Styles in West-Indian speci- mens have usually been figured or described as sub- tylostyles (Hechtel, 1965: 39; Simpson 1968a: text-fig. 11; Wiedenmayer 1977a: text-figs 141, 142; van Soest, 1984, text-fig. 19), but Topsent (1925a: 701f.) recorded tapering bases in styles of his own material from Guadeloupe (Tedania leptoderma Topsent, 1889), in Carter's type material (Halichon- dria isodictyalis), and in his specimens from Naples and Ambon. The presence of two categories of both chelae and sigmata in Australian and Indone- sian specimens, like in van Soest's (1984), is sig- nificant, Such a condition is rarely if ever reported in other descriptions (Topsent, 1925a: 703, men- tions two categories of sigmata in a specimen from Venice) and may have been overlooked in some cases. Burton and Rao (1932: 331) re-examined Carter's (1886a) and Dendy's (1896) specimens from Port Phillip Bay and found them to agree with Z. ternatensis (Thiele). They retained the latter as a valid species, to which they added L. sínensis Bróndsted as synonym, the only diagnostic charac- ter being the two sizes of both chelae and sigmata. Burton (1937: 26) described L. sinensis as a good species, without reference to the decision in Burton and Rao (1932). There may have been a delay in publication of the former manuscript. This is the only record of L. isodictyalis with repent-ramose shape. Chelae and sigmata are again of two sizes. As van Soest has shown that the latter trait may be present in West-Indian populations of L. isodic- tyalis, there is no need for L. ternatensis and L. sinensis. The supposed differences, particularly in dimen- sions of spicules, cited again by Burton and Rao (1932: 331) to justify the retention of L. similis Thiele for Indonesian populations, have been shown to be insignificant by Topsent (1925a, 19368). Styles in the new material from Bass Strait are unusually thin (5-6 um being common in previously published descriptions). But this may be an expres- sion of the atypical environment. “Lissodendoryx” jacksoniana (Lendenfeld, 1888), from Port Jackson, Sydney, redescribed and revised by Hallmann (1914c), is a good species, characterised by the addition of small strongyles to the choanosomal skeleton. It has been recorded from South Africa (as L. isodictyalis jacksoniana) by Burton (1936a). Lissodendoryx dendyi (Shaw, 1927a, described in Hamigera) is another good species from southern Australia, and is atypical for the genus. The only specimen known is small, erect, compound-clavate, with a characteristic papillate surface. The papil- lae are of two sizes, osculiferous ones being larger. The inhalant smaller ones have a single apical *pseudostium" over a central porocalyx underlain by a separate concentric vestibule. The ectosomal megascleres are restricted to the inhalant papillae, where they are regularly radially arranged, while the interstitial dermis contains only crowded arcu- ate chelae with atrophied alae. Most choanosomal megascleres are slightly asymmetrical strongyles like those in the inhalant papillae. Styles are rare in the deeper choanosome. There are no sigmata. The closest relative is L. papillata (Dendy, 1922: 90) from the Indian Ocean, which is less specialised, more typical for the genus, but also lacks sigmata. Ectyodoryx Lundbeck Ectyodoryx Lundbeck, 1909: 444, — Topsent, 1928: 53, 55 (definition in Myxillinae). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 84 (definition in Myxillinae), 85 (comparison with Hymedes- mia).— Lévi in Brien et al., 1973: 612 (definition in Myx- illidae).— Van Soest, 1984: 71 (in discussion of Myxillidae). Diagnosis. Distinct from Lissodendoryx by the addition of echinating acanthostyles. Sigmata may be absent. Ectyodoryx maculata Hentschel Plate 11 figures 3, 4, plate 30 figure 5, text-figures 65, 66 Ectyodoryx maculatus Hentschel, 1911: 342, text-fig. 30 (Albany, WA). Merriamium maculatum.— de Laubenfels, 1936a: 83 (transfer only). SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT Figure 65, Ectyodoryx maculata. F52020, perpendicular section (X 3.9, surface above) showing very cavernous interior. III bn pé d PR | b e L La L e Figure 66. Ectyodoryx maculata, spicules from F52020. a. Range and example of principal styles, x 263. b. Range and example of acanthostyles, x263. c. Range and example of strongyles and subtylostrongyles, x 263. d. Range of massive chelae, x 789. e. Range of frail chelae, x 789. Material examined. Station KG 1, one specimen (F52020); station KG 7, one specimen (52021). Diagnosis. Cushion-shaped to massive-lobate. Softly spongy, easily torn; orange to vermilion in life. Surface regularly areolate; inhalant and exhalant areoles little differentiated, with raised rim and central depression. Choanosome thoroughly cavernous. Ectosome indistinct, with crowded chelae and subtangential bundles of strongyles, 101 which also occur radially around inhalant areoles and erect in peripheral choanosome. Main skele- ton indistinctly plumo-reticulate, with smooth prin- cipal styles and often echinating acanthostyles. Chelae of two sizes, no sigmata. Description. F52020 thickly incrusting to cushion- shaped, with sinuous margin, 3.7 x 5 cm wide, 0.5-1 cm high. F52021 massive, erect-lobate, some- what compressed, with angular apical lobes, 3 x 4.7 cm wide, 5 cm high. F52020 orange in life, F5202 1 vermilion (5 R 5-6/11); both now cream to light yellowish beige. Sofly spongy, easily torn. Surface with pattern of saucer-like depressions, 1.5-2 mm wide in F52020, about 1 mm wide in F52021, with intervening raised areas about equally wide. Pattern regular except margin, in F52020; in F52021, only distinct on one side. Elsewhere, pat- tern obscured by dendritic and anastomosing rugae and depressions mostly longitudinally aligned. Round depressions correspond to wholly or partly closed vestibules, atria or mouths of radial canals, all of similar dimensions, communicating in thoroughly cavernous choanosome. Some rounded depressions roofed by membrane bearing indistinct ostia. In others membrane bears iris-like aperture which may be retracted to sharp skeletal rim. Hence differentiation into incurrent sieves and small oscules. Some oscules elongate to slit-like along margin of F52020 and on apices of F52021, here communicating with wider longitudinal canals with angular cross-section. Areolate (swollen) skeletal rim with radial structure in some of round depres- sions. Main skeleton an often irregular reticulation of fibres, with variably conspicuous spongin. Sometimes distinction of thicker, more continuous branching principal fibres, with little orientation, and mostly oblique, frequently branched anastomoses; the former around 50 um thick, the latter about 20 um. Meshsizes 170 to 430 um. Fibres cored to packed with subparallel to semi-plumose megascleres, chiefly principal styles, always with some acanthostyles, also as echinators. Megascleres also interstitially in variable amounts, occasionally obscuring meshwork. Chelae numerous interstitially. Ectosome not distinct, with crowded to packed chelae at surface, and commonly subtangential loose bundles of diacts. Bundles of diacts also in peripheral choanosome, erect or oblique to surface, most conspicuous around vestibules and atria, in regular radial and umbellar pattern. Spiculation: (1) Principal choanosomal styles, straight to curved or bent, 191-205-223 x 2.6-5.6-7.9 um. (2) Choanosomal acanthostyles, 100-112-124 x 4.7-7.9-10.3 um. (3) Dermal and peripheral strongyles and subtylostrongyles, occa- 102 F. WIEDENMAYER sionally styloids, often with elongate inflation at one end, other end strongylate, tornote or mucronate, subterminally slightly swollen in some, 283-292-306 x 1.8-3./-4.7 um. (4) Arcuate chelae of two categories, (2) larger ones of normal type, with strongly arched shaft, length (chord) 23.9-26.2-28.4 um, total width in profile 9.5-11-12.4 um, thickness of shaft 3.3-4.7 um; (b) smaller ones with weak, gently arched shaft and much reduced alae, length 17.6-2/.4-27.2 um, total width 5.2-6.7-8.3 um, thickness of shaft 0.9-1.9 pm. Remarks. The weaker chela was figured (but not described) by Hentschel (1911: 343), as juvenile stage of isochela. The two categories are quite dis- tinct in the new material, without intermediates. The anomalous types of isochelae, described in detail and figured by Hentschel, were not observed by me. Regularly distributed, round and areolate sieve- like depressions over vestibules, with radially arranged megascleres in their fringes, and analo- gous papillae, were described and figured for a number of poecilosclerid species in different fami- lies. For Australia, these are notably Anchinoe (recte Phorbas) fictitioides Dendy and Frederick (1924) and Lissodendoryx dendyi (Shaw, 1927a; see end of Remarks on Lissodendoryx isodictyalis, above). Anchinoidae Topsent, 1928 Synonym. Phorbasidae de Laubenfels, 1936, Remarks. Phorbasidae was introduced by de Laubenfels (1936a: 62) without reference to its senior synonym Anchinoidae (the type genus of which he included in Phorbasidae, synonymising it with Phorbas). It can be surmised that the seniority of Phorbas prompted de Laubenfels’ action. Phorbasidae has been adopted by some fol- lowers of de Laubenfels’ system, most recently by Hoshino (1981), but also by van Soest (1984: 86). However Lévi (in Brien et al., 1973) and his col- laborators, Bergquist (1978) and Pulitzer-Finali (1983) have used Anchinoidae. Phorbas Duchassaing and Michelotti Phorbas Duchassaing and Michelotti, 1864: 91,— de Laubenfels, 1936a: 63 (definition). — Bergquist, 1961b: 180 (discussion). — Van Soest, 1984: 86 (definition, description of type species), 88 (discussion). Anchinoe Gray, 1867a: 535. — Topsent, 1928: 56, 57, 61.—de Laubenfels, 1936a: 64 (synonymised with Phorbas). — Levi in Brien et al., 1973: 613 (definition). — Van Soest 1984: 88 (synonymised with Phorbas). Suberotelites Schmidt, 1868: 12.— Topsent, 1938a: 12 (discussion, type species re-examined, synonymised with Anchinoe). Diagnosis. "[Anchinoidae] in which the:| choanosomal skeleton consists of columns of acan- thostyles mixed with ectosomal oxeotes, echinated by a special category of acanthostyles; microscleres arcuate isochelae," (Van Soest, 1984: 86.). Phorbas cf. tenacior Topsent Plate 11 figures 5a, b, plate 30 figure 4, text-figure 67 Selected synonymy of sibling species and subspecies: Anchinoe tenacior Topsent, 1925a: 666, text-fig. 16 | (Naples, Monaco).— Rützler, 1965: 33 (Yugoslavia; description, ecology, further references). — Boury-Esnault, 1971: 318 (W Mediterranean; description, ecology, fur- ther references). — Sara, 1972: 80, text-fig. 9A, pl. 1, fig. 2 (in colour). — Pulitzer-Finali, 1978: 60 (Naples; ecology, colour, spiculation). —Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 566 (Mediter- ranean; ecology, colour, spiculation). Anchinoe coriaceus (Fristedt) var. tenacior. — Topsent, 1936a: 41 (Monaco; description, discussion). Material examined. Station BSS 181, one specimen (F52022). Diagnosis. Elongate, surface irregularly con- voluted, lacunose and lobulate to brain-like, almost lipostomous. Firmly spongy to leathery, dull greyish orange-yellow in life. Ectosome indistinct, re 1 ce È Figure 67. Phorbas cf. tenacior, spicules. a. Range of sub- tylotes and subtylostrongyles, with example of the latter, x 263. b. Enlarged ends of a subtylote, x 788. c. Large acanthostyles, x 263. d. Small acanthostyles, x 263. e. Range of chelae, x 788. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 103 with crowded chelae and subtangential to irregu- larly bundled (subtylo-)strongyles. Choanosome dense, collagenous, with some sand. Main skele- ton vaguely columnar to confused, with stron- gyles/subtylotes/subtylostrongyles and two sizes of acanthostyles. Arcuate chelae of one kind. Description. Capricious elongate shape. Surface thrown into lacunae, elongate partly longitudinally partly transversely, some straight, others curved or crooked; their section round, semicircular to cir- cular. Raised areas rugose and lobulate, mostly in cerebroid pattern. Some portions of lacunae sep- tate or traversed by thin bridges; some ends of lacu- nae communicate through round to elongate win- dows. Length 7 cm, width at the base 3 x 3.5 cm. Base was attached to chaetopterid worm tubes, tapers slightly to lobulate apex. Lacunae 0.5 to 1 cm wide and up to 5 cm long, raised areas about 1-2 cm wide, with rugae and lobules 1-3 mm wide. Dull, greyish orange-yellow in life (10 YR 5-6/6), now, in alcohol, faded (10 YR 6-7/4-6). Firmly spongy to leathery. Walls of lacunae microscopi- cally mostly smooth, glabrous, except some trans- verse nervures and finely papillate pattern in some areas. Subdermal round vestibules, 200-1000 um wide, numerous especially in depressions between rugae and lobules, with interspersed oscules of simi- lar dimensions. Crowded, very fine ostia indistinct in depressions, over vestibules, also in fields of irregular outline on top of rugae and lobules. Scat- tered and clustered sand grains everywhere in dermis. Main skeleton chaotic, some vague strands of megascleres discernible, chiefly of bundled stron- gyles and subtylotes, with few large acanthostyles; the latter also echinating with more numerous small acanthostyles. Strands usually meandrine to con- voluted, frequently crowded to almost confluent. Megascleres of all sorts also scattered at random, as microscleres. Yellow spongin discontinuous, enveloping several contiguous strands, without clear outline. Ectosome indistinct, with crowded chelae at sur- face, subtangential and vaguely umbellate arrange- ment of strongyles (the latter especially around vestibules). Sand grains more numerous below sur- face, scattered in dense, collagenous choanosome. Spiculation: (1) Smooth strongyles (rare) mostly modified as subtylostrongyles and subtylotes, the latter commonly asymmetrical, 212-2/9-228 x 2.3-2.8-3.3 um; (2) two categories of acanthostyles, (a) larger ones often gently curved, 146-/54-166 X 7.2-8.9-10.2 um (with spines), (b) smaller ones straight, 67-77-80 x 6.7-9.3-11.2 um (with spines); (3) arcuate chelae with strongly curved shafts, 15.3-18.4-20.7 um in length (chord), 5.1-7.9-9.3 um width in profile, 1.1-2,2-2,5 m in thickness of shaft. Remarks. Measurements for megascleres in Mediterranean specimens are generally somewhat higher as published, but there is a good agreement with Boury-Esnault's figures, except for only slight overlap in the small acanthostyles. Their smooth megascleres are generally pure strongyles only, but Topsent (1936a) noted occasional weak distal swell- ings. Mediterranean specimens are usually encrust- ing, of “Hymedesmia-type”, but massive, “Anchinoe-type” specimens were reported by Top- sent (1925a). The colour of the surface in Mediter- ranean specimens is commonly blue (deep, to greyish), that of the choanosome being yellowish to ochre. However, a minority of yellowish speci- mens occurs according to Pulitzer-Finali. Topsent (19362) regarded tenacior as a variety (subspecies) of coriaceus, which is also common in the same area, because the latter differs only in lacking chelae, in having smooth megascleres more decidedly as subtylotes, and in its surface being more variable in colour (yellow, purplish sienna brown, grey, bluish grey, whitish, in thin crusts; pink, pink with yellow spots, off-white, in ramose specimens). Both display the same differentiation into thin incrustations and a much rarer ramose morphotype. All other traits are shared, particu- larly the yellowish choanosome, the glabrous (^waxy") surface, the thick leathery ectosome (thicker and better differentiated than in the Aus- tralian specimen). Boury-Esnault (1971) segregated the two as species on the grounds of morphologi- cal differences being consistent with ecological (depth-range) segregation, though contiguous. They obviously constitute a sibling pair. The ramose specimens of fenacior from Naples were not described in detail by Topsent (1925a), as to exter- nal shape, but those of coriaceus from Monaco were described as having sparsely divided, fleshy, angular branches, beset by low, frequently inter- rupted ribs, or by irregular, low tuberosities, hence apparently quite similar to the present specimen. It seems likely that the single new record for Aus- tralia represents a distinct species or subspecies, but it seemed unwise to name it as such before any more material is found. Order Haplosclerida Topsent, 1928 Callyspongiidae de Laubenfels, 1936 Callyspongia Duchassaing and Michelotti [Tuba] Duchassaing and Michelotti, 1864: 44 (junior 104 F. WIEDENMAYER homonym of Tuba Lea, 1833; see Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 100, under Spinosella). Callyspongia Duchassaing and Michelotti, 1864: 57. — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 90 (synonymy, references, discus- sion). — Bergquist and Warne, 1980: 24 (synonymy, defi- nition, discussion, résumé). — Van Soest, 1980: 46, 56, 110 (definition, discussion with subgenera Callyspongia and Spinosella). Cladochalina Schmidt, 1870: 35.—Lendenfeld, 1887a: 768.— Burton, 1927a: 295 (designation of type species, revision of Lendenfeld, 1887a). ?Platychalina Ehlers, 1870: 21.— Burton, 1936a: 143 (as synonym of Homoeodictya). — Van Soest, 1980: 60 (probably senior synonym of Callyspongia, subgenus Spinosella). Tubulodigitus Carter, 1881a: 376.— Burton, 1934a: 536 (neotype of type species redescribed). Patuloscula Carter, 1882b: 365. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 57, 59 (definition, synonymised with Toxochalina). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 90 (references). Siphonochalina sensu Ridley, 1884a: 401, and of authors (part). nec Siphonochalina Schmidt, 1868: 7 (see van Soest, 1980: 113). Toxochalina Ridley, 1884a: 402. — Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 49.— Dendy, 1905: 139 (definition). — Topsent, 1928: 66.— Van Soest, 1980: 110 (synonymised with Callyspongia).— Bergquist and Warne, 1980: 24 (syn- onymised with Callyspongia). Spinosella Vosmaer, 1885 (in 1887): 342 (nomen novum for Tuba Duchassaing and Michelotti, 1864, nec Lea, 1833). — Levi in Brien et al., 1973: 618 (synonymy, dis- cussion). — Wiedenmayer 1977a: 100 (synonymy, defini- tion, discussion). — Van Soest, 1980: 56 (definition as subgenus of Callyspongia), 64 (discussion). — Bergquist and Warne, 1980: 24 (discussion). Dactylia Carter, 1885c: 309.—de Laubenfels, 1936a: 59 (discussion, revision). — Van Soest, 1980: 110 (defini- tion, probably a synonym of Callyspongia). — Bergquist and Warne, 1980: 34 (definition, distinct from Chalinopsilla). [Chalinopsis] Lendenfeld, 1886e: 569 (junior homonym of Chalinopsis Schmidt, 1870). Dasychalina Ridley and Dendy, 1886: 329 (type spe- cies: D. fragilis Ridley and Dendy). — Burton, 1932a: 278 (designation of type species, diagnosis, discussion). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 100 (discussion as synonym of Spinosella). Chalinopora Lendenfeld, 1887a: 740, 764 (type species: Chalinopora typica Lendenfeld, 1887a, by typonymy). — Burton, 1927a: 293 (invalid designation of Acervocha- lina claviformis Carter, 1886, as type species), — Burton, 1934a: 535 (ditto). Chalinella Lendenfeld, 1887a: 740, 770.— Burton, 1927a: 296 (revision, synonymised with C/adochalina). Ceraochalina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 740, 778 (type spe- cies: Ceraochalina typica Lendenfeld, 1887a, by typonymy).— Dendy, 1905: 152 (definition). — Burton, 1934a: 540 (invalid designation of Cladochalina nuda Ridley, 1884a, as type species). — Van Soest, 1980: 118 (genus dubium in Haplosclerida, wrong type species). — Bergquist and Warne, 1980: 24 (synonymised witt Callyspongia). Euplacella Lendenfeld, 1887a: 741, 789. — Burtoni 1934a: 597 (definition, resume, discussion, synonymiseo with Placochalina). —de Laubenfels, 1936a: 59 (discus: sion, invalid designation of type species). — Van Soest 1980: 110, text-fig. 39 (definition, retained in Callyspongiidae). Placochalina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 741, 790. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 59 (subsequent designation of type} species). [Siphonella] Lendenfeld, 1887a: 742, 808 (junior homo: nym of Siphonella Macquart, 1835), — Burton, 1934a; 54(1] (revision). — Van Soest, 1980; 118 (genus dubium in Haplosclerida, wrong type species). l Euchalina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 742, 816 (type species: Euchalina typica Lendenfeld, 1887a, by typonymy).— Burton, 1934a: 540 (invalid designation of Euchalin« rigida Lendenfeld, 1887a, as type species). — de Lauben- fels, 1936a: 47 (Burton's mistake corrected). — Van Soest. | 1980; 118 (genus dubium in Haplosclerida, wrong type} species). Chalinopsilla Lendenfeld, 1888: 104 (nomen novum fort} Chalinopsis Lendenfeld, 1886, nec Schmidt, 1870).—] Lendenfeld, 1889b: 124 (with Dactylia, Paraspongia, .| Psammoclema as synonyms). — Laubenfels, 1936a; 59 (synonymised with Dactylia). — Bergquist and Warne,. 1980: 33, 34 (definition, distinct from Dactylia). Arenosclera Pulitzer-Finali, 1982b: 123. Diagnosis. Callyspongiidae with distinct ectosomall skeleton, either as tangential net of primary andl secondary (sometimes tertiary) spongin fibres, or as abrupt peripheral condensation of main skele- ton, by intense branching and intercalation of | primaries and crowding of secondaries. Main skele- ton may contain ascending fibre fascicles ending | in spines at surface. Magascleres oxea or strongyles, | generally coring to packing fibres, occasionally also interstitial, in some species also in erect brushes at surface. Toxa may be present, occasionally alone. Spicular skeleton may be reduced or suppressed, and aspiculous fibres may be regularly cored by foreign detritus. Foreign inclusions may also occur in spiculiferous fibres, interstitially and on surface. | Remarks. Callyspongia and Spinosella, which I had | regarded as distinct genera in 1977a, were treated as subgenera of Callyspongia by van Soest (1980). Platychalina Ehlers (1870) might eventually replace | Spinosella, pending re-examination of its type spe- || cies, Spongia foliacea Esper, according to van Soest (1980: 60). Esper's type material, however, is very probably lost according to my recent enquiries in Erlangen, Frankfurt (Senckenberg Museum) and Munich (Zoologische Staatssammlung), except for || some slides by Thiele in East Berlin (ZMB), and : the schizoholotype of Spongia papyracea in || London (BMNH). Both van Soest and I have over- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT looked that Spinosella, if retained as subgenus, is best replaced by Cladochalina Schmidt (type spe- cies: Tuba armigera Duchassaing and Michelotti, 1864: Schmidt, 1870, subsequent designation by Burton, 19272: 295). If the subdivision of the genus Callyspongia were to be maintained, it would seem advisable to treat Euplacella (which van Soest, 1980, regarded as a distinct genus) as a third subge- nus. In this case, however, it would have to be replaced by its senior synonym (by page priority) Ceraochalina, The overlooked type species of the latter, C. typica, 1s clearly a junior synonym of Callyspongia serpentina (Lamarck) (=C. com- munis of authors), as my survey of Lendenfeld's types in Sydney and London revealed. The distinc- tion of the two subgenera Callyspongia and Cladochalina is not always practical with Indo- West Pacific and Australian material. If Burton's (1959: 225) synonymy of Callyspongia spinosissima (Dendy) is accepted, we would have morphotypes with coarsely spiny surface (spinosissima) and mor- photypes with smooth surface (subcylindrica). Callyspongia truncata Lendenfeld (1887a), (with most of his “species” of Siphonochalina as syno- nyms) likewise comprises morphotypes of both sorts. Another case in point is Callyspongia tuber- culata (Lendenfeld 1887a, comprising 4 of his 5 "species" of Siphonella as synonyms) in which the characters of the nominate subgenus (annular swell- ings, bullae, smooth portions) are often combined with tubercles and spines. The retention of Cer- aochalina as a subgenus is impractical, because its only diagnostic trait (the presence of erect spicule brushes at the surface) is not consistently developed in at least one species: it may or may not be present in the polymorphic Callyspongia ramosa. Bergquist and Warne (1980) distinguished Chalinopsilla and Dactylia on the grounds of foreign material coring the primary fibres of the latter, but being com- pletely absent in the former. This distinction has a major nomenclatorial drawback: the type species of Chalinopsilla (by subsequent designation in Bergquist and Warne, 1980, not by monotypy), C. dichotoma (Lendenfeld, 18866), has foreign bodies (chiefly foreign spicules), both in primaries and secondaries, according to Lendenfeld (1889b: 143, pl. 3 fig. 11). But neither such a distinction within aspiculous species, nor a separate genus for aspiculous callyspongiids seems necessary to me from a taxonomic point of view. In my experience with Australian callyspongiids, including many type specimens, foreign detritus occurs in both spiculiferous and aspiculous species, to a variable degree. I had earlier noted detritus in the fibres of Callyspongia pallida (as C. fallax forma debilis in 105 Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 95). Though detritus tends to interstices in spiculiferous ones, it may incrust the surface of both. Different species with vestigial the surface of both. Different species with vestigial spiculation are known both from the West Indian region and from the Indo-West Pacific region. It is possible that the loss of megascleres is an acquired character within the Callyspongiidae, and that the presence of toxa, though facultative and individually variable, is an ancestral trait shared with other haplosclerids. This is suggested by the new species of Callyspongia described below, in which all fibres are aspiculous, and in which inter- stitial toxa may be present in variable abundance; but also by the species (species complex?) Callyspongia ramosa (see below), which is highly polymorphic, also with regard to some skeletal traits, particularly in the occasional presence of toxa. Toxa also occur in some species of Renieri- dae (“Orina”, “Toxadocia”), Niphatidae (Micro- xina, of which Hemigellius is here considered a synonym), and Oceanapiidae (“Biminia“) (see van Soest, 1980). It could be argued, however, that both loss of megascleres and of toxa (and, in analogy, of sigmata in non-callyspongiid haplosclerids) are due to parallelism, and occurred in lineages link- ing various ancestral poecilosclerids and derived, polyphyletic Dictyoceratida. Strong reduction of megascleres, however, is much less common in non- callyspongiid haplosclerids, and occurs, for instance, in the West-Indian Amphimedon com- planata (see van Soest, 1980: 31), and in the Aus- tralian Amphimedon? crassiloba (Lamarck) (choanosome only). Presence/absence of spicules and of foreign detritus are here interpreted as poorly correlated, diatoxonic traits and as differences of degree within the Callyspongiidae, with Chalinopsilla sensu Berg- quist and Warne, and Arenosclera Pulitzer-Finali as extremes. Paraspongia Carter, which Lenden- feld (1889b: 145) regarded as an "obsolete" syno- nym (relating to Lendenfeld’s nomenclatorial idiosyncrasies, see Wiedenmayer et al., in press) of his Chalinopsilla (over which it would, as such, have priority), is very poorly known. I suspect it to be a junior synonym of Phoriospongia. Dasychalina, as revived by Burton (1932a) for Pachychalina fragilis Ridley and Dendy, and P. validissima Thiele (1905), merely represents extremes in the variable skeletal structure of Callyspongia outlined in the new diagnosis above. Fibres packed with spicules occur in Callyspongia conica (Bróndsted), C. irregularis Bergquist and Warne, and C. stellata Bergquist and Warne (Berg- quist and Warne, 1980: 27, 29, 32). All three spe- 106 F. WIEDENMAYER cies have abundant interstitial megascleres in the choanosome, as has C. persculpta described below. Callyspongia asparagus (Lamarck) Plate 11 figure 6, plate 31 figures 2, 3, text-figure 68 Spongia asparagus Lamarck, 1814 (1813-1814): 447 (Australian Seas, Péron and Lesueur collection). Chalina asparagus. — Ridley, 1884a: 405 (schizotype in BMNH mentioned, comparison with Pachychalina macrodactyla). Cladochalina asparagus. — Topsent, 1932a: 106, pl. 6 fig. 7 (description of type fragments, discussion). Material examined. Station BSS 187, one specimen (F52024). Diagnosis. Sparsely branched; branches knotty, with blunt tips, 0.5-1 cm thick. Firmly spongy, pink in life. Oscules numerous, unilateral or bilateral, around 1 mm wide. Surface smooth, with dense tangential reticulum. Main skeleton lax, coarse, irregular. Choanosome scanty. Spicules small, scanty, irregularly distributed in fibres only. Description. Three unequal branches (one now dis- sected) divergent from one point and curved in one plane. One branch proximally enveloped by cerebroid to lacunose, coarsely sandy, slightly com- pressible mass, possibly an undescribed Psam- moclema. Same mass supports frondose bryozoan. Branches of Callyspongia mostly compressed, somewhat knotty, 0.5 to 1 em thick; one terminally more compressed, almost spatulate. Pink in life now faded, mostly to yellowish beige, partly still pale red-brown. Firmly spongy. Surface smooth, also microscopically, finely mottled by vestibules in peripheral meshes. Oscules numerous, confined to narrow upper face, round to elongate, 0.5 to 1.5 mm wide. Superficial retic- ulum continuous except on branch tips, here with coarse main skeleton exposed. Finer superficial meshwork mostly obscured by fine clacareous sedi- ment, only darker primary tangential fibres stand- ing out. Pronounced contrast between dense surface reticulum and lax, open, relatively coarse and irregular meshwork of interior. Flesh scanty, tympanising some of meshes, contains fine calcare- Figure 68. Callyspongia asparagus, spicules (strongyles and strongyloxea), x 742. ous sediment. In dermal skeleton, primaries around 45 um thick, secondaries around 20 um, tertiaries around 8 ym. Corresponding meshsizes around 1 mm, 170-350 pm, and 45-85 um, respectively. Main skeleton with incomplete segregation of primaries, 95-130 um, spaced 580 to 1200 um, and secondaries, 47 to 62 um thick, spaced 290 to 870 um. Spicules scanty, confined to fibres, distributed irregularly, more numerous in some fibres, almost lacking in others; indistinctly aligned or randomly oriented, coring (then often broken) or occupying whole thickness of fibre; clearly visible or barely discernible. Spiculation: Strongyles transitional to tornotes and strongyloxea, 63.5-72.2-85 x 1.5-2.1-3.1 um. Remarks. See Callyspongia pergamentacea, below. Callyspongia bilamellata (Lamarck) Plate 11 figure 7, text-figure 69 Spongia bilamellata Lamarck, 1814 (1813-1814): 434 (part, typical form only, not var. 3; Australia (as Southern Ocean), Péron and Lesueur collection). Cavochalina bilamellata. — Carter, 1885d: 287 (part; Port Phillip Heads). Pachychalina bilamellata.— Dendy, 1895: 242 (Port Phillip Heads). — Whitelegge, 1902b: 287. Cladochalina bilamellata.— Burton, 1927a: 509. Cribrochalina bilamellata.— Topsent, 1932a: 68 (redescription of Lamarck's types of typical form). nec Spongia bilamellata var. B Lamarck, 1814 (fide Topsent, 1932a: 69, correctly Echinodictyum mesenterinum). nec Echinodictym bilamellatum.— Ridley in Ridley and Duncan, 1881 (Spongia bilamellata var. B redescribed from schizotype).— Topsent 1932a: 69 (for above). Euplacella australis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 789 (Torres Strait; junior secondary homonym of Dactylochalina aus- tralis Lendenfeld, 1886f.). — Burton, 1934a: 598 (Great Barrier Reel), Pachychalina australis. — Whitelegge, 1906: 457 (off Coogee, off Bulgo, off Wollongong, NSW). — Burton, 1927a: 509 (revision). Euplacella frondosa Lendenfeld, 1887a: 789, pl. 21 fig. 36 (Port Jackson, NSW; Gulf St Vincent, SA). Euplacella mollissima Lendenfeld, 1887a: 790, pl. 21 fig. 37 (Westernport Bay, Vic.). — Whitelegge, 1902a: 215 Figure 69. Callyspongia bilamellata, spicules, x 782. a. Oxea in fibres. b. Interstitial oxea. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 107 (coast of NSW).— Burton, 1934a: 598 (synonymy, types in BMNH re-examined; Great Barrier Reef). Placochalina pedunculata var. dura Lendenfeld, 1887a: 791, pl. 21 fig. 38 (Port Jackson, NSW). — Lendenfeld, 1888: 91.— Whitelegge, 1889: 182 (Coogee, Bondi, NSW).— Whitelegge, 1902b: 279, 287. Placochalina pedunculata var. poculum Lendenfeld, 1887a: 792, pl. 21 fig. 39 (Torres Strait; Illawarra and Port Jackson, NSW).—Lendenfeld, 1888: 91.— Whitelegge, 1902b: 279, 287. Placochalina pedunculata var. mollis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 792, pl. 21 fig. 35 (Gulf St Vincent). — Lendenfeld, 1888: 92.— Whitelegge, 1902b: 279, 287 (revision of 2 syntypes). Pachychalina punctata (nec Ridley and Dendy): Whitelegge, 1889: 182 (Port Jackson and Bondi Beach, NSW).— Whitelegge, 1901: 69 (Tuggerah Beach, NSW). — Whitelegge, 1906: 458 (off Barranjoey, NSW). Material examined. Station KG 9, one specimen (F52025). Type specimens of Euplacella australis, E. frondosa, E. mollissima, Placochalina pedunculata varr. dura, pocu- lum, and mollis (AM and BMNH). Hypotypes of Cavochalina bilamellata: Carter, 1885d (BMNH); of Pachychalina bilamellata: Dendy, 1895 (NMV); of Euplacella australis and E. mollissima: Burton, 1934a (BNMH); of Pachychalina australis: Whitelegge, 1906, Euplacella mollissima: Whitelegge, 1902a, Pachychalina punctata: Whitelegge, 1901, 1906 (AM). Diagnosis. Stalked, caliculate. Cup inverted- conical, often asymmetrical, compressed, bilater- ally deeply incised and hence bilamellate. Outer sur- face commonly coarsely rugo-reticulate, inner surface concentrically ridged. Externally sculptured cups almost lipostomous, smooth ones with more conspicuous, numerous and regular oscules in con- cavity. Rubbery, tough; dull light red to pinkish grey in life. Surface smooth, but often microhispid. Ectosome with erect spicular brushes, umbellate to finely cancellate. Main skeleton regular, bilateral- symmetrical in fronds. Spongin abundant, primary fibres well cored by spicules, secondaries with thin spicular cores. Small oxea, smaller interstitially, with strongyles. Description. Stalked asymmetrical cup, roughly inverted-conical. Stalk crooked, knotty, 2-2.5 cm wide and 16 cm long, with rhizomatous base. Height of cup 27 cm on higher side, 10 cm on oppo- site side. Wall mostly 0.5 to 1 cm thick, longitudi- nally folded, with concentric ridges on inside, coarsely rugo-reticulate relief on outside. Rim sharp, sinuous or obtusely notched. Fine, faint radial striation throughout inside, only 1-2 cm deep below rim on outside. Dull light red to pinkish grey in life (OR 7/2-8 to 10 R 8/8 inside, 10 R 6-8/4-6 outside), now greyish yellow-brown (7.5-10 YR 6-7/2-4). Rubbery. Surface optically smooth except relief mentioned above. Oscules inconspicuous in concavity, minute, not above 200 um in width, numerous, regularly scattered. Outer surface with coarse primary tan- gential fibres just below surface, outlining rounded meshes subdivided by indistinct finer fibres; secon- daries and tertiaries mostly indistinct. Pattern obscured by crowded microconules (spicular brushes) and fine sediment. In margins, regular radial primaries curve gently from mesial plane, meeting surface almost perpen- dicularly, branching frequently in curves; some as sudden intercalations; spacing 140-350 um, thick- ness 35-130 um. Secondaries generally more crowded, spaced mostly around 125 um, up to 430 „m, parallel to surface; few branching or connected by short radial anastomoses. Thickness as for primaries. Spongin abundant, meshes commonly rounded, with radial widths often equal or below those of fibres. All fibres conspicuously cored by spicules, core occupying fifth to third of thickness in primaries, with at least 6 spicules abreast, in secondaries commonly 1-4 spicules abreast. Spic- ules aligned to semiplumose, frequently fanning at junctions, occasionally disheveled, especially in periphery. Peripheral skeleton frequently less regular, less segregated from main skeleton where thick, spic- ules dominating over spongin. Where more distinct, equal to 1-3 spicule-lengths in thickness, spicules even more abundant, in vaguely umbellar to can- cellate bundles, reminiscent of periphery in Cribrochalina. Main skeleton interrupted in irregular intervals by similarly condensed zones parallel to present marginal surface, reflecting earlier growth stages. Spiculation: Fusiform oxea in fibres, curved to symmetrically bent, 60.9-65-71.8 x 2.3-3-4 um. Interstitial oxea and strongyles, 38.1-45.9-54.5 x 0.7-0.9 um. Remarks. There is a pronounced affinity, in the ectosomal skeleton of this species, to the genus Cribrochalina. In the latter, however, erect spicu- lar brushes form continuous palisades along the edges of the outermost secondaries, while in Callyspongia bilamellata erect spicules at the sur- face are grouped in isolated tufts. The synonymy suggested above should be qualified with regard to Euplacella australis, E. frondosa, and Pachycha- lina punctata sensu Whitelegge. These specimens differ from the typical specimen described above in two traits, and could be regarded as a distinct subspecies or form. The two traits are: absence of the rugo-reticulation on the outside (or convex side of single fronds) and presence on the inside or con- 108 F. WIEDENMAYER cave side of conspicuous round oscules (width around 1 mm). Both forms, however, agree in the dominantly bilamellate to caliculate, stipitate growth form, colour and consistency. Burton (1934a: 498) distinguished the two as species (call- ing the typical form Euplacella mollissima, yet una- ware of Topsent’s redescription of Spongia bilamellata), but at the same time doubted that the latter was really distinct from E. australis (correctly frondosa). Some growth forms of frordosa resem- ble Pachychalina punctata Ridley and Dendy, which is a typical Cribrochalina, It differs from frondosa externally by having thicker, more irregu- lar and lumpy fronds, with thick rims and frequent perforations, larger, more widely spaced and irregularly scattered oscules, and harder con- sistencv. Several hypotypes of Cavochalina bilamel- lata: Carter belong to Cribrochalina punctata. Callyspongia diffusa (Ridley) Plate 11 figures 8-10, plate 31 figures 4, 5, text-figure 70 Provisional synonymy. Cladochalina diffusa Ridley, 1884a: 672 (caption only), pl. 41 fig. D (Singapore). — Ridley, 1884c: 183 (descrip- tion, discussion). Callyspongia diffusa.— Burton, 1934a: 541, text-fig. 6 (synonymy, discussion; Great Barrier Reef). — de Lauben- fels 1950a: 12, text-fig. 6 (Hawaii). — Guiler, 1950: 6 (Tas- mania).— de Laubenfels, 1954a: 86, text-fig. 51, pl. 4b (Caroline Islands, Mariana Islands). — Burton, 1959: 224 (Gulf of Aden, Zanzibar area). — Bergquist and Warne, 1980: 27, pl. 13 a-d (description, discussion; New Zealand, intertidal-2 m). Acervochalina finitima.— Ridley, 1884a: 399 (nec Schmidt, part: specimen from Port Jackson, NSW, only, fide Burton, 1934a: 541). Chalinopora lamella Lendenfeld, 1887a: 757 (Port Jackson, NSW). — Lendenfeld, 1888: 85. — Whitelegge, 1902b: 278, 285 (2 syntypes redescribed). Cladochalina lamella.— Burton, 1927a: 294 (transfer only). Pachychalina manus Lendenfeld, 1887a: 777 (Port Jackson). — Lendenfeld, 1888: 88. — Whitelegge, 1889: 182 (Shark Reef, Port Jackson; Maroubra Bay, NSW).— Whitelegge, 1902b: 278, 284 (3 syntypes re-examined, 2 removed). Cladochalina manus.— Burton, (revision). Ceraochalina multiformis var. digitata Lendenfeld, 1927a: 508, 510 Figure 70. Callyspongia diffusa, oxea, x 943, 1887a: 784 (part: specimen from Port Jackson only, fide Burton, 1934a: 541). Pachychalina multiformis var. manaarensis Dendy, 1889d: 79 (Tuticorin Pearl Banks, Gulf of Mannar). Ceraochalina multiformis var. manaarensis. — Dendy, 1905: 154, pl. 7 fig. 2 (Gulf of Mannar, Sri Lanka). — Dendy and Frederick, 1924: 500 (Abrolhos Islands, WA). ?Siphonochalina crassifibra Dendy, 1889d: 82 (Tutico- rin Pearl Banks). Chalina pulvinatae Lindgren, 1897: 481 (Java).— Lindgren, 1898: 295, pl. 18 figs. 2, 16; pl. 19 fig. 7 (spelled pulvinatus, description, discussion). Callyspongia pulvinatae. — van Soest, 1982: 90, text- fig. 9 (Hong Kong). Ceraochalina retiarmata Dendy, 1905: 152, pl. 10 fig. 4 (off Chilaw, Sri Lanka). ? Ceraochalina ceylonica Dendy, 1905: 154, pl. 7 fig. 3, pl. 10 fig. 6 (Gulf of Mannar, Sri Lanka). Chalina palmata. —Dendy and Frederick, 1924: 499 (Abrolhos Islands, WA; nec Spongia palmata Lamarck, nec Chalina palmata: Ridley and Dendy). Material examined. Station BSS 187, one specimen (F52026). Syntypes of Cladochalina diffusa (BMNH). Type specimens of Chalinopora lamella, Pachychalina manus (AM, BMNH). Diagnosis. Variably branched, with branches sparse or prolific, stubby or long and tapering, frequently angular, knotty, moniliform, or compressed, erect or repent, anastomosing; or massive, lobate, tubu- lar, flabellate. Firmly spongy, occasionally softer, slightly viscid. Gold to mauve, or dark brown in life. Numerous oscules often raised on knots and lobes, apical and marginal on lamellae. Surface generally smooth, but hispid on elevations. Ectosomal reticulum variable in density, subdivi- sion and depth, with erect spicular brushes. Main skeleton irregular. Spicular core in all fibres thick, dense, many fibres packed with oxea. Description. Few, sparsely subdivided, straggling branches, generally knotty and angular, more so proximally, where almost serrated; tips tapering, almost smooth, terete to slightly compressed. Ser- rated appearance through numerous oscules (width 0.5-1 mm) on top of tubercles and cones, mostly aligned longitudinally, hence polygonal cross- section of branches proximally. Total height 35 cm, thickness of branches 1 cm proximally, 3-5 mm dis- tally. Dark brown in life, now faded (7.5 YR 5-6/4-6). Firmly spongy, slightly viscid. Surface, exept elevations mentioned, smooth, also microscopically. Very fine ectosomal reticulum apparent only with intermediate magnification. Primary meshwork wider in depressions, with indistinct subjacent vestibules forming speckled pattern. Over elevations, primary meshwork dis- tinctly denser, darker, micropapillate. In ectosome, SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 109 only tangential primaries and secondaries can be distinguished. Primaries 13-17 um thick, cored by 4-6 spicules abreast, enclosing meshes around 175 pm wide. Secondaries 8-9 um thick, cored by 1-2 spicules abreast, with meshsizes around 60 um. Spicule brushes echinate surface at nodes and inbet- ween. Nodes frequently capped by bulbous spon- gin, occasionally coalescent between neighbouring nodes, producing micropapillate appearance noted above. Meshwork of main skeleton irregular, with primaries often straggling and secondaries com- monly oblique. Primaries 33 to 63 um thick, spaced 208 to 440 um; secondaries 18-44 um thick, spaced 110 to 218 um. Half of diameter in primaries cored by more or less aligned oxea, some portions almost filled. Spicular core in secondaries proportionately thinner, occasionally reduced to one spicule. Spiculation: Hastate to fuisform oxea, straight to gently curved or bent, 50.6-59.8-67.] x 1.5-2.7-3.3 um. Remarks. The synonymy suggested above is largely that of Burton (1934a), with the exception of some names of Lendenfeld (18872): of those included by Burton, Cladochalina elegans is a good species of Callyspongia, while Chalinissa ramosa (also cited by Burton, 1934a: 598, as a synonym of Euplacella communis) is indeed a synonym of Callyspongia serpentina (see below). Chalinopora lamella and Pachychalina manus are here added to the syn- onymy chiefly following Burton's manuscript indi- cations on the labels with the syntypes in London (BMNH). Siphonochalina crassifibra Dendy (1889d) was merged in Callyspongia diffusa by Burton (1934a), but this may be a synonym of Callyspongia bullata (Lamarck). The synonymy of Ceraochalina ceylonica Dendy (1905) is doubtful because of its thick oscular tubes and strongly spined surface. The polymorphism of the species, as discussed by Burton (1934a: 543) and Bergquist and Warne (1980: 28), is here accepted, with the reservations and additions given above. The erect branching habit of the new specimen is closest to Pachycha- lina manus (here figured for comparison, pl. 11 fig. 10), in which the branches are more prolific, with short, clavate ends. The variability, though to a lesser degree, also affects skeletal measurements (fibres, meshes, and spicules). Callyspongia pergamentacea (Ridley) Plate 12 figures 1-3, plate 31 figure 6, plate 32 figure 1, text-figures 71-73 Provisional synonymy. Cladochalina armigera var. pergamentacea Ridley, 1881: 112, pl. 10 fig. 4 (Hotspur Bank, Brazil). Cladochalina armigera (nec Duchassaing and Michelotti).— Ridley, 1884a: 394 (Torres Strait; Port Denison, Qld). Figures 71, 72. Callyspongia pergamentacea. Details in reflected light, x 20.6. Figure 71. View of surface. Figure 72. Perpendicular section (surface above). 110 F. WIEDENMAYER Cladochalina pergameniacea.— Ridley, 1884a: 398 (Thursday Island, Torres Strait). Chalina pergamentacea.— Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 27, pl. 5 fig. 2 (Bass Strait). — Dendy, 1895: 244 (Port Phil- lip Heads). Ceraochalina pergamentacea. — Dendy, 1924: 327 (New Zealand). Callyspongia pergamentacea. — Hechtel, 1976: 240, 249, 253 (Bahian region, Brazil). Chalinopora paucispina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 765 (Queenscliff, Vic.). — Burton, 1934a: 603, 609 (as syno- nym of Callyspongia ramosa). Cladochalina paucispina, — Burton, 1927a: 294 (transfer only). Chalinopora typica Lendenfeld, 1887a: 765 (with var. tenuispina and var. megarhaphis, Port Jackson, NSW, and (unpublished) Port Phillip, Vic., and Kangaroo Island, SA). Cladochalina typica. — Burton, 1927a (transfer only). Ceraochalina papillata Lendenfeld, 1887a: 779f. (part, unwarranted collective replacement name for armigera sensu Schmidt and Ridley, var. pergamentacea Ridley; not varr. nov. macropora, intermedia, micropora). Material examined. Station KG 1, one specimen (F52027). Type specimens of Chalinopora paucispina and Chalinopora typica (AM, BMNH). Hypotypes of Cladochalina armigera, Cladochalina pergamentacea: Ridley, 1884a (BMNH); of Chalina pergamentacea: Ridley and Dendy (BMNH), Dendy, 1895 (NMV). Diagnosis. Irregularly ramose, branches knotty, lobate, or compressed, occasionally flabellate. Spongy, light and very compressible when dry. Yel- lowish beige to light red-purple in life. Oscules con- spicuous, irregularly scattered. Surface smooth, parchment-like. Ectosomal reticulum thin, very dense. Main skeleton lax, irregular; fibres gener- ally thin, with pale spongin, with spicular cores regular to semiplumose. Choanosome scanty, with smaller interstitial oxea. Description. Erect-ramose with branches in a plane in irregular candelabrum-like fashion. Branches irregular, knotty, with bulbous excrescences, lacunose in one place, 4 to 15 mm thick. Specimen 10.5 cm high, 7 cm wide. Partly yellowish beige, a f r 1 r k du I r pi Fe z kw 7 ee Figure 73. Callyspongia pergamentacea, spicules, x 777. a. Oxea in fibres. b. Interstitial oxea. partly light red-purple in life, now yellowish beige: (10 YR 8/4) throughout. Spongy, moderately firm in places. Few, irregularly scattered oscules, 0.5-2.5 mm wide, some slightly elevated. Surface smooth, parchment-like, irregularly speckled by subdermal vestibules. Fine ectosomal reticulum not always dis- tinct with low magnification, partly masked by fine sediment. In sections, primary meshes of ectosome trian- gular to polygonal, 400-800 um wide, with fibres around 32 um thick, cored to filled by 5-10 spic- ules abreast, Primary meshes profusely subdivided by thinner fibres, incompletely separated into secondaries, with 2-3 coring spicules, about 20 um thick, and tertiaries with only one coring spicule, 10 um and thinner. Smaller meshes 30-80 um wide. Main skeleton lax, irregular, with primaries and secondaries commonly straggling, their spongin pale. In periphery (to 1-1.5 mm below surface), where ascending and transverse fibres are more dis- tinct, primaries are 57-100 um thick, with spacings 280-950 um, frequently branch and form fascicles. Secondaries 35-45 um thick, spaced 95-480 um, occasionally branching and with free ends. In deeper portions, arrangement more irregular, with fibres frequently converging in knots. All fibres cored by oxea to half to two-thirds of diameter, some primaries filled. Arrangement of spicules often disheveled to seimiplumose. Choanosome scanty, with numerous small oxea, distinctly fainter than those in fibres. Spiculation: Fusiform oxea of the fibres, gently curved to bent, 67.6-77.9-80.2 x 1.3-/.9-2.5 um. Interstitial oxea, 38.8-58./-67 um long, below 1 um thick. Remarks. There is some similarity with Callyspon- gia asparagusin spicular dimensions and in the con- trast between the lax main skeleton, with scanty flesh, and the dense ectosomal meshwork. The fibres in C. asparagus are more regularly arranged, straighter, generally thicker, darker in colour, and the spicules’ density is much lower. Callyspongia persculpta sp. nov. Plate 12 figure 6, plate 33 figures 1-3, text-figure 74 Holotype (2): F52035, station BSS 187 (38?32.05, 142?28.6'E, 17 km S of Warrnambool; depth 52 m, coarse sand and shells). It consists of two fragments believed to have been torn off a common base by the dredge. Diagnosis. Ramose. Branches strongly sculptured, with spoon-or ear-shaped lobes concrescent in tiers. Rubbery, slippery, viscid; reddish brown in life. Surface microscopically smooth to granular. Small SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 111 Figure 74. Callyspongia persculpta sp. nov., oxea, x 877. oscules in convex portions of lobes, concavities inhalant. Ectosomal reticulum deep, regularly con- densed, umbellate and cancellate. Erect spicular penicils at surface commonly enveloped by fleshy dermis. Main skeleton generally regular, with vari- able spicular cores in all fibres. Choanosome fairly dense, with numerous interstitial oxea not differ- ent in size from those in fibres. Description. Two fragments, of slightly unequal size, conspicuously ornamented, roughly club- shaped, subdivided into tiers of concrescent hollow lobes with sharp, upturned rims. Composite excres- cences about 1.5 cm apart, tilted outward and side- ways from axis of each branch. Each branch slightly depressed overall, scooping shallower, more irregular along proximal broadside. Some scooped tiers on distal side like human ears. Lengths of branches 8 and 10 cm, width (along tiers), 3-5.5 cm, depths (across tiers), 1.5-3 cm. Individual hollow lobes 8-15 mm wide, 5 mm deep, with walls 2-3 mm thick distally. Reddish brown in life, partly preserved in alcohol (10 R 5-6/4), partly faded to greyish fawn (7.5 YR 6-7/4). Rubbery, slippery, viscid. Convex, often slightly rugose and verrucose outer and lower sides of scooped tiers exhalant, with regularly scattered small oscules, 0.5-1.5 mm wide, 3-6 mm apart, with rims mostly flush, occa- sionally slightly raised. Surface finely granulate at intermediate magnification. Inhalant concavities speckled to unaided eye by numerous vestibules, with fine ostia in meandering, anastomosing lines, occasionally in vaguely stellate fashion. Moderately dense choanosome with rounded- lacunose canal system. Ascending fibres distinct, commonly straggling, frequently branching in mesial zone of lobe wall, closer to inner, concave surface, curving to both sides to meet surfaces per- pendicularly. Meshwork irregular, with connecting fibres and scarse intercalated primaries generally oblique. Ectosomal reticulation about 140 um thick, con- spicuously condensed, by prolific branching of primaries, and by closely spaced secondaries, from which additional short intercalated primaries may issue. Mesh sizes 33-123 um. All radial spicule- cores expand just below surface, like brushes, at times forming palisades. Coriaceous, finely fibrous dermis (brown in transmitted light) overlying peripheral spicule brushes, or with enclosed brushes ending flush, occasionally echinating. Two con- densed zones curving in abruptly from inner sur- face below rim, parallel with outer surface, being overgrown earlier surfaces, both thicker (290 um) than present ectosome. Main skeleton between these three zones more regular than that below. In deeper main skeleton, primaries have diameters of 17-44 um, and are cored to variable extent, mostly between one-to two-thirds of diameter (2-10 spic- ules abreast); spacing 100-455 um. Secondaries 14-32 um thick, spaced 105-520 um, frequently cored by 1-2 spicules. Many spicules scattered interstitially, also between three con- densed zones. Spiculation: oxea, hastate, rarely fusiform, straight or curved, 60-66.7-72.6 x 2-3.2-4.4 um. Remarks. The only fractures visible are on the inside of the first tier of each branch. They are simi- lar but do not match. If the branches are held with opposite facing fractures and with the rims of all tiers approximately horizontal, inferring position in life, it is likely that the support was elevated, perhaps a stalk or large shell, and that the branches were drooping at a 45? angle, proximally opposite, distally slightly converging. This species is somewhat atypical for Callyspon- gia in its ectosomal structure. The condensation is very pronounced, with prolific branching of primaries just below the surface, and spicular brushes throughout the surface more crowded than usual in species formerly assigned to Ceraochalina and Euplacella. The similarity of this type of ecto- some with that of Cribrochalina is more pronounced in this species than in Callyspongia bilamellata, where the crowding of erect penicils occurs only in some areas of the surface. In Cribrochalina, however, anastomoses (secondaries) are much less in evidence, particularly in the main skeleton. Another atypical trait of this species is the unusually thick collagenous dermis enveloping most of the spicular brushes. The new species is comparable, in several points, with Spongia cras- siloba Lamarck, 1814, as redescribed by Topsent (1930a: 21, pi. 2 figs 4-5; as Chalina crassiloba), which also came from Bass Strait (King Island). This also has ear-shaped bifacial lobes (with inhalant and exhalent sides) of firm texture, has a strongly condensed skeleton at the surface, with analogous zones internally (overgrown earlier sur- faces), and hastate oxea of similar dimensions to those of Callyspongia persculpta. The lobes in Lamarck's only type specimen are much larger than in C. persculpta, erect and mostly free, concres- cent below in a massive base. Its oscules are wider 112 F. WIEDENMAYER than in the new species, more crowded and con- spicuous, especially on the wide margins of the lobes. Its main skeleton is apparently more regu- lar, tighter than in C. persculpta, with rectangular meshes, their width generally exceeding their height. The chief difference is the great scarcity of spicules in the main skeleton of Lamarck's sponge: they occur in primaries only, forming discontinu- ous single rows. The peripheral skeleton, by con- trast, is rich in spicules, but its structure is not quite clear from Topsent's description. Primaries are said to have spicular cores rapidly increasing in diameter below the surface, becoming packed distally (there is no mention of penicils, but primary tips are said to frequently stand out in relief), and secondaries forming the fairly wide meshes of the tangential superficial reticulum (on inhalant surfaces only?) are also charged with spicules. The specimen is dry, and any coriaceous ectosome possibly originally present (as in C. persculpta) might have vanished through natural maceration. This insecurity makes the generic placement of crassiloba speculative. Van Soest (1980: 31) dis- cussed it as a possible synonym of Amphimedon complanata (Duchassaing). I find this very unlikely. Callyspongia ramosa (Gray) Plate 11 figure 11, text-figure 75 Provisional synonymy. Spongia ramosa Gray, 1843: 295 (part; New Zealand). Pachychalina ramosa.— Dendy, 1898: 318, pl. 33 (part; redescription of 4 syntypes, including lectotype). Callyspongia ramosa.— Burton, 1934a: 597, 603 (syn- onymy, diagnosis, résumés, revision, discussion of syn- onyms).— Burton, 1938: 20 (Tasmania).— Bergquist, 1961a; 36 (New Zealand). — Bergquist and Warne, 1980: 30, pls 14f, 15a-f (synonymy, description, discussion, dis- tribution, New Zealand). Cladochalina nuda Ridley, 1884a: 395, pl. 41 fig. i (Torres Strait). —Burton, 1934a: 609 (comment on holotype). Cladochalina nuda var. abruptispicula Ridley, 1884a: 396, pl. 41 fig. j (Torres Strait). — Burton, 1934a: 609 (comment on holotype). Ceraochalina nuda. —Lendenfeld, 1887a: 781 (with varr. oxyus and oxystrongylus, nomina vana). Chalina nuda.— Hentschel, 1912: 397 (Aru Islands, Indonesia). Chalina polychotoma (nec Esper): Carter, 1885d: 284 Figure 75. Callyspongia ramosa, oxea, x 734. (part: BMNH 1884.10.10.1 (dry) only; Port Philli Heads). — ? Dendy, 1895: 243. Chalina polychotoma var. oculata Carter, 1885d: 28% (part: BMNH 1886.12.15.152, — 153 only; Port Phillit Heads). Chalina polychotoma var. trichotoma Carter, 18852 115. — Carter, 1885d: 284 (Port Phillip Heads). Dactylochalina australis Lendenfeld, 1886f: 726 (part material from Port Phillip Bay and Port Jackson only not from Western Australia). — Lendenfeld, 1887a: 813* Cladochalina dendroides Lendenfeld, 1887a: 769, pl! 19 fig. 21 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton) 1934a: 605 (syntype in BMNH redescribed). Cladochalina mammillata Lendenfeld, 1887a: 769 (Por: Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 605 (holotype redescribed). Cladochalina tenuirhaphis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 769, pl. 19, fig. 24 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand).— Burton. 1934a: 606 (holotype redescribed). Pachychalina paucispina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 776 (junior secondary homonym of Chalinopora paucispin« Lendenfeld, 1887a; New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 604 (holotype redescribed). Pachychalina ramulosa var. lamella Lendenfeld, 18872: 777 (as lamella, junior secondary homonym of Chalinopora lamella Lendenfeld, 1887a; New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 606 (holotype redescribed). Pachychalina ramulosa var. digitata Lendenfeld, 18872: 777, pl. 19 fig. 22 (as digitata, junior secondary homo- nym of Chalinissa communis digitata Lendenfeld, 1887a;; Port Chalmers, New Zealand).— Burton, 1934a: 606: (holotype redescribed). Pachychalina macrospina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 777 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 606 (holotype redescribed), pl. 19 fig. 18 (junior secondary homonym of Cladochalina elegans Lendenfeld, 1887a; Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 606 (holotype | redescribed). Pachychalina rigida Lendenfeld, 1887a: 778, pl. 19 fig. 14 (junior secondary homonym of Chalinissa rigida Len- denfeld, 1887a; New Zealand).— Burton, 1934a: 607 (holotype redescribed). Pachychalina oculata Lendenfeld, 1887a: 778 (junior secondary homonym of Chalina polychotoma var. oculata Carter; Mauritius).—Burton, 1934a: 608 (holotype redescribed), Ceraochalina papillata var. macropora Lendenfeld, 1887a: 780 (as macropora, junior secondary homonym of Chalinella macropora Lendenfeld, 1887a; New Zealand).— Burton, 1934a: 607 (lectotype in BMNH redescribed). Ceraochalina papillata var. intermedia Lendenfeld, 1887a: 781 (as intermedia, junior secondary homonym of Siphonochalina intermedia Ridley and Dendy, 1886; Port Chalmers, New Zealand).— Burton, 1934a: 607 (holotype redescribed). Ceraochalina papillata var. micropora Lendenfeld, 1887a: 781, pl. 19 fig. 16; Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 607 (holotype redescribed). Ceraochalina levis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 782, pl. 19 fig, SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 113 19 (Torres Strait; Port Chalmers, New Zealand).— Whitelegge, 1906: 406 (2 type slides in AM re- examined).— Burton, 1934a: 604 (lectotype and one paralectotype redescribed). Ceraochalina microrhaphis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 783 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand).— Burton, 1934a: 607 (holotype redescribed). Ceraochalina multiformis var. maeandra Lendenfeld, 1887a: 783 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 607 (holotype redescribed). Ceraochalina multiformis var. lamella Lendenfeld, 1887a: 783, pl. 19 fig. 15, pl. 27 fig. 25 (as lamella, junior secondary homonym of Chalinopora lamella Lendenfeld, 1887a; New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 607 (holotype redescribed). Ceraochalina multiformis var. elegans Lendenfeld, 1887a: 784, pl. 19 fig. 23; pl. 27 fig. 4 (as elegans, junior secondary homonym of Cladochalina elegans Lendenfeld, 1887a; Westernport Bay, Vic.). Ceraochalina multiformis var. digitata Lendenfeld, 1887a: 784, pl. 19 fig. 20 (part: not syntype from Port Jackson; as digitata, junior secondary homonym of Chalinissa communis digitata Lendenfeld, 1887a; Port Chalmers and Chatham Island, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 607 (syntypes from New Zealand redescribed). Ceraochalina multiformis var. mollis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 784 (as mollis, junior secondary homonym of Cladochalina mollis Lendenfeld, 1887a; Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 608 (holotype redescribed). Ceraochalina multiformis var. dura Lendenfeld, 1887a: 784, pl. 19 fig. 25 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 608 (syntype in BMNH redescribed). Ceraochalina reteplax Lendenfeld, 1887a: 785, pl. 19 fig. 17 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand), — Burton, 1934a: 608 (holotype redescribed). Ceraochalina tenella Lendenfeld, 1887a: 785 (junior secondary homonym of Chalinella tenella Lendenfeld, 1887a; Port Phillip Bay, Vic.). Ceraochalina euplax Lendenfeld, 1887a: 785, pl. 19 fig. 13 (junior secondary homonym of C/adochalina euplax Lendenfeld, 1887a; New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 608 (holotype redescribed). Ceraochalina extrema Lendenfeld, 1887a: 785 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 608 (holotype redescribed). Dactylochalina mollis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 812 (junior secondary homonym of Cladochalina mollis Lendenfeld, 1887a; east coast).— Lendenfeld, 1888: 100. Dactylochalina candelabrum Lendenfeld, 1887a: 812 (Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 608 (holotype redescribed). Dactylochalina conulata Lendenfeld, 1887a: 813, pl. 18 fig. 2 (junior secondary homonym of Chalinopora conulata Lendenfeld, 1887a; Port Jackson, NSW). Euchalinopsis dendroides Lendenfeld, 1887a: 816, pl. 18 fig. 8 (junior secondary homonym of Cladochalina dendroides Lendenfeld, 1887a; Illawarra and Port Jack- son, NSW). Euchalinopsis minima Lendenfeld, 1887a: 816, pl. 18 fig. 3 (Port Jackson, NSW, Port Phillip Bay, Vic.; Torres Strait, Qld; Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 608 (syntypes from Port Chalmers, Port Phillip and Torres Strait redescribed). Euchalina typica Lendenfeld, 1887a: 817, pl. 18 fig. 5, pl. 27 fig. 24 (junior secondary homonym of Chalinopora typica Lendenfeld, 1887a; Port Jackson, NSW; Western Australia; New Zealand). Euchalina paucispina Lendenfeld, 1887a: 818, (junior secondary homonym of Chalinopora paucispina Lenden- feld, 1887a; Port Jackson, NSW; Port Phillip Bay, Vic.; Port Chalmers, New Zealand). — Burton, 1934a: 608 (lec- totype and paralectotypes described). Euchalina macropora Lendenfeld, 1887a: 818 (junior secondary homonym of Chalinissa macropora Lenden- feld, 1887a; Port Jackson, NSW). Chalina macropora. — Whitelegge, 1906: 454 (type slide in AM re-examined, new record off Crookhaven River, NSW). Euchalina phillippinensis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 819 (spelled philippensis on p. 757; Port Phillip Bay, Vic.; New Zealand). Dactylochalina monilata (nec Ridley, 1884a).— Lendenfeld, 1888: 100 (part: Lendenfeld's material only, identical with syntypes of Dactylochalina australis; Port Jackson). — Whitelegge, 1889: 183 (off Green Point, Port Jackson). Phyllospongia (Antheroplax) perforata (nec Hyatt, 1877). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 172 (part: dry specimen from New Zealand, BMNH 1886.8.27.46, only, — slide AM G3711). ? Pachychalina densa Brøndsted, 1923: 125, text-fig. 7 (Auckland Islands, New Zealand). Gelliodes flagelliformis Brøndsted, 1923: 129, text-fig. 10 (Auckland Islands, New Zealand). Gelliodes filiformis Bróndsted, 1923: 131, text-figs. 12, 13 (Campbell Islands, New Zealand). Toxochalina difficilis Brøndsted, 1923: 132, text-fig. 14 (Auckland Islands, New Zealand). ? Gelliodes biformis Bróndsted, 1923: 449, text-fig. 8 (New Zealand). Pachychalina affinis Brøndsted, 1924; 455, text-fig. 13 (New Zealand). ? Pachychalina lunae Bróndsted, 1924: 455 text-fig. 13 (New Zealand). Material examined. Station BSS 180, one specimen (F52028). Syntypes of Spongia ramosa Gray (BMNH only). Type specimens of Chalina polychotoma varr. oculata, trichotoma Carter (BMNH), of Dactylochalina australis, Cladochalina dendroides, C. mamillata, C. tenuirhaphis, Pachychalina paucispina, P. ramulosa varr. lamella, digitata, P. macrospina, P. elegans, P. rigida, Ceraochalina papillata varr. macropora, intermedia, micropora, C. levis, C. microrhaphis, C. multiformis varr. maeandra, lamella, elegans, digitata, mollis, dura, C. reteplax, C. tenella, C. euplax, C. extrema, Dactylocha- lina mollis, D. candelabrum, D. conulata, Euchalinop- sis dendroides, E. minima, Euchalina typica, E. paucispina, E. macropora, E. phillippinensis Lendenfeld (AM and BMNH). Hypotypes of Chalina polychotoma: 114 F, WIEDENMAYER Carter, 1885d (BMNH), and of Phyllospongia perforata: Lendenfeld, 1889b (BMNH). Diagnosis. Ramose, erect; branches terete or com- pressed, solid or tubular; occasionally encrusting, with oscular processes. Firmly spongy, occasion- ally soft or almost incompressible. Mauve or dull yellow in life. Surface generally smooth, even, locally microconulose. Oscules numerous, scattered or in lines, flush or raised. Ectosomal skeleton vari- ably condensed or paratangential, subdivision not always distinct, may be locally absent. Erect spic- ular brushes may be present at surface. Main skele- ton mostly regular, rectangular, primaries and most secondaries regularly cored by oxea, but fibre thick- ness and proportion of spongin varies. Oxea vari- able, especially in thickness, may also occur interstitially in choanosome of variable density. Toxa may be present in variable proportions. Description. Single compressed branch, regularly expanding to spatulate end asymmetrically cleaved by two notches, one 6 mm deep, other I mm. Branchlet, | em long, issuing from base. Main branch proximally terete, 4 mm thick, soon com- pressed, expanding from 3-4 mm to 15 mm at end. Total height 7 em. Pale ochre in life (10 YR 6/6), now slightly faded. Softly spongy, limp. Oscules numerous, 0.3-1 mm wide, round to elongate, irregularly scat- tered along both narrow sides and one of faces. Surface smooth optically, microconulose at inter- mediate magnification. Vestibules only apparent from outside in upper half of main branch. Ectosomal reticulum poorly defined even at inter- mediate magnification, masked by dermis and ill- sorted sediment. Meshwork of main skeleton regular, though primaries and secondaries generally sinuous. Peripheral skeleton moderately condensed, by crowding of secondaries and by adventitious primaries beginning from fourth to second secon- dary fibre below surface, but also from outermost ones. All primaries have short, conical free ends of unequal length, rudimentary to about 100 um. Tips of conules frequently rugged, truncate, with spicules occasionally protruding. Primaries below periphery 26-45 um thick, spaced 240-380 um. Secondaries of deeper portions 23-36 um thick, 175-350 um apart. Meshes in periphery generally about one-half width of deeper ones. Primary fibres commonly cored by about 6 spicules abreast, secondaries by 1-3 spicules. Cores and alignment of spicules well defined. Numerous spicules strewn interstitially in dense and pervasive choanosome, like ill-sorted sediment and few foreign spicules. Spiculation: Weak fusiform oxea with indistinct ends, straight to irregularly bent or flexuous, 67-77-86.5 x 1.4-1.7-2.6 um. Remarks. The synonymy suggested above is largely that of Burton (1934a: 603), with some exceptions concerning records outside New Zealand waters. Euchalina exigua Lendenfeld (18872), with its varie- ties, is here accepted as a good species of Callyspon- gia. Chalinopora paucispina Lendenfeld is here regarded as a junior synonym of Callyspongia per- gamentacea (see above). Chalina oculata novaezealandiae Dendy (1924) is, in my opinion, a synonym of Callyspongia serpentina (see below). Topsent’s (1933) revision of Spongia serpentina Lamarck apparently came to Burton's attention too late, and he (1934a: 598), like Topsent, accepted Lendenfeld’s epithet communis as valid. Both Callyspongia ramosa and C. serpentina seem to be fairly common in Bass Strait, and, overlapping in several traits, were easily confused in the past. This is apparent in Chalina polychotoma: Carter, with its varieties (all merged by Dendy, 1895: 243), which comprises specimens of both species; but also in the revisions of the type series (different parts thereof in Dendy, 1898, and Burton, 1934a) of Spongia ramosa Gray, in which two of the seven syntypes probably belong to C. serpentina. The oxea in both species are very similar in range of shapes and dimensions. There is also, occasion- ally, in both species, a more or less pronounced segregation of thick and thin oxea, thick ones in C. ramosa being hastate with abrupt points, and generally more common. The new specimen of C. ramosa is atypical in having only thin fusiform oxea. Of the specimens redescribed as synonyms of C. ramosa by Burton (1934a), one, the syntype of Ceraochalina levis Lendenfeld from Torres Strait, agrees with the present specimen in this respect, except for possessing rare oxea of the normal, stout kind. Bergquist and Warne (1980: 31) noted an inverse relationship between volume of spongin (fibre thickness) and spicule size in their humerous specimens. The present specimen, with relatively thin fibres, does not seem to fit this state, Burton’s (1934a) synonymy was accepted by Bergquist and Warne (1980), who noted great mor- phological variability in their material, externally and in skeletal features. They noted toxa in only one specimen. The great variability in frequency of toxa in Callyspongia toxifera (see below) sup- ports Burton's view that the presence of toxa has no importance in C. ramosa. Beyond differences in habit (branches generally smooth in C. ramosa, knotty and rugose in C. ser- pentina) and in structure of the main skeleton (perhaps to be found less pronounced once all types of synonyms of both sibling species are eritically SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 115 re-examined), the chief diagnositic trait seems to be the distinctly higher condensation in the ectosomal skeleton of C. serpentina. In both spe- cies, however, the condition of the surface is intermediate between that of Callyspongia (nominotypical subgenus sensu van Soest, 1980) and subgenus C. (Euplacella sensu van Soest, 1980, 1982, correctly Ceraochalina): the conules of spongin cored by oxea are obviously homologous with naked spicule-brushes, and the latter seem to occur occasionally in both sibling species. The specific identities of Ceraochalina pergamentacea (nec Ridley): Dendy, 1924, and of Cladochalina dendyi Burton, 1929a (both cited in Burton's syn- onymy of 1934a) are impossible to ascertain on the basis of their descriptions. Callyspongia serpentina (Lamarck) Plate 12 figure 4, plate 32 figures 2-4, text-figure 76 Provisional synonymy. Spongia serpentina Lamarck, 1814 (1813-1814): 452 (with var. 8; King Island, Bass Strait, Tasmania. Redescribed by Topsent, 1933: 2). Chalina polychotoma (Esper) var. oculata Carter, 1885d: 284 (part: BMNH 1886,12.15.154,-156 only; Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). Chalina polychotoma var. moniliformis Carter, 1885d: 285 (south coast of Australia). Chalina polychotoma var. angulata Carter, 1885d: 285 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). Pachychalina elongata Ridley and Dendy, 1886: 329. — Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 23, pl. 6 fig. 1 (off Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait, Tas.). Cladochalina elongata. — Burton, 1927a: 508, 510 (transfer). Euplacella elongata. — Burton, 1934a: 597 (transfer only). Chalinissa communis Lendenfeld, 1887a: 772 (collec- tive name for following varieties, no nominotypical subspecies; junior secondary homonym of Tubulodigi- tus communis Carter, 1881a). — Lendenfeld, 1888: 87, pl. 8 (Port Jackson). — Whitelegge, 1902b: 278, 286 (syntype in AM and type slide of var. flabellum ex BMNH re-examined). Chalinissa communis var. flabellum Lendenfeld, 1887a: a i; = — 1 m == 1 rn 1 ME ee A = : r 4 Figure 76. Callyspongia serpentina, spicules, x 1059. a. Oxea in fibres. b. Interstitial oxea. 772, pl. 20 fig. 32; pl. 27 figs 5, 11, 13, 15 (Port Jack- son, NSW). — Lendenfeld, 1888: 8.— Whitelegge, 1889: 182 (off Green Point, Port Jackson). Chalinissa communis var. digitata Lendenfeld, 1887a: 772, pl. 20 fig. 30 (Port Jackson, NSW). Pachychalina communis. — Whitelegge, 1901: 70 (syn- onymy; Tuggerah Beach, NSW). — Whitelegge, 1906: 458 (varr. flabellum and digitata, Chalinissa elegans, C. elon- gata, C. tenuifibris, C. serpens Lendenfeld merged, all types re-examined, spicule dimensions; coast of NSW, common). Cladochalina communis. — Burton, 1927a: 504, 505 (transfer, the 2 varieties merged). — Topsent, 1933: 2, pl. | figs 5, 6 (2 syntypes of typical var. and var. 8 of Spon- gia serpentina redescribed). Euplacella communis.— Burton, 1934a: 598 (transfer, synonymy; Great Barrier Reef). Chalinissa macropora Lendenfeld, 1887a: 772, pl. 20 fig. 28 (Port Jackson, NSW). Cladochalina macropora.— Burton, 1927a: 504, 505 (transfer). Chalinissa tenuifibris Lendenfeld, 1887a: 773, pl. 20 fig. 29 (Port Jackson, NSW). Cladochalina tenuifibris. — Burton, 1927a: 504, SOS (transfer, possibly synonym of C. communis). Chalinissa serpens Lendenfeld, 1887a: 773, pl. 20 fig. 33 (east coast of Australia). — Burton, 1927a: 504, 505 (synonymised with Cladochalina communis). Chalinissa elegans Lendenfeld, 1887a: 773, pl. 20 fig. 27 (junior secondary homonym of Cladochalina elegans Lendenfeld, 1887a; Broughton Island, NSW).— Lendenfeld, 1888: 87 (Illawarra, NSW). — Whitelegge, 1902b: 278, 286 (2 syntypes re-examined). — Burton, 1927a: 504, 505 (synonymised with Cladochalina communis). Chalinissa rigida Lendenfeld, 1887a: 773 (Port Jack- son, NSW). — Burton, 1927a: 504, 505 (synonymised with Cladochalina communis). Chalinissa elongata Lendenfeld, 1887a: 774, pl. 20 fig. 34 (Illawarra, NSW).— Lendenfeld, 1888: 87.— Whitelegge, 1902b: 278, 286 (AM-type slide ex BMNH- syntype re-examined). — Burton, 1927a: 504, 505 (syn- onymised with Cladochalina communis). Chalinissa ramosa Lendelfeld, 1887a: 774, pl. 20 fig. 31 (Port Jackson). — Burton, 1927a: 504, 505, 510 (syn- onymised with Cladochalina communis). Pachychalina ramosa.— Whitelegge, 1906: 455 (off Wata Mooli, off Coogee, off Wollongong, off Shoal- haven Bight, NSW). Ceraochalina typica Lendenfeld, 1887a: 782, pl. 19 fig. 26 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.). Chalina oculata var. novaezealandiae Dendy, 1924: 326 (New Zealand). ?Cladochalina dendyi Burton, 1929a: 421 (Victoria Land, New Zealand's Antarctic Territory). Material examined. Station KG 9, one specimen (F52029). Type specimens of Chalina polychotoma varr. oculata, moniliformis, angulata Carter, 1885d (BMNH), of Pachy- chalina elongata Ridley and Dendy (BMNH), of Chalinissa communis varr. flabellum, digitata, C. mac- ropora, C. tenuifibris, C. serpens, C. elegans, C. rigida, 116 C. elongata, C. ramosa, C. typica Lendenfeld (AM and BMNH). Hypotypes of Pachychalina ramosa: Whitelegge, 1906 (AM). Diagnosis. Ramose, erect. Branches irregular, knotty, angular, lobate, or compressed, occasion- ally frondose, often prolific. Firmly spongy, rub- bery, viscid; fawn in life. Oscules numerous, scattered. Surface smooth, glabrous to microconu- lose. Ectosomal reticulum much condensed, chie- fly irregular, with short echinating fibres. Choanosome cavernous, main skeleton very irregu- lar. Indistinct primary fibres cored, but oxea often semiplumose. Many oxea interstitial, smaller. Description. Prolifically branched, with 15 branches distally. Basal portion a palmate frond, 8 mm thick, 6.5 cm wide distally, 10 em high, with cleft 6 cm long on one side. Few crooked, stubby branchlets from its sides and lower face. Remain- ing longer branches from upper face and edge of basal frond, straggling, knotty, compressed in different directions, of variable thickness, gener- ally with angular cross-section. Angularity height- ened by coarse pits and lacunae, often crowded with common margins forming rugo-reticulate pat- tern. Most branches only partly affected by this pattern, to variable degrees. Some branches more strongly compressed, flabellate, below bifurcation or multiple subdivision, partly also due to concres- cence of contiguous branches. Most branches 0.6-1.5 cm wide, erect ones 10-21 cm high. Total height 31 cm. Fawn in life (7.5 YR 7/6), now duller (10 YR 6-8/4). Firmly spongy, rubbery, viscid, residual mucus upon handling difficult to wash away. Oscules numerous, scattered all over, 1-3 mm wide, round, Surface, except pitted areas, smooth, gla- brous, also on branch tips. Many areas show dense, fine, weak speckling by vestibules. Very dense ectosomal reticulum with minute conules visible only at intermediate magnification. No clear dis- tinction of primary and secondary tangential fibres, Choanosome regularly cavernous, riddled by canals 0.5-0.8 mm wide, fleshy interstices contain- ing numerous weak oxea. Main skeleton quite irregular. Little distinction between primary and secondary fibres, but former contain more spicules, commonly 2-6 abreast, are more flexuous, fre- quently fasciculate, and prolifically branched. Spic- ules in primaries aligned and coring, but frequently disheveled, semiplumose. Secondaries may be devoid of spicules or contain a discontinuous core of one, rarely two spicules. No appreciable differ- ence in thickness (about 25 um) between primaries and secondaries. Orientation of both, except most of peripheral portion, random, mesh sizes variable (50-600 um). F, WIEDENMAYER Ectosomal skeleton much condensed, meshsizes around 60 um. Cubic arrangement frequently obscured by oblique and branching fibres. Thin- ner fibres without order. Fibrous conules at sur- face short, generally below 30 um, around 60 um apart, cored by 1-3 broken spicules. Most echinat- ing conules between nodes of reticulum. Tips of primaries mostly blunt, bifid or T-shaped. Ecto- some contains variously abundant foreign detritus (sand grains, flocculent sediment, spicules and their fragments). Foreign matter scanty in choanosome. Spiculation: Fusiform oxea of fibres, rarely straight, commonly asymmetrically bent, often broken, 46.5-54.7-59.8 x 1.6-2-2.6 um. Intersti- tial oxea, 48.7-55.3 x 0,8-1.2 um. Remarks. The two syntypes of Spongia serpentina Lamarck (typical variety), as redescribed by Top- sent (1933: 2), are beach-worn specimens in which the ectosome is mostly gone. The type of var. ß (Topsent, 1933, pl. 1 fig. 6) is better preserved, but Topsent unfortunately neglected to describe its ectosome. However, the shape of the two figured specimens, Topsent’s identification and compari- son with Chalinissa communis as redescribed by Whitelegge, 1906, and the frequently semiplumose arrangenient of oxea in primary fibres, leave no doubt that S. serpentina is the oldest available name of this species. Through the type specimens listed above, I find the poloymorphism confirmed, which was noted by Whitelegge (1906) and Burton (1927a), and which is apparent in the figures cited above in syn- onymy. Detailed descriptions of skeletal structure are so far scanty and inadequate. Whitelegge (1906: 459) merely noted that the extreme variability also affects the fibrous skeleton and the spicules. He was not clear on the structure of the ectosome, remarking that it is “velvet-like in appearance, and coated with a thin crust of oxeote spicules; the latter are very closely arranged and partly conceal the dermal network as well as the pores, which are scarcely visible to the unaided eye." It seems likely that this refers to naked spicular brushes homolo- gous to the spongin-conules in the new specimen. Topsent described the oxea in the fibres of the type material of Spongia serpentina as fairly stout, barely fusiform with short conical points, meas- uring 70-85 x 4-6 um; interstitial oxea as more fusiform, always weaker, 70 x 1.5 pm. Spicular measurements given by Whitelegge (1906) for the types of Chalinissa communis and of the synonyms recognised by him have a range of 60-80 x 4.5-6.5 um for oxea in the fibres, 60 x 2 um for intersti- tial oxea (in communis only). The principal oxea in the new specimen are smaller, but hardly signifi- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 117 ı cantly so, considering the analogous case in the new specimen of Callyspongia ramosa. Callyspongia toxifera sp. nov. Plate 12 figure 5, plate 32 figures 5-6, text-figure 77 Holotype: FS2032, station BSS 181 (38?39.8'S, 144*18.2'E, 30 km SE of Lorne; depth 79 m, very fine sand with chaetopterid worm tubes). Three paratypes: F52030, station BSS 179 (39°03.2'S, 146°39.5’E, E of Wil- sons Promontory; depth 55 m, muddy sand); F52031 and F52033, station BSS 181. Diagnosis. Small, sparsely branched. Branches thin, straggling. Soft, limp; greyish yellow in life. Oscules minute, irrgularly scattered or in lines. Sur- face smooth, microconulose. Ectosomal reticulum or condensation rudimentary. Main skeleton irregular, with weak, pale spongin fibres without oxea. Proper spicules only interstitial toxa of vari- able frequency. Scattered foreign detritus in choanosome. Description. All specimens small. Holotype (pl. 12 fig. 5) consists of many thin branches, straggling, twisted and crooked to folded, mostly compressed in different directions, occasionally concrescent. Individual branches 1.5-3 mm wide, up to 4 cm long, sparingly subdivided, distally simple, slightly clavate, or compressed and bifid. F52030 a single, fairly straight branch, 7.5 cm long, irregularly compressed, mostly around 5 mm wide, distally bifid, with tapering subdivisions 8 and 12 mm long. F52031 part of small group of branchlets, no longer than 1.5 cm, attached to chaetopterid worm tube with other sponges. Branchlets similar to smaller ones in holotype. F52033 of size intermediate between F52031 and holotype, more regularly subdivided, chiefly dichotomous. Distance between bifurcations 4 to 8 mm. F52030 greyish yellow (2.5 Y 7-8/4) in life, unchanged in alcohol. Other specimens now lighter, pale beige to cream. Soft, limp, easily torn. Oscules inconspicuous and minute, irregularly scattered, except F52030, where more conspicuous, 1-1.5 mm wide, regularly aligned on two narrow sides. Figure 77. Callyspongia toxifera sp. nov. Toxa from F52033, x 709. Surface smooth to unaided eye. With low mag- nification, regularly conulose, lower conules prox- imal, higher ones distal. In three specimens with thin branches, ectosomal reticulum rudimentary, undulating. In F52030, tangential reticulum at sur- lace, between very low conules, meshwork dis- tinetly finer than inside. Its distal secondary branchlets like thinly branched specimens in sur- face, Main skeleton an irregular meshwork of clear, pale, weak spongin fibres, always free of proper spicules and foreign inclusions. Commonly no dis- tinction of primaries and secondaries, all fibres sinuous to crooked, occasionally bent at almost right angles, 12 to 26 um thick, swelling and taper- ing profusely, enclosing randomly oriented, twisted meshes 120-330 um wide, Some primaries vaguely distinct by radial orientation and more crooked course. In F52031, meshwork denser than in other specimens, with more uniform meshsizes. Peripheral condensation absent or slightly developed, with more regular meshes subparallel with surface, and thinner fibres (around 8 jum). Conules of variable elevation frequently oblique and crooked, with tapering tips of primary fibres, some issuing from vertical intercalations in outer- most meshes, or directly from outermost tangen- tial fibre. Content of foreign debris scattered throughout the choanosme variable: coarse lithic fragments, foreign spicules (various megascleres and their frag- ments, microscleres), and fine sediment, the latter most variable in abundance. Toxa, though proper, also variable in frequency, evenly scattered inter- stitially; lacking in F52030, scarce in F52031, moderately frequent in F52032, frequent in F52033. Spiculation: Frail toxa of variable size and angle, with narrow median bend and gentler distal recur- vatures, thighs stiff, forming angles between 110° and 160°; length (chord) 25.6-65.2-89.4 jum, thick- ness 0,8-1.7 um. Niphatidae van Soest, 1980 Gelliodes Ridley Gelliodes Ridley, 1884a: 426. —Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 47 (new diagnosis). — Dendy, 1905: 137 (defini- tion).—de Laubenfels, 1936a: 53 (definition in Des- macidonidae, revision), — Van Soest, 1980: 106 (definition in Niphatidae). — Desqueyroux-Faundez, 1984: 7791, (definition in Niphatidae, description of 4 species). Diagnosis. “Niphatidae in which the tangential ectosomal reticulation is [often] obscured by pro- truding tufts of the choanosomal primaries, producing a rough conulose surface. Spongin present, Secondary fibres largely reduced. Microscleres abundant sigmata." (Van Soest, 1980: 118 F. WIEDENMAYER 106.) Proportion of spicules to spongin highly vari- able. The surface, in some species, may be almost smooth. The fibrous skeleton, or portions thereof, may be isodictyal. Gelliodes incrustans Dendy Plate 2 figure 2, plate 12 figure 7, plate 33 figures 4-6, plate 34 figure 1, text-figures 78-81 Gelliodes incrustans Dendy, 1905: 137, pl. 9 fig. 6 (Sri Lanka). —Lévi, 1965a: 20, fig. 25 (Red Sea).— Desqueyroux-Faundez, 1984: 782, figs 7, 53, 62, 63 (New Caledonia). Material examined. Station KG 1 (one specimen, F52036). Diagnosis. Small, encrusting to cushion-shaped, Qnem. N A a yo sy pr) t tinea "n A, v hip " Butt A oy Ln > X Ru, CERO SERS Me UA un? DEREN 7 ae ST ¿de PE wel IA DS E) E ESTAS a Qi UL 77] EN. fv. HN Me, OLE BY A, a G va ` t ^A e lf’, » co EA AR HR: A 7 DE thy yh aM s E : G Z WE m A 2 M, OY gf IA, : often epibiotic. Compressible, resilient; light yellow to whitish, or greyish purple in life. Surface velvety, microconulose. Oscules round, 2-3 mm wide, flush or raised. Conspicuous meandering vestibules. Choanosome cavernous. Main skeleton irregular, with little differentiated primary spongin fibres cored by several oxea, often in semiplumose arrangement; secondaries with single oxea. Peripheral skeleton may be tighter, almost isodic- tyal. Oxea also interstitial, with numerous sigmata, foreign detritus and microsymbionts. Description. Sponge now dissected, originally ovoid, slightly compressed, small, attached to side of Jaspis stellifera (described above), 1.7 x 2 cm wide at base, 8 mm high. In growth position, with mouth of larger vermetid proximally encrusted by Jaspis stellifera on top, narrower, almost conical “3 EN vé sd. 4 pum T5 "I D a oh m 3 "$ 4 ips. R 5 AST 80 79 Figures 78-80. Gelliodes incrustans. Details in reflected light. Figure 78. Median sagittal section of whole specimen x 6.6. Figure 79. Surface (above) and periphery, X 20.5. Figure 80. View of surface showing the pattern of subder- mal canals, x 20.5. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 119 Figure 81. Gelliodes incrustans, spicules, x 979. a. Oxea. b. Sigmata. half of Gelliodes, still in place, directed upwards, bears apical, sharp-rimmed oscule, 2 mm wide. Colour in life not recorded, now, in alcohol, pale fawn to dark beige (5 YR 7-8/4). Compressible, resilient, velvety surface. Weakly undulating sur- face smooth to unaided eye, with meandering sub- dermal canals and vestibules barely visible. With low magnification, surface regularly and finely conulose to hispid, conules about 50 um high and 100 um apart. Tangential reticulum indistinct, mostly masked by sediment. Choanosome cavernous, traversed in all direc- tions by confluent, meandering canals of rounded section, 350-750 um wide. Main skeleton irregu- lar, often obscured by much scattered to cluster- ing detritus and macrosymbionts. Fine sediment dominates, especially at surface, over foraminifera and their debris, whole branches of bryozoans, and foreign spicules, chiefly triradiates, probably from neighbouring calcareous sponge Aulorrhiza procumbens. Spongin dominates in fibres. Struc- ture of main skeleton variable, but with two types or zones: (1) Generally deeper inside with thicker fibres. Primary fibres indistinct, little oriented, slightly thicker, irregularly spaced, occasionally branching, with spicular cores fifth to third of diameters (2-5 spicules abreast, often broken), generally straggling; arrangement of spicules occa- sionally disheveled, semiplumose. Intervening secondary meshwork, generally with single coring spicules, highly irregular in meshsizes and orien- tation. (2) Generally below surface to variable depths (up to 1.5 mm), without apparent primaries, fibres mostly thinner, meshwork more regular, finer, almost isodictyal. Interstitial oxea in both zones. Overall, fibre diameters 10-65 um, average about 35 um; meshsizes 68-285 um for inner zone, around 100 um for outer zone. Spiculation: (1) Oxea, fusiform, straight to slightly curved, 93-//5-142 x 1.6-2.9-4.4 um; (2) sigmata of variable curvature, occasionally con- torted, fairly abundant, scattered to clustered inter- stitially, 6.8-/2.3-17.9 x 0.9-1.2 um. Remarks. Previous records were from the Gulf of Mannar (Dendy), the Red Sea (Lévi), and New Caledonia (Desqueyroux-Faundez, with synoptic table of skeletal measurements). The latter record is somewhat doutbful, as the sigmata are consider- ‚ably larger (50-90 x 2-3 um). My measurements agree well with those of Dendy and Lévi, except for the somewhat thicker oxea in the latter (105-130 X 5-8 um). None of the former descriptions men- tion a differentiation of an outer main skeleton. Such a feature is described by Burton (1934a: 538, pl. 1 figs 1-7) for Gelliodes pumilus (Lendenfeld), but that outer skeleton (to a depth of 200 um) is devoid of spongin. The inner, fibrous main skele- ton is described as isodictyal. Most of Burton's specimens have a fairly smooth surface, but Len- denfeld's holotype (also figured) is coarsely conu- lose. The description of this species in van Soest (1982: 89, fig. 8) refers to an undifferentiated main skeleton with thick primaries and transverse thin- ner secondaries, both packed with spicules, oxea being larger than in G. incrustans. Of the massive- lobose species of Gelliodes with Indo-West Pacific records, three others have fairly smooth surface. G. carnosus Dendy (see Desqueyroux-Faundez, 1984: 779) and G. fragilis Desqueyroux-Faundez (1984: 782) both differ from the present species chiefly by higher proportion of spicules to spon- gin, and consecutively more rigid or more fragile consistency. G. tenuirhabdus Pulitzer-Finali (1982b: 112), known from a single specimen, seems to have a skeleton very similar to the one of the present specimen. But the proportion of spicules to spongin is even weaker in the former, and the oxea are thin (100 x 1.5 um), almost strongyles, weakly mineralised. It could be argued that these are differences of degree, or of ecophenotypes, but more material from the Great Barrier Reef will have to be examined to decide whether G. fenuirhabdus is a synonym of G. incrustans. Oceanapiidae van Soest, 1980 Synonym: Phloeodictyidae Carter, 1882. Remarks. Phloeodictyidae was dropped from use 120 F. WIEDENMAYER in taxonomy by Topsent (1928: 66; as Phloeodic- tyinae, in the sense of Ridley and Dendy, 1887), who then preferred to place Phloeodictyon (Oceanapia) in the Renierinae Ridley and Dendy. Carter's senior synonym has not been used since then. In my opinion, ICZN Article 40 does not apply in this case. Though van Soest (1980: 85, 96, 97) synonymised PA/oeodictyon and Oceanapia and mentioned Phloeodictyinae in his historical survey, his formal erection of Oceanapiidae (same work, pp. 80, 114) is not a stated replacement of Phloeo- dictyidae, based on such generic synonymy. Carter's family name, moreover, is here judged to be invalid pending an appeal to the International Commission for its suppression, and Oceanapiidae can be said to be in general current use (ICZN Article 79c). Oceanapia Norman Oceanapia Norman, 1869: 334. — Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 32, 36 (in Phloeodictyinae). — Dendy, 1922; 45 (defi- nition in Phloeodictyinae). — Topsent, 1928: 66 (in Renie- rinae). — Bergquist, 1965: 160 (discussion in Adociidae). — Lévi in Brien et al. 1973: 620 (definition in Renieridae).— Vacelet et al., 1976: 98f. (2 species described). — Van Soest, 1980: 85 (synonymy, definition), 9] (discussion), 114 (definition), 115 (illustration). — Bergquist and Warne, 1980: 37 {definition and discussion in Oceanapiidae). Rhizochalina Schmidt, 1870: 35.— Ridley and Dendy, 1887: xiv, 32.— Bergquist, 1965: 160 (discussion). — Vacelet et al., 1976: 92-96 (7 species described). — Van Soest, 1980: 85, 92, 114 (synonymised with Oceanapia). Phloeodictyon Carter, 1882a: 122. — Dendy, 1905: 165 (definition in Phloeodictyinae). — Dendy, 1922: 47 (defi- nition in Phloeodictyinae). — Wilson, 1925: 419 (defini- tion in Phloeodictyinae). — Bergquist, 1965: 160 (discussion). — Van Soest, 1980: 85, 91, 114 (synonymised with Oceanapia). Biminia Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 124 (definition in Nepheliospongiidae). — Van Soest, 1980: 115 (definition in Oceanapiidae, probably synonym of Oceanapia). — Hoshino, 1981: 121 (in Adociidae, new species). — Hooper, 1984b: 55 (in Oceanapiidae, new species). Diagnosis. “Oceanapiidae in which the ectosomal bark-like skeleton is reinforced by spongin, this trend being particularly evident in the fistule walls. Megascleres oxea; microscleres, when present, sig- mata or [and] toxa." (Bergquist and Warne, 1980: 37.) Oceanapia putridosa (Lamarck) Plate 12 figure 8, text-figure 82 Alcyonium putridosum Lamarck, 1815 (1814-1815): 168 (King George Sound, WA, fide Topsent, 1933). ?Rhizochalina putridosa? . — Ridley and Dendy, 1887: 33, pl. 8 fig. 5, pl. 9 figs 1, 7 (Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait, 70 m; off Sydney, 55-64 m; off Bahia?).— Whitelegge, 1906: 466 (off Sydney, 66-71 m). ?Phloeodictyon puiridosa (sic). — Burton, 1928: 118 (16 mi. E of Devi River, Orissa Coast, India, 124 m). ?Phloeodictyon putridosum?.— Wilson, 1925: 419 (Philippines). Phloeodictyon putridosum.— Topsent, 1933: 42, pl. 3 fig. 8 (description of holotype, discussion). Material examined. Station BSS 187, one specimen (F52037). Diagnosis. Cake-shaped, with low and stubby, irregular fistules bearing small, chiefly lateral oscules. Compressible, resilient, easily torn; deep brownish red in life. Surface smooth to finely wrin- kled, with scattered sediment. Bark-like ectosome stratified, with 2-4 matted layers, each 1 mm thick, separated by floors of same height with scattered spicules and sparse spicular pillars. Choanosome fleshy, with ill-sorted detritus and macrosymbionts. Oxea variable, in 3 indistinct categories. Description. Incomplete, torn off its base by dredge, subsequently damaged. Base probably originally cake-shaped. Preserved top, with jagged torn outline, 10 x 11 cm wide, 1.5 cm thick in middle, almost flat on one side, thrown into irregu- lar, oblique adjoining turrets or fistules on other. One of these composite, bifid at top. Their height and width 2-3 cm. AII three bear small, irregularly scattered oscules chiefly on one side, 1-2 mm wide, some clustered. One apex of composite middle turret bears larger oscule with contorted rim, diameter 4-5 mm. Other half of base bears two low elevations, 0.5 and | cm high and wide, with one small lateral oscule each. Marginal surface encrusted by platy calcareous alga, in turn over- grown by small unidentified sandy sponge, algae and hydrozoans. Deep brownish red in life, now faded to deep fawn (7.5-10 YR 6-7/6-8). Compressible, resilient, easily torn. Surface smooth, finely wrinkled over base, con- tains scattered sediment. Ostia visible at intermedi- ate magnification, clustered over meshes of subjacent matted layer, between single tangential oxea. Underlying meshes about 100-300 um wide, dicas pu ud Figure 82. Oceanapia putridosa, oxea, x 274. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 121 often irregular in outline (composite, petaloid or lobed). Widths of tangential fibres in same order. Below surface, 2 to 4 successive matted layers, mostly parallel, about 1 mm thick, separated by discontinuous floors with sparse single spicules and fibrous pillars, their height equal to thickness of matted layers. Some floors wedge out, with con- tiguous matted layers merging. Inner matted layers frequently riddled by round openings about 1 mm wide and 1-5 mm apart. Remaining deeper choanosome indistinctly strati- fied, fleshy, contains ill-sorted detritus. Main skele- ton typical for genus, with stringy terete fibres in all directions, indistinctly graded by sizes of fibres and meshes, occasionally with stronger more con- tinuous fibres in planes parallel to surface, and interstitial oxea. Numerous commensal barnacles inside fistules. Spiculation: oxea, mostly hastate, with conical points of variable length, occasionally sub- mucronate, commonly curved or bent, 90-/54-229 x 2.5-5.9-13.8 um. Remarks. The dry holotype, as described and partly figured by Topsent, is also badly preserved and fragmented. The spicules agree in shape and meas- urements including an indistinct segregation into three categories (holotype: intermediate ones, 140 x 7-8 um, dominating; larger ones, up to 185 x 12 um, fairly frequent; smaller ones, 130-140 x 2-3 um, scarce). My identification is corroborated by the presence of a threefold bark layer with two intervening hollow layers in the holotype, and by the presence of sand at the surface. Topsent remarked on the differences of the "Challenger" specimens, a much more fibrous structure and uni- form spicules measurements, but finally accepted the identification. Neither Ridley and Dendy nor Wilson (who indicated only 150-160 x 8 um for the oxea of his specimen) mentioned a multiple bark layer. Pending a re-examination of these speci- mens, the question as to their identity with Lamarck's and the new specimen must remain open. Order Dictyoceratida Minchin, 1900 Spongiidae Gray, 1867 Spongia Linné Spongia Linné, 1759: 1348 (part). — Vacelet, 1959: 73 (definition, discussion, revision of Mediterranean spe- cies). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 54 (synonymy in part: not Ceratodendron, Aphrodite (= Hippospongia); additional references, definition, discussion, West Indian species). — Van Soest, 1978: 8, 19 (definition, revision of West Indian species). — Bergquist, 1980b: 450 (synonymy, definition). [Euspongial] Bronn, 1859: 22 (nomen vanum, see Bur- ton 1934a: 574). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 54 (further synonyms). Ditela Schmidt, 1862: 24. Diagnosis. "Spongiidae in which the primary fibres are reduced in number and the highly developed secondary network of fine, intertwined fibres makes up the bulk of the skeleton. Primary fibres contain a central axis of foreign material, and are most in evidence near the sponge surface. Secon- dary fibres contain no foreign material. The tex- ture of the whole is springy and very compressible, supple and elastic. The surface is [rarely] armoured, is covered with low, even conules, and most fre- quently is pigmented black, brown, or grey; the interior is white to beige. The form of the sponge is variable, but commonly massive spherical, lamel- late, or cup-shaped." (Bergquist, 1980b: 450.) Spongia hispida Lamarck Plate 12 figures 9-12, plate 34 figure 2 Spongia hispida Lamarck, 1814 (1813-1814): 452 ("Southern Seas", Péron and Lesueur collection). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 15, pl. 3 fig. 6 (=pl. 2 fig. 6 in Top- sent, 1933). ?Cacospongia mollior.— Ridley, 1884a: 378 (nec Schmidt; see Lendenfeld, 1889b: 256; Torres Strait). Euspongia irregularis Lendenfeld, 1885h: 485.— Lendenfeld, 1888: 132. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 245 (collec- tive name for following varieties, no nominotypical subspecies designated). —Bróndsted, 1926: 295 (New Zealand). Euspongia irregularis var. tenuis Lendenfeld, 1885h: 485 (Torres Strait and Long Reef, Qld; Mauritius; Chatham Islands, NZ). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 251, pl. 13 fig. 5 (old record). Euspongia irregularis var. jacksonia Lendenfeld, 1885h: 485, pl. 36 fig. 3 (Sydney Harbour). — Lendenfeld, 1888: 133 (as jacksoniana, old record). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 254, pl. 21 figs. 8, 9 pl. 22 fig. 17, pl. 29 fig. 1 (as jack- soniana, old record). Euspongia irregularis var. silicata Lendenfeld, 1885h: 485 (St Vincent Gulf, SA; Sydney Harbour; Fiji; Chatham Islands, NZ).—Lendenfeld, 1888: 133, 134 (old records).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 255 (old records).— Whitelegge, 1897: 331 (Funafuti). — Whitelegge, 1901: 95, 117, pl. 12 figs. 17, 17a (beaches of NSW). Euspongia irregularis var. lutea Lendenfeld, 1885h: 485 (Mauritius). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 250, pl. 12 fig. 9 (old record). Euspongia irregularis var. dura Lendenfeld, 1889a: 31 (in key). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 251, pl. 13 fig. 4 (East coast of Australia; Sri Lanka; Madagascar). Euspongia irregularis var. villosa Lendenfeld, 1889a: 31 (in key). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 252 (Australia; Chatham Islands, NZ; Madeira (7); Cape of Good Hope (?); Karachi). — Hentschel, 1912: 435 (Aru, Indonesia). Euspongia irregularis var. frondosa Lendenfeld, 18892: 122 F. WIEDENMAYER 31 (in key). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 253, pl. 22 fig. I (Indian Ocean). Euspongia irregularis var. mollior (nec Schmidt). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 256 (in part: East Indies; Torres Strait, old record based on Cacospongia mollior: Ridley, 1884a). — Topsent, 1897: 484 (Ambon, Indonesia). Euspongia irregularis var. areolata Whitelegge, 1901: 96, pl. 12 fig. 18 (Lake Illawarra, coast near Sydney, NSW). Euspongia irregularis var. suriganensis Wilson, 1925: 486 (Surigao Strait, Philippines). Euspongia irregularis var. hispida. — Topsent, 1933: 1, pl. 2 fig. 6 (two syntypes of Lamarck described, lecto- type designated and figured). Spongia zimocca irregularis. —de Laubenfels, 1948: 14 (in review).—de Laubenfels, 1954a: 6, text-fig. 2 (Micronesia). Spongia irregularis. — Desqueyroux-Faundez, 1981: 754, figs 95, 97, 130 (redescription of record in Topsent, 1897). Material examined. Station KG 7, one specimen (F52038); station BSS 187, one specimen (F52039). Type specimens of Euspongia irregularis varr. tenuis, jacksonia, silicata, lutea, villosa, frondosa Lendenfeld (AM and BMNH), and of E. irregularis var. areolata Whitelegge (AM). Diagnosis. Shape variable, massive-lobate, lamel- late, erect or repent-ramose, often irregularly anastomosing. Spongy; externally black to dark grey, often reddish in life. Surface conspicuously and regularly conulose, hispid after collecting. Dermal membrane thin, partly deciduous after col- lecting, frequently contains some foreign inclusions (spicular debris). Choanosome dense. Main skele- ton irregular, with straggling primaries always con- taining detritus, with pale spongin; secondaries of variable thickness, clear. Some detritus also interstitial. Description. F52038 (pl. 12 fig. 9) larger, irregu- lar, capricious. Gross shape like upper quarter of ovoid body. Base deeply excavated. Outer, convex side thrown into parallel to radial, erect ridges, 5-10 mm wide, separated by grooves of similar width. Some ridges branch downward, most obliquely and irregularly dissected by anastomoses between neigh- bouring vertical grooves, hence a succession of irregular hummocks and pinnacles. Single large oscule, 12 mm wide, with raised collar, cuts across 2-3 ridges near top. Inner, truncate side with fainter relief, irregularly cutting across several erect lamel- lae. Base excavated by 3 to 4 arches, as if sponge had grown over as many cobbles. From arches, several lacunae, 0.5-1.5 cm wide, reach deep inside, toward top. Grooves on outer side variable in depth, few millimetres to over 1 cm. Some still covered by dermal membrane, now much receded, partly collapsed, partly still stretched above bot- toms. Relief less pronounced in life (colour slide after collecting). Membranes pierced by small oscules, some in series, 1-5 mm wide. Almost black to dark grey, with reddish tingein | life (10 R 3-4/1), now faded (10 R 4-5/2), only partly preserved, dermis having disappeared near base and along edges of some ridges. Bottom, now as in life, yellowish beige (10 YR 8/4). Choano- some lighter, almost cream. Spongy, moderately firm. Surface on prominent parts of outer side finely conulose to hispid. Conules mostly composite, about | mm high and apart, bifid to trifid, with barely protruding primary fibres; connected by ridges. Hispidation less prominent on inner side. Ostia not seen. F52039 (pl. 12 fig. 10) much smaller, digitate-ramose. Two short, parallel branches, 2.5 cm long and 8-10 mm thick, out of base of main branch about 9 cm long, 1.5 cm thick proximally, 1 cm distally. Latter much constricted, almost severed 3 cm above base. AII branches have grooves down from apex along one side for about 1 cm, with smooth walls and few small oscules partly closed. Similar grooves less conspicuous further down sides. Surface dull greyish red in life (now more brown, 10 R 4-5/2-4); choanosome paler. Alcohol stained orange-brown. Conules less prominent than in F52038, with primaries occasionally protruding. Dermal membrane better developed, showing retic- ulum of collagen nervures with main lines converg- ing in conule tips, parallel with subjacent uppermost secondaries. Choanosome dense, opaque, more so in F52039, riddled by anastomosing canals about 100-300 um wide. Matrix contains abundant globular microsymbionts, of different kinds in two speci- mens. Main skeleton in both with straight to slightly straggling primaries, 28-47 ym thick, rarely branched, spaced irregularly 200 um to about 2 mm, filled with foreign detritus, chiefly spicule fragments, many almost complete, generally well aligned with tips protruding here and there, hence knotty contour of some fibres, Sand grains or other debris rare. Encasing pale yellow spongin barely visible. Debris (spicules, lithic fragments, foraminifera) also interstitially, loosely scattered or clustered. Secondary fibres and their meshwork irregular, with little if any relation between thick- nesses (4-32 um) and meshsizes (20-390 um), except thicker fibres occasionally forming ill defined fas- cicles with more uniform meshes. Secondaries straight to slightly bent between junctions, pale, yellow, always clear, enclosing triangular to poly- gonal meshes. Dermis in both specimens armoured by spicule fragments. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT | Remarks. The species is externally highly poly- | morphic, as the synonymy shows in accordance i with Lendenfeld's taxonomic concepts. F52038 does not fit any of the described varieties well, but | can be interpreted as a more complex growth form of var. areolata, in which secondary, lateral erect lamellae are attached at right angles to mesial lamella bearing large oscules along its rim. F52039 can be conceived as a young stage of the more com- plex var. jacksonia (stubby, digitate branches, see pl. 12, fig. 11) or of the typical variety (Lamarck's specimens: longer, tangled branches). As in Carteriospongia (see below), the compo- sition of the detritus filling the primaries has no systematic importance. The almost exclusive con- tent of foreign spicules (used by Lendenfeld to separate var. silicata), of grains only, and of mixed types seem to occur indiscriminately. The armoured dermis, not previously recorded in this species, necessitates the slight modification of the generic diagnosis (above) with respect to | Bergquist's (1980b: 450). The affinity with Cacospongia mollior, claimed . by Lendenfeld (1889b), can be excluded, given the ' differences in skeletal structure (Bergquist, 1980b: 460; Pulitzer-Finali and Pronzato, 1977: 92, fig. 3). The affinity with Spongia zimocca, claimed by de Laubenfels, is doubtful. The latter species is primarily East-Mediterranean, and Australian and East Indian records should be re-examined. The true nature of the skeletal structure of topotypes of S. zimocca is still not firmly established (see Vacelet, 1959: 78). Carteriospongia Hyatt Carteriospongia Hyatt, 1877: 540 (definition and dis- cussion in Phyllospongiadae, 5 species included, another one questionably). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 21 (definition in Spongiidae).— Bergquist, 1965: 132 (discussion, implicitly merged in Phyllospongia). — Bergquist, 1980b: 454 (synonymy, definition in Spongiidae, discussion, revision). [Carterispongia] Ridley, 1884a,b: 385 (nomen vanum; synonymy, discussion, valid subsequent designation of Carteriospongia otahitica sensu Hyatt (non Spongia ota- hitica Esper) as type species, subject to decision by Inter- national Commission, description of Australian records), 594 (description of Indian Ocean records). — Burton, 1934a: 572 (invalid subsequent designation of Spongia foliascens as type species). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 126 (dis- cussion as nomen vanum). [Carterospongia] de Laubenfels, 1948: 126 (nomen nullum; merged in PAyllospongia). Polyfibrospongia Bowerbank, 1877: 459. — Bergquist, 1980b: 454 (merged in Carteriospongia). Mauricea Carter, 1877: 174. — Ridley, 1884a, b:385, 594 (merged in Carteriospongia). — Bergquist, 1980b: 454 (syn- 123 onymy accepted), 456 (type species misidentified as C. Joliascens). ?Lendenfeldia Bergquist, 1980b: 456. Diagnosis. “Spongiidae in which the primary fibres are cored with detritus and do not run in regular fashion from surface to surface of the compressed body. The fibres wander at all angles to the sur- faces, branch, and frequently are in weak fascicles, The secondary network is very highly developed, made up in the main of very thin, tangled fibres branching and anastomosing, occasionally fascic- ulate. Fine tertiary fibres are apparent in some spe- cies. Secondary fibres are clear of detritus. The surfaces of the sponge are [commonly?] reinforced by a sandy cortex which is often quite thick; the surface itself is usually marked by fine ridges and grooves. The texture is compressible, and the shape of the sponge is variable, but the body is always thin, compressed lamellate or cylindrical." (Berg- quist, 1980b: 454.) Remarks. There is still some confusion about the taxonomy of this genus, particularly about its type species, the synonymies and correct names of the species assigned to it, and to whether it is really distinct from PAyllospongia. Burton (1934a: 572) designated Spongia foliascens Pallas as type spe- cies of Carteriospongia, stating that this is a senior synonym of the first species described in Carteri- ospongia by Hyatt (1877), Spongia otahitica Esper (as Carteriospongia otahitica Hyatt). ICZN Article 69a (v) would apply here if Burton's designation were valid. He overlooked the fact, however, that already Ridley (1884a: 385) had effectively desig- nated as type species the first species described by Hyatt in his new genus, but in another sense than Burton. Ridley (loc. cit.) stated: *Hyatt formed the genus Carteriospongia nominally for a species called by him ofahitica, Esper, which is, however, apparently /amellosa, Esper, to the plate of which he refers”. This statement is sufficient to consti- tute a subsequent designation (ICZN Article 69a (iv)), and as such has priority over Burton's. It is also clear, however, that Ridley regarded Hyatt's first described species as misidentified, a fact cor- roborated by Hyatt's explicit description, which leaves no doubt that he had before him Carteri- ospongia lamellosa (Esper) (the junior synonyms of which are Spongia polyphylla Lamarck, Spon- gia laciniata Lamarck, Carteriospongia radiata Hyatt, Mauricea lacinulosa Carter, and Carteri- ospongia pennatula sensu Ridley et auct.). The type species of Carteriospongia cannot be cited as Spongia otahitica Esper (ICNZ Article 49), nor can it presently be cited as Spongia lamellosa Esper (ICZN Article 70b). Pending a decision by 124 the International Commission in this matter, the type species of Carteriospongia has for now to be regarded as void, An eventual acceptance of Spon- gia lamellosa as type species would not affect the scope of Carteriospongia, since this species (as pen- natula) is also included in this genus by Bergquist (1980b). PAyllospongia and Carteriospongia were apparently kept distinct, though diagnosed together, by Lévi (in Brien et al., 1973: 625), but later merged (Vacelet et al., 1976: 106). As diagnosed by Berg- quist (1980b: 454), the two genera seem sufficiently distinct, but it remains to be demonstrated whether newer specimens of the species complex Phyl- lospongia papyracea (with holdsworthi, madagas- carensis, distans, coriacea) always hold up to Bergquist’s diagnosis. Until such time, Carteri- ospongia is here retained. For possible synonymy of Lendenfeldia, see below, remarks on C. silicata. Carteriospongia caliciformis Carter Plate 13 figures 1-7, plate 34 figure 3, text-figures 83, 84 Carteriospongia caliciformis Carter, 1885b: 221 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.).— Bergquist, 1980b: 454 (good species). F. WIEDENMAYER Phyllospongia (Antheroplax) caliciformis. — Lenden- feld, 1889b: 182, pl. 5 fig. 1 (Westernport Bay, Vic.; Sydney Harbour). Phyllospongia calyciformis. — Bergquist and Skinner, 1982, pl. 4 fig. 1 (colour, southern Australia). Phyllospongia aliena Wilson, 1925: 481, pl. 51 fig. 10 pl. 52 figs 1, 3, 5 (Philippines). ?Cacospongia poculum Selenka, 1867: 567, pl. 35 fig. 7 (Port Phillip Bay). Material examined. Station KG 3, two specimens (F52040a,b). Syntypes of Carteriospongia caliciformis Carter (BMNH). Diagnosis. Wide-mouthed conical cups with single or multiple stalk. Smaller specimens smooth or weakly sculptured on both sides, larger specimens with regular sculpture, coarsely rugo-reticulate on outside, more meandrine or vermiculate in con- cavity. Secondary cups frequent in concavity of larger specimens. Oscules small, regularly scattered in concavity, inconspicuous in large specimens. Firmly rubbery, more resilient along rim; purplish or pinkish brown, with lighter patches in life. Sur- faces micropapillate. Ostia on inhalant outer side scattered to crowded, tending to segregation by 2 sizes. Armoured ectosome 150-500 um thick, underlain by crypts on outside. Choanosome caver- Figures 83, 84. Carteriospongia caliciformis. ¥52040a, details in reflected light. Figure 83. View of inhalant surface, x 11.7. Figure 84. Perpendicular section, X 6.3. Exhalant surface above. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 125 nous, canals often of 2 sizes. Interstitial detritus. Main skeleton typical for genus, dense, with closely spaced, distinct primaries. Description. Wide-mouthed calices. F52040a larger, cup somewhat compressed, asymmetrical, sinuous margin descending to about half height of opposite wall on one broadside. Opposite radii of inner wall, from bottom to rim, 10.5 and 8.5 cm along longer axis of ellipse, converging at 120°; those along shorter axis are 9 and 6-7 cm, converg- ing at 110° (inclination steeper along lower wall). Width at mouth 12 x 17 cm. Asymmetrical pedicel below conical bottom inclinded 30° away from axis of cup, slightly bent, expanded below into sprawl- ing holdfast with perpendicular base. Pedicel 3 cm long in middle, 1-1.4 cm thick; elongate base of holdfast 3 x 6 cm wide. Cup wall 6-7 mm thick near bottom, 2-3 mm at sharp rim. F52040b a simi- larly shallow, compressed cup with asymmetrical rim. Inner radii 3.5 to 7.5 cm, width across rim 8.5 x 11 em. Five thin pedicels from horseshoe-shaped ridge surrounding concavity, 2 cm wide, at bottom of cup. Pedicles inclined outwards radially, con- torted, wedging out into little expanded holdfasts; proximally 5-10 mm wide, 2-4 cm long including holdfasts. Purplish to pinkish brown in life, lighter in some areas, now mottled beige, with greyish, brownish, yellowish and orange tinges. Firmly rubbery across rim, little compressible across cup wall, less across pedicles. Outer surface of both cups and of pedicels smooth in general, but minutely granular. Stronger, coarser granulation on inner surface. On both sides of rim, granules mostly aligned radially, to 1-3 cm below rim on inside, up to 5 cm deep on outside. Individual granules of inner, exhalant surface fre- quently confluent, in short meandering and branch- ing ridges, 350 to 500 um wide, interstitial grooves slightly narrower. In F52040a, small oscules regularly scattered over inner surface, but almost lacking in bottom (width 4-5 cm), spaced about 3 mm, single or composite (clustered), 200 um to 1 mm wide, now partly closed, in shallow depressions of vaguely rugo- reticulate pattern. Oscules often at centre of radi- ally confluent subdermal canals about 200 um wide. In bottom, similar canals arranged in dendritic to loosely reticulate pattern, often pierced by crowded oscules about 100 um wide. Similar pattern, but more radial, below rim, coinciding with interstices of aligned granules. In F52040b, oscules more irregularly and widely spaced on inner surface, mostly at 5 mm, but scarce in some areas. Coarser, more prominent rugo- reticulation on parts of surface, with oscules in pits. Meandering and dendritic subdermal canals with crowded smaller oscules particularly in smoother areas with fewer single oscules. Large portions of outer surface, particularly in F52040a, with distinct, irregular reticulum of subdermal canals about 200 um wide, meshes 1-3 mm wide, riddled by larger ostia, 135-330 um wide, irregularly scattered. Inter- stices pierced by crowded smaller ostia, around 65 jm wide. Where reticulum indistinct, little segre- gation of ostia by size, spacing and areas (text-fig. 83). Armoured ectosome of F52040b 125-375 um thick on inner surface, mostly 150 um thick on outer surface, below which a zone of extensive erypts. Choanosome riddled by complex canal system, with two size ranges, intergrading occasion- ally: (1) canals 250-750 um wide, predominantly transverse; (2) 65-125 um wide, reticulate, com- monly oblique (text-fig. 84). Main skeleton of F52040b comprises closely spaced primaries (350-750 um apart), knotty, 100-135 um thick, occasionally with lacunae, charged with foreign debris (mostly spicule fragments, poorly aligned, sometimes discontinuous). Irregularly scattered detritus also interstitially. Secondaries 18-65 um thick, tangled and crowded, mostly oblique in all directions, with indistinct meshes. Here and there, particularly between closely spaced primaries, ascending and transverse secondaries evident, with meshsizes around 100-200 um. All secondaries with darker axial filament; thicker, more continuous ones (more deeply stained by basic fuchsin) dis- tinctly stratified in periphery. Thinner, shorter ones have trumpet-shaped junctions cut off by continu- ous wall of perpendicularly joined thicker fibre, as if grafted. Base of such junctions frequently drawn out to join base of neighbouring transverse secon- dary, forming additional layer on wall of joined thicker fibre. Inhalant ectosome in F52040b comprises outer zone, 100-160 um thick, with packed spicule frag- ments, pierced by ostia, and inner zone, 230-350 um thick, with scattered to crowded spicule frag- ments, traversed by primaries, generally free of secondaries, containing crypts. Main skeleton below exhalant surface irregular, tangled, with primaries indistinct, fasciculate, oblique and branching, ending in elevations (gran- ules) of surface; spaces below intervening depres- sions almost devoid of secondaries and contain small atria. More interstitial detritus than below opposite surface, with many lithic grains. Remarks. Expanding juctions of secondaries enveloping primaries agree with what Wilson (1925) described and figured for Phyllospongia aliena. The 126 F. WIEDENMAYER cementation of a crossing secondary of similar thickness by a peripheral layer of the crossed fibre (Wilson, 1925, pl. 52 fig. 3) was also observed, as were some knobby ends of free fibres, however overgrown by a new outer layer extending into a fibre of thinner diameter continuing in the same direction beyond the knob of the first stage. Car- teriospongia foliascens may be quite similar to the present species in shape, though its cup-shaped wall is often spirally coiled. The main distinction there, however, is the presence, on the inner surface, of a regular and prominent primary pattern of crowded papillae or radially oriented vermiculate ridges with narrow interstices. This pattern (see Bergquist, 1965: 131; Lévi in Brien et al. 1973, fig. 428) is much coarser and more prominent than the granulation of C. caliciformis, which is also men- tioned by Wilson (1925) for C. aliena. Superim- posed on the rugo-vermiculate pattern of C. foliascens, especially in larger specimens, is often a more irregular secondary one of mamelons and lobules (see Bergquist, 1965, fig. 3a; Vacelet, Vas- seur and Lévi, 1976, pl. 5 fig. f). An analogous, but different secondary surface relief occurs in C. caliciformis: it is the coarse rugo-reticulate pattern already noticed on the inside of the smaller new specimen. It is much more pronounced in the larger of the two syntypes of Carter here figured for com- parison (pl. 13 figs. 6-7), where it also characterises the outer surface. Both syntypes of Carter, further- more, show the tendency, in this species, for the excrescence of an additional frond or cup from the bottom. The occurrence of C. foliascens in southern Aus- tralia is doubtful and needs to be verified. The spe- cies is common in shallow reef environments in the whole Indo-West Pacific Region. Records from Victoria, New Zealand and New South Wales are based on synonymies and records in Lendenfeld (1888: 177; 1889b: 196), whose identifications, par- ticularly with many supposedly conspecific speci- mens, are always suspect, in my experience with his type series in Sydney and London. Carteriospongia silicata (Lendenfeld) Plate 13 figures 8-12, plate 14 figures 1-5 Phyllospongia (Carteriospongia) silicata Lendenfeld, 1889a: 26 (in key). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 195, pl. 7 fig. 8 (Torres Strait). — Bergquist, 1980b: 456 (in review, as unrecognisable). Carteriospongia elegans. — Burton, 1934a: 600 (nec Phyllospongia elegans Lendenfeld; Great Barrier Reef). Material examined. Station WB, one specimen (F52048). Holotype of Phyllospongia silicata (BMNH). Three hypo- types of Carteriospongia elegans: Burton, 1934a (BMNH 1893.3.4.24, Great Barrier Reef; BMNH 1893.3.4.63, -69, Bass Strait, latter locality unpublished). Diagnosis. Asymmetrically saucer-shaped, rim often elliptical, with short stalk. Surfaces smooth or sculptured, pattern of latter strongly and coarsely rugo-reticulate, rugo-vermiculate or tuber- culate, except for rims, which have a weaker, radial, scalloped sculpture. Surface otherwise micropapillate, lipostomous in life; papillae radi- ally aligned around rims. Rubbery; dark red to red- brown on exposed parts, pale vermilion in depres- sions, in life. Armoured ectosome not over 150 um thick, often patchy, evanescent or lacking. Dry specimens hence often with irregular whitish patches, surface otherwise radially striate (align- ment of primary fibres in periphery). Deeper main skeleton more irregular, primary fibres indistinct, lumpy. Description. Like a very shallow goblet (pl. 13 figs 8-10), elaborately and symmetrically decorated. Rim slightly upturned from base, oval outline 6 x 7.5 cm in width. Peripheral width of 1-1.5 cm deco- rated above by radially arranged, straggling and sparingly branched ridges and grooves. Ridges around 1 mm wide, grooves 1-2 mm. Similar pat- tern, but much weaker, on underside of rim. Flat bottom of cup (33 x 52 mm) with much stronger pattern of partly anastomosing lobules and ridges, l to 4 mm wide, up to 5 mm high. Similar, more rugo-reticulate pattern on base. Compressed, short pedicel vertically from base, somewhat off-centre, 12 mm high, 6 x 9 mm thick in middle, expand- ing below into two sprawling rhizomes at right angles, both about 2 cm long. Total height above pedicel 2.5 cm. Thickness of rim 4 mm proximally, 3 mm distally. Thickness near centre, including erect lobules, 1 cm. Upper face in life dark red- brown (10 YR 3-4/2-4) on elevations, pale vermil- ion (10 YR 7/8) in depressions. Underside was deep dark red (5 R 6/3) to dull vermilion (10 R 8/6), now faded superficially to uniform beige (10 YR 7-8/3-4). Choanosome in centre brownish orange (5 YR 6-7/8). Rubbery. Surface in depressions with fine granulation, barely visible on underside, more distinct on upper face. Granules fo both sides aligned radially along outer half of rim. Granules on upper side 500-600 im wide, occasionally confluent, with narrow inter- stices. Numerous oscules, 100-600 um wide, irregu- larly scattered, mostly round, occasionally elongate. Underside completely riddled by very regular fine ostia, barely visible at low magnifica- tion, with narrower interstices. Armoured ectosome 100-135 um thick, with packed to crowded mixed detritus in variable SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 127 proportions: spicule fragments dominate in some areas, lithic and skeletal grains in others. Ostia around 85 um wide, interstices around 45 pm. Peripheral zone in main skeleton with primaries more or less erect, 75-120 pm thick, spaced 400-1000 um, knotty, lacunose, often discontinu- ous below, passing into usually fasciculate secon- daries. Periphery also comprises lax secondary reticulation of clear, pale fibres, crypts, and inter- | stitially scattered spicule fragments. Deeper main skeleton highly irregular, primaries thicker (up to 250 um), very lumpy, with single very large lithic grains (mostly quartz) almost exclu- sively, completely enveloped in spongin. Primaries may form irregular meshwork, with meshes 320-560 um wide. Many "primaries" merely lumps of 1-3 grains enveloped in spongin and joined on 2-4 sides by secondaries. Secondaries 25-60 um wide, mostly straight, either crowded or vaguely fasciculate, particularly below periphery, or form- ing lax angular meshwork, with meshes up to 420 um wide. All fibres of deeper choanosome rusty in trans- mitted light, in shagreen-like pattern, like leopard- skin with high magnification, corresponding to brownish orange central zone noted above. Its boundary not always that with peripheral skeleton, may reach deep inside, or almost to ectosome. Microscopic pattern occasionally on two successive fibre layers, frequently overgrown by clear spongin. Some thinner fibres form short anastomoses between adjoining, mostly parallel secondaries, generally 12-18 um wide, possibly tertiary fibres, but intergrading with secondaries in diameter. Their “srafted” junctions trumpet-shaped (as noted in C. caliciformis), usually accentuated by rusty layer. Remarks. | have fomerly assigned this species to Lendenfeldia (Wiedenmayer et al., in press), rely- ing on macroscopic characters only. In examining dry material of the type species of Lendenfeldia in London (BMNH), i.e. L. plicata (Esper) (with syn- onyms /amellaris, torresia, dendyi with varieties, ridleyi with varieties, polyphemus and areni- fibrosa), I noticed the common radial alignment of primaries and their tips (conules) near the rim on both sides of the fronds, often affecting the whole outer half of the frond surface. This was also noticed on the dry holotype of Phyllospongia silicata and in Burton's dry specimens mentioned above, where it obviously corresponds to the radi- ally aligned granulation in the new specimen. A similar pattern, though less pronounced, was noted above for Carteriospongia caliciformis. No trace of an armoured ectosome was noticed in the dry specimens of L. plicata. However, in the wet syntypes of Megalopastas arenifibrosa Dendy and Frederick (which I did not examine) the ecto- some “sometimes contains a good many broken spicules", according to the original description. Of Burton's (19342) three specimens of “Carteriospon- gia elegans* (Saville Kent coll., two of which are , identified on the label (by Burton?) as PAyllospon- gia silicata) only the one from the Great Barrier Reef (the other two are from Bass Strait) has exten- sive patches of whitish ectosome still preserved on the lower side. In the other two, and in the holo- type of Phyllospongia silicata, the armoured ecto- some is reduced to traces. The salient diagnostic characters in Bergquist's (1980b: 456) definition of Lendenfeldia are: (1) absence of a sand cortex, (2) absence of grooves on the surface, and (3) presence of a tertiary fibre net. All three seem to be of doubtful value, prob- ably consitituting differences of degree only. A common growth form in Carteriospongia silicata is that of wide, shallow cups with a short pedicel, with the concavity (and to a lesser degree the outside) usually decorated by more or less regu- lar protuberances. The concavity of large specimens also contains irregular frond-like excrescences in the bottom. According to J.N.A. Hooper (personal communication), numerous specimens of this spe- cies in the Great Barrier Reef are without obvious pedicel, and lie flat on the substrate, or raised only slightly above it. Carteriospongia cf. vermicularis Lendenfeld Plate 14 figure 6, plate 34 figure 4 ?Phyllospongia (Carteriospongia) vermicularis Lenden- feld, 1889a: 26 (in key). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 201, pl. 15 fig. 5 (west coast of Australia). ?Carteriospongia vermicularis. — Burton, 1934a: 573 (Eagle Island, Great Barrier Reef). ?Phyllospongia vermicularis. — Bróndsted, 1934: 26 (Bandanaira, Indonesia). Material examined. Station BSS 180, one specimen (F52041). Description. Single straggling branch, 4.5 cm long (without base, now dissected), variably terete to slightly compressed, proximally 6 to 3 mm wide, tip subclavate, 15 mm long, 7 mm wide. Partially incorporated lacy bryozoans and fragments of clam shells, including an almost complete Pecten valve. Yellowish beige in life (2.5 Y 8/2-4), now slightly darker (10 YR 7/4). Spongy, resilient. Surface finely conulose to hispid, with conules around 300 jm high and 1 mm apart. Tips of primaries pro- trude here and there, especially around apex, for up to 300 um. Surface contains conspicuous, scat- 128 F. WIEDENMAYER tered detrital grains and foraminifera. Surface in upper half riddled by round orifices about 100-200 um wide, around 200-300 um apart, now mostly closed, presumably oscules. Special, presumably inhalant field on lower half of one side of subcla- vate tip, free of conules, with polygonal orifices of similar width in regular meshes of reticulum formed by armoured ectosome. Few lacunae in sur- lace, about 0.5 mm wide, one forming longitudi- nal vermiculate groove 15 mm long, with smooth fleshy wall. Spots devoid of armoured ectosome, flesh below shrunk, pripheral main skeleton visible. Transverse sections near base show scarce strag- gling primaries more or less radial from axial region to surface, 55-80 um thick, knotty, occasionally branched, often fasciculate, half filled with spic- ule fragments and lithic grains in disorderly fashion, otten off-axis and protruding. Secondaries of pale beige spongin 10-55 um thick, straight to bent or curved, in lax meshwork with meshes 100-400 um wide. Outer spongin layer occasion- ally visible on thicker secondaries; “grafted” junc- tions of thinner ones not as distinct and frequent as in C, caliciformis. Periphery contains lacunae in main skeleton, 500-600 um deep, traversed by primaries only. Ectosome packed with ill sorted mixed detritus (spicule fragments, skeletal and lithic grains up to 700 um wide), about 200-300 um thick. Remarks. Lendenfeld's (1889b) description does not fit the present specimen well. His figure (pl. 15 fig. 5) is reduced to two-thirds natural size, if the total dimensions 12 x 12 cm given in the description are accepted. The bundle of numerous straggling branches, around 2 mm thick (thus thinner than in F52041) is not incompatible with this being a larger, more prolific specimen of the same species as F52041. The round holes and longitudinal grooves in the surface also agree. The surface is said to be smooth, and to be characterised by a special sandy reticulum. It is possible that what is described above as a single inhalant field is more extensive in the larger holotype, and that Lenden- feld overlooked the conulose exhalant areas, which might not be as conspicuous in a dry specimen. The holotype could not be found, neither by Burton (1934a: 574), nor by myself, during my survey of the dry type collection in London (BMNH, 1983), which is now rearranged systematically. There are, however, still some boxes of unsorted exotic speci- mens from the old collection of Gray's and Bower- bank's time, which might contain the holotype. Burton's specimen has branches up to 10 mm thick. Brondsted's specimen, identified with a question mark and only briefly described, is said to form “a richly branched bushy structure with cylindri- cal to somewhat flattened branches." According to J.N.A. Hooper (personal communication), more than one thinly ramose Carteriospongia with Indo- Malayan and Australian distribution occur, hence I prefer an open name pending availability of the lost holotype or of similar topotypes. Coscinoderma Carter Coscinoderma Carter, 1883c: 309. — Bergquist, 1980b: 456 (definition, discussion, revision). Diagnosis. "Spongiidae in which the primary fibres are cored and the secondary elements are clear, extremely fine, numerous, and intertwined. Carter's analogy with *whorls of wool' was very apt. The surface of the sponge is invested with a sand armour, but the texture remains soft, spongy, and extemely compressible. The sponge body is flabel- late, pyriform, massive, or pedunculate, with apical or marginal oscules." (Bergquist, 1980b: 456.) Coscinoderma pesleonis (Lamarck) Plate 14 figures 7, 9, text-figures 85-88 Spongia pes leonis Lamarck, 1814 (1813-1814): 379 (Southern Seas, Péron and Lesueur collection). Coscinoderma pes leonis. — Topsent, 1930a: 33, text- Fig. 3, pl. 1 fig. 6 (description of holotype, discussion; Australia confirmed). Spongelia incerta Hyatt, 1877: 533, pl. 16 fig. 32 (Phil- lip Island, Vic.). — Bergquist, 1980b: 456 (as synonym of Coscinoderma pesleonis). Coscinoderma lanuginosum Carter, 1883c: 309 (Fre- mantle, WA). — Carter, 1885c: 318 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 332, pl. 12 fig. 11 pl. 20 fig. 11 (old records). — Bergquist, 1980b: 456 (as synonym of C. pesleonis), figs. 6e (holotype), 6f (secondary skeleton). Coscinoderma pyriformis Lendenfeld, 1889a: 38 (in key). Coscinoderma pyriforme Lendenfeld, 1889b: 334 (part, as unjustified replacement of Spongelia incerta Hyatt; nec Spongelia spinosa Hyatt, also cited in synonymy; Tas.). nec Coscinoderma pyriforme (varr. a and b). — Dendy and Frederick, 1924: 512, 513 (= Spongia sp. fide Berg- quist, 1980b: 458). Material examined. Station KG 4, two specimens (F52042, F52043); station KG 6, one specimen (F52044); station BSS 187, one specimen (F52045). Hypotypes of Coscinoderma lanuginosum: Carter, 1885c (BMNH). Diagnosis. Stalked or compressed-pedunculate, dis- tally globular, pyriform, or thickly flabellate. Oscules commonly elevated, forming apical (and lateral) crest, but also irregularly scattered on sides, Surface conspicuously sandy in life, with skeletal ostia barely visible, may be traversed by meander- ing grooves in flabellate specimens. Otherwise like in generic diagnosis. 129 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT N we >. ggo e gar" ay PN TCU A UE c 8 co TS RAS ES T. - M T TS V LE Lago 70997. z1 PEL 7 ; Ir dicular section (surface on right margin), X 6.8. Figure 87. F52043, perpendicular view of surface (ostia only), X 6.8. leonis. Details in reflected light. Figure 85. F52042, view of coarsely sandy surface , perpen 2043, Figures 85-88. Coscinoderma pes. x 6.8. Figure 86. F52042 x4.1. Figure 88. F5 section, 130 F. WIEDENMAYER Description. F52042 fairly symmetrical, with almost globular, slightly compressed top, 5 x 6 cm wide, 6 cm high; inclined pedicel, proximally com- pressed and transversely corrugated, 5.5 cm tall, 7-15 mm wide, slightly expanded at base. Apical crest, 5.5 cm long, formed by series of concrescent elevated oscules. Few raised oscules irregularly scat- tered on either side, another two, little prominent, below each end of crest. F52043 more elaborate, with larger, more com- pressed top, 4 x 7 cm wide, 8 cm high, deep oblique concavity on one side. Apical crest with oscules less distinct, extended downward on side with concavity, curved, branching. Strongly com- pressed pedicel 4 cm long, 4 x 10 mm wide, ends in rhizomatous base. F52044 has top elongated crosswise, higher and slightly thicker at one extremity; 72 mm across, 27 to 35 mm high, 24 to 28 mm thick. Without crest, oscules small and flush, top thrown into irregular ridges outlining shallow contorted depressions. Compressed pedicel short (1 cm), not expanded at either end, torn off its base. F52045 smallest; terete, transversely corrugated pedicel 23 mm high, 4 mm wide; slightly com- pressed narrow main part gradually expanding to maximum width 23 mm, 4 cm above pedicel, then slightly constricted below two unequal distal oscules. Total height 9 cm, In life and in alcohol light grey to beige with faint pink or orange tinge. Compressible and resilient, surface firm and slightly rough. Weakly magnified surface variable between specimens, in average size of sand grains, width and spacing of ostia (text-figs 85, 88). Ostia 100-350 um wide, 0.5-1.3 mm apart in F52042, 150-600 pm wide and equally spaced in F52043. Armoured ectosome 700-800 um thick, subja- cent zone of erypts 200-400 um thick (text-figs 86, 87). Choanosome traversed by conspicuous, closely spaced radial canals 0.3 to 1 mm wide, anastomosed at right angles, communicating with canals 100-200 um wide. Few deeper canals, 2-2.5 mm wide, mostly parallel with surface, probably extensions of the atria, similar in width. Walls rugo- reticulate. Primary fibres straggling, regularly spaced 850-1000 um, 55-80 um thick, knotty, with spic- ule fragements and scarce other debris disorderly enclosed, many protruding, rarely filling whole fibre. Secondaries clear, pale, very long, tangled, isodiametric around 32 um, with faint axial fila- ment; connection by scarce short anastomoses, 15 um thick, barely expanded and “grafted” at junc- tions, occasionally torn off (cf. Topsent, 1930a: 34, text-fig. 3). Remarks. This is so far the only species of Coscinoderma recorded from Australia. The West- Indian Coscinoderma lanuga de Laubenfels (1936a) was admitted as second species by Bergquist (1980b: 458), but is still poorly known. Van Soest (1984: 30), who examined a schizotype, merely stated that it has a thick coat of sand and a skele- ton “much more slender" than Coscinoderma? musicalis (Duchassaing and Michelotti), also West- Indian. From van Soest's description and text- figure of the skeleton of the latter, I conclude that it is not congeneric with C. pesleonis. C. pesleonis is often externally similar to Thorecta latus (Carter; see Remarks on Thorecta choanoides, below). The peduncle of the latter is often less individualised, shorter, its oscules are flush or slightly elevated, and, if apical, not aligned in a crest as in C. pesleonis. The skeletal ostia are more widely spaced in C. pesleonis, punctiform, whereas they are commonly polygonal or com- pound, in the meshes of a finely rugo-reticulate or clathrate armour in 7. /atus. The chief difference is in the skeletal structure, which makes C. pes- leonis softer, more compressible. Leiosella Lendenfeld Leiosella Lendenfeld, 1888: 120. — Lendenfeld, 1889b; 201 (part). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 21 (definition in Spon- giidae, invalid subsequent designation of type species). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 59 (erroneous reference to first pub- lication, wrong type species).— Bergquist, 1980b: 458 (definition, discussion, revision, wrong type species and date). Diagnosis. “Cup-shaped, lobed, or flabellate Spon- giidae with a skeletal network in which the secon- dary elements become very dense. The primary fibres are lightly cored and tend to become fascic- ulate, either where they arise out of the dense secon- dary network or just below the surface. The secondary fibres also frequently contain some spic- ule detritus, usually as a single discontinuous line of fragments. At the surface there is a thin but ordered sand armour. The texture is firm." (Berg- quist, 1980b: 458.) Oscules small, numerous, regu- lar, often on papillae. Remarks, It has been overlooked that Leiosella ele- gans cannot be the type species, not having been among the originally included species. Euspongia levis Lendenfeld is herein designated type species. The species was left in the genus by Bergquist (1980b) so that the oversight has no further conse- quence in taxonomy. Leiosella caliculata Lendenfeld Plate 14 figures 8, 10, plate 15 figures 1-5 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 131 [Euspongia compacta] Carter, 1882a: 106 (junior | primary homonym of Spongia compacta Sowerby, 1806; | [in part, not specimen from Port Fairy]; Wollongong, | NSW; "S. Australia"; Vic.). — Lendenfeld, 1885h: 527 (old records). Leiosella compacta.— Lendenfeld 1888: 120 (East coast). — Lendenfeld, 188: 120 (East coast). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 210, pl. 13 figs 7 (syntype of Euspongia infun- dibuliformis Carter), 9 (Fremantle, WA). Spongia compacta. — Bergquist, 1980b: 458 (in review, as good species). Spongia compactella de Laubenfels, 1948: 18 (nomen novum for Euspongia compacta Carter). [Euspongia infundibuliformis] Carter, 1886g: 374 (junior primary homonym of Spongia infundibuliformis Linné, 1759; Westernport Bay, Vic.). Spongia infundibulis de Laubenfels, 1948: 20 (nomen novum for Euspongia infundibuliformis Carter). Leiosella calyculata Lendenfeld, 1889a: 28 (in key, nomen imperfectum). Leiosella caliculata Lendenfeld, 1889b: 221, pl. 21 fig. 1 (nomen correctum, for Euspongia infun- dibuliformis? Carter, undescribed hypotypes; Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). — Bergquist, 1980b: 458 (in review, as good species). Coscinoderma concentricum Kirkpatrick, 1903b: 254, pl. 5 figs 19, 19a (off Port Elizabeth, South Africa).— de Laubenfels, 1948: 61 (as synonym of Euspongia mathewsi Lendenfeld). Carteriospongia concentrica. — Bergquist, 1980b: 458 (in review). Euspongia foliacea. — Ridley, 1884a: 378 (nec Spongia foliacea Esper; Torres Strait). Leiosella foliacea. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 219, pl. 12 fig. 12 (syntype of Euspongia infundibuliformis); pl. 20 figs 15, 17-18; pl. 21 fig. 5 (including Ridley's specimen and including Euspongia infundibuliformis Carter as syno- nyms; East Indies (new record)). Lendenfeldia foliacea. — Bergquist, 1980b: 456, 458 (in review). Phyllospongia vasiformis. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 180 (part: pl. 28 fig. 1 only). ?Leiosella elegans Lendenfeld, 1889a: 27 (in key). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 212 (Fremantle, WA). —de Lauben- fels, 1948: 60 (résumé). Material examined. Station KG 6, one specimen (F52046). Type specimens of Euspongia compacta Carter, Euspon- gia infundibuliformis Carter, Leiosella caliculata Lenden- feld, Coscinoderma concentricum Kirkpatrick (BMNH). Hypotypes of Leiosella compacta: Lendenfeld (AM and BMNH), of Euspongia foliacea: Ridley, Leiosella folia- cea: Lendenfeld, Phyllospongia vasiformis: Lendenfeld (BMNH). Unpublished dry specimen from Victoria in Dendy Collection (BMNH). Diagnosis. Shape irregular: radially folded (partly open) cups, hollow fronds, or concrescent ear- shaped lobes, with short, single or multiple pedun- cle. Outer, convex side may be regularly sculptured, rugo-reticulate, vermiculate or tuberculate. Softly to firmly rubbery; Basically dark brown-grey, with purplish, greenish, orange-brown tinges, in life. Oscules chiefly on convex side and margins, occa- sionally in concavity. Ostia cribriporal or in petaloid groups. Surface smooth to micropapillate. Ectosome and choanosome as in generic diagnosis. Description. Thick asymmetrical frond (pl. 14 fig. 8), deeply folded radially, with wide back roughly in one plain, folded forward on both sides, free left margin, right side completely folded around form- ing oblique cup. Main concavity deeply scooped longitudinally, with faint transverse ridges. Outer wall bears faintly scooped or rugo-reticulate pat- tern in places. Greater width of main frond 7 cm outside, 5.5 cm inside, mostly truncate rim 8-14 mm wide (equal to thickness of wall). Transverse width of main concavity, from truncate bottom to back, 1.5 cm (jutting folds) to 3 cm (receding folds). Secon- dary cup 3 cm long along its inclined and slightly bent axis, its compressed mouth 12 x 25 mm wide, outer width 3.5 x 4 cm. Two pedicels below bottom of main cup, their axes 2.5 cm apart, one below base of small cup 5 mm long, other one, under free margin of main cup, 2 cm long, obli- quely compressed. Greatest width of specimen 10.5 cm, greatest height, along longer pedicel, 6 cm. Dark brown-grey with purplish tinges in life, some areas greenish and rusty brown. Choanosome was lighter brown-grey. Concavity now dull olive- brown (2.5 Y 5/2-4), outside light greyish yellow (2.5 Y 6-7/4). Softly rubbery, now firmer. Outer surface now smooth to finely granular and pitted. Circular oscules regularly distributed in some reas, lacking in others, mostly with regular collars (typical of genus), some, particularly on truncate rim, flush; width 0.5-1.5 mm (up to 3 mm across collars). Relief on inside granulate to finely reticulate, somewhat stronger than on outside. With low magnification, smooth areas of outer side bear very low regular conules, higher, with tips of primaries protruding, in granular areas. On inner side, relief that of periphery of main skeleton, with ectosome much receding between obtuse tips of primaries, across meshes formed by outermost secondaries. Occasional vague stellate or petaloid patterns visible with higher power, centered in meshes, not like cribripores in Lendenfeld (1889b pl. 20 fig. 15). Primaries almost straight, or moder- ately straggling, or in zig-zag course; mostly spaced 300-400 um, 30-80 um thick, sparsely branched, occasionally fasciculate, knotty; contain spicule fragments almost exclusively, rarely filling whole fibre. Secondaries around 25 um thick, straight to slightly curved, clear, pale yellow. Meshes irregu- lar, 100-525 um wide. Some spicule fragments scat- 132 F. WIEDENMAYER tered interstitially. Dermis around 330 um thick, armoured with scattered to crowded spicule fragments. Remarks. | have examined the only extant syntype of Coscinoderma concentricum Kirkpatrick (BMNH 1902.11.16.43, dry), next to the types and hypotypes indicated above. Though they exhibit a wide range of external shapes, I have no doubt that they are conspecific. Concave, rounded fronds, mostly partially fused, transitional to usually asym- metrical cups are the rule, also combination of cups and fronds. The outer side is often thrown into a relief of vermiculate or reticulate ridges which may be combined with mamelons or papillae. The inside is more commonly smooth, but may bear a scooped pattern, with radial and transverse ridges. Kirk- patrick's sponge is somewhat unusual in showing a more prominent relief in the convity, but so does the new specimen. The unpublished large, dry specimen of this species from Victoria, in the Dendy Collection, here figured for comparison (pl. 15 figs 4-5), shows a regular, relatively fine deco- ration on the outside, similar to the one in the speci- men in Lendenfeld (1889b, pl. 28 fig. 1). The thickness of the dermis is also subject to consider- able variation. Oscules may also occur in the concave side in some specimens, as one of the syntypes of Leiosella caliculata («BMNH 1955.4.7.3) demonstrates. This is not surprising in this genus, since ostia always seem to occur over the whole surface, i.e. on both convex and concave sides in flabellate and cup- shaped specimens. It may even occur, if the descrip- tion of Leiosella elegans in Lendenfeld (1889b: 212) is accepted, that oscules are present only on the concave side; though (as in his description of Leiosella caliculata) Lendenfeld may have simply overlooked oscules on the outside. Leiosella elegans (accepted as a good species by Bergquist, 1980b: 458) is likely to be a senior syn- onym (by page priority) of L. caliculata. The deco- ration on the outside of the holotype of the former, as described by Lendenfeld, is not incompatible with the range of patterns mentioned above for L. caliculata. On the other hand, large specimens of Carteriospongia caliciformis may develop a simi- lar decoration (see above), and the synonymy of L. elegans with Carter's species cannot be excluded at present. The holotype of L. elegans could not be found during my survey of the dry type collec- tion in London (BNNH), but it may eventually be found among the dry exotic sponges of Bowerbank which are as yet unsorted. However, there is a type slide in Berlin (ZMB 6818) which might decide this issue. Leiosella levis (Lendenfeld) Plate 15 figures 6, 7, text-figures 89, 90 Euspongia levis Lendenfeld, 1885h: 536, pl. 36 fig. 2 (Sydney Harbour; Broughton Island, NSW). Leiosella levis.— Lendenfeld, 1888: 121 (Perth WA; Tas.). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 213, pl. 12 fig. 14, pl. 15 fig. 6, pl. 20 fig. 14 (old records). — Whitelegge, 1901: 94 (Lake Illawarra, NSW). — Bergquist, 1980b: 458, fig. 7a, b. Leiosella laevis. — Whitelegge, 1889: 183 (Maroubra, NSW). [Euspongia compacta] Carter, 1882a: 106 (in part, specimen BMNH 1877.5.21.1900 only; Port Fairy, Vic.). Material examined. Station KG 3, one specimen (F52047). Type specimens of Euspongia levis and hypotypes of Leiosella levis: Lendenfeld (AM and BMNH). Syntype of Euspongia compacta Carter (BMNH). Diagnosis. Shape complex: prolific, contorted, compressed lobes and lamellae, concrescent and anastomosing, sprawling, with indistinct pedicel(s). Firmly rubbery; in life, dark grey-brown where exposed, dark yellowish beige below and in recessed portions. Oscules flush or raised on papillae. Sur- face micropapillate above, smooth below. Ostia in pairs, petaloid clusters, or meandering lines. Armoured ectosome about 1 mm thick, with two layers. Choanosome with regular canals of two sizes. Main skeleton almost devoid of primaries. Detritus scanty in fibres, abundant interstitially. Description. Complex shape, of four elongate lamellae transversely folded and partly coalescent (pl. 15 fig. 6). Complex, rhizomatous pedicel below centre of first lamella, oblique to one side. If oriented in growth position, with base of pedicel flat on bottom, rhizomes facing forward-left, lamellae are increasingly inclined backwards, almost recumbent, staggered, completely coalescent on right side, partly coalescent (backs to lower fronts) in centre and left. First interstice hollow, with small round lacuna through base; second inter- stice with three elongate lacunae, third open on left side; third interstice with continuous meandering lacuna from open left side to centre. Some lamel- lae, particularly first one, have transverse ridges on front, some more prominent, incipient secon- dary lamellae. Base, beyond pedicel, has only slight rounded swellings and hollows, except open lacu- nae on one side, and two closed small lacunae off-centre. Width of specimen (length of the lamellae) 10-11 cm, depth in centre (across lamellae) the same; height of main body (perpendicular) 3-3.5 cm; pedicel 1.5 cm high, its base 7.5 x 2.5 cm. Dark grey-brown in life, largely preserved in alcohol (10 R 4-5/1-2). Base dark yellowish beige SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 133 y, en” ee e ; "- dn, A \ Zee D ey, : 89 t 9 5 we o» a? wert ru L] GA Ow. Ss DE Busen, E] . ef^ oe 2 ~~ T afte . "n 5 wt cy * % ui Gitp ^ ge ote Son "de “ne NEL Wa dris Om, op” + A o +, e ¿o LA É ef; SE s - e o’, % e b ji rne - Y ^ oz 0 SUR FS a, Yo ot & "9 ae "ppt nS A en PE E 3 Ar 1v Co e os 4 UA o QUSE ee u nee T s ^ M on n +0 , t «d "e : e, J oe ve 90 Figure 89, 90. Leiosella levis. Details in reflected light. Figure 89. Perpendicular section (surface on top and right), x 6.2. Figure 90. View of surface showing ostia frequently grouped in petaloid fashion, x 12.5. (2.5 Y 7-8/2-4). Firmly rubbery. Oscules on all upper, dark surfaces, including pedicel, more numerous on fronts and ridges of lamellae, always collared, some conical, with transverse ridges on backside, occasionally connecting neighbouring oscules. Collars and ridges distinctly paler. Surface between oscules finely granular to unaided eye, that of base smooth. With low mag- nification, upper surface shows regular primary reticulation of sandy ridges (meshes 0.5-1 mm wide). Conspicuous ostia in depressions, mostly in pairs or in petaloid clusters (text-fig. 90), or in meandering short rows, with flush sandy interstices forming secondary meshwork. Primary meshes fre- quently indistinct. Petaloid groups more frequent and regular on lower side, where some areas smooth, with single ostia or none. Canal system in periphery regular (text-fig. 89), with primary, ascending canals, 400-670 um wide, spaced 2-2.5 mm, and anastomoses around 400 um wide, spaced 0.8-1.6 mm. Secondary canals 65-130 um wide, frequently fasciculate. Main skeleton almost devoid of primaries. Few portions of thicker fibres contain debris. Secondary skeleton in great disorder, with tangled fibres 15-30 um thick, twisted, interlocking, barely discernible meshes 35-440 wm wide. Few vague fascicles in different directions. Much mixed detritus scattered interstitially, crowded around walls of canals. Armoured ectosome of two layers: (1) outer one, 134 F. WIEDENMAYER 320-420 um thick, packed with debris, including many coarse sand grains; (2) inner one, 320-580 pm thick, with numerous crypts, crowded mixed debris (chiefly spicule fragments). Thorectidae Bergquist, 1978 Synonyms. Irciniidae Gray, 1867 (nomen oblitum). Stelospongiinae Lendenfeld, 1889a, 1889b (nomen obli- tum based on genus dubium). Stelospongiidae: Topsent, 1928 (nomen oblitum). Remarks. Irciniidae was published in one of the most influential early papers on systematics of intermediate taxa of sponges. It is regrettable that Bergquist disregarded the availability of this senior synonym. Thorectidae, like Oceanapiidae (see above), but unlike other family names, found general acceptance in the short period since its introduction. Stelospongiidae was originally applied (as subfamily) to Stelospongia sensu Len- denfeld (species of Fasciospongia, Smenospongia, Cacospongia, Dysidea, Thorecta, Hyattella, Ircinia, “Psammocinia”, fide Bergquist, 1980b), and Ircinia sensu Lendenfeld (mostly /rcinia s.]). Thorecta, Thorectandra and Aplysinopsis were included in the Aplysininae by Lendenfeld (1889b). Topsent (1928: 70) included in the Stelospongiidae species now ranged in Cacospongia, Hyrtios, Ircinia s.l. Most species included by Bergquist (1980b) in the Thorectidae were assigned by de Laubenfels (1948) to the Spongiidae, partly to the Spongiinae (those now in Hyrtios, Ircinia s.l.), partly to the Verongiinae (those now in Cacospon- gia, Thorecta, Fasciospongia). Ircinia Nardo Ircinia Nardo, 1833, col. 519. — Vacelet et al., 1976: 102, 103 (discussion of widely distributed Indo-West Pacific species). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 60 (synonymy with further references; for Euircinia read Euricinia; nomen negatum [for /rcinia, read Jrcinia], nomina vana; clarification of type species, revised diagnosis, West Indian species). — Van Soest, 1978: 33, 41 (definition, dis- cussion, revision of West Indian species). — Bergquist, 1980b: 464 (synonymy, definition, discussion, revision). Sarcotragus Schmidt, 1862: 35. — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 60 (as synonym of Ircinia, further references). — Bergquist, 1980b: 466 (as good genus). Psammocinia Lendenfeld, 1889b: 579 (as subgenus of /rcinia),— Bergquist, 1980b: 468 (as good genus). Diagnosis. Thorectidae in which the primary fibres frequently attain great size by being woven into complex fascicles. Sand extremely variable in abun- dance, coring or charging primaries, or all fibres, often occurring also in matrix of choanosome and in ectosome, occasionally rare or absent. The matrix is commonly charged with fine collagenous filaments. These are usually terminally knobbed, of variable length (order of one to several mm) and thickness (below 1 um up to 29 um, commonly 5-15 pm). They may be scattered or bundled, often forming a dermal or subdermal reticulum, and may be scarce in some species. Surface conulose, tuber- culate, or pitted. Consistency tough to firm, some- times brittle. Remarks. I do not think it is realistic to separate Psammocinia as a genus or even subgenus from Ircinia. It is not uncommon in this group (/rcinia "sensu lato") to find specimens (species) with an armoured ectosome, in which choanosomal detri- tus occurs in primary fibres only, or sparsely also in secondaries. This is the condition of most West Indian ircinias (van Soest, 1978), and it charac- terises the Australian Jreinia lendenfeldi (senior syn- onym of /. jacksoniana). In Ircinia arenosa Len- denfeld, a good species of Psammocinia accord- ing to Bergquist (1980b), sand is present only in the ectosome and in the fibres, not interstitially, if Lendenfeld's figure (1889b, pl. 36 fig. 3) and description can be trusted. The presence of very large sand grains, “coated individually with spon- gin, and linked to the skeletal fibres by spongin strands", mentioned by Bergquist (1980b) in her diagnosis of Psammocinia, is probably a monotypic character, of no importance on this systematic level. A similar condition is illustrated by Lenden- feld (1889b, pl. 36 figs 4, 5) for Ircinia lendenfeldi (as irregularis), regarded as a good species of Ircinia by Bergquist (1980b: 466, as jacksoniana). Vacelet (1959: 89) regarded Sarcotragus as a subgenus of /rcinia conditionally: valid only in the event that the congruence of thin filaments (below 2 um) and pithed fibres without detritus in two Mediterranean species (/. spinosula and I. musca- rum) could be extended to other species, in other parts of the world. Bergquist's diagnosis of Sar- cotragus is weakened in this respect by admitting primary fibres with scarce detritus and filaments up to 5 um thick. She included, besides spinosula and muscarum (both recorded by Lendenfeld from Australia, but remaining to be verified as such), the Australian 7. australis (senior synonym of J. arbuscula). This, according to Lendenfeld (1889b) has detritus only as a discontinuous core in primaries, and filaments 6 um thick. Four West Indian species described by van Soest (1978) have filaments of 6 um in diameter and below (down to 1 um in /. strobilina), armoured dermis, and detri- tus in most fibres, sparse except in /. felix. Ircinia arenosa was described by Lendenfeld as having fila- ments 2-2.5 um thick. In conclusion, the characters purported as diag- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 135 nostic for Sarcotragus and Psammocinia by Berg- quist (1980b) are either differences of degree, mono/oligotypic, or incongruent with her distri- bution of species, and thus diataxonic. Ircinia caliculata Lendenfeld Plate 15 figures 8-10, plate 34 figures 5, 6, text-figure 91 Hircinia calyculata Lendenfeld, 1888: 180 (nomen imperfectum; West coast, WA; Illawarra and Sydney Har- bour, NSW). — Whitelegge, 1889: 184 (off Shark Island, Sydney Harbour). Hircinia (Sarcotragus) calyculata.— Lendenfeld, 18892: 62 (in key). Hircinia (Sarcotragus) caliculata. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 572 (nomen correctum, old record). Hircinia caliculata. — Whitelegge, 1901: 116 (Tuggerah Beach, NSW). Hircinia campana.— Lendenfeld, 1888: 178 (part, nec Lamarck, Australian record only; Sydney Harbour). — Whitelegge, 1889: 184 (off Green Point, Sydney Harbour). Hircinia (Sarcotragus) campana.— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 569, pl. 28 fig. 3 (part, nec Lamarck; old record). Ircinia campana caliculata. — de Laubenfels, 1948: 71 (résumé). Ircinia caliculata. — Bergquist, 1980b: 466 (in revision, as good species). Material examined, Station KG 5, one specimen (F52049). Syntypes of Hircinia caliculata Lendenfeld (BMNH). Diagnosis. Thick-walled, blunt-rimmed cups, fre- quently open on one side, or concave fronds, with multiple pedicel. Firmly rubbery, tough; variable shades of greyish red to orange in life. Strong rugo- reticulate sculpture may be present on outer (convex) side. Whole surface finely and regularly papillate. Small oscules numerous in convavity. Ectosome armoured, 250-400 um thick, packed with detritus. Choanosome dense, with much inter- stitial detritus. Main skeleton lax, irregular, little fasciculate, thicker fibres generally loaded with detritus. Filaments numerous, tangled, with irregu- lar, indistinct heads. Description. Erect concave frond supported by strong, two- or threefold pedicel attached to granite cobble (pl. 15 figs 8-9). Frond broadly tongue- shaped, 5.5-6 cm wide at base, folded around on sides, more so on right (viewed from concave face), forming widely open compressed cup. Almost flat central part of frond tilted backwards, 12 cm in greatest height, along its axis. Greatest width, across lateral folds, in upper third, 11 cm. Margin of frond has three round notches, one on left, two plus round hole on right. Thickness of frond 1.5 Figure 91. /rcinia caliculata. Perpendicular section in reflected light, showing armoured ectosome, canal system, and part of the skeleton, x8.3. 136 F. WIEDENMAYER cm near base, about 1 cm near rim (at one point only 4 mm). Bottom of concavity juts foreward slightly. Complex pedicel below this expands slightly towards base, comprises stout, somewhat com- pressed pillar on left, 17 x 22 mm thick in middle; more compressed twofold pillar on right, with round hole in centre, 7 mm wide in front, 13 mm in back, 38 mm on side, across hole. Arch separat- ing main pillars in front horseshoe-shaped, 15 mm wide and high. Space between pillars at back much higher, about 6 cm to where pillars merge with inclined back of frond. Bases of pillars extended into irregularly curved rhizomes, anastomosed at back, clinging to cobble 8.5 x 4 x 4 cm. Massive base, between upper concavity and arch between pillars, penetrated obliquely from left by deep, almost terete concavity, now partly dissected. Upper part of back of frond decorated by con- spicuous rugo-reticulate pattern, with sharply out- lined meshes mostly 5-10 mm wide, narrower (2-3 mm) just below rim. Pattern irregular below and on outside of stronger lateral frond, comprising shallow pits and meandering grooves about 7 mm wide. Colour in life complex: dull greyish red in con- cavity (10 R 6-7/2), greyish orange on upper back and sides (2.5 YR 7/2-4), lighter, purer orange on lower back, sides and pedicel (5 YR 8/8 to 7.5 YR 9/4). Choanosome was dark brownish orange (YR 6/8). Colours changed little in alcohol. Firmly rub- bery, tough in life and in alcohol. Most of surface (including rugae and depressions on back) regularly papillate (conulose), like goose-skin or somewhat denser. Pattern weaker in parts of concavity, much of upper margin almost smooth. Conules around ] mm wide and up to 1 mm high. Concavity riddled by oscules, more regularly arranged and smaller above and on left, often clustered near bottom and in right fold. Their width 0.6-1.2 mm above/left, 0.2-0.5 mm below/right, interstices mostly 2-5 mm. With low magnification, fine rugo-reticulation all over outer surface and peduncle, nervures occa- sionally forming indistinct radial pattern over conule tips, fine ostia crowded in meshes. Exhalant concave surface contains much smaller oscules (about 50 um wide) regularly scattered between larger ones. Armoured ectosome 250-400 um thick (text-fig. 91), with packed spicule fragments dominating in outer half, coarse sand grains crowded below. Simi- lar segregation in choanosome: spicule fragments crowded around walls of larger canals, coarse sand grains and few spicule fragments scattered inter- stitially. Choanosome riddled by terete, annulate canals, 300-1000 um wide, spaced 0.3 to 2 mm. Dis- continuous subcortical crypts. Main skeleton lax and irregular meshwork of thick, knotty, straggling fibres, mostly 100-250 am thick, with meshes around 1-2 mm wide. Com- monly little distinction of primaries and secon- daries, as almost all fibres contain much mixed detritus, but ascending fibres often more knotty and lacunose. Fibres occasionally in loose fascicles. Few thinner fibres, around 50 um, with few or no foreign inclusions. Numerous filaments (pl. 34 fig. 6) tangled, often grouped in strands, 4 to 6.8 um thick; their heads scarce, irregular, often angular, 9-14 um wide. Fila- ments almost always coated with brown, finely speckled pattern, similar to that noticed on inner fibres of Carteriospongia silicata. Length of rare clear filament 540 um. Remarks. Of the two descriptions in Lendenfeld (1889b), the one under Hircinia campana fits the present specimen better. The other one, under A. caliculata, mentions oscules 0.3 mm wide, “scat- tered over the outer surface of the cup-shaped sponge." He possibly confused the outer with the inner surface. However, the dry syntype of H. caliculata from Illawarra, here figured for compar- ison (pl. 15 fig. 10) resembles the new specimen sufficiently in external shape. Several species of /rcinia with Australian records have been accepted as valid by Bergquist (1980b: 466; see Wiedenmayer et al., in press, for further data). Of those common in southern Australia, /. rubra Lendenfeld (common in New South Wales) is dark red in life, commonly small to medium- sized, cup-shaped or lamellate, but, in contrast to I. caliculata, always thin-walled, soft, and has detri- tus only in the primary fibres. /, australis Lenden- feld (with 7. arbuscula Lendenfeld as junior synonym) is multilobed, each lobe with an apical oscule, the surface covered by dense, pointed con- ules; with little detritus, in primaries only. Z. irregularis (Polejaeff) (with synonym J, gigantea Lendenfeld) is massive, often cake-shaped, large, dull orange to fawn in life, with dark brown oscules clustering on top, and coarse, blunt conules in life, and is internally very cavernous. It is common in northern Australia, New South Wales, and St Vin- cent Gulf, South Australia (Bergquist and Skinner, 1982, pl. 2 fig. 1). Ircinia lendenfeldi de Laubenfels (1948: 77; for I. irregularis Lendenfeld, nec Polejaeff, with syn- onym I. jacksoniana Bergquist) has been recorded only from New South Wales. It is massive-lobate, with blunt conules connected by ribs, “dirty light brown” externally, “intensely orange-yellow" inter- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 137 nally (fide Lendenfeld, 1889b: 579). The filaments are described as “very stout" (10 um thick). The ectosome Is described as armoured, with detritus forming a banded reticulum, the oval membrana- ceous meshes being cribriporal. Ircinia halmiformis, as described by Lendenfeld (1889b: 586, pl. 27 fig. 9) from the West Coast, has the shape of a folded lamella, with folds being radial and dendritic. The surface seems to be pitted (in the photograph of a wet specimen; Lendenfeld described it as smooth). The sand grains are in columns, but individually coated by spongin and connected by short, straight fibres. Ircinia arenosa Lendenfeld (1889b: 583, pl. 36 fig. 3) was described as regularly cup-shaped, often tall and pedunculate; with walls around 1 cm thick, surface smooth, except for irregular rugae on the outside of large specimens; colour in life brownish pink; with sand in ectosome and all fibres, but not interstitially; and with filaments 2-2.5 um thick. It was recorded by Lendenfeld from the West Coast, from Port Phillip Heads, and from Port Jackson (here in 20-50 m depth). Ircinia rugosa Lendenfeld (assigned to Psam- mocinia by Bergquist, 1980b) is here regarded as a nomen dubium, pending revision of the compo- site type series in the BNMH (unpublished Carter/Wilson material from Port Phillip Heads), designation and redescription of a lectotype. Thorecta Lendenfeld [Geelongia] Carter, 1885c: 306 (nomen oblitum). — Bergquist, 1980b: 468, 470 (as synonym of Thorecta, dis- cussion, type species redescribed), Thorecta Lendenfeld, 1888: 142. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 336. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 25 (definition, invalid desig- nation of type species). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 107 (valid designation, but misinterpretation of type species, errone- ous revision).— Bergquist, 1965: 128 (discussion).— Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 70 (erroneous synonymy, clarifi- cation of type species, misidentification of West-Indian material).— Bergquist, 1980b: 468 (revision, review). Antheroplax Lendenfeld, 1889a: 24 (definition as subgenus of Phyllospongia). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 168, 171 (part: type species, Geelongia vasiformis, only, not 8 other included species). —de Laubenfels, 1948: 123 (designation of type species, but neotype designation invalid). Thorectandra Lendenfeld, 1889a: 41.— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 369. — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 26 (designation of type species). —de Laubenfels, 1948: 107 (merged in Thorecta), — Bergquist, 1980b: 472 (retained, synonymy, definition, revision, invalid designation of type species). Halispongia. — Bowerbank, 1872: 123 (nec Blainville). Diagnosis. Thoreciidae in which the primary fibres are cored with a regular axial column of debris and the secondary fibres are clear. The skeleton forms a regular, almost perfectly rectangular meshwork in which the spaces between the fibres may be quite large (up to 4 mm) and primary fibres are up to 0.3 mm thick. The surface is always armoured, and may be smooth, conulose, or thrown into ridges and hollows. Shape commonly stalked, globose to flabellate, but also tubular, lobose, or caliculate. Mucus production common, especially in species with widely spaced fibres. (Combined after Berg- quist, 1980b: 468, 472.) Remarks. The definitions given by Bergquist (1980b) for Thorecta and Thorectandra differ only by degrees. External shape and mucus production are hardly useful in practice as diagnostic criteria. This is best exemplified by two of the species described below, one new, and one misidentified (as being a haplosclerid) in Bergquist's revision. In both, the dimensions of the fibre reticulation and the rugo-reticulation of the surface are intermedi- ate and the two species could equally well be placed in either genus. In one of the specimens of 7. choanoides, furthermore, fibre diameters generally fit the values given by Bergquist for Thorecta. Production of slime is a variable trait even within a species (Thorecta choanoides, see below). De Laubenfels’ merger of the two genera is therefore upheld. Thorecta choanoides (Bowerbank) Plate 16 figures 1-3, plate 35 figures 1, 2 Halispongia choanoides Bowerbank, 1872: 123, pl. 6 (Fremantle, WA). —de Laubenfels, 1948: 109, 114 (as syn- onym of Thorecta boleta [recte boletus] (Lamarck)). Thorectandra choanoides. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 373, pl. 34 figs 1, 6-7 (old record). — Bergquist, 1980b: 464, 472, figs 10d, 14c (in review, as good species). Stelospongus latus (Stelospongus flabelliformis var. lata). — Carter, 1885c: 306 (part: BMNH 1886.12.15.219 only; Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). Stelospongus flabelliformis. — Dendy, 1889a: 325, pls 30-33 (Port Phillip Bay). Material examined. Station KG 9, two specimens (F52050, F52051). Paralectotype of Stelospongus latus Carter (BMNH). Hypotype of Stelospongus flabelliformis: Dendy, 1889a (NMV). Diagnosis. Often stalked, body globular, lobate, or thickly flabellate. Surface more or less sculp- tured, coarsely rugo-reticulate, vermiculate, brain- like, or conulose. Oscules conspicuous, often elevated, single and apical on lobes, with smooth, blunt or tabulate rims. Sand armour in ectosome variable in thickness, thickest on ridges and oscu- lar rims, then brittle; may be lacking in lower and depressed parts, ectosome then often deciduous after collecting. Firmly rubbery to spongy, stem 138 F. WIEDENMAYER little compressible; often slimy. Grey with reddish to orange tinges on surface in life; in unarmoured depressions and choanosome bright yellow, with dark reddish grey fibres. Choanosome commonly dense, becoming viscous, flowing out after collect- ing in some specimens. Main skeleton typically regular, but mesh size variable, tighter below sur- face ridges. Description. F52050 better preserved (pl. 16 fig. 1), more elegant, with terete, slightly bent stem gradu- ally expanding into main body, in size and shape like fist or lion's paw, but conical below, somewhat compressed, ending in irregularly fanning cluster of partly coalescent, slender conical processes with apical oscules. Stem 6.5 cm high, 1 cm thick, with sprawling, rhizomatous base 5 x 8.5 cm wide. Greatest width of body, in upper third, 10.5 cm, depth 5 cm in middle, total height of specimen 22 cm. F52051 poorly preserved, lower half largely macerated, upper part squashed. Originally like a tree, with stocky compressed stem 18-28 mm thick in middle and 5 cm high, rhizomatous base 4 x 8 cm wide. Slightly compressed body 10 x 12 cm wide, distally vaguely divided into 5 broad, largely concrescent lobes with apical oscules. Most of sur- face of body thrown into coarse rugo-reticulate to cerebroid pattern, with blunt ridges, 3-4 mm wide and deep, contorted pits of similar dimensions, or narrower meandering grooves. Surface of F52050 more elaborate, also rugo- reticulate, but with narrow, sharp ridges often interrupted, polygonal depressions thus confluent. Ridges commonly 1-2 mm wide, up to 4 mm deep. Some areas, particularly near top, have fewer depressions and wide conulose areas. Some ridges near top smooth, conspicuously sandy. Conules below oscules generally 1-2 mm apart, frequently macerated, with tips of primaries protruding. Oscu- lar chimneys 2-4 cm high, 1.5-2 cm wide at base, 1-1.5 cm wide at top, with collared oscules 0.5 to 1 cm wide, In F52051, free ends of osculiferous lobes 3-4 cm wide, with oscules 8-12 mm wide, surrounded by wide, flat collars. F52050 in life light grey with reddish to orange tinges (10 R 9/2 to 7.5 YR 7/2) on ridges and oscular collars, pale lemon yellow in depressions (5 Y 9/8). Sandy surface over most of body of F52051 with similar greys, but darker; other areas, already partly macerated before preser- vation, showed dark reddish grey fibres, and bright yellowish orange choanosome (7.5-10 YR 8/12). Profuse slime of similar colour from this specimen after collecting, no conspicuous exudate in F52050. Alcohol of F52050 stained brownish orange, that of F52051 deeper brown-red. F52050 rubbery, firmer, barely compressible in stem. F52051 more spongy on top, with brittle skin easily broken, stem more compressible than in F52050. Surface of stem in F52050 more finely conulose than on top, with conules aligned in anastomosing ridges. On top of F52051, fine rugo-reticulate meshwork superim- posed on coarse folds and grooves, with ridges and pits both 0.5- 1 mm wide, the latter corresponding to skeletal ostia. Better preserved surface of body of F52050 not as coarsely and thickly encrusted with sand as that of F52051 (where ectosome is about 1 mm thick). Low magnification shows evenly speckled pattern, like leopard skin, all over depressions, formed by reticulation of fine ridges packed with sand, whit- ish in reflected light, outlining sinuous, often vaguely petaloid, darker, slightly recessed inter- stices, in which translucent ectosome, lightly armoured with spicule fragments and fine sand grains, overlies vestibules. Dark inhalant fields about 100-300 um wide, fine ridges between them 50-70 um wide. Spaces subdivided by groups of spicule fragments and single sand grains outlining ostia 50-100 um wide. Near primary (coarse) ridges and around isolated conules, secondary ridges (of reticulum) wider, radial around some conule tips, with dark interstices smaller. Concave depressions between primary ridges occasionally traversed and raised by underlying out- ermost secondary fibres of main skeleton. In lower, conical part of body of F52050, now mostly mecerated, main skeleton very lax below primary depressions, with few secondaries and rare primary fibres in periphery, down about 5 mm. Main skeleton below main ridges of surface much denser, as in deeper choanosome. On top of F52050, ectosome packed with mixed detritus, 400-500 um thick on primary ridges, 100-150 um over inhalant concavities. Choanosome dense, contains numerous globular microsymbionts with granular surface, 12-17 um in diameter. All fibres yellow, stratified, primaries 80-160 um thick, regularly and thickly cored by mixed detritus. Few sand grains and spicule fragments reach surface, occasionally bulging, but always enveloped by spongin. Spacing of primaries in deeper choano- some mostly 500-1500 um. Secondaries always clear, 30-100 um thick, occasionally branched, irregularly spaced 300-1000 um. Remarks. The specimen of Stelospongus flabel- liformis: Dendy, 1889a (F52215) (about half of the body cut off and now missing) was obviously thickly flabellate, and resembles the paralectotype of Stelospongus latus Carter (here figured for com- parison, pl. 16 figs 2-3). The primary rugo- reticulation of the surface on both faces is similar SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 139 to that in F52050, but the ridges are more discon- tinuous, almost dendritic, with labyrinthic depres- sions. This pattern becomes finer towards the edge of the body, radially oriented on one face, dissolved into aligned conules on the other. The edge itself, bearing the oscules, is mostly truncate, speckled with depressed, sharply rimmed inhalant fields. The elevations on the edge, all the ridges on both faces, and the pedicel are encrusted with distinctly coarser sand than the depressions. The thickness of the ectosome is intermediate between those in the new specimens. Spacing of primaries is in the general range 0.5-2.5 mm. Of the valid species recognised in Thorecta and Thorectandra by Bergquist (1980b) and myself (Wiedenmayer et al., in press, with clarification of Bergquist's confused revision), several are stalked and distally massive or flabellate, chiefly recorded from southern Australia. Thorecta farlovi (Hyatt, 1877; with junior syn- onym Stelospongus flabelliformis Carter, see below, Remarks on Fasciospongia rimosa) is con- sistently flabellate, more or less symmetrical. Its salient diagnostic traits are the coarse rugo- reticulate to — vermiculate pattern on both faces, the margin with prominent radial atria and distal oscules, the pedicel commonly compressed in the plane of the frond, and the scantily armoured, mostly deciduous ectosome. Thorecta latus (Carter, 1885c, here restricted to lectotype BMNH 1886.12.15.218; with junior syn- onyms Stelospongus cribrocrusta Carter, 1886g, and Thorecta exemplum varr. secunda and tertia Lendenfeld) is chiefly pedunculate-pyriform, occa- sionally compressed, biconvex-flabellate, with smooth surface, finely clathrate ectosomal armour, which is more conspicuous in dry specimens. It may resemble Coscinoderma pesleonis externally (see above). Thorecta boletus (Lamarck, with synonym Thorectandra corticatus Lendenfeld) is thickly club-shaped, truncate above, with single apical oscule. Its surface with thick armoured ectosome is regularly and coarsely rugo-reticulate on the sides, and the main skeleton is coarse. Thorecta typicus (Carter, see Bergquist, 1980b, figs 11a, b) is symmetrically flabellate, with elliptical frond of even thickness, apical-marginal oscules, both faces with vague tuberculate and rugo-vermiculate sculp- ture, armoured ectosome thick and conspicuously clathrate, coarse main skeleton. Thorecta glomerosus sp. nov. Plate 16 figures 4, 5 Holotype: NMV F52052, Station KG 7 (Tasmania, North Point of East Cove, Deal Island, Kent Group; depth 25-30 m, rock face below algal forest). Diagnosis. Globose, softly spongy, slimy, pale orange-brown in life. Conspicuous oscule single, apical, collared. Surface smooth to finely conulose and rugo-reticulate. Ectosome thin, mostly lightly armoured to soft, largely deciduous, as for choano- some. Main skeleton very regular, spacing of primaries chiefly 2 mm, all fibres pale. Description. Originally almost spherical, slightly compressed on one side, now flattened by own weight. Lower end slightly drawn out into short neck, where torn from base of attachment. Single very conspicuous collared oscule on top. Greatest width of specimen 8.5 cm, height 9 cm. Broken neck at bottom 1.5 x 2.5 cm. Oscule 1.5 em wide at rim, collar 4-5 mm high. Deep brown in life (2.5 YR 4-5/4) with sharply outlined greenish-grey patches on one side. Much light brown mucus emitted upon collecting, partly macerated surface then pale orange-brown (5 YR 7/4-6). Softly spongy then as now. Some smaller, flush oscules, 2-3 mm wide, scat- tered in lower part of specimen. About half of sur- face now partly or totally macerated. Elsewhere, as in life, three types of surface structures: (1) smooth, (2) fine rugo-reticulation with irregu- larly square to polygonal meshes 0.5-1 mm wide, and (3) rugo-reticulation combined with conules, the former occasionally feeble and discontinuous, the latter up to 2 mm high, 1-3 mm apart. At low magnification, type 1 merely better preservation of type 2, with lightly armoured outer ectosome masking subjacent tangential reticulation of trabeculae packed with debris. Recessed inter- stices in types 2 and 3 now mostly open, often with central round pore, due to contraction of dermal membrane. Cribripores occasionally preserved. Densely armoured, lower reticulate ectosome prob- ably discontinuous in life, large areas merely covered by dermal membrane with scattered detritus. Surface types 2 and 3 with trabeculae of ecto- some packed with ill-sorted mixed detritus, lithic grains (up to 600 um wide) dominating, to depth 700 um. In recessed interstices, ectosome 300 um thick, with crowded detritus better sorted, propor- tionately more spicule fragements, smaller lithic grains. Main skeleton very regular at low magnifi- cation, with primaries spaced 1.4-2.5 mm (2 mm prevailing), 110-200 um thick, and clear secon- daries, 37-120 um thick, spaced mostly 1-4 mm. Primaries occasionally branch, thickly cored, rarely filled, with ill-sorted mixed detritus. Spicule frag- ments often disoriented, with one or both ends pro- truding, always enveloped by spongin. Fibre contours thus commonly knotty or serrated. Secon- daries clear, frequently branch and anastomose; 140 F. WIEDENMAYER junctions with primaries commonly trumpet- shaped. All fibres pale. Remarks. The new species is distinct from most “carved” congeners (“Thorectandra“) by having a finer, more regular and weaker surface pattern, a trait shared with T. tuberculatus, from which it differs by its large apical oscule, globose shape, relatively weakly armoured ectosome, and the more regular reticulation of pale fibres. Thorecta tuberculatus (Carter) Plate 16 figures 6, 7, 10, plate 35 figures 3-5 Stelospongus? tuberculatus Carter, 1885c: 306 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 117 (as syn- onym of Thorecia murrayi (Polejaelf)). Thorecta tuberculatus. ~ Lendenfeld, 1889b; 369, pl, 33 fig. 12 (redescription of holotype). — Bergquist, 1980b: 470 (in review, “unrecognisable except as a haplosclerid sponge") Material examined. Station KG 5, one specimen (F52053); station KG 6, one specimen (F52054); station KG 7, one specimen (F52055). Holotype of Stelospongus? tubercula- tus (BMNH). Diagnosis. Irregularly lobate, often with short, irregular pedicel(s). In life, grey with brownish, greenish and purple tinges above; beige to dull yellow :n depressions and below. Choanosome brownish orange to peach (fibres orange-brown). Firmly rubbery, slimy. Surface smooth to finely papillate, or rugo-reticulate. Few small oscules on top. Armoured ectosome variably thick, may be absent below, thickest on top (up to 1 mm), here with debris often forming compound reticulum, with interstitial ostia. Main skeleton less regular for genus; primaries knotty, straggling, spaced 1.5 mm. Description. Irregularly lobate. In F52053 (pl. 16 fig. 10), 3 larger aligned lobes and smaller inclined lobe laterally concrescent, fifth lobe, jutting from others, free above its constricted base. Smallest, concrescent lobe clavate, others fungoid, bulbous on top. Two short pedicels, one below free lobe, the other, composite and compressed, below lar- gest two lobes. Specimen 4 cm high, 3.5 x 6.5 cm wide. F52054 comprises (1) thick lamella, with irregu- lar folds inside, 4 cm high, 5.5 em wide; (2) com- pressed lobe, 5 cm high, 2 x 3.5 cm wide on top, 1.5 em at base; (3) erect digitate process, 1.5 cm high, 5 mm wide; all connected proximally by thin base. F52055 comprises two stalked lobes with intert- wined and concrescent pedicels. Both lobes com- pressed in same plane, with digitate portions arranged in candelabra-fashion but largely fused laterally, free ends protruding only from taller lobe. Height 5 and 7 cm, greatest width of lobes 2.7 and 3.3 em, their depths 1 and 1.5 cm. Width of whole specimen 5.7 cm. In life grey with brownish, greenish and purple tinges (5-10 R 6/2 to 7.5 YR 7-8/2) on exposed parts, beige to dull yellow (10 YR 8/6 to 5 YR 2/9) in recessed parts. Choanosome brownish orange to peach-coloured. Firmly rubbery. Few round, flush oscules scattered on top. As in 7. glomerosus, sur- face may be smooth, papillate (conulose), or finely rugo-reticulate to unaided eye. Latter surface type only locally on top of larger lobes in F52053, with primary pattern of light grey ridges, 0.5 mm wide, connecting papillae (conules) mostly 1 mm high, 1-2.5 mm apart. Secondary, finer rugo-reticulation superimposed, with little relief. Numerous ostia commoniy crowded in square to polygonal fields in meshes of secondary reticulum. Individual ostia Often separated by thin bridges of single sand grains or spicules, forming tertiary ectosomal reticulum; but not consistenly developed, with many inhalant fields confluent, petaloid. Latter pattern (secondary reticulation only) on almost whole surface of 52053, where armoured ectosome best developed and continuous. In other specimens, parts of sur- face now macerated, without armoured ectosome in life, tips of primary fibres protruding from many conule tips. Primary ridges occasionally formed by alignment of conules. Areas with large, round to square or contorted-elongate skeletal ostia (inter- stices of secondary ectosomal reticulum) alternate with clusters of much finer skeletal ostia. Top of lobe in F52053 has cortex 0.7-1 mm thick containing almost exclusively lithic grains (rare spic- ule fragments and shelly grains). Choanosome dense. Crowded globular microsymbionts confined to linings of canals, interstices between sand grains in cortex, and, most conspicuously, just below cortex. Fibres orange-brown (transmitted and reflected light), often crooked to meandering. Primaries 130-185 um thick, with mixed detritus in core of variable thickness, occasionally displaced to one side; irregularly knotty with bulging grains and pro- truding spicule fragments. Average spacing of primaries 1.5 mm. Secondaries clear, 60-80 um thick, spaced 1 mm. Remarks. Cacospongia murrayi Polejaeff (1884b: 57, pl. 4 fig. 3, pl. 6 fig. 8) shows considerable resemblance with the species described above, exter- nally, and might be regarded as a senior synonym of Thorecta tuberculatus (as was de Laubenfels’ opinion). Bergquist (1980b: 470) treated C. mur- rayi as a good species of Thorecta, but unfor- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 141 tunately the specimen figured by her (1980b, fig. 10a) as such is obviously not Polejaeff's holotype (BMNH 1885.8.8.27). The register number quoted by Bergquist actually belongs to the holotype of Ciocalypta penicillus aciculata Carter (1885c), which, however is not the figured specimen. The latter is presently unidentified. The distinctly larger size of the oscules in Polejaeff's figure (p. 4 fig. 3), in comparison to the holotype of T. tubercula- tus and to the new specimens could be dismissed as insignificant, but the fine and thorough tertiary fibre-reticulation described by Polejaeff make the identity of the two species very unlikely. Bergquist's misidentification of T. tuberculatus (as an unrecognisable haplosclerid) can only be explained with another confusion of specimens, as I cannot imagine that examination of Carter's holo- type (here figured, pl. 16 figs 6, 7) could lead to such a conclusion. Fasciospongia Burton Fasciospongia Burton, 1934a: 602.— de Laubenfels, 1948: 118 (in part), — Vacelet, 1959: 93 (definition, dis- cussion, revision for Mediterranean). — Bergquist, 1965: 135 (discussion). — Van Soest, 1978: 43 (definition, revi- sion for the West-Indian Region). — Bergquist, 1980b: 472 (definition, discussion, revision). ?Stelospongos Schmidt, 1870: 29. — Hyatt, 1877: 528 (part).— Burton, 1934a: 602 (footnote). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 133 (subsequent designation of type species). — Bergquist, 1980b: 474 (discussion, dropped as unrecognisable). [Stelospongia] Schulze, 1879a: 613 (nomen vanum; part). —Lendenfeld, 1888: 163 (part).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 468 (part). —de Laubenfels, 1948: 132 (invalid type designation). — Bergquist, 1980b: 474 (revision). [Stelospongus] Ridley, 1884a: 383 (nomen vanum; neque sensu Ridley).— Carter, 1885c: 303 (part). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 133 (invalid type designation). Diagnosis. “Thorectidae in which the primary fibres are cored with detritus and arranged in stout fas- cicles which curve in plumose fashion towards the sponge surface. The secondary skeleton is clear of detritus, and the mesh is branching but regular. Sponges belonging to Fasciospongia emphasise a globular, tubular, cup or fan shape in which marked exhalant canals run either centrally or superficially. In the living sponge the surface has a shiny, skin-like appearance produced by the con- siderable collagenous deposition in the ectosomal region. Conules are multiple because of the fibre fascicles, and often truncate rather than pointed. There is only slight differential pigmentation at the surface, more frequently the colour is uniform throughout the sponge." (Bergquist, 1980b: 472.) Remarks. Burton's (1934a: 602) qualification of Stelospongos as a nomen nudum is incorrect: the genus name is available with the first subsequently included species (in Hyatt, 1877; see ICZN, Arti- cles 11c(i), 12, 69a). De Laubenfels (1948) used the ludicrous stratagem for Stelospongos, Stelospon- gia and Stelospongus, repeated ad absurdum for all genera he wished to sink, of designating the same specimen as neotype of the respective type species, even though original primary types for most, if not all, species concerned were extant. Such designations are, of course all invalid (ICZN Article 75). His subsequent designations of type species for the two unjustified emendations, objective syno- nyms of Srelospongos, are also invalid. All share the same type species, Srelospongos friabilis Schmidt (1870). Stelospongos is a nomen dubium, as Bergquist (1980b: 474) pointed out, since its type species is unrecognisable. Should any type material of the latter surface, or fresh identifiable material permit to synonymise Stelospongos with Fasciospongia, then the senior synonym would be a nomen obli- tum and would have to be suppressed in favour of Fasciospongia (ICZN Article 79c). Fasciospongia rimosa (Lamarck) Plate 16 figure 11, text-figure 92 Spongia rimosa Lamarck, 1814 (1813-1814): 377 with varieties columnaris and subclavata; Australian Seas). Stelospongia rimosa.— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 497, pl. 26, fig. 5 (no locality). Thorecta rimosa, — Topsent, 1930a: 29, pl. 3, fig. 5 (2 syntypes redescribed, type of var. subclavata figured). Fasciospongia rimosa.— Bergquist, 1980b: 474 (in review). Stelospongia canalis Lendenfeld, 1888: 164 (south coast [= ?Tasmania in 1889b]; Sydney Harbour).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 495, pl. 24, fig. 10; pl. 29, figs 2, 4, 5. 7; pl. 31, fig. 1; pl. 32, fig. 6., (old records?).— Whitelegge, 1901: 114, pl. 15 fig. 31 (2 syntypes in AM redescribed; coast of NSW, new record). — Whitelegge, 1902a: 212 (schizosyntype ex BMNH). — Bergquist, 1980b: 472, 474, fig. 14b (as synonym of F. rimosa, lectotype, — Lendenfeld, 1889b, pl. 24 fig. 10, refigured). Euryspongia canalis. — Burton, 1934a: 602 (discussion, redescription of skeleton; Great Barrier Reef; Perth [as Swan River], WA). Stelospongia flabellum Lendenfeld, 1889a: 53 (in key, part). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 501, pl. 31 fig. 12, pi. 32 fig. 8, pl. 39 fig. 6 (part: not Carter-Wilson material (part?); Northern Territory; Illawarra, NSW; Port Phillip Heads, Vic. [Perth, WA, as Swan River, unpublished]). Fasciospongia flabellum. — Bergquist, 1980b: 472, 474, fig. 14a (lectotype, as holotype, — Lendenfeld, 1889b, pl. 39 fig. 6), fig. 16d (in review, as good species). Stelospongia reticulata Lendenfeld, 1889a; 53 (in key).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 510, pl. 24 fig. 1, pl. 32 fig. 142 F. WIEDENMAYER Figure 92. Fasciospongia rimosa. Perpendicular section showing rugose ectosome (above), canals and skeleton, x 8.2. 5 (Northern Territory). — Bergquist, 1980b: 474 (in review, as synonym of Fasciospongia rimosa). Stelospongia flabelliformis. — Whitelegge, 1901: 115 (nec Carter; Lake Illawarra, NSW). Material examined. Station KG 2, one specimen (F52056). Type specimens of Stelospongia canalis, Stelospongia flabellum, Stelospongia reticulata (AM, BMNH). Hypo- types of Srelospongia rimosa: Lendenfeld, 1889b, Stelospongia canalis: Whitelegge, 1901, Stelospongia flabelliformis: Whitelegge, 1901 (AM, BMNH). Type specimens of Stelospongus flabelliformis Carter, 1885c (BMNH, for comparison). Hypotypes of Thorecta farlovi: Lendenfeld, 1889b (BMNH, for comparison). Diagnosis. Stalked, or with short, root-like pedicel; main body irregular, lobate, concrescent-columnar or -flabellate. Top firmly rubbery, stalk barely compressible. Greyish red-brown on top, cream below in life; dull brown in alcohol. Oscules 1-8 mm wide, apical on columns, on upper margins of fronds. Terete ascending atria at surface conspi- cous as grooves after collecting and preservation, when fleshy dermis collapses. Surface thoroughly papillate and vaguely rugose in life, distinctly conu- lose in preserved specimens. Choanosome dense. Main skeleton typical, primaries and fascicles often oblique. Fibres stiff, brown. Description. Stout stalk abruptly expands into thick, complex, folded lamella above. Stalk 6-7 cm long, slightly compressed, 1.8 x 2 cm thick, expanding below into base 4 x 4.5 cm wide, inclined at 45°. Viewing specimen with inclined base backwards, main frond expands laterally from top of stalk, about evenly to mid-height, to width 10.5 cm, then higher on left side (11 cm above its base). Upper margin evenly rounded on the left, sagging and sinuous on the right. Frond longitu- dinally folded, extends into one secondary frond each on front and back, both attached to main frond through most of its length on both sides of SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 143 its axis. Both directed outwards at 45? to plane of main frond. Secondary frond in front much larger, projecting up to 5 cm, its inner portion as thick as main frond, 1-1.5 cm, its outer half expanding into fluted, somewhat contorted club-shaped struc- ture up to 4 cm wide. Rudimentary lateral frond near left margin, on front of main frond, project- ing up to 1 em. Secondary frond along back projects up to 2 cm, | cm thick, ends 2 cm below upper rim of main frond. Total height of specimen 19 cm. In life greyish red-brown on top (10 R 7-8/4) grading into cream or off-white below (N 9-10 (YR 1); now uniform dull brown (7.5 YR 4-5/4). Firmly rubbery on top, barely compressible along stalk. Some clear slimy exudate upon collecting. Oscules 1-8 mm wide chiefly on upper edges of all fronds. Many terete atria just below surface, now wholly or partially open, some still roofed completely by dermal membrane, as all were in life. These more or less pronounced grooves in surface generally arranged longitudinally, but meandering, occasionally branched downwards. Except these marginal atria, whole surface finely papillate and variably rugose in life. Through shrinkage of ectosome, surface now more distinctly conulose. Conules 0.5-1 mm high, mostly 1-2 mm apart, irregularly distributed, frequently in clusters or aligned in ridges. Ridges connecting neighbour- ing conules form vague rugo-reticulation or labyrin- thic pattern in some areas. Some intervening depressions bear single or branched groove at bottom, and all depressions contain irregularly clustered, indistinct ostia. Some polygonal depres- sions irregularly open below, like invaginations, possibly additional oscules. In transverse section (text-fig. 92) ectosome about 200 um thick; dense choanosome traversed by canals mostly 100-1000 um wide, and conspicuous irregular reticulation of stiff brown fibres. Primaries and their fascicles fre- quently oblique to surface. Primaries 150-200 um thick, secondaries 30-120 ym. Meshsizes commonly 300-800 um. Fascicles around 1 mm wide, irregu- larly spaced 1-5 mm. Primaries markedly strati- fied, with outer layers often wavy, and thin, straggling core of mixed detritus, including spic- ule fragments, comparatively fine and well sorted. Remarks. The synonymy given above departs from, that suggested by Bergquist (1980b: 474) in includ- ing Stelospongia flabellum. Though Bergquist did not elaborate on this, the distinction, judging from the descriptions, and from my cursory, macro- scopic examination of Carter's and Lendenfeld's specimens, relies only on external shape. That the flabellate habit may intergrade in some specimens, with the columnar to subclavate habit of Lamarck's specimens is demonstrated by F52056, but even better by the specimens described by Whitelegge (1901, as Stelospongia canalis). The figured speci- men, in particular, shows a main lamella and short peduncle very similar to the lectotype of Stelospon- gia flabellum, but, in addition, shorter secondary fronds attached vertically and partly folded, like in F52056. It should also be noted that two of the eight paralectotypes of Stelospongia flabellum (BMNH unregistered, dry) are of the rimosa-type. The erroneous inclusion by Lendenfeld (1889b) of Stelospongus flabelliformis Carter as synonym of his Stelospongia flabellum, which confused Whitelegge (1901: 115), needs to be clarified. Stelospongus flabelliformis is a junior synonym of Thorecta farlovi (Hyatt, 1877) on the basis of five of the six syntypes (one wet) accepted by Wieden- mayer et al. (in press). Carter (1885c: 305) men- tioned only three specimens in his description. In his Manuscript Catalogue of Type Specimens from the J.B. Wilson Collection (unpublished, BMNH; copy in NMV Sponge Archive), however, 7 dry specimens are listed under Stelospongus flabel- liformis. All the specimens in Carter's Catalogue are registered (BMNH 1886.12.15.1-508). Apart from inconsistencies in numbers of types and their preservation, also in other species, there are occa- sional inconsistencies between published names, names on Carter's autograph labels, and entries in the BMNH Register. This may be partly due to negligence by Carter, associated with piecemeal publication of rather hastily written descriptions, and, as with Lendenfeld, changes of names on this occasion, without corresponding corrections on labels. But many such discrepancies may have been deliberate: some of Carter's labels bear, after the species name, page references to publications, while others do not. 1 suspect, therefore, that Carter, in the case of larger type series, indicated in descrip- tions only the number of those specimens examined with more care (microscopically). Under “Obs.”, Carter (1885c: 305) mentioned in passing the similarity of his specimens with the photograph of Spongelia farlovi in Hyatt (1877, pl. 17 fig. 14). This photograph I judge sufficient to identify S, flabelliformis with it, together with the specimens correctly identified as Thorecta farlovi by Lenden- feld (1889b, especially pl. 23 fig. 7, refigured by Bergquist, 1980b, fig. 12d, with the erroneous cap- tion Taonura flabelliformis). The lectotype of Stelospongia flabellum (Bergquist, 1980b, fig. 14a) is the only specimen of Carter/Wilson in Lenden- feld's type series. It is labelled by Carter *?Sponge- lia Farlovii Hyatt p. 536, pl. xvii fig. 14, Australia." It can therefore be surmised that this is one of the 144 F. WIEDENMAYER seven dry syntypes of Stelospongus flabelliformis in Carter's Manuscript Catalogue, and that Len- denfeld (1889b) was for the least part right in including S. flabelliformis as synonym of S. Slabellum. Dysideidae Gray, 1867 Dysidea Johnston Dysidea Johnston, 1842: 251. — Burton, 1934a: 582 (synonymy with nomina vana and nomina nulla; defini- tion, discussion, revision of type species), — Vacelet, 1959: 66 (synonymy, definition, discussion, revision of Mediter- ranean species). — Bergquist, 1965: 142 (discussion). — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 72 (synonymy with further refer- ences, definition, discussion of West-Indian species). — Van Soest, 1978: 51 (definition, discussion, revision of West-Indian species), — Bergquist, 1980b: 480 (synonymy in part: not Sarcocornea; definition, discussion, revision). Spongelia Nardo, 1847a: 115 (nomen nudum).— Schmidt, 1862: 28. — Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 72 (further references). Aulena Lendenfeld, 1885f: 308 (part: A. villosa and A. flabellum; not A, nigra, a Hippospongia). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 33 (part: A. villosa only). nec Aulena sensu Lendenfeld, 1889b: 90 (= Echinoclathria). Halmopsis Lendenfeld, 1885f: 320. — Bergquist, 1980b: 454, 480 (as synonym of Dysidea). Haastia Lendenfeld, 1888: 204. — Bergquist, 1980b: 482 (discussion, synonym of Dysidea). Diagnosis. *Dysideidae in which all fibres are filled with detritus." (Bergquist, 1980b: 472.) Dysidea avara (Schmidt) Plate 16 figure 9, plate 35 figure 6, text-figures 93-95 Selected synonymy. Spongelia avara Schmidt, 1862: 29, pl. 3 fig. 6 (Zadar and Sibenik, Yugoslavia). — Schulze, 1878b; 127, pl. 6 figs 1, 4; pl. 8 figs 1-7, 13-14 (anatomy) (Hvar Island, Yugos- lavia).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 667, pl. 43 figs 3-4, 6 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). Dysidea avara.—de Laubenfels, 1948: 142 (part; résumé, discussion), pl. 23 fig. 43 (specimen from Philip- pines described in 1935 as D, pallescens). — de Lauben- fels, 1950a: 9 (Hawaii).—de Laubenfels, 1954a: 36, text-fig. 18 (Micronesia). — Vacelet, 1959: 68, pl. 1 fig. 7 (description, discussion, notes on ecology; off Mar- seille). — Rützler, 1965: 42 (further references, description, ecology, distribution; Northern Adriatic Sea). — Boury- Esnault, 1971: 337 (notes on ecology, reproduction, fur- ther references; western Mediterranean). — Boury-Esnault, 1973a: 288 (Brazil, S of Porto Alegre). — Pulitzer-Finali and Pronzato, 1977: 87 (Bay of Naples, locality data only). — Pulitzer-Finali and Pronzato, 1980: 131 (western Mediterranean, locality data, remarks). — Rubio et al., 1981: 12, text-fig. 2 (description, distribution, ecology). Spongelia pallescens Schmidt, 1862: 30, pl. 3 fig. 8 (Sibenik, Yugoslavia; lectotype described and figured by Burton, 1934a, see below). — Schmidt, 1864: 28 (part?, merged with S. incrustans, which was regarded as a good species by Vacelet, 1959, and Pulitzer-Finali and Pron- zato, 1977, 1980). — Burton, 1934a: 591 (part, as syno- nym of Dysidea fragilis; BMNH 1867.7.26.9 designated lectotype [as holotype], described and figured text-fig. 30, pl. 2 fig. 4, pl. 2 fig. 3, Naples). nec Spongelia pallescens. — Schulze, 1878b: 138, pl. 5 figs 1-4; pl. 6 figs 2-3, 5-7 (with sspp. fragilis, elastica and varr.; fide Vacelet, 1959: 67). — Polejaeff, 1884b: 42, pl. 3 fig. 1 (Bahia). Dysidea pallescens. — de Laubenfels, 1935: 327 (figured in de Laubenfels, 1948; Puerto Galera, Mindoro, Philip- pines). —Boury-Esnault, 1971: 338. Dysidea avara var. pallescens. — Vacelet, 1959: 69 (Gulf of Marseille). — Rützler, 1965: 42 (synonymy, descrip- tion, ecology). Material examined. Station KG 4, one specimen (F52057); station KG 6, one specimen (F52058). Diagnosis. Commonly small, irregularly lobate, sprawling, occasionally digitate. In life, mauve, often mixed with grey, or dark purple. In alcohol, violet, brownish or beige. Softly spongy, limp, mostly easily torn, some specimens more resistant, Surface coarsely conulose; conules 1-6 mm high, with similar, irregular spacing; tips may be blunt, pointed, irregular, composite, crested. Oscules small, irregularly scattered, often in depressions. Choanosome cavernous. Fibrous skeleton lax, irregular. Fibres irregular, may be compressed, fenestrate, commonly loaded with detritus, but with spongin still visible. Detritus also interstitial, but not in dermis, which contains a fairly conspicuous, whitish collagenous reticulum. Description. Sprawling depressed lobes, indistinctly separated by sinuous incisions, bearing some moderately deep invaginations above. Whole sur- face coarsely conulose in life, now, after shrink- age and partial maceration, frilly, with contorted conules or lacinules connected by discontinuous ridges, like miniature cockscombs, which fre- quently intersect, forming irregular reticulation with deep, angular depressions. In life mauve on surface, paler on underside, with whitish ridges, dull beige internally; now faded to yellowish beige (10 YR 8-9/4). Softly spongy, limp, easily torn. In F52057 (pl. 16 fig. 9, text-fig. 93) conules often clustered, with expanded and blunt, compo- site tips (0.3-1 mm wide) roughened by protrud- ing sand grains. Individual conules 1-3 mm high, very irregularly spaced; width and depth of inter- stitial depressions about 1-5 mm. Relief of F52058 similar, but conules more slender, with fine, taper- ing tips. Round oscules, 0.5-1 mm wide, irregu- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 145 Figures 93-95, Dysidea avara. F52057, details in reflected light, x 4,1. Figure 93. View of well preserved portion of surface. Figure 94, Mostly macerated peripheral portion showing tendency of fibres to form fenestrated lamellae. Figure 95. Perpendicular section showing cavernous interior. larly scattered at bottoms of invaginations and in some of shallower depressions between conules. Very fine ostia barely visible between vague white nervures of ectosome in depressions. Choanosome coarsely and thoroughly cavernous (text-fig. 95), with many round canals 2-3 mm wide, interstices sometimes as narrow as 200 um. Matrix dense, yellowish-brown in transmitted light, with elongate, frequently somewhat contorted, sac- shaped choanocyte chambers often crowded and aligned. Fibrous skeleton in F52057 lax and very irregu- lar. Fibres 100-500 um thick, commonly almost packed with mixed and ill-sorted detritus. Sand grains attain 0.5 mm in size. Most fibres have irregularly knotty contours, and many thinner fibres abruptly expand to 2-4 times their diameter. Peripheral stratification of pale spongin envelop- ing grains frequently visible. A portion of fibre 700 um long, tapering from 180 to 90 um, free of detri- tus, with layered bark and thick pith (140-60 um) transversely wrinkled. In F52057, fibres often form tight fascicles and fenestrate sheets, up to 1.3 mm wide (text-fig. 94). Much detritus also interstitially, scattered and clustered. In F52058, thin fibres commonly 60 um thick. Mixed detritus in all fibres generally finer and better sorted than in F52057, but larger lithic or skeletal 146 grains occur interstitially. Reticulation more regu- lar than in F52057, without fascicles and fenestrate sheets. Remarks. Vacelet (1959) and Rützler (1965) distin- guished a typical variety, with coarser conules and deeper purple conserved in alcohol, from a var. pallescens with slightly finer conules (see pl. 2 figs 3, 4, in Burton, 1934a), thinner ectosome and a lighter purple streaked with white, which disappears in alcohol. Rützler also found that the choanocyte chambers in var. pallescens approximate the spher- ical type. Boury-Esnault (1971: 338) regarded D. pallescens as a good species. The new specimens, with size and density of conules as in the lectotype of Spongelia pallescens, corresponds with var. pallescens sensu Vacelet also in other external traits. But the almost spherical shape of choanocyte cham- bers is not developed. It remains to be seen whether the equivalent of the typical variety also occurs in Australian waters. Order Dendroceratida Minchin, 1900 Darwinellidae Merejkowsky, 1879 Synonym: Aplysillidae Lendenfeld, 1883. Aplysilla Schulze Aplysilla Schulze, 1878a: 404. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 698 (part). — Topsent, 1905a: CXC (definition in Darwinelli- dae, designation of A. rosea (Barrois) as type species, — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 32 (invalid designation of type spe- cies). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 163 (part; wrong type spe- cies). — Vacelet, 1959: 62 (definition, discussion, revision, wrong type species, A. rosea and A. glacialis merged in A. sulfurea). — Van Soest, 1978: 80 (West Indian records, discussion). — Bergquist, 1980b: 484 (definition, discus- sion, revision; A. rosea, A. sulfurea and A. glacialis as distinct species). Simplicella Merejkowsky, 1878: 259.— Bergquist, 1980b: 484 (as synonym of Aplysilla). Diagnosis. “[Darwinellidae] in which the sponge body is always encrusting and the fibres are always clear of detritus and almost unbranched." (Berg- quist, 1980b: 484.) Aplysilla rosea (Barrois) Plate 16 figure 8 Selected synonymy. Verongia rosea Barrois, 1876: 57 (Roscoff, English Channel). —de Laubentels, 1948: 167 (as synonym of Aplysilla glacialis). Aplysilla rosea Schulze, 1878a: 416 (Trieste, Adriatic Sea). — ?Lendenfeld, 1888: 26 (part: nec Aplysina cruor, nec A. naevus; Sydney Harbour, 1 hypotype with slide in East Berlin, ZMB 2306). — ?Lendenfeld, 1889b: 708, pl. 44 fig. 2 (old record). — ?Whitelegge, 1889: 180 (off F. WIEDENMAYER Balls Head, Sydney Harbour, probably Lendenfeld's record). — ?Burton, 1930a: 510, pl. 2 fig. 3 (synonymy in part: nec Aplysina naevus, nec A. cruor). —? Burton, 1934a: 595 (record only, Great Barrier Reef). — ?Burton, 1936a: 142 (record only; Oude Kraal, Muizenberg, South Africa). — Bergquist, 1967: 161 (Hawaii). — Lévi, 1952: 37 (West Africa). — Borojević et al., 1968: 29 (A. sulfurea merged, local distribution, ecology, further references; Roscoff). — Pulitzer-Finali and Pronzato, 1977: 98 (local distribution, A. sulfurea merged, discussion of colour, nomenclature; Bay of Naples). — Pulitzer-Finali and Pron- zato, 1980: 152 (Ligurian Sea). ?Aplysilla sulfurea Schulze, 1978a: 405, pl. 23 figs 15, 18, 20-27; pl. 24 figs 28-30 (Adriatic). — de Laubenfels 1948: 163 (résumé, further reference), — Lévi, 1952: 37 (West Africa).—de Laubenfels, 1954a: 47 text-fig. 26 (Micronesia). — Vacelet, 1959: 62, pl. 1 figs 1, 2; (with A. rosea and A. glacialis as synonyms, priority dis- regarded; discussion of colour; description, ecology, fur- ther references). — Rützler, 1965: 41 (description, ecology, further references). — Bergquist, 1967: 162 (Hawaii).— Boury-Esnault, 1971: 333 (purple specimens included; local distribution, ecology, further references). — Vacelet and Vasseur, 1971: 115 (Tulear Reefs, Madagascar). — Vacelet et al., 1976: 107 (Tulear Reefs). — Van Soest, 1978: 80 (references to West Indian records). ?Aplysilla sulphurea. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 707 (Sydney Harbour).— Thiele, 1905: 488, figs 112, 114 (Strait of Magellan). — Koltun, 1964: 111 (1966a: 112) (further refer- ences, diagnosis), — Bergquist, 1980b: 484, figs 2d, 20c, d (in review). — Rubió et al., 1981: 40, text-fig. 12 (table of distribution, ecology, further references, western Mediterranean). — Boury-Esnault and van Beveren, 1982: 120 (part: encrusting specimen only, not pl. 20 fig. 78 — Dendrilla antarctica Topsent; Kerguelen). ? Dysideopsis sulphurea Lendenfeld, 1888: 156 (Sydney Harbour, NSW).— Whitelegge, 1889: 184 (off Shark Island, Sydney Harbour, probably Lendenfeld's record). — Bergquist, 1980b: 464 (in review, as synonym of Aplysilla sulfurea). Material examined. Station KG 4, one specimen (F52061). Diagnosis. Encrusting, 2-6 mm thick, commonly small, but may cover large areas. Limp, easily torn. In life pink, (bright or pale yellow?), occasionally dark purple; chiefly dull red or brownish in alco- hol. Surface commonly conulose or bristly, rarely smooth or wrinkled, chiefly lipostomous. Choano- some dense, fleshy. Fibres mostly single, up to 6 mm high, with basal plate, pith with timble-shaped accretions, longitudinally striate bark; generally tapering to point in conule axis or above surface, occasionally simply branched. Description. Crust, 2-4 mm thick, with angular outline, 1.5-2 x 3.5 cm wide, deep lateral incision in middle. Pink in life (values not recorded), now deep red-brown (10 R 4/6-8) with few paler spots (10 R 6/6). Limp, easily torn. White nudibranch SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 147 with elongate orange dots grazing on specimen before collecting. Surface rough in one half, irregularly conulose to bristly. Other half rugose with a large smooth area. Isolated dendritic fibres mostly upright in rough half, tips protruding from surface here and there. In other half most of fibres uprooted, with basal discs partly protruding, branches recumbent at or just below upper surface. Corresponding con- spicuous difference in conformation of lower sur- face: (1) Lacunose below rough upper surface, with about half of surface flush, with open canals, adhering to substrate in life; few fibres recumbent, particularly in glabrous depressions. (2) Undulat- ing, with glabrous surface, fibres all uprooted and recumbent, except small area with large basal spon- gin plate supporting 2-3 fibres, slightly tilted. Upper surface mostly glabrous, lipostomous, contains scattered and clustered sand grains at or just below surface. Fibres conform to descriptions and figures in literature. Most fibres isolated, including basal plate, straggling to angular, branched once or twice. Single basal plates about 2-3 mm wide. Fibres 350-400 um thick proximally, longitudinally striate on outside, with pith third to half of diameter, showing characteristic convex accretion- ary interruptions, Fibres taper almost to point, with bark almost disappearing, commonly reaching length of 7 mm. Remarks. Bergquist (1980b: 484), in keeping A. sul- furea and A. rosea distinct, cited only Vacelet (1959) as disagreeing with her on this point. Her statement: *It appears that colour is a stable specific character in this family, and variation from rose to yellow would not occur" stands isolated, and she does not elaborate on other taxonomic characters. Other workers (French, Italian, and Spanish authors on Mediterranean and Atlantic records) have followed Vacelet (1959) in merging the two species in question. According to Pulitzer-Finali and Pronzato (1977: 98) only Descatoire (1969) has subsequently kept the two species distinct, besides Bergquist (1967). Of the other workers (Lévi, Vace- let, Boury-Esnault, Sarà, Pulitzer-Finali), none has apparently found other differences, besides colour, as in anatomy, ecology, or reproduction, in sym- patric populations of the pink and yellow form. Of some interest, in this context, is that Pronzato (1975: 7, 10, 12), in discussing the taxonomic value of colour in Aplysilla and Darwinella, noted the presence in the Mediterranean, of the bluish purple phenotype of Darwinella australiensis (see also Pulitzer-Finali, 1977: 99; Pulitzer-Finali and Pron- zato, 1980: 153). Another point is my observation of the extremely variable colour of Pseudoceratina crassa in life (Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 75, as Aiolochroia), though this affects only the ecto- some, and the genus is now placed in the order Verongida. Darwinella Müller [Darwinia] Schultze, 1865: 7 (nec Darwinia Bate, 1857), Darwinella Müller, 1865: 344 (nomen novum for Dar- winia Schultze).— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 673 (2 species included). — Dendy, 1905: 203 (definition, discussion). — Topsent, 1905a: CLXXIII (résumé for family, review of genus with descriptions of 9 species, 4 of which are new). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 168 (part: D. muelleri only, with excessive synonymy). — Lévi, 1952: 38 (brief review with key). — Vacelet, 1959: 63 (résumé of Levi, 1952, for Mediterranean records). — Bergquist, 1961c: 207 (discus- sion, new species). — Pronzato, 1975: 5 (résumé, review and revision, with reproductions of original figures, notes on distribution with map, key). — Van Soest, 1978: 79 (résumé, discussion of West Indian records). — Bergquist 1980b: 486 (synonymy, definition, discussion, revision on the basis of Lendenfeld, 1889b, only). Diagnosis. "[Darwinellidae] in which the slightly ramified dendritic fibre skeleton is supplemented by diactinal, triactinal, or quadriradiate spongin spicules. There is no sand in the fibres. The sponges are encrusting or massive to lobate and [commonly] small." (Bergquist, 1980b: 486.) Darwinella australiensis Carter Plate 16 figure 12, plate 17 figures 1, 2, plate 36 figure 1 Darwinella australiensis Carter, 1885b: 202 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.).— Lendenfeld, 1885a: 22.— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 679, pl. 46 figs 1-5, 11 (redescription of holo- type).—Topsent, 1905a: CLXXVI (résumé, old record). — Hentschel, 1912: 429 (Aru Islands, Arafura Sea, Indonesia). — Dendy, 1916b: 139 (Okhamandal, India). — Lévi, 1952: 38, fig. 1 (synonymy, description, discussion; Senegal). — Pronzato, 1975: 8f., 16, text-figs. 2, 7(2), 8 (synonymy here expanded, résumés, discussion, distribu- tion; note on colour variants, horny spicules; Ligurian Sea and Gulf of Naples). — Pulitzer-Finali and Pronzato, 1977: 99 (notes on horny spicules, colour variants). — Pulitzer-Finali and Pronzato, 1980: 153 (remark on colour variants). — Rubio et al., 1981: 43, text-figs 13, 14 (descrip- tion, distribution and ecology). Darwinella simplex Topsent, 1892c: xxvii (Mediterra- nean coast of France). — Topsent, 1904: 55, pl. 9 fig. 3 (Azores). — Topsent, 1905a: CLXXVI (résumé, discus- sion). — Dendy, 1905: 204, pl. 15 figs 1, 2 (Sri Lanka). — Burton, 1959: 268 (synonymy, record only; south coast of Arabia). Darwinella intermedia Topsent, 1894b: xxxvii (Banyuls, Mediterranean coast of France).— Topsent, 1905a: CLXXVII, fig. 1 (résumé). — Borojević et al., 1968: 29 148 F. WIEDENMAYER (near Roscoff, English Channel). — Pronzato, 1975: 12, 16, 18 (résumés, synonymy, distribution, key). Darwinella duplex Topsent, 1905a: CLXXIX (replace- ment name for Darwinella simplex: Topsent, 1904). Darwinella rosacea Hechtel, 1965: 17 (Jamaica). Darwinella viscosa Boury-Esnault, 1971: 334, pls 6, 7 (Mediterranean coast of France). Darwinella muelleri.— de Laubenfels, 1950b: 38, text- fig. 16 (nec Schultze; Bermudas). Material examined. Station BSS 180, one specimen (F52062); station BSS 181, two specimens (F52063, F52064). Type specimens of Darwinella australiensis (BMNH). Diagnosis. Thickly encrusting, cushion-shaped, or irregularly compressed-lobate, digitate, tongue- shaped. Surface coarsely conulose, conules angu- lar, compressed, pyramidal, often connected by ridges. Soft, limp, easily torn, more or less viscid. Colour in life variable: brownish orange, deep red, bluish-violet, purple, pink, yellow, orange. Oscules 1-4 mm wide, mostly apical and marginal, but also on flanks and in depressions. Ectosome diaphanous, with regular collagenous reticulum. Fibres pink, mostly isolated, basally expanded, short and sparsely branched in encrusting speci- mens, similar to those in Ap/ysilla; longer, more prolifically dendritic in lobate specimens. Horny spicules of variable abundance, tend to be segregated by size and individuals: commonly pink, with crooked rays when large, pale and regular when small, most frequently triactinal, less often tetractinal, rarely pentactinal and diactinal. Description. F52062 basally attached to fragment of shell, compressed-clavate, expanding from width of 7 mm proximally, to tongue shaped end 18 mm wide and 4 mm thick. Length of specimen 5.5 cm. Other specimens (pl. 16 fig. 12, pl. 17 fig. 1) more massive, with clustering, angular, more or less com- pressed lobes separated by deep, narrow depres- sions or invaginations. F52063, 2 x 2.5 x 6cm; F52064, 1-2.5 x 2-3 x 4 cm. Base of attachment small, on narrowest side on both specimens. Brownish orange in life, lighter and duller in F52062 (5 YR 6/8), deeper in other two (2.5 YR 5/10). Colour now faded to drab, more so in F52062 (7.5 YR 7-8/4) than in other two (2.5 YR 6/4 to 5 YR 7/4). Soft, limp, slightly viscid. Some clear mucus emitted after collecting. Most of surface irregularly conulose; conules compressed to pyramidal, occasionally bifid or clustering, contorted, connected by coarser or finer ridges of variable relief. Ridges often aligned across several conules, sparingly branched and anastomosed, forming incomplete rugo- reticulation. Pattern coarser and most pronounced in F52063, comparatively subdued in F52062. Spac- ing of conules mostly 2-7 mm, but some larger smooth interstices occur, particularly in depressions between lobes. Oscules 1-4 mm wide, situated mostly on top and on edges of lobes, also on sides, in depressions between conules, some hidden and almost closed. Surface in depressions regularly dotted by mouths of inhalant canals, around 1 mm wide, spaced 2-5 mm, clearly visible through ectosome. Ectosome contains regular reticulum of collagen fibres, barely visible with unaided eye, distinct at low magnifi- cation; its meshes square to polygonal in centre of depressions, 200-300 um wide, elongate, with radial nervures around conule tips. 4 to 10 ostia to each mesh. From fracture in F52064, a fibre protrudes for 15 mm, regularly branched and tapering, branch- ing points 3 to 5 mm apart, Abundant corneous spicules of this specimen pink in reflected light. Ectosome 45-200 um thick, frequently stratified, with two or three layers: (1) Outer, evenly granu- lar layer, with radial or oblique ostia mostly con- spicuous; (2) inner, tangentially fibrillate layer with indistinct radial ostia; and (3) discontinuous layer of crypts. Stratification and third layer most dis- tinct in F52062, ectosome thus detachable between conules. In other two, stratification may be indistinct or obscured by interfingering of layers, and crypts may occupy part of fibrillous layer. In F52064, ectosome contains mulberry-shaped microsymbionts, 17-25 um in diameter, mostly packed in outer layer, crowded to scattered below, also in peripheral choanosome. *Fibrils" of second layer possibly filamentous microsymbionts. Chaonosome stringy, with subparallel wavy canals, and elongate, crowded to packed choano- cyte chambers aligned inbetween. Choanosome contains much detritus in F52063, few foreign inclusions in other two. F52064 contains ova, 72-208 um in diameter, surrounded by thick layer of follicle cells. Fibres comprise typical stratified bark and strag- gling knotty pith with timble-shaped accretion lines. Fibre diameters commonly 132-272 um below out- ermost divisions, rarely reaching 373 um. Pith diameters commonly around 20% of thicker fibres, 40% of thinner ones. Regularly spaced elongate cells or pits occasionally seen on surface of pith. Junctions of branches either *grafted", or continu- ous, with confluent pith (cf. Boury-Esnault, 1971: 335). Horny spicules rare, pale and small in F52062 and F52063, with mostly equal, straight and pointed rays in one plane, 96-708-118 x 10-13 jm in F52062, 72-83-97 x 9-12 um in F52063. Horny SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 149 spicules in F52064 much more conspicuous (pl. 36 fig. 1), all larger, mostly red-brown in transmitted light (two very pale), about as frequent as in diagrammatic figure in Lendenfeld (1889b, pl. 46 fig. 2), but rays rarely straight, commonly bent, curved or flexuous, with thin pith of variable dis- tinctness. In six sections examined, 62 complete spicules were observed: 34 triactines, 27 tetractines, one pentactine. Of former, some have atrophied fourth ray not exceeding its thickness in length. Rays 187 x 19 um to 1347 x 40 um. A single pale, unequal smaller triactine, longest ray 93 x 7 um, may be foreign. Remarks. Contrary to Lévi's (1952) and Pronzato's (1975) opinions, Darwinella intermedia 1s here merged in D. australiensis. I could not detect any significant difference in structure of ectosome, choanosome and fibres in the new specimens, of which the last two (with identical colour) came from the same collecting station. Topsent (1894b) described D. intermedia as golden yellow in life with small triactines having flexuous rays 100-150 um long (67-165 um in fig. 1 in Topsent, 1905a), 12-13 um thick at the base. Darwinella rosacea, merged in D. intermedia by Pronzato (1975: 12), was described by Hechtel (1965: 17) as pink in life, pinkish brown or beige in alcohol, with spicule rays measuring 130-276 x 10-17 um. *Venetian Red", the colour indicated by Carter (1885b: 202) for the living D. australiensis, probably means brownish vermilion (10 R 5-6/8-10), while that in alcohol is given as "dark grey flesh". Dendy (1905: 204) indicated dark purple in alcohol for his specimen of D. simplex. D. viscosa was orange in life (Boury- Esnault, 1971: 334). Pronzato (1975: 10, 12) gave dark red, violet, and light bluish purple as colour variants in life for specimens of D. australiensis in the Mediterranean. Rubió et al. (1981: 46) described the colour of D. australiensis as a strong pink in life. The spicules in their material are pink, com- paratively small triactines (exclusively), with rays measuring 200-750 x 14-32 um, Segregation of spicules by categories within specimens was reported by Topsent (1905a: CLXXIX, for D. duplex), Lévi (1952: 38, for D. australiensis), and Boury-Esnault (1971: 334, for D. viscosa). Few indications are found in the literature con- cerning the relative frequency of spicules. Contrast- ing with the high frequency in Lendenfeld’ figure (1889b, pl. 46 fig. 2, based on Carter's material) and in F52064 are Dendy's statements (1905: 204; 1916b: 139) as to the rather scarce occurrence of spicules in his specimens. Exclusive occurrence of triactines was recorded for D. intermedia and D. rosacea, but also for some other records in the above synonymy. For the remaining records, vari- able proportions of diactines and tetractines were indicated. It should be noted that there is some overlap, albeit small, in spicule dimensions (length of rays) between the specimens of Hechtel (1965), of Rubió et al. (1981), and F52064. Nevertheless, there is obviously a strong tendency in this species, as here conceived, for spicules to be segregated by sizes in different specimens. The significance of this is not understood at present, since, as noted in two of the new specimens, it may occur in strictly sympatric populations. This might be taken as ruling out both biogeographical and ecological (niche) segregation. But cohabitation of sibling species or subspecies in our area does not preclude spatial isolation of the same in other regions, or (particularly for southern Australia with its complex and poorly understood biogeographical history and position) in the past. The latter point should be viewed in perspective of temporary disjunction (in geological terms, i.e. through palaeogeographical evolution) of demes or clines, and secondary sympatric reunion with or without effect on the panmictic balance, and the difficulties in justifying subspecies in sponges (see review in Wiedenmayer, 1974). Considering that most descriptions of records of this species complex outside the Mediterranean are based on single specimens, it seems preferrable, at present, not to distinguish a nominotypical subspe- cies from a ssp. intermedia. Darwinella gardineri Topsent Plate 17 figures 3, 7, text-figures 96, 97 Darwinella gardineri Topsent, 1905a: CLXXIX (Fadifolu Atoll, Maldive Islands, Indian Ocean). — Lévi, 1958: 42 (Abulat Island, Red Sea). — Pronzato, 1975: 13 (résumé), 16 (distribution), 18 (in key), figs 5 (spicules), 9 (in situ, colour, Ligurian Sea, new record). — Pulitzer- Finali and Pronzato, 1980: 152 (brief description includ- ing colour; Ligurian Sea). Material examined. Station KG 4, one specimen (F52065); station KG 7, one specimen (52066). Diagnosis. Encrusting to irregularly angular-lobate, or lacunose-clathrate. Softly to firmly rubbery, slightly viscid; deep yellow in life, with dark red- brown fibres, turning dark olivaceous, then pur- plish black after collecting and preservation. Oscules commonly as contorted slits, chiefly mar- ginal, Surface coarsely conulose, with conules com- pressed, more abundant on edges of lobes and lamellae, like cocks' combs; otherwise smooth to very finely wrinkled. Ectosome 100-200 um thick, not detachable. Choanosome dense, with com- 150 F. WIEDENMAYER LA u ARTEN TI Í[ Figures 96, 97. Darwinella gardineri. F52065, details in reflected light. Figure 96. Perpendicular section showing thickness of ectosome, canal system, and fully overgrown different sponge (lower right), X 8.2. Figure 97. Portion of surface showing inhalant fields, X 6.6. canals, smaller ones often parallel (tiger-skin pat- tern in sections). Dendritic fibres more profusely branched below edges, tapering little, may be filled with filamentous algae. Horny spicules numerous, diactinal, smooth. Description. F52065 (pl. 17 fig. 7, now dissected) angular, lobate, with thick, boxy lobe on one side, and compressed one, transversely folded, on oppo- site side; 1 to 1.8 cm in thickness, 6 cm in width, 1.5-2.5 cm in height. Some folds between lobes SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 151 deep, narrow invaginations. Small, multiple base of attachment. Most of surface irregularly and coarsely conu- lose. Conules chiefly around tops of lobes, 1-2 mm high, mostly 2 mm apart, often contorted, con- nected by ridges. Some fibres protrude from conule tips. Some conules also on lower sides, where mar- ginal dendritic fibres bulge below shrunken surface, with often wide, smooth depressions between ascending ridges. Along edge of thinner lobe, several fibres exposed, already upon collecting. F52066 (pl. 17 fig. 3) lacunose, clathrate aggre- gation of contorted lamellae, with angular outline, 3.5 cm high, 6 x 8 cm wide. Lamellae mostly 2-4 mm thick; lacunae between them, open below and above, some marginal ones also on sides, 0.5-1.5 cm wide. Surface generally more coarsely conulose than in F52065, with conules up to 5 mm high; many aligned on outside and edges of lamellae, like clustering cockscombs. Inner sides of lamellae (walls of lacunae) mostly smooth, with few con- ules. Base of attachment small and multiple. some fibres partly free, many protruding from conules. F52065 has completely overgrown small pinkish drab sponge with sandy ectosome (text-fig. 96). Similar, if not conspecific sponge attached to one side of F52066. In life, sulfur-yellow in F52065, golden yellow (10 YR to 2.5 Y 8/10) in F52066, Soon after collecting change to dark olivaceous, purplish black (5 R 2/2) in alcohol, choanosome slightly lighter in F52065 (5 R 3/4-4). Fibres very conspicuous in life, dark red-brown, visible also just below ectosome, colour preserved in alcohol. Now compressible, slightly limp in F52065, firmer, almost leathery in F52066, slightly viscid. Oscules more conspicuous on F52065, contorted slits up to 5 mm long and 0.5-1 mm wide, mostly on upper edges of lobes, some also laterally. With low magnification (10 x ), surface smooth to very finely striate or wrinkled in many areas; other areas, particularly between conules, bear discon- tinuous inhalant fields with sinuous outlines (text- fig. 97), occasionally connected by meandering bridges, with reticulation of slightly elevated col- lagenous bands, somewhat lighter than remaining surface in F52065. Bands about 100 um wide out- line rounded depressions of similar width pierced by ostia. Occasionally, radial pattern of bands con- verging on conule tips. Regularly pitted fields less distinct in F52066. Ectosome 100-200 um thick, generally not detachable. Choanosome dense, cheese-like, with tiger-striped pattern of subparallel inhalant canals (text-fig. 96). Terminal exhalant canals mostly com- pressed, section like outline of oscules. Outer zone of ectosome about 30 um thick, more deeply pigmented. Peripheral choanosome more deeply pigmented, often with palisade of parallel inhalant canals or vestibules, about 30 um wide. Choanocyte chambers oval, 56-97 um long. Dendritic fibres more profusely branched just below apical oscules (edges of lamellae in F52066), occasionally with oblique anastomoses, by concres- cence of adjoining branches. Most fibres 200-270 pm thick, diameters at base up to 500 um. Fibres taper little, diameters around 200 pm at 4-5 mm below conule tips common. Pith, with weak timble- shaped accretion lines, commonly 33% to 47% of fibre diameter, often almost clear, weakly granu- lar. In F52066, filamentous algae common in bark and pith. Choanosome contains numerous diactinal spic- ules in both specimens, some protruding from sur- face along edges of lamellae just above base of attachment, straight to slightly sinuous, occasion- ally bent, very pale, with faint contrast in Canada balsam, clear except for axial filament, tapering gradually and symmetrically to sharp points. Few entire ones isolated, 1550-1760 x 15-24 um. Remarks, Specimens of this species hitherto recorded were encrusting, with low, simple or sparsely branched fibres. The colour of Topsent's holotype in life is unknown, but is stated to be pink (“rose”) in alcohol. Levi (1958: 42) indicated vivid yellow, turning purple in alcohol. Pulitzer-Finali and Pronzato (1980: 153) gave the index C.C. 316 in Séguy (1936, Code Universel des Couleurs. Paris: Lechevalier), which is lemon yellow, equivalent to 7.5 Y 8-9/8-10 in Munsell. Spicule dimensions given by Topsent (1905a: CLXXX) are 1600-2000 x 20 um (half as much for a few), Pronzato (1975: 14, fig. 5) indicated lengths of 804 to 1780 um for diactines in his Mediterranean material. The occurrence of massive-lobate specimens in this species is not surprising, given a similar range of shapes in D. australiensis. The lacunose-clathrate habit of F52066 is reminiscent of Dendrilla lacunosa Hentschel (1912: 431, pl. 15 fig. 3), the general shape of which, however, is terete-ramose, with a very strong axial fibre and thinner radial, branching fibres. The presence of filamentous algae in the fibres recalls the similar occurrence in Mycale (Arenocha- lina) mirabilis described above. It is not unique in Darwinella, since Dendy (1905, 1916b) found a similar association (interpreted as “parasitic fungus?") in his material of Dendrilla australien- sis (as simplex in 1905). The endozoic sandy sponge recalls an analogous 152 F. WIEDENMAYER association of *Gellius* and Aplysilla described by Rützler (1970: 94) from the Adriatic coast. Dendrilla Lendenfeld Dendrilla Lendenfeld, 1883: 270. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 709 (part: D. rosea and D. aerophoba only). — Topsent, 1905a: CXC (subsequent designation of type species). — Hentschel, 1912: 430 f. (part: D. lacunosa, D. mertoni spp. nov.; not D. lendenfeldi, a Dictyodendrilla). — de Laubenfels, 1936a: 32 (invalid designation of type spe- cies). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 153 (part, wrong type spe- cies, wrong transfers). — Vacelet, 1958: 143-147 (résumé, definition, discussion, erroneous revision, new Mediter- ranean species). — Vacelet, 1959: 65 (definition, discus- sion, résumé of Mediterranean species).— Van Soest, 1978: 81 (discussion of possible West Indian records). — Bergquist, 1980b: 486 (definition, discussion, revision). Diagnosis. “Large, erect, branching or complex lamellate [Darwinellidae] in which the fibres branch repeatedly but do not anastomose. The fibres con- tain no foreign coring material.” (Bergquist, 1980b; 486.) Dendrilla cactos (Selenka) Text-figure 98 Spongelia cactos Selenka, 1867: 566, pl. 35 fig. 5 (Bass Strait), Aplysilla cactos. — Schulze, 1878a: 417 (holotype re- examined, redescribed). Dendrilla cactus.— de Laubenfels, 1948: 152 (part: not pl. 26 fig. 47; description composite, partly based on Megalopastas retiaria Dendy, a Dictyodendrilla). nec Dendrilla cactus. — Bergquist, 1961c: 215, figs 5a, b. Megalopastas cactos. — Vacelet, 1958: 144 (in revision, unrecognisable). Dendrilla rosea Lendenfeld, 1883: 271, pl. 10 figs 3, 4; pl. 12 figs 16, 19-23; pl. 13 figs 24-27, 29-32 (Port Phillip Bay, Vic.; Adelaide, SA). — Carter, 1886f; 288 (remarks on histology). — Dendy, 1890a: 79 (Port Phil- lip Bay). — Vacelet, 1958: 143, 144 (in review). — Koltun, 1971: 42 (Red Sea). — Coleman, 1977: 17 (in colour). — Bergquist, 1980b: 488, fig. 21a (in review). — Bergquist and Skinner, 1982; 49 (fig. 3.7), 54; pl. 1 fig. 3 (colour). Dendrilla rosea var. typica Lendenfeld, 1888: 28 (nomen vanum for nominotypical subspecies; Sydney Harbour, NSW). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 718, pl. 44 figs 4, 7, 11; pl. 45 figs 3, 4, 7, 9, 11 (old records). — Whitelegge, 1889: 180 (off Green Point, Sydney Harbour; probably Lendenfeld's records).— Hentschel, 1912: 430 (Aru Islands, Arafura Sea, Indonesia). Luffaria digitata Carter, 1885b: 201 (Port Phillip Heads, Vic.). Dendrilla rosea var. digitata. — Carter, 1886f: 281 (Westernport Bay, Vic.). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 718, pl. 44 fig. 8, pl. 45 fig. 8 (old record). Aplysilla rosea (sic, nec Barrois). — Rockman, 1974: 28f. (in colour, no locality). Material examined. Station KG 2, one specimen (F52067); Station KG 7, two specimens (F52068, colour slide only; F52069, skeleton only). Diagnosis. Massive, irregularly lobate to bushy and pedunculate, or branching, erect, with isodiamet- ric branches. Light red to purplish pink in life, drab to pale orange and red-brown in alcohol. Soft, limp, firmer in branching specimens. Flesh tends to collapse and dissolve after collecting, fibre skele- ton thus easily macerated. Surface coarsely and regularly conulose, with conules compressed- pyramidal, often complex, contorted, with taper- ing fibre tips protruding. Surface otherwise smooth, collagenous reticulum indistinct. Fibrous skeleton thoroughly dendritic, with basal plate, and very thick fibres in peduncle of bushy specimens and axis of ramose ones. N Y d Figure 98. Dendrilla cactos. F52067, portion of surface showing inhalant fields with elongate ostia, x 6.6. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 153 Remarks. This is one of the most common and characteristic species of the southern Australian shelf fauna, and is likely to be illustrated in other popular books than the three referred to above. No complete redescription is therefore needed here. According to my field notes, the first specimen, a bushy one, had a pure rosy pink colour in life (5 RP 8/8-10). The second specimen, decidedly ramose, was light red (5 R 7/10-12). The colour in alcohol of the first specimen is drab to pale orange in depressions (7.5 YR 6-7/2-8), red-brown around the conules (10 R 4-5/6-8). The consistency is soft and limp, and the flesh has a pronounced tendency to collapse, shrink and dissolve into tatters in seawater soon after collect- ing. The fine dermal reticulation is not as clear as in the other darwinellids described above, and is usually better developed in irregular fields between conules, as in Darwinella gardineri. Here, the meshes with the cribripores are frequently elon- gated radially (text-fig. 98), possibly due to the shrinkage, which leaves many of the pale fibres bulging and partly denuded. Whether single, continuous, thick axial fibres with short, much thinner lateral branches (as in pl. 45 fig. 8 in Lendenfeld, 1889b, 3-5 mm thick near the base) are consistently developed in terete- ramose specimens, and whether dieitata is justified as a form or subspecies, must be left open to ques- tion for now. F52068 (unfortunately lost overboard soon after collecting) had this type of skeleton. I suspect that taxonomic distinction is not justified, because Hentschel (1912: 430) described a terete- ramose specimen having tight fascicles of fibres in the axes, and a transitional specimen (which he compared to pl. 44 fig. 7 in Lendenfeld, 1889b) had a similar structure. Lendenfeld (1889b: 718) included Spongelia cactos Selenka in the synonymy of Dendrilla rosea var. typica, which, if accepted, has to replace rosea as its senior synonym. This synonymy is here accepted not because of Selenka's inadequate and misleading description (claiming that the skeletal structure is the same as in Spongelia horrens, i.e. reticulate), but because of the redescription of the holotype by Schulze (1878a: 417, cited by Lenden- feld, 1888: 28; 1889b: 718). This is sufficiently clear to establish the synonymy. The fibres are described as clear, dendritic, with the structure of those in Aplysilla. The interstitial choanosome is also said to be indistinguishable from that in Aplysilla. Schulze, five years before Lendenfeld established Dendrilla, included massive forms with dendritic fibres in Aplysilla, and cited, in the same context, massive specimens from the Adriatic, which today would probably be identified as either Dendrilla cir- sioides or D. acantha, the only species presently known from the Mediterranean (see Pulitzer-Finali, 1983: 613). Bergquist (1980b) recognised only one species (rosea) with Australian records in Dendrilla. Den- drilla aerophoba Lendenfeld (1883), which Berg- quist (1980b: 488) regarded as unrecognisable, may or may not be a true Dendrilla, depending on whether the peculiar fibre structure (strong longitu- dinal folding of the bark) and the regularly armoured ectosome are regarded as sufficiently aberrant within Dendrilla. The strong colour change upon preservation (from brilliant yellow to dark blue or bluish black, reminiscent of Dar- winella gardineri) is also distinctive. It can there- fore be ruled out that what Selenka and Schulze described was D. aerophoba, and it is highly unlikely that they had before them a third species of Dendrilla, or a Darwinella in which they over- looked the spicules (Schulze mentioned examining a section). Schulze had borrowed the holotype from the Zoological Institute in Góttingen (where Selenka worked in 1867). The Selenka collection is no longer there (teste Prof. P. Kuenzer, Il. Zoologisches Institut und Museum der Universität, Göttingen, 1983), and nothing is known of its present whereabouts. The holotype of Dendrilla aerophoba Lendenfeld, however, is extant in East Berlin (ZMB 2254 with one slide; ZMB 10395, second slide). Burton (1934a: 595) included Spongelia cactos and Dendrilla rosea in his highly composite syn- onymy of Dendrilla membranosa (Pallas). Spon- gia membranosa Pallas should be dropped as a nomen dubium. According to the original descrip- tion it was whip-shaped, 3.5 feet tall, finger-thick, with a single branch. Whatever it was, it was not a Dendrilla. Spongia membranosa: Esper (mem- branacea in the caption of pl. 34 is an incorrect sub- sequent spelling) is an Jotrochota, as Topsent (1920c: 322) has shown. Dendrilla membranosa sensu auctorum is composite. Records from north- ern Australia (Ridley, 1884a: 398; Lendenfeld, 1889b: 715; Bergquist, 1980b: 488) belong to Dic- tyodendrilla and will receive a replacement name (Wiedenmayer et al., in press). Antarc- tic/Subantarctic records (Burton, 1929a: 448; Burton 1934b: 46; Burton, 1938: 19; Koltun, 1964: 111; Koltun, 1976: 197) belong to Dendrilla antarc- lica. Among the remaining entries in Burton's excessive synonymy are good species of Dendrilla and Dictyodendrilla. Dendrilla cactus: Bergquist (1961c: 215) is described as having a dendritic skele- ton with occasional anastomoses; but in figure 5b anastomoses appear to be rather common, suggest- 154 F. WIEDENMAYER ing that the specimen might belong to Dictyoden- drilla. A special feature is the reinforcement of the ectosome by spicule fragments. Order Verongiida Bergquist, 1978 Aplysinidae Hyatt, 1875 Aplysina Nardo LAplysia] Nardo, 1833, col. 519 (nec Aplysia Linné, 1767). Aplysina Nardo, 1834, col. 714 (in part; nomen novum for Aplysia Nardo).— Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 63 (syn- onymy with further references, definition, discussion). — Van Soest, 1978: 55, 63 (definition, discussion, revision of West Indian species).— Bergquist, 1980b: 492 (syn- onymy, definition, discussion, revision). [Fistularia] Bowerbank, 1844a: 39 (nec Fistularia Linné, 1758). Verongia Bowerbank, 1845: 403. — Vacelet, 1959: 86 (definition, discussion, review of Mediterranean species). Luffaria Duchassaing and Michelotti, 1864; 59. nec Luffaria sensu Polejaeff, 1884b: 69. — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 382 (— Luffariella in part). Diagnosis. *Aplysinidae characterised by posses- sion of fibres of only one kind with no foreign detritus and having a thick pith component. The fibres form a regular reticulum with large hex- agonal meshes and have no specialised surface arrangement, Most, if not all, species display a marked colour change at death or on exposure to air, quickly changing from the normal yellow or yellow-green through blue to dark brown or purple." (Bergquist, 1980b: 492.). Pedunculate spe- cies with a secondary reticulation of finer fibres are here provisionally included. Aplysina ianthelliformis (Lendenfeld) Plate 17 figure 10, plate 36 figure 2 Dendrilla ianthelliformis Lendenfeld, 1888: 29 (Sydney Harbour). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 719 (old record). Aplysina ¡anthelliformis. — Bergquist, 1980b: 488 (transfer in review). Material examined. Station BSS 187, one specimen (F52070). Holotype of Dendrilla ianthelliformis (AM). Diagnosis. Stalked, flabellate. Frond up to 2 cm thick. Leathery to firmly rubbery, peduncle hard. In life, red-brown on elevations, golden yellow in depressions; turning brownish to purplish black after collecting and preservation (choanosome then dark brown). Surface indistinctly conulose and rugose, with vague rugo-reticulation. Oscules inconspicuous, in marginal invaginations. Ostia in indistinct areoles. Fleshy ectosome about 0.5 mm thick, partly detachable over thin crypts. Choano- some dense. Fibre skeleton dense, tangled, with chiefly dendritic primaries and irregularly reticu- late, partly loose secondary fibres. Fibre- reticulation much denser in peduncle. Description. Broadly flabellate, more or less sym- metrical, with stocky pedicel 3.5 cm long in front, 1.8 cm thick in middle, its base slightly jutting fore- ward, torn at back. Flabellum now contorted, 17.5 cm wide, 11.5 cm high in middle, of variable thick- ness (0.5-2 cm). Lateral transition of pedicel into flabellum elegantly curved. Outline of flabellum sinuous to angular. Right side, near margin, thicker than left, consisting of several overlapping lobes compressed in plane of flabellum, in two to three tiers. Pedicel and its arched transition into flabellum almost smooth, faintly and finely wrinkled longitu- dinally. Front of frond traversed by some ridges, mostly radial, 3-5 mm wide and deep, locally (lower middle) up to 15 mm deep. Most of surface rough, combination of low conules and wrinkles of variable profile, never forming distinct rugo- reticulation. Conules and wrinkles rarely exceed 1 mm in width and relief, with interstices commonly 1-5 mm wide. Depressed interstices smooth or very finely wrinkled. Back of frond with some larger smooth depressions. Margin commonly more decidedly conulose. In life, red-brown on elevated parts, golden yellow in depressions. Rugo-reticulation much more regular and pronounced in life, accentuated by colour differences. Now brownish to purplish black, superficially dark brown in choanosome. Leathery to firmly rubbery, elastic along margin; peduncle hard. Oscules inconspicuous, probably as deep invagi- nations extending from bottom of some folds between marginal lobes. Some round, sharp- rimmed pits about 1 cm wide on both faces of frond. With low magnification (8-15 x ) surface of ectosome frequently like elephant hide covered with metallic paint. Ostia occasionally visible as cluster- ing faint papillae in sharply defined round fields, which may be slightly raised. In ruptured or partly macerated spots, peculiar main skeleton visible in flabellum: tangled, often dense, with chiefly dendritic primary fibres, and irregular reticulation of distinctly thinner secon- daries. In reflected light, all fibres externally brown, with much lighter pith shining through. Fleshy ectosome 225-640 ym thick, partly detachable, frequently covers extensive thin crypts. Straggling primary fibres have diameters 100-185 pm, 63% to 86% pith, spaced around 800 um. Secondaries knotty, 14-50 ym thick, pith variable (27%-48%). Anastomosis prevails, with irregular meshsizes, from equal to diameters of secondaries SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 155 to order of spacing of primaries. Occasional short fenestrate fascicles. Junctions with primaries "grafted", pith truncated by continuous surface (bark) of primaries. Many secondaries dendritic, some short and stubby. Remarks. See next species. Aplysina lendenfeldi Bergquist Plate 17 figures 4, 5, plate 36 figures 3-6, plate 37 figure 1 Thorecta freija.— Lendenfeld, 1889b: 366 (part: paralectotypes from Wollongong and Broughton Island, NSW, in AM only; not figured lectotype from Torres Strait in BMNH; fide Bergquist, 1980b). Aplysina lendenfeldi Bergquist, 1980b: 470, 488, fig. 22e (for misidentified paralectotypes of Thorecta freija and fresh material; new locality (localities?) not indicated). Verongia sp. — Bergquist and Skinner, 1982, pl. 1 fig. 2 (colour, no locality). Material examined. Station KG 5, one specimen (F52071); station KG 7, one specimen (F52072). Diagnosis. Stalked, body commonly cigar-shaped, with apical plateau bearing single collared oscule; occasionally compound, concrescent. Light orange to dull yellow, with red and purplish tinges in life; in alcohol, brownish black externally, dark orange brown internally. Surface on sides, mostly includ- ing upper part of stalk, faintly to coarsely rugo- reticulate, with more or less depressed meshes usually elongate axially; or areolate, with areoles depressed in life, flush or raised, shiny in alcohol. Ostia cribriporal in areoles and depressions. Ecto- some fleshy, thicker (up to 600 um) and stratified on elevated areas. Regular chone-like inhalant canals below areoles, palisade-like above, converg- ing in lower ectosome to join subdermal crypts. Choanosome dense around terete axial atrium. Primary fibres chiefly dendritic and longitudinal, with few anastomes in deeper choanosome, but with numerous radial branches in periphery, ending below or within ectosome. Secondaries scarce, crooked, mostly as anastomoses between primaries, occasionally dendritic. Fibre-reticulation much denser in peduncle. Description. F52071 smaller (pl. 17 fig. 4), a club bent in middle. Lower part (pedicel) 5 cm long, somewhat compressed, 6 x 8 mm thick. Main body compressed in plane diagonal to that of pedicel, expands symmetrically to 3 cm above top of pedicel, reaching 14-22 mm in width; then bent at 30? and tapering slightly to truncate top, 8 x 15 mm wide. Compression less pronounced in life. Upon collecting, whole surface below apex, and over much of the pedicel, with regularly spaced pits, about 1 mm deep, mostly elongate axially, 1-2 mm wide, 2-5 mm long, with tabulate interstices 1-2 mm wide. Depressions on pedicel reduced to slits. Relief now partly disappeared through shrinkage, leaving scar-like, shiny dots sharply set off from matte interstitial surface. Upper half of pedicel and base of body now show rugo-vermiculate to rugo- reticulate pattern of peripheral fibres bulging through shrunken ectosome. Single apical oscule 3 x 6 mm wide in life, slightly recessed within truncate apex, with fleshy contractile membrane and slightly upturned lip. F52072 much larger (pl. 17 fig. 5), also clavate, to cypressiform, straight in life, now bent above pedicel, like F52071. Pedicel torn off above its base, 9 cm long, 12 mm wide, terete, partly enveloped, in lower half, by compound ascidian. Main body 13 cm long, 4.5 x 5 cm wide in middle, 1.5 x 2.5 cm wide at truncate apex bearing central single oscule. Upon collecting, lower half of body showed faint rugo-reticulation, accentuated by differences in colour, with meshes around 7 x 20 mm wide, elon- gated axially. More isodictyal, fainter and tighter rugo-reticulation partly on the upper portion, with other parts weakly verrucose. Surface now gener- ally smooth, except irregular, weak rugae and folds, dendritic along and diagonally across body. Some interstitial areas finely verrucose or granular. Fine rugo-reticulate pattern on upper half of pedicel, like in F52071. F52071 upon collecting dull yellow with purplish tinges. F52072 basically light orange (2.5 YR 7/10) with light red ridges on lower body (5 R 7/10) and some purplish drab in depressions (2.5 R 7/4). Sur- face now brownish black (5 R 2.5-3/2), choano- some dark orange-brown (5 YR 4-5/4). Body in both firmly rubbery, pedicels hard. In F52071, depressions are inhalant fields (cribriporal groups). Individual ostia now minute, barely visible in reflected light at 50x magnifica- tion. No such well defined fields in large specimen, where ostia arranged in vaguely outlined, sinuous and confluent fields. In dissected F52071, atrium axial in middle of body, width about equal to oscule, with lining simi- lar in structure and thickness to ectosome. Choano- some dense, with canals rarely exceeding 100 um in diameter. Longitudinal primary fibres prevail in deeper choanosome, spaced 500-800 um in expanded body with thick, light pith and compara- tively thin bark, chiefly dendritic, occasionally obli- quely anastomosing, moderately straggling. Radial branches common in periphery, with tips ending indside or halfway through ectosome. Diameters of primaries (in F52071) 90-127 um, pith 64-74%. 156 F. WIEDENMAYER Secondaries, connecting primaries with “grafted” junctions, scarce, very crooked, occasionally den- dritic, 25-40 um in diameter, with pith of highly variable diameter. Structure of stratified ectosome not clear in larger specimen, mostly obscured by masses of mulberry-shaped microsymbionts, some scattered in peripheral choanosome. Intracortical crypts common in F52072. In smaller specimen, with less crowded microsymbionts, ectosome 520-590 um thick. In interstitial, non-inhalant areas, stratifi- cation most pronounced: (1) outer hyaline layer about 12 ym thick; (2) middle layer, 100-120 um thick, finely granular, almost devoid of microsym- bionts; (3) inner layer, about 450 um thick, sub- tangentially fibrous, with numerous microsymbionts. In cribriporal fields, hyaline layer thinner, also middle layer, here often packed with microsymbionts, inner layer comparatively thicker. Layers 1 + 2 traversed perpendicularly by regu- larly spaced very fine canals, 3-4 um wide, spaced 12-25 um; many continue below, but progressively merge in wider canals (up to about 15 um wide), in umbel-like fashion. Many proximal ends of intracortical canals join narrow zone of subcorti- cal erypts. F52072 contains numerous oblate bodies, with thin spongin envelope of 2-3 laminae of faint radial structure (pl. 37 fig. 1). Interior finely granular, contains clearer core (occasionally eccentric) and more opaque outer zone. Total diameter 112-176 um, diameter of cores 37-55 um (31%-40%), width of the outer zone 28-43 um, width of envelope 6-29 um. Remarks. The present species has in common with the preceding Aplysina ianthelliformis the hard, densely fibrous peduncle, expanded body with widely spaced, chiefly dendritic primary fibres, and irregular secondary reticulation of distinctly thin- ner, partly dendritic fibres (less developed in A. len- denfeldi). Especially the latter trait does not fit Bergquist's diagnosis, and a new genus might be needed for such species. In many other species assigned to Aplysina, particularly Indo-Pacific ones, with dry types only, the main skeleton is little known (Bergquist, 1980b: 492). It is therefore not unlikely that a secondary fibre reticulation, even if scarce, occurs in some massive species, and has hitherto remained undetected. A new genus is here judged premature at this stage, and the diagnosis of Aplysina is modified accordingly. The “ianthelliformis-group” comprises a third species: Aplysina pedunculata (Lévi, 1969: 969, pl. 3 figs 3-5, pl. 4 figs 1-4; the last four also in Brien et al., 1973, fig. 431), from the south-eastern Atlan- tic. It is closest to A. lendenfeldi, from which it differs externally only by its expanding, trumpet- to mushroom-shaped top, internally by thicker fibres (primaries 300-400 um, secondaries 40-200 jm) with relatively thinner pith. Druinellidae Lendenfeld, 1889 Synonym. Aplysinellidae Bergquist, 1980, Remarks. Lendenfeld’s name (established in 1889a: 46, as Druinellinae) has priority. The acceptance, here, of Druinella as valid senior synonym of Psam- maplysilla has no influence on this priority. The latter would also apply if Druinella were interpreted as an invalid synonym of Psammaplysilla, as Berg- quist did (1980b: 494), because of ICZN Article 40. Pseudoceratina Carter [Dendrospongia] Hyatt, 1875: 400 (nec Dendrospon- gia Romer, 1864). Pseudoceratina Carter, 1885b: 204.— Bergquist, 1980b: 494, figs 23a-c (synonymy, definition, discussion, revi- sion).— Pulitzer-Finali, 1982b: 138 (new species, discussion). Aiolochroia Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 74 (nomen novum for Dendrospongia Hyatt). — Bergquist, 1980b: 494 (as Ailochroia, discussion). Diagnosis. “[Druinellidae] with sparse fibre skele- ton organised on the dendritic plan typical of the family. Pith elements are present in the fibres, in some examples almost to the exclusion of the bark, which [may be] evident only as occasional peripheral patches. The matrix of the sponge is extremely dense and heavily infiltrated by collagen: the texture is hence firm, and indeed often extremely hard and incompressible." (Bergquist, 1980b: 494.) Surface commonly coarsely conulose or papillate, or rugose/pitted. Pseudoceratina durissima Carter Plate 17 figures 6, 8, 9, 11, plate 37 figures 2-6 Aplysina purpurea.— Carter, 1881b: 103 (part, pl. 9 fig. 2 only, SW Australia; fide Carter, 1885b: 205, confirmed from my examination of the figured hypotype in ques- tion, BMNH 1877.5.21.1883). Pseudoceratina durissima Carter, 1885b: 204 (Port Phil- lip Heads, Vic.). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 131 (invalid neo- type designation).— Bergquist, 1980b: 494, fig. 23a (doubtful lectotype, as “holotype”).—Bergquist et al., 1980: 424, 425, 428 (biochemistry; Great Barrier Reef). Aplysina laevis Carter, 1885b: 204 (Port Phillip Heads), Material examined. Station BSS 187, four specimens (F52073-F52076). Type specimens of Pseudoceratina durissima and Aplysina laevis (BMNH). Misidentified hypotype of Aplysina purpurea: Carter, 1881b (BMNH). SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 157 Diagnosis. Massive, commonly with blunt crest, or thickly lamellate. Surface papillate or conulose, with conules frequently aligned in radial or mean- dering pattern on and below apical crest. Firmly rubbery to almost incompressible. Dark brownish red, occasionally with yellowish spots, in life; dark purple or purplish black soon after collecting and in alcohol. Alcohol and labels stained purplish. Oscules inconspicuous, apical and lateral. Surface in depressions smooth, often with fine detritus forming indistinct tangential reticulum. Choano- some very dense, with much detritus. Tendency to segregation of two morphotypes: (1) conulose, with thin ectosome, detritus often in ascending columns and round enclaves agglutinated by spongin, rare pithed fibres; (2) papillate and rugo-vermiculate, with thick ectosome, scattered to crowded detri- tus, prolific pithed fibres. Description. F52073 (pl. 17 fig. 6) thickly lamel- late, tongue-shaped. Base of attachment on whole lower width of erect lamella, 5 cm. Height 6 cm, thickness below 1-1.5 cm, 5-7 mm at margin. F52074 (pl. 17 fig. 9) long thick lamella, like asymmetrical wedge, with broad truncate margin. Base of attachment interrupted by some lacunae, one wide. Specimen 12 cm long and 1-3.5 cm wide. Lamella slightly folded transversely on both sides, rises gradually from height of 2.5 cm on one side, to 6 cm above base on other. Width of truncate margin 10 to 17 mm. F52075 (pl. 17 fig. 11) thick, blunt wedge, like outer half of waisted stone-ax. Base has outline of asymmetrical and rounded lozenge. Central crest fairly symmetrical, rising outward to height 3-4 cm on sides, then gently arched to median apex 6 cm above base. Margin rounded, 1-1.5 cm wide. Median portions of lower flanks bulging to height 2 cm above base, much more on one side, as nose- like, slightly upturned lobe. Width of base 7.5 x 7 cm, maximum length of wedge 9.5 cm, height in middle 6 cm. F52076 irregular crescent, like recumbent depressed croissant cracked open along convex side. Maximum length 11.5 cm, width in middle 4,5 cm, height above base of attachment 2.2-3 cm. Dark brownish red in life (5 R 4-5/10), occasion- ally with yellowish spots (in F52076), soon changed to dark purple (7.5 RP 3/2) or purplish black upon collecting, conserved in preserved specimens. Alco- hol and labels stained purplish red-brown, similar residue on inside of jar not easily removed after draining first alcohol. Firmly rubbery, moderately to very little compressible, depending on amount of incorporated sand. Phenotypic variability is amenable to distinguishing two forms: (1) F52073, F52074, with conulose surface, thin ectosome, columns and round enclaves of packed, agglutinated sand grains in periphery, rare pithed fibres; (2) F52075, F52076, with papillate to rugo- vermiculate surface, thick ectosome, regularly scat- tered to crowded detritus, prolific pithed fibres. In first phenotype, surface decidedly conulose, with blunt or truncate, often composite conules, apices 0.5-1 mm wide. Conules tend to be aligned on radial ridges towards crest, where usually more prominent. Ridges spaced 3-5 mm. Many conule tips (all in F52073) much lighter, with sand grains bulging through ectosome, often piercing it. Few small oscules on both faces of F52073; F52074, in addition, has numerous oscules of same size range (0.5-1 mm) along edge. Magnified sur- face of F52074 with reticulum of nervures, radial towards conule tips, single ostia in interstices. Only traces of such reticulum seen in F52073, where uni- formly fine detritus at surface (in all four speci- mens) is mostly aggregated in vague reticulation of its own here and there. In basal part of lamella of both specimens, choanosome almost packed with sand, thus virtu- ally incompressible. In periphery, conules cored by tips of straggling, dendritic columns of packed sand grains, agglutinated here and there by little spon- gin, becoming indistinct 1-2 cm below surface. Also large round enclaves of lumped debris. Inter- stices always contain scattered to crowded ill-sorted debris. Only one pithed fibre seen piercing surface in F52073 (not thoroughly sectioned). F52074 had three isolated, fairly straight to moderately strag- gling fibres sticking out from both sides. Neither base area revealed any fibres in thoroughly exposed choanosome. Of mounted brittle fibre fragments, some terete, one knotty, with several constrictions. Diameters 379-514 um, pith 69%-94%, bark finely stratified. Only one fibre in three hand-sections, composite, with convoluted brown spongin layers surrounding 2-3 pithed lacunae. Ectosome 50-90 pm thick and contains uniformly fine detritus, chie- fly spicule fragments. In second phenotype, surface uniformly papil- late to rugo-vermiculate, with papillae about Imm wide, 2-4 mm apart. Surface, with low magnifica- tion, finely dotted throughout, with reticulum by slightly raised bands of fine detritus enclosing round or elongate meshes (depressions) bearing single ostia. Meshes generally wider than bands, but reversed in recessed area along convex side of F52076. Ectosome 200-400 um thick, fleshy, with fine crypts in inner portion, contains few scattered for- eign inclusions of medium dimensions, and much 158 F. WIEDENMAYER finer detritus, chiefly in outer portion. No relation- ship between papillae of surface and tips of fibres generally ending just below ectosome, no regular crowding of peripheral sand grains below papillae. Ill-sorted detritus in choanosome, including coarse, angular grains, scattered in F52075, crowded in F52076. Dendritic fibres numerous, visible in both base areas and in all sections, irregu- larly straggling, knotty, with meandering, even knottier pith. Fibres light in reflected light. In trans- mitted light, finely and irregularly stratified bark brilliant yellow, pith grey to faintly yellow, occa- sionally opaque, almost black. In longitudinal sec- tions, pith commonly irregular, ex-axial, with hemispherical to almost spherical accretions (reminiscent of some sphinctozoans), with inside of bark reaching into constrictions, occasionally thinly enveloping pith dissepiments. Lobed accre- tions of pith occasionally bud sideways. In F52075, fibre diameters 118-739-169 um, pith 67-79-83%. In F52076, fibres 79-118 um, pith 48-67%. Three specimens contain crowded microsymbi- onts in choanosome. In F52073, a branching and anastomosing (irregularly reticulate) filamentous alga. In F52075, irregularly oblong, occasionally polygonal bodies with a wrinkled surface, 12-15 um long. Similar symbionts, but lobulate (like wal- nuts or mulberries), deep red, 10-12 um long, permeate F52076, with filamentous alga in long strands. F52074 contains far fewer, scattered microsymbionts of mulberry-type, and smaller ones, globular or cocoon-shaped (twinned), 4-5 um wide; anatomy thus clearly visible. Choanocyte chambers very conspicuous, large and crowded, irregularly elongate. Small ones often spherical, larger ones pear-shaped, flattened or polygonal through crowding. Length 50-93 um, width 50-59 um. Extreme measurements 50 x 50 um, 54 x 93 jm. Larger canals, typically 200-400 um wide, generally have thin septa, spaced 80-170 um, com- monly annulate, also reticulate, occasionally in ves- cicular zone along canal walls. Remarks. Contrary to the statement in Bergquist (1980b: 494), Carter's description of this species is not “quite clear", and actually misleading. This view (see Wiedenmayer et al., in press, Annotated Bib- liography, under Bergquist, 1980b, and Checklist, under Pseudoceratina durissima) has been con- firmed by Pulitzer-Finali (1982b: 139). It is fairly obvious that Carter's description of microscopic details was based on a specimen of the first form described above, and that he thus overlooked the pithed fibres. Druinella Lendenfeld Druinella Lendenfeld, 1889a: 46 (monotypic definition in Spongiidae, published 28th February). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 425. — Thiele, 1899: 24, — Wilson, 1925: 491 (dis- cussion). — Burton, 1934a: 594 (part, fide Bergquist, 1965: 139). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 97 (part, résumé for the type species, not Cacospongia camera, see Bergquist, 1965: 139. — van Soest, 1978: 81). — Bergquist, 1965: 138f. (dis- cussion, unrecognisable). — Bergquist, 1980b: 494 (as syn- onym of Psammaplysilla). nec Druinella. — Burton, 1959: 269 (fide Bergquist, 1965: 139). Psammaplysilla Keller, 1889: 358 (published 15th November). —de Laubenfels, 1948: 172 (discussion, résumé). — Bergquist, 1965: 135f. (synonymy, definition, discussion). — Bergquist, 1980b: 494 (ditto). [Korotnewia] Polejaeff, 1889: 366 (nomen oblitum). — Topsent, 1905a: CLXXIV (discussion, genus inquiren- dum possibly related to Psammaplysilla). — de Lauben- fels, 1936a: 32 (genus inquirendum). — Bergquist, 1980b: 494 (as synonym of Psammaplysilla). Diagnosis. “[Druinellidae] in which the form of the sponge is encrusting to complex-ramose [or lobate]. The skeleton, although having the basic dendritic pattern, shows frequent fasciculation. Fibres are present in moderate quantity in relation to the matrix, and do not appear sparse and isolated as in Pseudoceratina. [Their distribution and cross- section are irregular, the latter bulbous-lobate, in D. rotunda also cavernous.] Pith is present to the exclusion of bark in the fibres, [is finely reticulate], and sand/spicule fragments may be incorporated [in variable amounts]. The texture of the sponge is compressible [to firmly] rubbery; the surface is markedly conulose, [or papillate and rugose].” (Modified from Bergquist, 1980b: 494.) Remarks. Druinella is reinstated here and in Wiedenmayer et al. (in press) as a valid senior syn- onym of Psammaplysilla. All authors after Len- denfeld, including Bergquist (1965, 1980b) have overlooked the existence of the holotype of the type species, D. rotunda Lendenfeld, in East Berlin (see below). This is a good species, congeneric with, but distinct from Druinella purpurea. Druinella rotunda Lendenfeld Plate 17 figure 12, plate 38 figures 1-5 Druinella rotunda Lendenfeld, 1889a: 47 (in monotypic new genus). — Lendenfeld, 1889b: 427, pl. 34 figs 3, 10 (Sydney Harbour). — Wilson, 1925: 491 (in discussion). — de Laubenfels, 1948: 98 (résumé). — Bergquist, 1965: 138, 139 (discussion, holotype pronounced lost, unrecognisa- ble from original description). ? Psammaplysilla purpurea. — Vacelet et al., 1976: 106 (part: pl. 5 fig. e; Tulear Reef Complex, Madagascar). SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 159 Material examined. Station KG 5, one specimen (F52078). Type slide with five stained microtome sections, labelled by Lendenfeld (ZMB 10403). Diagnosis. Irregularly lobate, with lobes com- pressed, basally concrescent; or erect-cylindrical. Very firmly rubbery, little compressible. Externally dull yellow to mustard grading to dull red and brownish purple; internally bright lemon-yellow; turning dark blue after collecting; externally pur- plish black, internally ochre in alcohol. Alcohol stained orange-brown, labels dark purple. Surface papillate and rugose. Oscules minute, scarce, scat- tered. Choanosome very dense, collagenous. Ecto- some 1-1.5 mm thick. Thick, sparsely anastomosing, longitudinally fluted, cavernous fibres. Anatomy of choanosome: main canals of two types, one (exhalant) with thick sheaths con- taining radial apochetes, delimiting meandering and convoluted fields of crowded choanocyte chambers. Description. Irregularly lobate, comprising four lobes, basally concrescent, compressed and con- torted mostly at random. Two lobes sprawling in opposite directions, lower face of one as base of attachment. Width at base 4.5 x 8 cm, height 7 cm. Most of surface regularly papillate and fre- quently rugose, with rugae connecting neighbour- ing papillae (or blunt conules) in angular course. Papillae and rugae 1-2 mm wide, spacing 2-3 mm. Some interstices wider, smooth. Choanosome, in base, bright lemon yellow in life, turned dark blue, minutes after collecting. Sur- face was dull yellow to mustard, grading over dull red to brownish purple (7.5 YR 7/12 and 5 R 5/6-10); uniformly purplish black in alcohol. Alco- hol, even after change, orange-brown; labels inside jar and fingers upon handling stained dark purple. Very firmly rubbery, little compressible. Minute, rather scarce, flush oscules distributed at random. Surface, with low magnification, almost smooth, more often finely rugose, rugo-vermiculate or regu- larly pitted. Ostia, presumably in depressions, not detected. Choanosome in alcohol very dense, collagenous, ochraceous. Deep purple ectosome generally 1 to 1.5 mm thick. Numerous commensal barnacles lodged below ectosome. Thick dendritic fibres with little colour contrast, longitudinal, often twisted fluting and slits leading to internal folds. My sections too thick for anatomical details of interstitial choanosome. But fibre section in all regards like those in Lendenfeld's slide from holo- type, described below. As in type slide, interstially scattered mixed detritus, ill-sorted, including spic- ule fragments. Same type of detritus in fibres. Fibres extraordinarily lobose and folded in cross- section, even more than in Lendenfeld (1889b, pl. 34 fig. 3). In fibres, pockets from marginal folds and slits reach deep inside and often communicate in axial region. Fine meshwork of pith similar to that described by Wilson (1925) and Bergquist (1965, fig. 6d), with meshsizes around 4-5 pm. Anatomy of aquiferous system essentially as represented by Lendenfeld (1889b, pl. 34 fig. 3, obviously diagrammatic). Figure 10 of same plate (redrawn in Brien et al., 1973: 205, fig. 170) prob- ably phantasy, such details not apparent in type slide. Spherical to ellipsoidal choanocyte chambers (17-31 um in greatest diameter) crowded and res- tricted to meandering and sinuous areas (deeply stained) between two systems of canals: (1) With thin deeply stained lining (pinacoderm) and narrow, lightly stained sheath, choanocyte chambers often almost in contact with pinacoderm. Lumina con- tain regularly spaced transverse septa. Inhalant canals according to Lendenfeld. (2) With thick deeply stained lining (prinacoderm and finely fibrous layer) and wide lightly stained sheath with radial structure. Walls of lumina much convolute (meandrine) in longitudinal sections. Exhalant canals fide Lendenfeld. Prosochetes, prosopyles, apochetes and apopyles not clearly visi- ble, very fine. Transverse sections through type 2 suggest that apochetes get fewer and larger away from choanocyte chambers, virtually disappearing in deeply stained periphery of exhalant canals, perhaps a sphincter. Fibres mostly surrounded by sheaths of lighter stained, concentrically structured collagenous materal; choanocyte chambers sometimes almost at contact with fibres. Remarks. The deeply lacunose fibres and the canal system are most distinctive for this species. The compressed-lobate shape of the new specimen may or may not be characteristic. Lendenfeld (1889b: 427) described his specimen (his consistent use of the plural in his descriptions is probably mislead- ing) as “digitate, erect, cylindrical", This remains to be verified from a re-examination of the holo- type. The papillae, or blunt, low conules of D. rotunda may be more diagnostic, in contrast to the generally taller, pyramidal conules of D. purpurea. The specimen fugured in Vacelet et al. (1976, pl. 5 fig. e), as Psammaplysilla purpurea, is very simi- lar to the new specimen externally. The presence of bristle-like fine radial canals surrounding prin- cipal canals is not unique. A similar feature was described by Kirkpatrick (1910) in a sponge from 160 St Helena, misidentified as Chondrosia plebeja, possibly identical with Chondrosia collectrix (Schmidt) (see Wiedenmayer, 1977a: 189). The only other species in Druinella is D. purpurea (Carter) (see Bergquist, 1965: 135, figs. 6a, b, for synonymy and description). It is encrusting, massive or repent- ramose. It is distinct from D. rotunda by its colour (bright green or yellow in life, reddish brown in alcohol), the mostly pyramidal tall conules, more solid fibres with frequent anastomoses, and lack of the peculiar aquiferous anatomy of D. rotunda. Notes on ecology The overlap in species composition between the stations sampled is small. Dissimilarity of stations in this respect is thought to reflect (a) high taxo- nomic diversity in the whole area (see below), and (b) high environmental differentiation. Environ- ments covered herein can be grouped as: (1) Rock substrate, mostly sloping to overhang- ing, with or without algal forest, with high diver- sity overall and vertical zonation. Sponges below the algal forest (20-30 m) tend to be large. This type of environment characterises the Kent Group and Wilsons Promontory. (2) Level bottom below 50 m depth, substrate coarse and shelly (BSS station 187). Diversity and proportion of endemic/stenotopic species are high. (3) Level bottom below 50 m depth, substrate muddy sand and silt, with few shells, small and deli- cate algae, occasionally chaetopterid worm tubes (BSS stations 179-181). Diversity is low, with sandy desmacidids (Stylotellinae) and widely dis- tributed/eurytopic species dominating. Taxonomic diversity Wiedenmayer et al. (in press) listed c. 430 valid species (including Calcarea) described and recorded from Bass Strait, and from the coasts of Tasma- nia and Victoria, i.e. 38% of the known Australian shelf fauna. Extrapolating from percentages of new species (25%) and new records) (21%) for the area in this work, the number of valid species to be expected here is in the order of 600. The relatively well known fauna of Calcarea of southern Austra- lia comprises c. 90 species. The diversity, in terms of recorded species, genera and families, equals or exceeds that of most provincial and regional faunas covered by recent reviews (Table 3). Only the numbers for the (chie- fly western) Mediterranean and for the West Indies are larger, which doubtlessly reflects the more advanced knowledge of these faunas. Table 4 shows that the selection of material for description in this report, though from an incom- F. WIEDENMAYER plete transect along the northern part of Bass Strait, is fairly representative of this province. The most conspicuous gaps, in terms of the relative impor- tance of families and genera missed, are in the Suberitidae, Clionidae, Desmacellidae, Halichon- driidae, Hymeniacidonidae, Crellidae, and Renieri- dae. The horny sponges are particularly well represented. No doubt the gaps reflect a very incomplete sampling of habitats. A discussion of possible causes of this high diver- sity would have to consider the fossil record of sili- ceous sponges worldwide, and recent developments in historical biogeography, particularly with rela- tion to other neritic benthic invertebrate groups, and to plate tectonics. This approach is far too involved in the context of this report, and will be dealt with in a separate publication. However, some salient points are outlined below. 1. Characteristics of the sedimentary substrates and hydrodynamic conditions on shelves have always been of the greatest importance to neritic sponges. This applies to individuals, local and wider populations, all phases of growth (life cycles), assemblages and provincial faunas, and hierarchic levels of time from seasonal to a few millions of years. The latter aspect, chiefly one of cycles, is thought to be particularly relevant throughout the Cenozoic. 2. The prevalent bottom facies throughout the shelf of southern Australia, from the south-west to eastern Victoria, and throughout the Cenozoic, has been that of calcarenites and calcirudites: cal- careous sand and rubble, consisting chiefly of inver- tebrate shells, tests, and their fragments, with various degrees of penecontemporaneous accretion and cementation. In this trait, and in its extension and persistence, this shelf region is virtually unique. The dominant group of invertebrates having con- tributed debris to such sediments were and are Bryozoa. These are followed in importance by associated larger benthic foraminifers and coral- line algae. 3. The long-term beneficial effects on popula- tions and provincial faunas of sponges, in terms of taxonomic diversity and relatively high biomass, are not seen in the sedimentary facies alone, but also in populations of erect and ramose bryozoans. The diversity and great proliferation of such bryozoans, forming thickets and biostromes, are well documented throughout the present shelf of southern Australia (Wass et al., 1970). There is a striking correlation between richness of bryozoans and diversification/proliferation of siliceous sponges in the epicontinental Chalk Sea of Europe in the Late Cretaceous, and in similar deposits, of SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 161 Table 3. Numbers of families, genera, and species recorded or estimated in (on the basis of) reviews and checklists of regional and provincial demosponge faunas (chiefly of shelves). Region/Province Author/Reference No. of families No. of genera No. of species Victoria and Tas- This 41 121 c. 340 mania (Maugean report/Wieden- (known), c. Province) mayer et al. (in 500 (expected) press) Australia (main- Wiedenmayer et al. 54 227 c. 1040 land and Pacific (in press) islands) West Indian Region Pulitzer-Finali 69* + (50) 218* + (161) 561* + (410) (1986:193-208) Mediterranean Pulitzer-Finali 61572057) 197* + (169) 539 + (466) (chiefly western) (1983: 602-613) Warm-temperate Topsent (1928), 52+ (40) - 538+ (209) eastern Atlantic Lévi and Vacelet (1958), Borojevic et al. (1968), Boury-Esnault and Lopes (1985) Soviet Union, Koltun (1959, 28*+ (29) 78* + (92) 247* + (246) Arctic and Pacific 1966b) seas Antarctic region Koltun (1966a: 7); 38 96 255+ and Kerguelen Boury-Esnault and Province van Beveren (1982) Western Japan Hoshino (1981: 47) 28* (33) 75* (70) 205 New Zealand Bergquist (1968, - - c. 350+ 1970); Bergquist and Warne (1980); horny sponges and Poecilosclerida not yet published New Caledonia Lévi (1979: 307) - - 157 Brazil Hechtel (1976: 237, - - 156 238) *Not revised with respect to Wiedenmayer et al. (in press). + Includes archibenthal records E ja ; Numbers in parentheses are adjusted for taxonomic revisions and neritic components in the case of Pulitzer-Finali (1983, 1986); for taxonomic revisions only for the Soviet Union, and for Western Japan; for neritic components only for the eastern Atlantic. 162 F. WIEDENMAYER Table 4. Families and genera of Demospongiae with records in the Maugean Province, extracted from Wiedenmayer et al. (in press), with revisions from this report. Asterisks denote new generic records for the province (in this report), crosses are for genera with species covered in this report. 1. Plakinidae 1. Corticium* 2. Geodiidae 2. Geodia* 3. Ancorinidae 3. Ancorina + 4. Stelletta + 5. Rhabdastrella* 4. Pachastrellidae 6. Pachamphilla 5. Coppatiidae 7. Jaspis+ 8. Asteropus 6. Tetillidae 9. Tetilla* 10. Cinachyra 11. Amphitethya 7. Spirasigmidae 12. Trachygellius 8. Tethyidae 13. Tethya+ 14. Aaptos 9. Polymastiidae 15. Polymastia + 10. Suberitidae 16. Suberites 17. Prosuberites 18. Rhizaxinella 11. Spirastrellidae 19. Spirastrella + 12. Clionidae 20. Cliona 13. Chondrillidae 21. Chondrosia + 22. Chondrilla 14. Latrunculiidae 23. Latrunculia + 24. Sigmosceptrella 25. Negombata 15. Axinellidae 26. Axinella 27. Acanthella 28. Phakellia 29. Pseudaxinella + 30. Phycopsis 31. Ptilocaulis 32. Reniochalina* 33. Axinosia 34. Rhaphoxya + 16. Desmoxyidae 17. Trachycladidae 18. Rhabderemiidae 19. Desmacellidae 20. Raspailiidae 21. Halichondriidae 22. Hymeniacidonidae 23. Mycalidae 24. Desmacididae 25. Coelosphaeridae 26. Crellidae 27. Myxillinae 28. Tedaniinae . Higginsia . Desmoxya . Trachycladus + . Rhabdosigma . Biemna . Sigmaxinella . Sigmaxia . Raspailia . Echinodictyum . Clathriodendron + . Valedictyum . Halichondria . Ciocalypta . Hymeniacidon . Stylinos . Leucophloeus . Mycale 4- . Stylotrichophora . Tetrapocillon . Strongylacidon + . Pseudo- halichondria . Psammodoryx . Burtonispongia . Stylotella* . Phoriospongia + . Psammoclema + . Coelosphaera . Amphiastrella . Fusifer . Crella . Pseudoclathria . Myxilla . Forcepia 4- . Iotrochota . Fibulia . Lissodendoryx + . Microtylotella . Ectyodoryx* . Strongylamma . Waldoschmittia . Acarnus . Tedania + SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 163 77, Hemitedania 78. Tedaniopsamma 29. Anchinoidae 79. Phorbas* 80. Plumohalichondria 81. Hamigera 82. Anaata 30. Microcionidae 83. Clathria + 84. Thalysias 85. Echinoclathria 4- 86. Echinochalina 87. Paradoryx 31. Renieridae 88. Reniera 89. Haliclona 32. Callyspongiidae 90. Callyspongia + 91. Dactylia 33. Niphatidae 92. Amphimedon 93. Cribrochalina 94. Gelliodes + 95. Hoplochalina 96. Microxina 34. Oceanapiidae 97. Oceanapia + 35. Spongiidae 98. Spongia + 99. Carteriospongia + late Eocene age, in the south-eastern United States. There is indirect evidence for analogous dependence in isolated sponge spicules and bryozoans being common in Tertiary deposits of southern Australia. 4. The fossil record of siliceous sponges in the late Mesozoic and Cenozoic, at intermediate lati- tudes, shows that advancing seas (transgressions on shelves and in epicontinental seas) fostered diver- sification and proliferation, particularly when associated with latitudinal warming and low to moderate sedimentation rates within well aerated terrigenous-clastic bottom facies of normal salin- ity (glauconitic sands and silts), locally also with clastic vulcanites. There are obvious parallels, in such effects, between sponges and other benthic neritic invertebrates, particularly with larger foraminifers. Such conditions were common in southern Australia between Late Eocene and Middle Miocene, with such clastic facies often adja- cent to, and alternating with, calcarenites, and when two successive, protracted warming pulses allowed warm-water (Tethyan) faunas to migrate to southern Australia. Mixture with endemic aus- tral faunas is thought to have contributed to diver- sification of the latter. 100. Hippospongia 101. Coscinoderma + 102. Leiosella + 36. Thorectidae 103. Ircina + 104. Hyrtios 105. Sarcotragus 106. Taonura 107. Thorecta+ 108. Psammocinia 109. Fasciospongia + 110. Fenestraspongia 37. Dysideidae 111. Dysidea + 38. Darwinellidae 112. Aplysilla% 113. Darwinella 4- 114. Dendrilla + 115. Pleraplysilla 116. Chelonaplysilla 39. Dietyodendrillidae 117. Dictyodendrilla 40. Aplysinidae 118. Aplysina?s 41. Druinellidae 119. Pseudoceratina + 120. Druinella% 42. lanthellidae 121. Bajalus 5. The open-marine shelf faunas of southern Australia to the west of Bass Strait and along the coast of New South Wales had long independent histories before the Late Eocene, when Tasmania began to separate from Antarctica, with the South Tasman Rise subsiding. Exchange between the two old provincial faunas is likely to have occurred con- tinuously since the Late Eocene or Oligocene (see below). The richness of the Maugean sponge fauna probably reached a peak in the Middle Miocene. The present fauna of Bass Strait, somewhat deci- mated by subsequent cooling, can be regarded as largely, if not wholly, relictic from this peak. Zoogeography Zoogeographic affinity and degree of presumed endemism on the species level are apparent from Table 5. Accordingly (discounting doubtful records) 58% is the proportion of endemics to southern Australia, while 39% is endemic to the Maugean Province. Species with Indo-Pacific records account for 33% (23% if species with 164 F. WIEDENMAYER Table 5. Zoogeographic distribution of the species described in this Report. Question marks are for doubtful iden- tifications. New records in Area D2 (Maugean Province in Knox, 1960) are circled. Following Ekman (1953) and Veron (1974), the boundary between the northern and southern Australian faunas is here taken to coincide with the southern limits to the distribution of hermatypic corals, i.e. at about 29°S on the west coast, and at about 30?-31? on the east coast. The northern fauna in WA thus includes that of Abrolhos Islands (Dendy and Frederick, 1924) and part of the records in Hentschel (1909-1911: Shark Bay to Geraldton). In NSW the Solitary Islands and Lord Howe Island constitute the southern bastion of coral reefs, but their sponge faunas are unknown. Columns are numbered as follows: . West Indian Region . Southern Australia 2. North Atlantic 11. W. Pacific (Great Barrier Reef for Area C) 3. East-Central Atlantic 12. Japan 4. South Atlantic 13. New Zealand 5. Mediterranean 14. Central Pacific 6. Red Sea 15. N. Pacific 7. Indian Ocean (plus Natal Coast) 16. E. Pacific 8. Indo-Malayan Region (WA for Area C) 17. Subantarctic 9. Northern Australia 18. Antarctic 2: 3 SS 6. Ye «8. 9 OL ES SAS NT GRATIE. A. Tethyan distribution (West Indies to Pacific) Corticium candelabrum x x AL EC er Tedania anhelans x A Ux So RER e X x x Lissodendoryx isodictyalis x OD RER x see x Phorbas tenacior x ? Callyspongia pergamentacea d x Dysidea avara SS. Be X x D x Aplysilla rosea 2s x x zd tpe se ? Darwinella australiensis "EE = x x Darwinella gardineri PAR Gu S ® B. With Indo-Pacific records Jaspis stellifera oe eX Tethya ingalli No Ge Be cw Se Spirastrella papillosa x x Chondrosia reticulata 9S Y ? Trachycladus laevispirulifer X x Echinoclathria laminaefavosa x x Strongylacidon stelliderma sE x Phoriospongia kirki x X xs x Mycale mirabilis x x Us 7 Callyspongia diffusa Pe se SS D Rp Callyspongia ramosa E De x Callyspongia serpentina x x ? Gelliodes incrustans Sees D Os Oceanapia putridosa Qa SE x Spongia hispida ? Ni OTe Ui Lx x Carteriospongia caliciformis x x Carteriospongia (c.f.)vermicularis ? gQ Leiosella caliculata OR ie X Dendrilla cactos x x 24 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 165 i 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 OF Z D2 155 With northern Australia records Geodia punctata Clathria transiens Echinoclathria leporina Stylotella inaequalis Phoriospongia carcinophila Psammoclema densum Callyspongia bilamellata Carteriospongia silicata Fasciospongia rimosa Pseudoceratina durissima Southern Australia .With records in SA, WA, NSW. Ancorina robusta Echinoclathria carteri Echinoclathria globosa Echinoclathria tubulosa Forcepia biceps Ectyodoryx maculata Coscinoderma pesleonis Leiosella levis Ircinia caliculata Thorecta choanoides Aplysina ianthelliformis Aplysina lendenfeldi Druinella rotunda .Vic.-Bass Strait-Tas. coast only Ancorina geodides Polymastia crassa Latrunculia conulosa Rhaphoxya cactiformis Clathriodendron cacticutis Echinoclathria favus Phoriospongia argentea Psammoclema callosum Psammoclema nodosum Psammoclema ramosum Callyspongia asparagus Thorecta tuberculatus ‚Single locality only (new species) Ancorina repens Ancorina suina Stelletta arenitecta Rhabdastrella cordata Rhabdastrella intermedia Tetilla praecipua Latrunculia hallmanni Pseudaxinella decipiens Reniochalina sectilis Rhaphoxya felina Clathria wilsoni Echinoclathria egena A RRR MK OX SK HERA RE KRK K A, RIAN AOR RKA RRK OS OS XO 0 X XO) X X XQ DR IE IS IRIS ES ES SE A DS OS x KRX K NX 166 F. WIEDENMAYER 1941 19-13. 14 TS Hl: Psammoclema bitextum Psammoclema fissuratum Psammoclema goniodes Psammoclema radiatum Psammoclema stipitatum Psammoclema vansoesti Callyspongia toxifera Callyspongia persculpta Thorecta glomerosus KK OK XO MM XX Tethyan distribution are not counted). The over- lap with northern Australia (essentially the Solan- derian Province) comprises 20%. This reflects a strong Indo-West Pacific affinity of the sponge fauna of our area. The affinity is strongest to the faunas of the Indian Ocean and Indo-Malayan Region. If northern Australia is included in this group, and the Tethyan element is discounted, the overlap is 26%. The overlap with the West Pacific (without Tethyan records, but including New Zealand) is 13% (10% with New Zealand alone). The Tethyan element (equals *cosmopolitan" of many authors) comprises 11%. This is probably a fairly constant proportion for all tropical to tem- perate sponge faunas. The corresponding figure over all three zoogeographic tables for West Indian species in van Soest (1978, 1980, 1984) is 13%. Interestingly the highest overlap of our collection and this group is with the Mediterranean fauna (10% in contrast to only 4% in van Soest). Except for the widely distributed Aplysilla rosea, no species (with the possible exception of Callyspongia serpentina) has Antarctic/Sub- antarctic records. Such an overlap is extremely small with all the species from mainland Australia listed by Wiedenmayer et al. (in press). There are at least 12 well known genera recorded from the southern Australian Region, which can be regarded as endemic in a wider sense. These are Reniochalina, Rhaphoxya, Trachycladus, Clathrio- dendron, Stylotella, Psammoclema, Echinoclathria, Leiosella, *Taonura, Thorecta, *Fenestraspongia, and *Aplysinopsis (* not represented in the collection of this report). There have been occasional records from New Zealand, from northern Australia, and from the whole Indo- West Pacific Region. Those from tropical waters, if confirmed by modern revisions, are too isolated to suggest any other explanation than southern Australian origin for these genera. This particularly applies to Psammoclema, Echinoclathria, Leiosella, Taonura and Thorecta, because of their diversity and because of their pronounced habit to incorporate sand. This unusual provinciality in sponges is perhaps best explained as relictic palaeoaustral, originating in southern Australia in the Cretaceous to Early Tertiary, and shaped further in the Eocene- Oligocene by the final breakup of Gondwana (Zins- meister, 1982). It is unlikely that there was one centre of origin for all these genera. According to Woodburn and Zinsmeister (1984: 938) rifting between Australia and Antarctica probably began much earlier in the south-western part than pre- viously thought, namely in the Late Jurassic, and deep-water conditions may have extended close to Bass Strait by the Late Cretaceous (Campanian). This arm of the Tethys or Indo-West Pacific Region (roughly similar to the Red Sea in its initial phase) is known as the Austral-Indo-Pacific Province (Wilson and Allen, 1987: 45). Another likely centre of origin for endemic demosponge genera is the shelf east and north of Bass Strait, as part of the Weddellian Province (Zinsmeister, 1982). Follow- ing the detachment of Tasmania and the South Tasman Rise from Antarctica in the Late Eocene, some mixture of neritic faunal elements between the two provinces might be expected to have occurred in south-eastern Australia. Several brachiopod genera common in south-western Aus- tralia in the Palaeocene appeared in south-eastern Australia in the Eocene (Woodburn and Zins- meister, 1984: 938, quoting McNamara). Such exchanges probably continued during the Late Oligocene (Janjukian) transgression and in later stages of high sea levels. Evidence from other benthic groups with good fossil records, particularly molluscs (Darragh, 1985; Wilson and Allen, 1987), suggests some modifica- tions to the above view. The degree of generic ende- mism in the South-east Australian Province was already high in the Late Eocene (24%), and increased substantially (to 34%) by the Pleistocene. The South-east Australian fauna was probably always a temperate assemblage, though its Tethyan or Indo-West Pacific component reached 30% in the mid-Miocene. The Austral-Indo-Paeific Province was richer in Tethyan/Indo-West Pacific SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT elements, and decidedly subtropical to tropical, up to early Pleistocene time. Already in the late Early Miocene, the South-east Australian Province expanded westward, and throughout the Neogene had a sharp boundary with the Austral-Indo- Pacific Province, just east of St Vincent Gulf. The South-eastern Province expanded further westward in the Pleistocene. The high proportions of Indo-West Pacific genera and species in the Maugean demosponge fauna nevertheless call for some caution in apply- ing molluscan biogeography. Unfortunately, apart from the lacking fossil record, the living demosponge faunas of south-western Australia and of New South Wales are not sufficiently known to resolve this question. Phoriospongia is another sandy genus of con- siderable diversity and of common occurrence in southern Australia, which might be added to the endemic group of genera. It has a single well- documented record in the Tulear Reef (Phoriospon- gia lamella Lendenfeld in Vacelet et al., 1976: 63), and has a curious extension into the West-Indian Region, with four endemic species. Three of these were described from Brazil by Boury-Esnault (1973a: 283), in Psammochela and Psammotoxa, and the fourth West-Indian species is “Holop- samma“ helwigi de Laubenfels, redescribed by Pulitzer-Finali (1986:147). There is a number of genera, species pairs and groups, and species with a similar distribution, i.e. with records in Australia (in part only northern Australia), the Indo-West Pacific Region, the southern and central Atlantic (particularly West Indies), but not in the north-eastern Atlantic, Arctic and Mediterranean. These are listed below: Stelletta debilis Thiele Rhabdastrella Thiele Asteropus simplex (Carter) Spirastrella spinispirulifera (Carter) Cliona carteri (Ridley) Cliona carpenteri Hancock Tethya seychellensis (Wright) Tethya japonica Sollas Ptilocaulis spiculifer (Lamarck) Ectyoplasia Topsent Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis Lendenfeld and M. (A.) laxissima (Duchassaing and Michelotti) Neofibularia Hechtel Desmapsamma anchorata (Carter) Acarnus innominatus Gray Rhaphidophlus juniperinus (Lamarck) (the genus is only represented by R. jolicoeuri Topsent in the Mediterranean) Strongylacidon Lendenfeld Xestospongia testudinaria (Lamarck) and X. muta (Schmidt) 167 Cribrochalina Schmidt Oceanapia fistulosa (Bowerbank) Pellina carbonaria (Lamarck) ?Gelliodes Ridley (one species recorded in Mediterranean) Amphimedon viridis Duchassaing and Michelotti ?Callyspongia Duchassaing and Michellotti (one endemic species in Mediterranean) Callyspongia pergamentacea (Ridley) Hyattella Lendenfeld ?Coscinoderma (West-Indian records doubtful) Group of /ricinia strobilina (Lamarck), includ- ing /. irregularis (Polejaeff) and /. echinata Keller (see Vacelet et al., 1976: 102) Smenospongia Wiedenmayer Dictyodendrilla Bergquist Aplysina lendenfeldi Bergquist and A. pedun- culata (Lévi) Pseudoceratina Carter This distribution is best explained with the migra- tion of elements of the palaeoaustral/Indian Ocean fauna around South Africa following the opening of the South Atlantic in the Lower Cretaceous, and the rifting between southern and central Atlantic in the Turonian, lasting as long as favourable cli- matic and oceanographic conditions persisted, i.e. probably until Mid-Miocene time. Reyment (1973) and Scheibnerová (1978) have argued that the South Atlantic housed a uniform zoogeographic province, which formed part of the Austral Realm up to lower Turonian tíme, and was until then dis- tinct from the western Tethys/Caribbean Province. The strong influence from the southern Indian Ocean and Australia then extended to Nigeria and north-eastern Brazil (Recife), and still extended to the Sierra Leone Rise (6°N) in the Late Cretaceous. From then on mixing of faunas between central and South Atlantic occurred. For neritic sponges, the rises and seamounts of the South Atlantic probably played an important role in this exchange, as the faunule (28 species) from the Vema Seamount described by Lévi (1969) imples. Although specific endemism is high (54%) the affinities of species are clearly mixed between North Atlantic/Mediterranean, South African, and Indian Ocean/Australian, though without typical West Indian elements. There are close ties between four of Lévi's new species and southern Australian ones: Paresperella curvisigma Lévi/P. repens Whitelegge, Mycale diastrochela Lévi/M. obscura (Carter), Spongia violacea Lévi/Hippospongia anfractuosa (Carter), and Aplysina pedunculata Lévi/A. lendenfeldi, as already mentioned. Only nine genera in the present collection (19%) are characterised by circumtropical to warm- terperate distribution (chiefly West Indies, Mediter- 168 F. WIEDENMAYER ranean, and Indo-West Pacific Region). These are Corticium, Ancorina, Geodia, Spirastrella, Chon- drosia, Gelliodes, Oceanapia, Fasciospongia, and Darwinella. The last group of genera that can be distin- guished in our collection, is that of 20 (43%) with cosmopolitan distribution (Tethyan with extensions into either boreal or antiboreal waters, or both): Stelletta, Jaspis, Tetilla, Tethya*, Polymastia, Latrunculia, Pseudaxinella*, Clathria, Mycale, Tedania, Forcepia*, Lissodendoryx, Ectyodoryx, Phorbas, Spongia, Ircinia, Dysidea, Aplysilla, Den- drilla, and Aplysina. The three genera marked by asterisks have no Antarctic/Subantarctie records. The Antarctic fauna is characterised by the rarity or absence of members of the Ancoronidae, Geodi- idae, and Tethyidae, and of horny sponges. It could be argued that most of the Antarctic records are archibenthal and therefore not suitable for com- parison with the shelf-fauna of southern Austra- lia. The numerous records from depths less than 100 m at Kerguelen, Heard and Macquarie Islands (Koltun, 1976; Boury-Esnault and van Beveren, 1982) do not support such a view, nor does the shallow-water fauna of Tierra del Fuego described by Sarà (1978). Some questions relating to these affinities and to the high degree of specific endemism of the Mau- gean demosponge fauna remain to be answered. The most relevant ones can be formulated as follows: l. Why is the affinity with the faunas of the Indian Ocean and of the Indo-Malayan Region so strong? 2. Why is the affinity with the Mediterranean fauna unexpectedly high, with several species in common or closely related? 3. Why is the affinity with the fauna of New Zealand so weak? 4. Why is the affinity with the Antarctic and Subantarctic faunas almost nonexistent? 5. How did the the "sandy sponges", a very important sector (in diversity and density) of the endemic genera of southern Australia, originate? Again, attempts to reasonably answer these ques- tions, with adequate discussions, will have to await separate publication. But preliminary suggestions are given below, with a minimum of references to the pertinent literature. 1. Affinity with faunas of Indian Ocean and Indo- Malayan Region. This question has been partly answered above. Protracted episodes of warming at high latitudes in the Palaeocene to Late Eocene, and in the Early to Middle Miocene allowed a con- siderable number of warm-water, neritic inver- tebrate taxa to colonise the entire shelf of southern Australia. This is well documented in groups such as molluscs (Wilson and Allen, 1987), larger foraminifers, brachiopods, bryozoans, and, among sponges, by lithistids and inozoans (pharetronids of authors). In terms of density (biomass), bryozoans, coralline algae, foraminifers, molluscs gastropods, bivalves), and brachiopods were most important among the immigrants, resulting in the wide distribution of shelly-bioclastic (calcarenitic- ruditic) facies, with its beneficial effect on sponges, as already mentioned. Besides increasing water tem- peratures, changing oceanographic patterns in the Oligocene and Miocene (see below, under 4), par- ticularly the heavy influx of surface currents from the eastern Indian Ocean (indicated by carbonate sedimentation) must have aided this mixing and augmentation of benthos, both by oceanic trans- port of dissemules, and by neritic range extensions. The latter avenue was probably substantially com- plemented in the Miocene by the system of ridges and plateaus between India and south-west Aus- tralia (Cook, 1977: 146, Fig. 13F). Furthermore, the peripheral influence of the Circum-Antarctic Current and of upwelling deeper water rich in dis- solved silica and nutrients is assumed to have influenced the proliferation of the southern Aus- tralian demosponge fauna. 2. Affinity with Mediterranean fauna. It is chiefly this affinity which has prompted the use of the term (relictic) Terhyan in the context of Table 5. For neritic taxa, the term is largely synonymous with “cosmopolitan” of most authors. There are at least 35 such cases of species, or groups of closely related species, to be expected in the Australian neritic demosponge fauna, mostly with records in the south. About two-thirds of these have West-Indian records; several also have records in New Zealand, and some have apparently widely disjunct distribution, without records in the Indian Ocean, or Atlantic only, not Mediterranean. Sponges share with some other groups of sessile invertebrates their very poor larval dispersal capa- bilities, and the seeming paradox of having very large geographic ranges in many species, nonethe- less. Scheltema (1986: 311) argued that such spe- cies are commonly members of the fouling community, have widely disjunct distribution, mostly restricted to harbours, and that this distri- bution is best explained with shipping. Several arguments can be advanced against this view. Probably the most important one is that Scheltema did not consider well studied fossils, for instance the geographic range of some species of SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 169 Nummulites and related genera, the larger foraminifers dominating the Eocene Tethys, from western Europe as far east as the western Pacific (Premoli-Silva and Brusa, 1981). Related to this argument is the probability of non-larval trans- oceanic transport of sessile shallow-water benthos by rafting on algae, sea grass and mangrove root fragments throughout the Cenozoic (Brasier, 1975; McCoy and Heck, 1976; Eva, 1980), which is a much more viable alternative to the shipping hypothesis. By analogy with molluscs and scleractinian corals, it is very likely that the species and species- groups in question are at least as old as Early Mio- cene, if not Oligocene. The closure of the Mediter- ranean in the Late Miocene would thus have had little if any effect on geographic ranges of these species. 3. Affinity with fauna of New Zealand. The microcontinent of New Zealand (with the plateaus and rises adjoining the present islands) began to separate from south-eastern Australia in the Late Cretaceous (Late Campanian). Seafloor-spreading was fast, and the Tasman Sea had reached its present width at the end of the Palaeocene (c. 56 Mybp). There was no spreading later, except fur- ther south (Owen, 1983). According to Kauffman (1973: Fig. 5, p. 362f.), the degree of endemism of the bivalve fauna of New Zealand was weak in the Early Cretaceous, but increased markedly in the Cenomanian, sup- posedly in relation to major marine flooding during global transgression at this time. This strong ende- mism was conserved to the end of the Cretaceous and seems to have fluctuated in the Tertiary. Zins- meister (in Woodburn and Zinsmeister, 1984: 938) found little similarity, in shallow-water mollusc faunas of the Late Cretaceous and Palaeocene, between south-eastern Australia and New Zealand. Darragh (1985) found that 30% of the molluscan genera in the early Tertiary of the South-east Aus- tralian Province occurred in the coeval fauna of New Zealand, and that this proportion dropped to 17% by the Pliocene and Pleistocene. Though no such data are available for neritic sponges, it can be speculated that this sector of the New Zealand fauna had a similar evolution. There are also signs, however, of strong influx of warm- water taxa from the north, throughout New Zealand, in the Late Eocene and Early Oligocene, just as in southern Australia: The diverse spicule assemblage in the Oamaru Diatomite (south-eastern coast of southern New Zealand), described by Hinde and Holmes (1892), is associated with a rich assemblage of larger neritic foraminifers very simi- lar to coeval ones in the western tropical Pacific and Indo-Malayan Region. 4. Affinity with Antarctic and Subantarctic faunas. The Circum-Antarctic Current, and oceanic con- ditions between Australia and Antarctica, were fully established in the Late Oligocene, following the subsidence of the South Tasman Rise into deeper water, and the opening of Drake Passage. In the Late Eocene there was a continuum in faunas and floras between the subtropical belt along southern Australia and New Zealand, and the warm-temperate zone around Antarctica. The Circum-Antarctic Current had the effect of “lock- ing in" the Antarctic and Subantarctic fauna, fully exposing it to increasing cooling, and contributing to its present uniformity. From the Early Oligo- cene on, the southern end of Tasmania moved to the north, away from the 60° parallel. The bound- ary between cold surface waters of the Subantarc- tic Zone and the warmer waters over the southern Australian shelf, continental slope, and Great Bight Abyssal Plain became sharp in the Middle to Late Miocene. The separation of biogeographic provinces at this time was partly due to the steep temperature gradients and partly to a threshold related to phytoplankton and thus to different trophic sys- tems. This is indicated by the asymmetrical distribution (with relation to the axis of seafloor-spreading along the crest of the South-east Indian Ridge) of, and sharp boundaries (vertical and horizontal) between, biogenic fine sediments on the floor of the Southern Ocean. These were supplied by phytoplankton in superficial waters: siliceous (chiefly diatoms), in the southern portions, and calcareous (nannoplankton, coccolithophorids) adjoining the southern Australian shelf. The biosi- liceous pelagic facies is largely coextensive with ice- rafted detritus. West of Tasmania, the pelagic sedi- ment in lower bathyal and abyssal areas tend to be exclusively calcareous throughout the Miocene, north of the South-east Indian Ridge. The crest of this ridge then formed the boundary with the biosi- liceous facies to the south, and only in the Early Pliocene did this boundary shift to the northern flank of the rise (Kemp et al., 1975). The sedimen- tary cover of the South Tasman Rise is known to consist entirely of pelagic carbonates, after the Oligocene. The present Antarctic Convergence (Polar Front) approximately coincides with the pelagic facies boundary along the northern flank of the South- east Indian Ridge south of Australia, until off the southern end of the South Tasman Rise. Further east it turns southward, the again eastward, skirt- 170 F. WIEDENMAYER ing the Campbell Plateau. This boundary is thought to have been installed south of the Campbell Plateau already in the earliest Oligocene. The sedimentary cover of the Campbell Plateau at its southern end (stratigraphically continuous only in the Palaeogene) consists entirely of calcareous pelagics. The steepening of temperature gradients of surface waters in the New Zealand region occurred gradually throughout the Oligocene and Early Miocene, and the present oceanographic con- figuration (Subtropical Convergence) developed during the Middle Miocene (Murphy and Kennett, 1986; Kennett and von der Borch, 1986). Recent syntheses in palaeoceanography thus sup- port the notion that the neritic benethic faunas of the Maugean Province and of New Zealand, though having evolved independently since the Late Cretaceous, were subjected to similar climatic con- ditions. In both provinces, the strong influx of warm-water taxa in the Late Eocene was largely conserved by gradual adaptation to falling temper- atures, and by regional permanence of suitable sedimentary substrates. 5. Sandy sponges. A discussion of this question would have to consider incorporation of sand by sponges in general, and thus chiefly aspects of life cycles and functional morphology. A starting point would be the only paper wholly dedicated to the phenomenon of sand in sponges, that of Shaw (1927b). It seems doubtful that much could be added without detailed field observations and con- trolled experiments. Uptake of sand occurs in many species and genera, distributed among many families and orders of demosponges, occasionally also in Cal- carea. The proportions of sand to whole sponges, and distribution with respect to skeleton, ectosome and choanosome are often variable. In some spe- cies, these proportions seem to be regular, while in others the uptake of sand is obviously facultative. We have few data on the biogeographic sig- nificance of the phenomenon and on the role of evolution, since the fossil record tells us nothing in this respect. As a preliminary hypothesis, it can be speculated that the strong and obligatory content of sand in many species and genera endemic to (southern) Australia (e.g. Echinoclathria, Stylotellinae, several Thorectidae) may be the result of the prevalence, over long periods, of sandy substrates in this shelf region, of associated hydrodynamics, and of adap- tive response by particular taxa, presumably since the Palaeocene (the time when the calcarenitic bryozoan-algal facies appeared in the north-west and gradually spread along the southern shelf). The benefit by uptake of sand is seen in regulat- ing specific gravity to counter mobility of the sub- strate and thus to facilitate recruitment and early growth. Optimal density, once attained, would be conserved in adult sponges because it would offer further advantages in propagation. In the case of larval settling and recruitment, weak and more or less permanent substrate mobility, at normal wave base and within the range of tidal currents, would be the chief controlling factor (Wiedenmayer, 1978). In adults of the same sponges, rolling and fragmentation by storm-wave action could be exploited to promote propagation and controlled range extension (facies tracking) (Battershill and Bergquist, 1985). Parallels can be seen with the life cycles and sur- vival strategies of fast growing, porous, branch- ing scleractinians in shallow water, particularly Acroporidae (Jackson and Hughes, 1985); but also with lithistid demosponges (having thrived in shelly- calcarenitic facies since the Middle Cambrian), where the interlocking main skeleton should not be seen merely as strengthening of the adult sponge body in fixed position. Acknowledgements The research work at the Museum of Victoria which led to this account was funded by Marine Sciences and Technologies Grant 80/0267. Aus- tralian Biological Resources Study Grant 82/1643 contributed to travel and expenses during my survey of type collections in London (BMNH), East Berlin (ZMB) and Jena (PMJ) in 1983. I owe it to Dr Barry R. Wilson, then Director of the National Museum of Victoria, who devised and formulated the project, together with Dr Brian J. Smith, for enabling me to participate. I deeply appreciate his initial hospitality, constant encouragement, and help in the final stage of my sojourn in Melbourne. Dr B. J. Smith, Senior Curator and Head of the Division of Zoology at the Museum of Victoria was the Chief Investigator in the MST-Project and sup- ported my participation in all its stages. Peter Forsyth, Bronwen J. Scott, Marilyn Olliff, Natalie Schroeder, Dr Elizabeth Robertson, Ger- aldine James, and Peter Myroniuk did the necess- ary laboratory work (microslides). Bronwen J. Scott did most of the camera lucida drawings (spic- ules and skeletal features) for the text-figures. John Coyne was helpful in photomicrography. Frank Coffa and his assistants in the Photography Department provided countless enlargements for the plates in this work and for the Photofile (Pho- tographs of type specimens in Sydney, London and East Germany). The staff of the Natural History Library, particularly Lily Stefani, was instrumen- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 171 tal with the many interlibrary loans. Judith Odgers, Biomedical Library, Monash University, provided a very useful complement to the Annotated Bib- liography in form of references and abstracts of recent papers (1970-82) obtained through a com- puter search. Ms Joan Dixon (Department of Mam- mals) graciously lent me her compound microscope for most of my stay in Melbourne. A special grant from the NMV Council made ancillary equipment for this microscope available. Lisa Giuliani was always patient and reliable in typing the manuscript. During field work in 1981 I received assistance in collecting from P.E. Bock, S.A. Shepherd, D. Staples, R. Kuiter, J. Carey (Kent Group) and R. Wilson (R.V. Tangaroa). During my survey of type collections in Sydney, help and hospitality were offered by Dr J.W. Pickett and Dr F.W.E. Rowe (Curator in charge, AM). For similar favours, I am indebted to Miss Shirley M. Stone and Dr D. George (BMNH), Dr and Mrs D. Kühlmann (ZMB, East Berlin), and Dr D. von Knorre (PMJ, Jena). Additional information on type collections (mostly through correspondence) was obtained from Dr C. Lévi (MNHP, Paris), J.A. Devidts and G. Hild- wein (MZUS, Strasburg), Dr E. Kreissl (MJG, Graz), Dr M. Dzwillo (ZMH, Hamburg), Dr P. Kuenzer (Góttingen), Dr I. Hasenfuss (Erlangen), Dr H. Fechter (ZSM, Munich), and Dr M. Grass- hoff (SMF, Frankfurt/M). To all persons and institutions mentioned, and to those that I might have forgotten, I express my deep gratitude. References Some alphabetic suffixes with years of publication may seem superfluous, and with others the sequence is deliberately discontinuous. This is to facilitate corre- lation with the more complete annotated bibliography (Wiedenmayer et al., in press). Ali, M.A., 1956a. Addition to the sponge fauna of Madras. J. Madras Univ. (B) 26: 289-301. Ali, M.A., 1956b. Development of the monaxonid sponge Lissodendoryx similis Thiele. J. Madras Univ. (B) 26: 553-581. Annandale, N., 1915a. Indian boring sponges of the family Clionidae. Rec. Indian Mus. 11: 1-24, pl. 1. Annandale, N., 1915c. Some sponges parasitic on Clion- idae with further notes on that family. Rec. Indian Mus. 11: 457-478, pl. 34. Baer, L., 1906, Silicispongien von Sansibar, Kapstadt und Papeete. Arch. Naturg. 72: 1-32, pls 1-5. Bakus, G.J., 1966. Marine poeciloscleridan sponges of the San Juan Archipelago, Washington. J. Zool. Lond. 149: 415-531, 2 pls. Barrois, C., 1876. Mémoire sur l'embryologie de quel- ques Éponges de la Manche. Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) 3 (1 1): 1-84, pls 12-16. Battershill, C.N., and Bergquist, P.R., 1985. The influence of storms on asexual reproduction, recruit- ment and surviviorship of sponges. Abstract, Third International Conference on the Biology of Sponges, Woods Hole, Massachussetts (to be published in the Proceedings). Bergquist, P.R., 1961a. A collection of Porifera from northern New Zealand, with descriptions of seven- teen new species. Pac. Sci. 15: 33-48. Bergquist, P.R., 1961b. Demospongiae (Porifera) of the Chatham Islands and Chatham Rise, collected by the Chatham Islands 1954 Expedition. Bull. N.Z. Dep. Sci. Ind. Res. 139: 169-206. Bergquist, P.R., 1961c, The Keratosa (Porifera) collected by the Chatham Islands 1954 Expedition. Bull. N.Z. Dep. Sci. Ind. Res. 139: 207-219. Bergquist, P.R., 1965. The sponges of Micronesia, Part l. The Palau Archipelago. Pac. Sci. 19: 123-204. Bergquist, P.R., 1967. Additions to the sponge fauna of the Hawaiian Islands. Micronesica 3: 159-174, 2 pls. Bergquist, P.R., 1968. The marine fauna of New Zealand: Porifera, Demospongiae, Part 1 (Tetractinomorpha and Lithistida). Bull. N.Z. Dep. Sci. Ind. Res. 188 (Mem. N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 37): 105 pp., 15 pls. (+ fsp. in colour). Bergquist, P.R., 1969. Shallow water Demospongiae from Heron Island. Univ. Qd. Pap. Gt. Barrier Reef Comm. Heron Isl. Res. Stn. 1 (4): 63-72, 2 pls. Bergquist P.R., 1970. The marine fauna of New Zealand: Porifera, Demospongiae, Part 2 (Axinellida and Halichondrida). Bull. N.Z. Dep. Sci. Ind. Res. 197 (Mem. N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 51): 85 pp., 20 pls. (+ fsp.). Bergquist, P.R., 1978. Sponges. London: Hutchinson. 268 pp., 12 pls. Bergquist, P.R., 1980b. A revision of the supraspecific classification of the orders Dictyoceratida, Den- droceratida and Verongida (Class Demospongiae). N.Z. J. Zool. 7: 443-503, 25 figs (pls). Bergquist, P.R., Hofheinz, W. and Oesterhelt, G., 1980. Sterol composition and the classification of the Demospongiae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 8: 423-435. Bergquist, P. R. and Sinclair, M.E., 1973. Seasonal vari- ation in settlement and spiculation of sponge larvae. Mar. Biol. (Berlin) 20 (1): 35-44. Bergquist, P.R, and Skinner, I.G., 1982. Sponges (Phylum Porifera). Chapter 3, pp. 38-72, pls 1-7 in Shepherd, S.A. and Thomas, I.M. (eds), Marine Invertebrates of Southern Australia. D.J. Woolman: Adelaide. 491 pp., 32 pls. Bergquist, P.R. and Warne, K.P., 1980. The marine fauna of New Zealand: Porifera, Demospongiae, Part 3 (Haplosclerida and Nepheliospongida). Mem. N.Z. Oceanogr. Inst. 87: 77 pp. 17 pls. Bocage, J.V. Barboza du, 1869. Éponges siliceuses nou- velles de Portugal et de l'ile de Saint-Iago (archipel du Cap-vert). J. Acad. Sci. Lisboa 2: 159-161, pls 10-11. Borojević, R., Cabioch, L. and Levi, C., 1968. Inven- taire de la faune marine de Roscoff. Spongiaires. Edi- tions de la Station Biologique de Roscoff, nouvelle série. Cahiers de Biologie marine: Paris. 44 pp. Bösraug, E., 1913. Die Tetractinelliden. Pp. 231-251, 4 172 V. WIEDENMAYER pls in Voeltzkow, A., Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905 mit Mitteln der Hermann und Elise geb. Heckmann Wentzel-Stiftung ausgeführt von Alfred Voeltzkow. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse. Vol. 3 (3). E. Schweizerbart: Stuttgart. Boury-Esnault, N., 1971. Spongiaires de la zone rocheuse de Banyuls-sur-Mer, II. Systématique. Vie Milieu (B) 22 (2): 287-350. Boury-Esnault, N., 1973a. Campagne de la Calypso au large des cótes atlantiques de l'Amérique du Sud (1961-1962). 1. 29. Spongiaires. Result. Scient. Camp. Calypso 10: 263-295. Boury-Esnault, N. and van Beveren, M., 1982. Les démosponges du plateau continental de Kerguelen- Heard. CNFRA (Com. Natn. Fr. Rech. Antarct.) 52, 176 pp., 21 pls, Boury-Esnault, N. and Lopes, M.T., 1985. Les démosponges littorales de l'archipel des Açores. Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. 61 (2): 149-225. Bowerbank, J.S., 1841c. Description of three species of sponge, containing some new forms of organization. Microsc. J, Lond.: 161-162. (also in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 8: 393-394 of 1842) Bowerbank, J.S., I844a. On the keratose or horny sponges of commerce, Trans. Microsc. Soc. Lond. 1: 32-39, pl. 3. Bowerbank, J.S., 1844b. On three species of sponge con- taining some new forms of organisation. Trans. Microse. Soc, Lond. Y: 63-76, pl. 6 pl.7 omitted. Bowerbank, J.S., 1845. Observations on the Spongiadae, with descriptions of some new genera. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (1) 16: 400-410, pls 13-14, Bowerbank, J.S., 1859, On the anatomy and physiology of the Sponpiadae, Part 1. On the spicula. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. 148: 279-332, pls 23-26. Bowerbank, J.S., 1861. List of British sponges. In McAn- drew, R., List of the British marine invertebrate fauna. Rep. Br. Ass. Adv. Sci. 30: 235-236. Oxford. Bowerbank, J,5., 1863c. On the anatomy and physiol- ogy of the Spongiadae. Part 111. On the generic characters, the specific characters, and on the method of examination. Phil, Trans, R. Soc, 152 (1862): 1087-1135, pls 72-74. Bowerbank, J.S., 1864. 4 Monograph of the British Spongiadae, Vol. 1: xx, 290 pp., 37 pls. Ray Soci- ety: London, Bowerbank, J.S., 1866, A Monograph of the British Spongiadae. Vol, 2: 388 pp. Ray Society: London. Bowerbank, J.S., 1872. Contributions to a general his- tory of the Spongiadae. Part I. Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1872: 115-129, pls 5, 6. Bowerbank, J.S., 1873a. Contributions to a general his- tory of the Spongiadae. Part IV, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873: 3-25, pls 1-4. Bowerbank, J.S., 1874a. A monograph of the British Spongiadae, Vol. 3: xvii, 367 pp., 92 pls. Ray Soci- ety: London, Bowerbank, J.S., 1877. Description of five new species of sponges discovered by A.B. Meyer on the Philip- pine Islands and New Guinea. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1877: 456-464. Brasier, M.D., 1975. An outline history of seagrass com- munities. Palaeontology 18: 681-702. Brien, P., Levi, C., Sarà, M., Tuzet, O. and Vacelet, J., 1973. Spongiaires. Vol. 3(1), 716 pp. in Grasse, P.- P. (ed,) Traité de Zoologie. Anatomie, systématique, biologie, Masson et Cie.: Paris. Bróndsted, H.V., 1923, Sponges from the Auckland and Campbell Island. In: T. Mortensen (ed.), Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen's Pacific Expedition 1914-16. XV, Vidensk. Meddr. Dansk Naturh. Foren. Kbh. 75: 117-167. Brøndsted, H.V., 1924. Sponges from New Zealand. Part 1. In: T. Mortensen (ed.), Papers from Dr. Th. Mor- tensen's Pacific Expedition 1914-16. XXIII. Vidensk. Meddr. Dansk Naturh. Foren. Kbh. 77: 435-483. Brøndsted, H.V., 1926. Sponges from New Zealand. Part II. In: T. Mortensen (ed.), Papers from Dr. Th. Mor- tensen’s Pacific Expedition 1914-16. XXV. Vidensk. Meddr, Dansk Naturh. Foren. Kbh. 81: 295-331. Brondsted, H.V,,1927, Antarctic and Subantarctic sponges collected by S. Wallin 1924. Ark. Zool. 19A (6): 1-6. Bróndsted, H.V., 1929. Neue Schwämme aus Amoy an der Formosa-Strasse. Zool. Anz. 81: 224-229. Bróndsted, H.V., 1934. Sponges. In: Straelen, V. van (ed.), Résultats scientifiques du voyage aux Indes Orientales néerlandaises de LL. AA. RR. le Prince et la Princesse Léopold de Belgique. Mém. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg. hors ser. 2 (15); 1-27. Bronn, H.G., 1859. Die Klassen und Ordnungen des T hierreichs, wissenschaftlich dargestellt in Wort und Bild. Erster Band, die Klassen und Ordnungen der Jormlosen Thiere (Amorphozoa), C.F. Winter: Leip- zig and Heidelberg. xvi + 149 pp., 12 pls. Burton, M. 1924a. The genus Chondrilla. Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist. (9) 14: 206-209. Burton, M., 1924b. A revision of the sponge family Donatidae. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1924: 1033-1045, BEE Burton, M., 1926c. Description of South African sponges collected in the South African Marine Survey. Part l. Myxospongida and Astrotetraxonida. Ann. Rep. Fish. Mar. Biol. Surv. S. Afr. 5 (1928), Spec. Rep. 1, 29 pp., 6 pls. Burton, M., 1927a, A revision of the genera and species contained in Lendenfeld's “Die Chalineen des aus- tralischen Gebietes.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 20: 289-296, 502-512. Burton, M., 1927b. III. Report on the sponges. In: Zoo- logical results of the Suez Canal Expedition. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 22 (1926): 71-83. Burton, M., 1928. Report on some deep-sea sponges from the Indian Museum collected by the R.1.M.S, Inves- tigator. Part II. Tetraxonida (concluded) and Eucer- atosa. Rec. Indian Mus. 30: 109-135, pls 1, 2. Burton, M., 1929a. Porifera. Part 2. Antarctic sponges. British Antarctic ("Terra Nova") Expedition, 1910. Natural History Report. Zoology 6 (4): 393-458, pls 1-5. Burton, M., 1930a. Norwegian sponges from the Norman Collection. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1930: 487-546. Burton, M., 1930c. Additions to the sponge fauna of the Gulf of Manaar. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 5: 665-676. Burton, M., 1932a, Sponges. Discovery Rep. 6: 237-392, pls 48-57, SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 173 Burton, M., 1934a. Sponges. Sci. Rep. Gt. Barrier Reef Exped, 4; 513-621, pls 1, 2. Burton, M., 1935. The family Plocamiidae, with descrip- tions of four new genera of sponges. Arn. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 15: 399-404, Burton, M., 1936a. Notes on sponges from South Africa, with descriptions of new species. Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist, (10) 17: 141-147. Burton, M., 1937. The littoral fauna of Krusadai Island in the Gulf of Manaar. Bull. Madras Govt. Mus. (n.s.) Nat. Hist. Sect. 1 (2): 1-58, pls 1-9. Burton, M., 1938. Non-calcareous sponges. Sci. Rep. Australas. Antarct. Exped. (C) 9 (5): 1-22. Burton, M., 1954. Sponges. In: The “Rosaura” Expedi- tion, pt. 5. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Zool. 2 (6): 215-239, pl. 9. Burton, M., 1956. The sponges of West Africa. Atlan- tide Report. Copenhagen 4: 111-147. Burton, M., 1959. Sponges. Sci. Rep. John Murray Exped. 10: 151-281, 41 figs. Burton, M., 1963. A revision of the classification of the calcareous sponges. British Museum (Natural His- tory): London. 693 pp. Burton, M. and Rao, H.S., 1932. Report on the shallow- water marine sponges in the collections of the Indian Museum, Part I. Rec. Indian Mus. 34: 299-356, pl. 18. Cabioch, L., 1968. Contribution à la connaissance de la faune des spongiaires de la Manche occidentale. Démosponges de la région de Roscoff. Cah. Biol. Mar. 9: 211-246. Carter, H.J., 1874. Descriptions and figures of deep-sea sponges and their spicules from the Atlantic Ocean, dredged up on board H.M.S. “Porcupine”, chiefly in 1869; with figures and descriptions of some remarkable spicules from the Agulhas Shoal and Colón, Panama. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 14: 207-221, 245-257, pls 13-15. Carter, H.J., 1877. On a melobesian form of Foraminifera (Gypsina melobesioides, mihi); and fur- ther observations on Carpenteria monticularis. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 20: 172-176. Carter, H.J., 1879b. Contributions to our knowledge of the Spongida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 3: 284-304, 343-360, pls 25-29. Carter, H.J., 1881a. Supplementary report on specimens dredged up from the Gulf of Manaar, together with others from the sea in the vicinity of the Basse Rocks and from Bass's Straits respectively, presented to the Liverpool Free Museum by Capt. H. Cawne Warren. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 7: 361-385, pl. 18. Carter, H.J., 1881b. Conributions to our knowledge of the Spongida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 8: 101-112, 118-120, 241-259, pl. 9. Carter, H.J., 1882a. New sponges, observations on old ones, and a proposed new group. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 10: 106-125. Carter, H.J., 1882b. Some sponges from the West Indies and Acapulco in the Liverpool Free Museum described, with general and classificatory remarks. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 9: 266-301, 346-368, pls 11, 12. Carter, H.J., 1883b. Contributions to our knowledge of the Spongida. Pachytragida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (5) 11: 344-369, pls 14, 15. Carter, H.J., 1883c. Contributions to our knowledge of the Spongida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 12: 308-329, pls 11, 14. Carter, H.J., 1885a. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 15: 107-117, pl. 4. Carter, H.J. 1885b. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 15: 196-222. Carter, H.J., 1885c. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 15: 301-321. Carter, H.J., 1885d. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 16: 277-294. Carter, H.J., 1885e. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 16: 347-368. Carter, H.J., 1885f, Mode of circulation in the Spongida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (5) 15: 117-122, pl. 4 figs 5, 7. Carter, H.J., 1886a. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 17: 40-53. Carter, H.J., 1886b. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 17: 112-127. Carter, H.J., 1886c. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 17: 431-441, 502-516. Carter, H.J., 1886d. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (5) 18: 34-55. Carter, H.J., 1886e. Descriptions of sponges from the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads, South Aus- tralia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 18: 126-149. Carter, H.J., 1886f. Supplement to the descriptions of Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson’s Australian sponges. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 18: 271-290. Carter, H.J., 1886g. Supplement to the descriptions of Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson's Australian sponges. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 18: 369-379. Carter, H.J., 1886h. Supplement to the descriptions of Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson's Australian sponges. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 18: 445-466, pl. 10. Carter, H.J., 1887a. Description of Chondrosia spurca, n. sp., from the south coast of Australia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 19: 286-288. Carter, H.J., 1887b. On the position of the ampullaceous sac and the function of the water canal-system in the Spongida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 19: 203-312. Carter, H.J., 1887c. On the reproductive elements of the Spongida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 19: 350-360. Coleman, N., 1977. A field guide to Australian marine life. Rigby: Adelaide. 223 pp. Cook, P.J., 1977. Mesozoic-Cenozoic sediments of the Eastern Indian Ocean. Pp. 119-150 in: J.R, Heirt- zler, H.M. Bolli, et al. (eds), Indian Ocean geology and biostratigraphy. American Geophysical Union; Washington. vii 4- 616 pp. Darragh, T.A., 1985. Molluscan biostratigraphy of the 174 F. WIEDENMAYER Tertiary of southeastern Australia. A/cheringa 9: 83-116. Dendy, A., 1887c. The sponge-fauna of Madras. A report on a collection of sponges obtained in the neighbour- hood of Madras by Edgar Thurston, Esq. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 20: 153-165, pls 9-12. Dendy, A., 1889a. Studies on the comparative anatomy of sponges. II. On the anatomy and histology of Stelospongus flabelliformis Carter; with notes on the development. Q. J. Microsc. Sci. 29: 325-358, pls 30-33. Dendy, A., 1889d. Report on a second collection of sponges from the Gulf of Manaar. Ann. Mag. Nal. Hist. (6) 3: 73-99, pls 3-5. Dendy, A., 1890a. Zoology: Invertebrata, Pp. 74-96 in: W.B. Spencer (ed.), Handbook of the Australasian Association (ANZAAS) for 1890. Melbourne. (Sponges pp. 76-79). Dendy, A., 1895. Catalogue of non-calcareous sponges collected by J. Bracebridge Wilson, Esq., M.A., in the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads. Part 1. Proc. R. Soc. Vic. (n.s.) 7: 232-260. Dendy, A., 1896. Catalogue of non-calcareous sponges collected by J. Bracebridge Wilson, Esq., M.A., in the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads. Part 2. Proc. R. Soc. Vict. (n.s.) 9: 230-259. Denay, A., 1897. Catalogue of non-calcareous sponges collected by J. Bracebridge Wilson, Esq., M.A., in the neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads. Part 3. Proc. R. Soc. Vict. (n.s.) 9: 230-259. Dendy, A., 1898. On the sponges described in Dieffen- bach's *New Zealand." Trans. Proc. N.Z. Inst. 30: 316-320, pls 33, 34. Dendy, A., 1905. Report on the sponges collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902, In: W.A, Herdman, Report to the Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar. Royal Society: London. Vol. 3, Suppl. 18: 57-246, pls 1-16. Dendy, A., 1916a. Report on the Homosclerophora and Astrotetraxonida collected by H.M,S. Sealark in the Indian Ocean. In: Reports of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905, Vol. 6. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond,, Zool. 17: 225-271, pls 44-48. Dendy, A., 1916b. Report on the non-calcareous sponges collected by Mr. James Hornell at Okhamandal in Kattiawar in 1905-6. In: J. Hornell, Report to the Government of Baroda on the Marine Zoology of Okhamandalin Kattiawar.V ol, 2 (3): 93-146, pls 1-4. Dendy, A., 1917. On the occurrence of gelatinous spic- ules, and their mode of origin, in a new genus of sili- ceous sponges, Proc. R. Soc. Lond. (B) 89: 315-322, hell: Dendy, A., 1921. The tetraxonid sponge spicule: a study in evolution, Acta Zool. 2: 95-152. Dendy, A., 1922. Report on the Sigmatotetraxonida col- lected by H.M.S. Sealark in the Indian Ocean. In: Reports of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905. Vol. 7. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. 18: 1-164, pls 1-18. Dendy, A., 1924. Porifera, Part 1. Non-antarctic sponges. British Antarctic (Terra Nova) Expedition, 1910. Natural History Report, Zoology 6: 269-392, pls 1-15. Dendy, A. and Frederick, L.M., 1924. On a collection of sponges from the Abrolhos Islands, Western Aus- tralia. J. Linn. Soc., Zool. 35: 477-519, pls 25, 26. Descatoire, A., 1969. Peuplements sessiles de l'Archipel de Glénan. I. Inventaire, Spongiaires. Vie Milieu (B) 20 (1): 177-209. Desqueyroux-Faundez, R., 1981. Révision de la collec- tion d'éponges d'Amboine (Moluques, Indonésie) constituée par Bedot et Pictet et conservée au Muséum d'histoire naturelle de Geneve. Rev. Suisse Zool. 88 (3): 723-764. Desqueyroux-Faundez, R., 1984. Description de la faune des Haplosclerida (Porifera) de la Nouvelle- Calédonie. I. Niphatidae-Callyspongiidae. Rev. Suisse Zool. 91 (3): 765-827. Dragnewitsch, P., 1906. Spongien von Singapore. Zool. Jb. (Syst.) 23; 439-448, Duchassaing de Fonbressin, P. and Michelotti, G., 1864. Spongiaires de la mer Caraibe. Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wet. Haarlem (2) 21 (3): 1-124, pls 1-25. Ehlers, E., 1870. Die Esper’schen Spongien in der zoologischen Sammlung der K. Universität Erlangen. E.T. Jacob: Erlangen. 36 pp. Ehrenberg, C.G., 1873. Mikrogeologische Studien über das kleinste Leben der Meeres-Tiefgründe aller Zonen und dessen geologischen Einfluss, Abh. K. Akad. Berlin, 1872, Phys. Kl.: 131-397(399), pls 1-12. Ekman, S.P., 1953, Zoogeography of the sea. Sidgwick and Jackson: London. xiv + 417 pp. Esper, E.J.C., 1791-1799. Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbil- dungen nach der Natur mit Farben erleuchtet, nebst Beschreibungen. Raspe: Nuremberg. Vol. 2, 303 pp., 109 pls. (Sponges: pp. 165-282, 289-294; pls Spon- gia 1-7, TA, 7B, 8, 9, 9A, 10-21, 21A 22, 23A, 23A, 24-48, 48A, 49). Issued in parts; for details, see Sher- born, 1902: xxii. Eva, A.N., 1980. Pre-Miocene seagrass communities in the Caribbean. Palaeontology 23: 231-236. George, W.C. and Wilson, H.V., 1919. Sponges of Beaufort (N.C.) Harbor and vicinity. Bull. Bur, Fish, 36: 130-179, pls 56-61. Gray, J.E., 1843. Additional radiated animals and annelides. Pp. 292-295 in E. Dieffenbach, Travels in New Zealand, with contributions to the geology, botany and natural history of that country. Nol. 2. John Murray: London. Gray. J.E., 1867. Notes on the arrangement of sponges, with the description of some new genera. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1867: 492-558, pls 27, 28. Guiler, E.R., 1950. Notes on Tasmanian marine sponges. Rec. Queen Vict. Mus. Launceston 3: 5-14. Hallmann, E.F., 1912. Report on the sponges obtained by the F.I.S. Endeavour on the coasts of New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland, and Tasmania, 1909-10. Part 1. Zool. Results Fish. Exp. Endeavour 2: 117-300, pls 21-36. Hallmann, E.F., 1914a. A revision of the monaxonid spe- cies described as new in Lendenfeld's *Catalogue of the sponges in the Australian Museum." Part 1. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 39: 263-315, pls 15-24. Hallmann, E.F., 1914b. A revision of the monaxonid spe- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 175 cies described as new in Lendenfeld’s “Catalogue of the sponges in the Australian Museum." Part 2. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 39: 327-376. Hallmann, E.F., 1914c. A revision of the monaxonid spe- cies described as new in Lendenfeld's *Catalogue of the sponges in the Australian Museum." Part 3. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 39: 398-446. Hallmann, E.F., 1916a. A revision of the genera with microscleres included, or provisionally included, in the family Axinellidae; with descriptions of some Australian species. Part 1. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 41: 453-491, pls 21-29/1-2; 39/6-7. Hallmann, E.F., 1916b. A revision of the genera with microscleres included, or provisionally included, in the family Axinellidae; with descriptions of some Australian species. Part 2. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 41: 495-552, pls 29/4; 30-32; 33/1-5; 34-37; 38/1-4. Hallmann, E.F., 1917a. A revision of the genera with microscleres included, or provisionally included, in the family Axinellidae; with descriptions of some Australian species. Part 3. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, W. 41: 634-675, pls 29/3, 5-6; 33/6; 38/5-9; 39/1-5; 40/1-4; 41-44. Hallmann E.F., 1917b. On the genera Echinaxia and Rhabdosigma. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 42: 391-405, pls 21, 22. Hallmann, E.F., 1920. New genera of monaxonid sponges related to the genus Clathria. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 44: 767-792, pls 36-40. Hartman, W.D., 1982. Porifera. In: S.P. Parker (ed.), Synopsis and classification of living organisms. McGraw-Hill: New York. Vol. 1, xviii + 1166 pp. Hartman, W.D., Wendt, J.W. and Wiedenmayer, F., 1980. Living and fossil sponges (Notes for a short course). Sedimenta 8, Comp. Sed. Lab. Univ. Miami, vi + 274 pp. Hechtel, G.J., 1965. A systematic study of the Demospon- giae of Port Royal, Jamaica. Bull. Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist, 20, iv + 103 pp., 8 pls. Hechtel, G.J., 1969. New species and records of shallow water Demospongiae from Barbados, West Indies. Postilla Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist. 132: 1-38. Hechtel, G.J., 1976, Zoogeography of Brazilian marine Demospongiae. Pp. 237-260 in F.W. Harrison and R.R. Cowden, (eds.), Aspects of sponge biology. Symposium, Albany, N.Y., U.S.A., May 1975. Aca- demic Press: New York. xiii + 354 pp. Hechtel, G.J., 1983. New species of marine Demospon- giae from Brazil. /heringia (Zool.) 63: 59-89. Hentschel, E., 1909. Tetraxonida. 1. Teil. In: W. Michael- sen and R. Hartmeyer, (eds.), Die Fauna Südwest- Australiens. 2 (21): 347-402, pls 22, 23. Hentschel, E., 1911. Tetraxonida. 2. Teil. In: W. Michael- sen and R. Hartmeyer, (eds.), Die Fauna Südwest- Australiens. 3 (10): 279-393. Hentschel, E., 1912. Kiesel-und Hornschwámme der Aru- und Kai-Inseln. Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. 34: 295-448, pls 13-21. Hentschel, E., 1913. Ueber einen Fall von Orthogenese bei den Spongien. Zool. Anz. 42: 255-267. Hentschel, E., 1923. Erste Unterabteilung der Metazoa: Parazoa, Porifera = Schwümme. Pp. 307-418 in: W. Kükenthal and T. Krumbach (eds.), Handbuch der Zoologie. Vol. 1, Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterata, Mesozoa. Walter de Gruyter: Berlin and Leipzig. xv -- 1060 pp. Hinde, G.J., 1910. On the fossil sponge spicules in a rock from the deep lead (?) at Princess Royal township, Norseman district, Western Australia. Bull. Geol. Surv. W. Aust. 36: 7-24, pls 1-3. Hinde, G.J. and Holmes, W.M., 1892. On the sponge remains in the Lower Tertiary strata near Oamaru, Otago, New Zealand. J. Linn. Soc., Zool. 24: 177-262, pls 7-15. Hooper, J.N.A., 1984b. A new genus and two new spe- cies of haplosclerid sponges (Porifera: Demospon- giae) from the Timor Sea, Northwest Australia. Proc. R. Soc. Vict. 96 (2): 55-60. Hoshino, T., 1981. Shallow-water demosponges of Western Japan, I. J. Sci. Hiroshima Univ. (B1) 29 (1): 47-205. II. /bidem (B1) 29 (2): 207-289. Hyatt, A., 1875. Revision of the North American Poriferae; with remarks upon foreign species. Part 1. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 2: 399-408, pl. 13. Hyatt, A., 1877. A revision of the North American Poriferae; with remarks upon foreign species. Part 2. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 2: 481-554, pls 15-17. Jackson, J.B.C., and Hughes, T.P., 1985. Adaptive strategies of coral-reef invertebrates. Amer. Sci. 73(3): 265-274. Johnston, G., 1842. A history of British sponges and lithophytes. W.H. Lizars: Edinburgh. xii + 264 pp., 25 pls. Keller, C., 1889. Die Spongienfauna des rothen Meeres (1. Hälfte). Z. Wiss. Zool. 48: 311-405, pls 20-25. Kelier, C., 1891, Die Spongienfauna des rothen Meeres (2. Hälfte). Z. Wiss. Zool. 52: 294-368, pls 16-20. Kauffman, E.G., 1973. Cretaceous Bivalvia. Pp. 353-383 in: Hallam, A. (ed.), Arlas of palaeobiogeography. Elsevier: Amsterdam. xii, 531 pp. Kemp, E.M., Frakes, L.A., and Hayes, D.E., 1975, Paleoclimatic significance of diachronous biogenic facies, Leg 28, Deep Sea Drilling Project. Pp. 909-917 in: D.E. Hayes, L.A. Frakes et al., Initial Reports af the Deep Sea Drilling Project, vol. 28. U.S. Government Printing Office: Washington. xx + 1017 pp. Kennett, J.P., and von der Borch, C.C., 1986. South- west Pacific Cenozoic paleoceanogrpahy. Pp. 1493-1517 in: J.P., Kennett, C.C. von der Borch et al., Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, vol. 90. U.S. Government Printing Office: Washing- ton. xxi -- v + 1517 pp. (in 2 parts) Kennett, J.P., Houtz, R.E., et al., 1975. Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, vol. 29. U.S. Government Printing Office: Washington. xxi + 1197 pp. Kirk, H.B., 1909. Two sponges from Campbell Island. Pp. 539-541, pl 25 in: C. Chilton (ed.), The Suban- tarctic Islands of New Zealand. Vol. 2. Philosophi- cal Institute of Canterbury: Wellington. Kirk, H.B., 1911. Sponges collected at the Kermadec Islands by Mr. W.R.B. Oliver. Trans. Proc. N.Z. Inst. 43: 574-581, pl. 27. Kirkpatrick, R., 1900a. IV. On the sponges of Christmas 176 F. WIEDENMAYER Island (In: Andrews, C.W., Smith, E.A., Bernard, H.M,, Kirkpatrick, R. and Chapman, F.C.: On the marine fauna of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean)). Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. 1900: 127-141, pls 12, 13. Kirkpatrick, R., 1903b, Descriptions of South African sponges. Part iii. Mar. Invest, S. Afr. 2: 233-264, pls 5, 6. Kirkpatrick, R., 1910. On new species of Hydrozoa and Porifera of St, Helena. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1910: 127-131, pl. 7. Knox, G.A., 1960. Littoral ecology and biogeography of the southern oceans. Proc. R. Soc. Lond. (B) 152: 577-624, Koltun, V.M., 1959. The Cornacuspongida of the north- ern and fareastern seas of the U.S.S.R. In: Keys to the fauna of the U.S.S.R. published by the Zoologi- cal Institute, Akademia Nauk SSSR, vol. 67. Izdatel'stvo "Nauka": Moscow. 236 pp., 43 pls (in Russian). Koltun, V.M., 1964. Sponges of the Antarctic. Part 1. Tetraxonida and Cornacuspongida. Pp. 6-116, 428-433 (systematic index), pls 1-15 in E.P. Pavlov- skii (Chief ed.), A.P. Andriyashev and P.V. Ushakov (eds), Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R., Zoo- logical Institute: Exploration of the fauna of the seas Il (X). Biological Results of the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1955-1958) 2. Izdatel'stvo. “Nauka”: Moscow. (in Russian) Koltun, V.M., 1966a. Sponges of the Antarctic. Part 1. Tetraxonida and Cornacuspongida. Pp. 6-118, 443-448 (systematic index), pls 1-15 in E.P. Pavlov- skii (Chief ed.), A.P. Andriyashev and P.V, Ushakov (eds), Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R., Zoo- logical Institute: Exploration of the fauna of the seas Il (X). Biological Results of the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1955-1958) 2. Translated from the Rus- sian. Israel Program for Scientific Translations: Jerusalem. Koltun, V.M., 1966b, The Tetraxonida of the northern and fareastern seas of the U.S.S.R. In: Keys to the Jauna of the U.S.S.R. published by the Zoological Institute, Akademia Nauk SSSR, vol. 90. Izdatel'stvo "Nauka": Moscow. 112 pp., 38 pls (in Russian). Koltun, V.M., 1969. Porifera, Pp. 13, 14, pls 3, 4 in: Antarctic map folio series. Folio 11, Distribution of selected groups of marine invertebrates in waters in south of 35? latitude. American Geographical Soci- ety: Washington. 44 pp., 29 pls. Koltun, V.M., 1970. Sponges of the Arctic and Antarc- tic; a faunistic review. Pp. 286-297 in: W.G, Fry (ed.), The biology of the Porifera. London Academic Press (Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond. 25). xxviii +512 pp. Koltun, V.M., 1971. Glava Ill. K vidovomu sostavu gubok Krasnogo morya. (On species composition of sponges of the Red Sea.) Pp. 31-43 in: V.A. Vodyanitzky (ed.), Bentos Shel'fa Krasnogo morya. (Benthos of the shelf of the Red Sea.) Naukova Dumka: Kiev (Akad. Nauk USSR). 296 pp. (In Russian.) Koltun, V.M., 1976. Porifera, Part I. Antarctic sponges. BANZ Antarct. Res. Exp. Rep. (B) 9 (4): 147-198, pls 1-3. Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de Monet, de, 1813-1814. Sur les polypiers empátés. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 20: 294-312 (1813); 370-386, 432-458 (1814). Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de Monet, de, 1814-1815. Suite des polypiers empátés. Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 69-80 (1814); 162-168, 331-340 (1815). Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1930. The sponges of California. Stanford Univ. Bull. (5) 5 (98): 24-29. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1932. The marine and fresh water sponges of California. Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus. 2927/81 (4): 1-140. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1935. A collection of sponges from Puerto Galera, Mindoro, Philippine Is. Philip. J. Sci. 56 (3): 327-337. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1936a. A discussion of the sponge fauna of the Dry Tortugas in particular, and the West Indies in general, with material for a revision of the families and orders of the Porifera. Publ. Carnegie Instn. (Washington) 467: iii + 225 pp., 22 pls, 1 map. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1936b. A comparison of the shallow-water sponges near the Pacific end of the Panama Canal with those at the Caribbean end. Proc. U.S. Natn. Mus. 83 (2993): 441-466. Laubenfels, M.W, de, 1939. Sponges collected on the presidential cruise of 1938. Smithson. Misc. Coll. 98 (15): 1-7. Laubenfels, M.W, de, 1948. The order Keratosa of the phylum Porifera. A monographic study. Occ, Pap. Allan Hancock Fdn, 3; 1-217, 30 pls. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1950a. The sponges of Kaneohe Bay, Oahu. Pacif. Sci. 4 (1): 3-36. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1950b. The Porifera of the Ber- muda Archipelago. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 27: 1-154, pls 1, 2. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1951. The sponges of the Island of Hawaii. Pacif. Sci. 5: 256-271. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1954a. The sponges of the West- Central Pacific. Ore. St. Monogr. Zool. 7, x + 306 pp-, 12 pls. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1955a. Sponges of Onotoa, Pacif. Sci. 9 (2): 137-143. Laubenfels, M.W. de, 1957. New species and records of Hawaiian sponges. Pacif. Sci. 11 (2): 236-251. Lendenfeld, R, von, 1883. Über Coelenteraten der Südsee. Neue Aplysinidae. Z. Wiss. Zool. 38: 234-313, pls 10-13. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1885a. Notes to the Australian sponges recently described by Carter. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 16: 20-25, (Also Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: 151-156.) Lendenfeld, R. von, 1885b, The Phoriospongiae, Mar- shall. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: 81-84. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1885c. On a sponge destructive to oyster culture in the Clarence River. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: 326-329. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1885f, A monograph of the Aus- tralian sponges. Part 5. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: 282-325, pls 26-35, Lendenfeld, R. von, 1885h. A monograph of the Aus- tralian sponges. Part 6. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: 481-553, pls 36-38, Lendenfeld, R. von, 1886a. A monograph of the Aus- SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 177 tralian sponges. Addendum 2. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: 845-850. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1886e. A monograph of the Aus- tralian sponges. Part 4. Two cases of mimicry in sponges. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. 10: 569-574, pls 43, 44. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1886f. An alga, forming a pseudo- morph of a siliceous sponge. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 10: 726-728, pl. 48 fig. 5. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1887a. Die Chalineen des aus- tralischen Gebietes. Zool. Jb. (Syst.) 2: 723-828, pls 18-26, 28. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1888. Descriptive catalogue of the sponges in the Australian Museum, Sydney. Taylor and Francis: London. xiv + 260 pp., 12 pls. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1889a. Die Verwandtschaftsverhält- nisse der Hornschwämme. Zool. Jb. (Syst.) 4: 1-93. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1889b. A Monograph of the Horny Sponges. Trübner and Co.: London. 936 pp., 50 pls. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1897a. Die Clavulina der Adria. Nova Acta Acad. Caesar. Leop. Carol. 69: 1-251, pls 1-12. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1903. Tetraxonia. In: F.E, Schulze (ed.), Das Tierreich. Friedländer: Berlin. Lf. 19, xv + 168 pp. Lendenfeld, R. von, 1907a. Die Tetraxonia. Pp. iv, 59-374, pls 9-46 in: C. Chun (ed.), Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer Valdivia 1898-1899. 11. Levi, C., 1952. Spongiaires de la cóte du Sénégal. Bull. Inst. Fr. Afr. Noire 14: 34-59. Lévi, C., 1956b. Spongiaires des cótes de Madagascar. Mém. Inst. Scient, Madagascar (A) 10: 1-23. Levi, C., 1958. Résultats scientifiques des campagnes de la Calypso. Campagne 1951-1952 en Mer Rouge. Spongiaires de Mer Rouge recueillies par la Calypso (1951-1952). Ann. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco (n.s.) 34: 3-46. Lévi, C., 1960. Les Démosponges des cótes de France. l. Les Clathridae. Cah. Biol. Mar. 1: 47-87. Lévi, C., 1965a. Spongiaires récoltés par l'Expédition Israelienne dans le sud de la Mer Rouge en 1962. (Israel S. Red Sea Exped. Rep. 13.) Bull. Sea Fish. Res. Stn. Israel 40: 3-27. Levi, C., 1967a. Spongiaires d'Afrique du Sud, (3) Tetrac- tinellides. Trans. R. Soc. S. Afr. 37: 227-256, pls 27-29. Levi, C., 1969. Spongiaires du Vema Seamount (Atlan- tique Sud). Bull. Mus. Natn. Hist. Nat. Paris 41 (4): 952-973, pls 1-5. Levi, C., 1973. See Brien et al. (1973). Levi, C., 1979. The demonsponge fauna from the New Caledonian area. In: Proceedings of the International Symposium on Marine Biogeography and Evolution in the Southern Hemisphere, Auckland, New Zealand, 17-20 July, 1978. Vol. 1. N.Z. DSIR Inf. Ser. 137 (1): 307-315. Lévi, C. and Lévi, P., 1984 Démosponges bathyales récoltées par le N/O "Vauban" au sud de la Nouvelle Calédonie. Bull.Mus. Natn. Hist. Nat. Paris (4 A, Zool.) 5 (4): 931-997. Levi, C., and Vacelet, J., 1958. Eponges récoltées dans l'Atlantique oriental par le “Président-Théodore- Tissier" (1955-1956). Rev. Trav. Inst. Péches Marit. 22: 225-246. Lieberkühn, N., 1859. Neue Beiträge zur Anatomie der Spongien. Arch. Anat. Physiol. Wiss. Med. (1859): 353-382, 515-529; pls 9-11. Linné, C. von, 1759. Systema naturae. Editio decima, reformata, tom. 2, regnum vegetabile: 825-1384. L. Salvius: Stockholm. Lindgren, N.G., 1897. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Spon- gienfauna des Malayischen Archipels und der Chinesischen Meere. Zool. Anz. 20: 480-487. Lindgren, N.G., 1898. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Spon- gienfauna des Malayischen Archipels und der chinesischen Meere. Zool. Jb. (Syst.) 11: 283-378, pls 17-20 (Also issued separately as “Inaugural- Dissertation", Upsala University, 1900, 96 pp.). Loeblich, A.R., Jr. and Tappan, H., 1964. Part C, Pro- tista 2, Sarcodina, chiefly *Thecamoebians" and For- mianiferida. In: R.C. Moore (ed.), Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Geol. Soc. America: Boulder. 2 vols, xxxi + 900 pp. Lundbeck, W., 1905. Porifera (Part II). Desmacidoni- dae (pars). Danish Ingolf-Expedition. 6 (2): 1-219, pls 1-20. Lundbeck, W., 1909. The Porifera of East Greenland. Meddr. Grönland 29: 423-464, pl. 14. Lundbeck, W., 1910. Porifera (Part III). Desmacidoni- dae (pars). Danish Ingolf-Expedition. 6 (3): 1-124, pls 1-11. Marshall, W., 1880. Untersuchungen über Dysideiden und Phoriospongien. Z. Wiss. Zool. 35: 88-129, pls 6-8. McCoy, E.D., and Heck, K.L., Jr., 1976. Biogeography of corals, seagrasses, and mangroves: an alternative to the center of origin concept. Syst. Zool. 25: 201-210. Merejkowsky, C., 1878. Preliminary account on sponges of the White Sea. Trudy Imp. S-Peterb. Obshch. Estest. 9: 249-270. Mostler, H., 1976. Poriferenspiculae der alpinen Trias. Geol. Palüont. Mitt. Innsbruck 6 (5): 1-42. Müller, F., 1865. Ueber Darwinella aurea, einen Schwamm mit sternfórmigen Hornnadeln. Arch. Mikrosk. Anat. 1: 344-353, pl. 21. Murphy, M.G., and Kennett, J.P., 1986. Development of latitudinal thermal gradients during the Oligocene: Oxygen-isotope evidence from the southwest Pacific. Pp. 1347-1360 in: J.P. Kennett, C.C. von der Borch et al., Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, vol. 90. U.S. Government Printing Office: Washing- ton. xxi + v + 1517 pp. (in 2 parts). Nardo, G.D., 1833. Auszug aus einem neuen System der Spongiarien, wornach bereits die Aufstellung in der Universitäts-Sammlung zu Padua gemacht ist. [sis Oken, coll. 519-523. Nardo, G.D., 1834. De spongiis. /sis Oken, coll. 714-716. Nardo, G.D., 1847a. Prospetto della fauna marina vol- gare del Veneto estuario. Pp. 113-156 (pp. 1-45 in reprint) in: (Estratto dall'opera) Venezia e le sue lagune, Antonelli: Venice. Vol. 2, pt 1. Nardo, G.D., 1847b. Osservazioni anatomiche sopra l'ani- male detto volgarmente rognone di mare. Arti Ist. 178 F. WIEDENMAYER Veneto 6: 267-268. Norman, A.M., 1869. Shetland final dredging report. Part II. On the Crustacea, Tunicata, Polyzoa, Echinoder- mata, Actinozoa, Hydrozoa, and Porifera. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt. Sci. 38 (1868): 247-336. Owen, H.G., 1983, Atlas of continental displacement, 200 million years to the present. Cambridge University Press (Cambridge Earth Science Series), x + 159 pp. Pansini, M,, 1983, Notes on some Mediterranean Axinella with description ol two new species. Boll, Mus, Ist. Biol. Univ. Genova 50-51: 79-98, Pick, F.K., 1905. Die Gattung Raspailia. Arch. Naturg, 71: 1-48, pls 1-4. Polejaeff, N., 1884b. Report on the Keratosa collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Rep. Sci. Results Voyage Challenger, Zool. 11: 1-88, pls 1-10, Pouliquen, L., 1972. Les Spongiaires des grottes sous- marines de la région de Marseille: Ecologie et sys- tématique. Tethys 3 (4) (1971): 717-758. Premoli Silva, 1., and Brusa, C., 1981. Shallow-water skeletal debris and larger foraminifers from Deep Sea Drilling Project Site 462, Nauru Basin, western equatorial Pacific. Pp. 439-473 in: R.L. Larson, S.O. Schlanger el al., Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drill- ing Project, vol. 61, U.S. Government Printing Office: Washington. xxvii + 885 pp. Pronzato, R., 1975. Note tassonomiche sul genere Dar- winella (Porifera). Boll. Mus. Ist. Biol. Univ, Genova 43: 5-20, 1 col. pl. Pulitzer-Finali, G., 1972. Report on a collection of sponges from the Bay of Naples. I. Sclerospongiae, Lithistida, Tetractinellida, Epipolasida. Pubbl. Staz. Zool. Napoli 38 (1970): 328-354. Pulitzer-Finali, G., 1978. Report on a collection of sponges from the Bay of Naples. III. Hadromerida, Axinellida, Poecilosclerida, Halichondrida, Haplosclerida. Boll. Mus. Ist. Biol, Univ. Genova 45 (1977); 7-89, Pulitzer-Finali, G., 1982b. Some new or little-known sponges from the Great Barrier Reef of Australia. Boll. Mus, Ist, Biol. Univ. Genova 48-49 (1980-1982): 87-141. Pulitzer-Finali, G., 1983, A collection of Mediterranean Demospongiae (Porifera) with, in appendix, a list of the Demospongiae hitherto recorded from the Mediterranean Sea. Ann, Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat, Genova 84: 445-621. Pulitzer-Finali, G. and Pronzato, R., 1977. Report on a collection of sponges from the Bay of Naples, II. Keratosa. Pubbl. Staz. Zool. Napoli 40 (1976): 83-104. Pulitzer-Finali, G. and Pronzato, R., 1980. The Keratosa in a collection of Mediterranean sponges mainly from the Italian coasts, Ann, Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Gia- como Doria 83; 127-158. Rauff, H., 1893, Palaeospongiologie. Allgemeiner Theil. Palaeontographica 40: 1-232. Ridley, 5.0., 1881. XI. Spongida. In: Account of the zoo- logical collections made during the survey of H.M.S. "Alert" in the Straits of Magellan and on the coast of Patagonia. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1881: 107-137, 140, 141, pls 10, 11. Reyment, R.A., 1973. Cretaceous history of the South Atlantic Ocean. Pp. 805-814 in: D.H. Tarling and S.K. Runcorn (eds.), Implications of continental drift to the Earth sciences. Academic Press: London. vol. 2, pp. i-xiv, 623-1184 Ridley, S.O., 1884, XI. Spongida. In: Account of the zoo- logical collections made during the survey of H.M.S. "Alert" in the Straits of Magellan and on the coast of Patagonia. Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. 1881: 107-137, 140, 141, pls 10, 11. Ridley, S.O., 1884a. Spongiida. (Part 1, Australian sponges). Pp. 366-482, pls 39-43 in: Report on the Zoological Collections Made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the Voyage of H.M.S. Alert, 1881-1882. British Museum (Natural History): London. Ridley, S.O., 1884b. Spongiida. (Part 2, Collections from the western Indian Ocean). Pp. 582-630, pls 53, 54 in: Report on the Zoological Collections Made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the Voyage of H.M.S. Alert, 1881-1882. British Museum (Natural History): London. xxv + 684 pp., 54 pls. Ridley, S.O., 1884c. Notes on sponges, with descriptions of new species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 14: 183-187. Ridley, S.O. and Dendy, A., 1886. Preliminary report on the Monaxonida collected by H.M.S. Challenger. Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist. (5) 18: 325-351, 470-493. Ridley, S.O. and Dendy, A., 1887. Report on the Monax- onida collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Rep. Sci. Results Voyage Challenger, Zool. 20 (59): Ixviii -- 275 pp., 51 pls, 1 map. Ridley, S.O. and Duncan, P.M., 1881. On the genus Plocamia, Schmidt, and on some other sponges of the order Echinonemata. With descriptions of two additional new species of Dirrhopalum. J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 15: 476-497, pls 28, 29, Rockman, 1., 1974. Underwater Australia. Lansdowne Press: Melbourne. 112 pp., col. and b/w pls. Row, R. W.H., 1911. Report on the sponges collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland, 1904-5. Part II. Non-Calcarea. In: Reports on the marine biology of the sudanese Red Sea. XIX. J. Linn. Soc., Zool. 31: 287-400, pls 35-41. Rubió, M., Uriz, J. and Bibiloni, A., 1981. Contribu- ción a la fauna de esponjas del litoral catalán. Esponjas cörneas. Fund. Juan March Ser. Univ. 164: 1-54. Rüst, D., 1885. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der fossilen Radi- olarien aus Gesteinen des Jura. Palaeontographica 31: 269-322, pls 26-45, Rützler, K., 1965. Systematik und Ockologie der Porife- ren aus Litoral-Schattengebieten der Nordadria. Z. Morph, Oekol, Tiere 55: 1-82. Rützler, K., 1970. Spatial competition among Porifera: solution by epizoism. Oecologia 5: 85-95, Rützler, K., 1978. Sponges in coral reefs. In: D.R. Stod- dart and R.E. Johannes (eds), Coral reefs; research methods Monogr. Oceanogr. Meth. (UNESCO) 5: 299-313, Sarà, M., 1972. Guida ai Poriferi della fauna italiana. Quad. Civ. Staz. Idrobiol. Milano 3-4 (1971-2): 52-97, pl. 1 (colour). sarà, M., 1978. Demospongie di acque superficiali della SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 179 Terra del Fuoco (Spedizioni AMF Mares-GRSTS e SAI). Boll. Mus. Ist. Biol. Univ. Genova 46: 7-117. Scheibnerova, V., 1978. Aptian and Albian benthic foraminifers of Leg 40, Sites 363 and 364, Southern Atlantic. Pp. 741-756 in: H.M. Bolli, W.B.F. Ryan et al., Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, vol. 40. U.S. Government Printing Office: Washing- ton. xxv + 1079 pp. Scheltema, R.S., 1986. On dispersal and planktonic larvae of benthic invertebrates: an eclectic overview and summary of problems. Bull, Mar. Sci. 39 (2): 290-322. Schmidt, E.O., 1862. Die Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres. Engelmann: Leipzig. viii + 88 pp., 7 pls. Schmidt, E.O., 1864. Supplement der Spongien des Adri- atischen Meeres. Enthaltend die Histiologie und sys- tematische Ergänzungen, Engelmann: Leipzig. vi + 48pp., 4 pls. Schmidt, E.O., 1868. Die Spongien der Küste von Algier. Mit Nachtragen zu den Spongien des Adriatischen Meeres (drittes Supplement). Engelmann: Leipzig. iv + 44 pp., 5 pls, Schmidt, E.O., 1870. Grundzüge einer Spongien-Fauna des Atlantischen Gebietes. Engelmann: Leipzig. iv + 88 pp., 6 pls. Schmidt, E.O., 1875. Spongien. Pp. 115-120, pl. 1 in: Jahresbericht der Commission zur wissenschaftlichen Untersuchung der deutschen Meere in Kiel, Jg. 2, 3 (1872, 1873). Schultze, M.J.S., 1865. (Ueber ein Exemplar von Hyalonema Sieboldi aus Japan und einen Schwamm mit Nadeln aus Hornsubstanz.) Verh. Naturh. Ver. Preuss. Rheinl. Westf. 22 (3/2): 6-7. Schulze, F.E., 1878a. Untersuchungen über den Bau und die Entwicklung der Spongien. Vierte Mittheilung. Die Familie der Aplysinidae. Z. Wiss. Zool. 30: 379-420, pls 21-24. Schulze, F.E., 1878b. Untersuchungen über den Bau und die Entwicklung der Spongien. Sechste Mittheilung. Die Gattung Spongelia. Z. Wiss. Zool. 32: 117-157, pls 5-8. Schulze, F.E., 1879a. Untersuchungen über den Bau und die Entwicklung der Spongien, Siebente Mittheilung. Die Familie der Spongae. Z. Wiss. Zool. 32: 593-660, pls. 34-38. Selenka, E., 1897. Ueber einige neue Schwämme aus der Südsee, Z. Wiss. Zool. 17: 565-571, pl. 35. Shaw, M.E., 1927a. On a collection of sponges from Maria Island, Tasmania. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1927: 419-439, pl. 1. Shaw, M.E,, 1927b. Note on the inclusion of sand in sponges. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 19: 601-609. Sherborn, C.D., 1902. Index animalium Sectio prima, . . . 1758-1800. Cambridge University Press. lix + 1195 pp. Simpson, T.L., 1968a. The structure and function of sponge cells: new criteria for the taxonomy of poecilosclerid sponges (Demospongiae). Bull. Pea- body Mus. Nat. Hist. 25: 1-141, pls 1-17. Soest, R. W.M. van, 1978. Marine sponges from Cura- cao and other Caribbean localities. Part ]. Keratosa. Stud. Fauna Curacao 56 (179): 1-94, 15 pls. Soest, R.W.M. van, 1980. Marine sponges from Cura- cao and other Caribbean localities. Part II. Haplosclerida. Stud. Fauna Curacao 62 (191): 1-173, 18 pls. Soest, R. W.M. van, 1982. A small collection of sponges (Porifera) from Hong Kong. Pp. 85-95 in: B.S. Morton and C.K. Tseng (eds.), Proceedings of the first International Marine Biological Workshop: The Marine Flora and Fauna of Hong Kong and Southern China, Hong Kong, 1980. Hong Kong University Press. Soest, R. W.M. van, 1984. Marine sponges from Cura- cao and other Caribbean localities. Part Ill. Poecilosclerida. Stud. Fauna Curacao 66 (199): 1-167, 10 pls. Sollas, W.J., 1880. The sponge-fauna of Norway; a report on the Rev. A.M. Norman's collection of sponges from the Norwegian coast. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) 5: 130-144, 241-259, 396-409, pls 6, 7, 10-12, 17. Sollas, W.J., 1886. Preliminary account of the tetractinel- lid sponges dredged by H.M.S. Challenger, 1872- 1876. Part 1. The Choristida. Sci. Proc. R. Dublin Soc. (n.s.) 5: 177-199. Sollas, W.J., 1888. Report on the Tetractinellida collected by H.M.S. Challenger, during the years 1873-1876. Rep. Sci. Results Voyage Challenger, Zool. 25 (63): elxvi + 458 pp., 44 pls, 1 map. Sollas, W.J., 1889. On the geodine genera, Synops, Vosm., and Sidonops. A correction. Sci. Proc. R. Dublin Soc. (2) 6: 276-277. Thiele, J., 1899. Studien über pazifische Spongien. II. Ueber einige Spongien von Celebes. Zoologica 24 (2): 1-33, pls 1-5. Thiele, J., 1900. Kieselschwämme von Ternate. I. Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. 25: 19-80, pls 2, 3. Thiele, J., 1903a. Kieselschwámme von Ternate. II. Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. 25: 933-968, pl. 28. Thiele, J., 1903b. Beschreibung einiger unzureichend bekannten monaxonen Spongien. Arch. Naturg. 69: 374-398, pl. 21, figs 1-28A. Thiele, J., 1905, Die Kiesel-und Hornschwámme der Sammlung Plate. Zool. Jb. Suppl. 6: 407-496, pls 27-33. Thomas, P.A., 1970d. Studies on Indian sponges. IV. Additions to the genus Corticium Schmidt with notes on the distribution of Corticium candelabrum Schmidt. J. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 10 (2) (1968): 260-263. Thomas, P.A., 1973b. Marine Demospongiae of Mahe Island in the Seychelles Bank (Indian Ocean), Ann. Mus. R. Afr. Cent. (Zool.) 203: i-x, 1-96, pls. Topsent, E., 1892a. Contribution à l'étude des Spongiaires de l'Atlantique Nord. Result. Camp. Sci, Prince Albert I 2: 165 pp., 11 pls 1-8. Topsent, E., 1892c. Diagnoses d'Éponges nouvelles de la Méditerranée et plus particulierement de Banyuls. Archs. Zool. Exp. Gén. (2) 10, Notes Rev.: xvii-xxviii. Topsent, E., 1894b. Nouvelle série de diagnoses d'Éponges de Roscoff et de Banyuls. Archs. Zool. Exp. Gén. (1893) (3) 1, Notes Rev.: xxxiii-xliii. Topsent, E., 1896b. Étude monographique des Spon- giaires de France. II. Carnosa. Archs. Zool. Exp. Gén. (3) 3: 493-590, pls 21-23. 150 V. WIEDENMAYER Topsent, E, 1897, Spongtaires de la baie d'Amboine. (Voyage de MM, M. Bedot et C, Pictet dans l'archipel Malais.) Kev, Suisse Zool. 4; 421-487, pls 18-21, ‘Topsent, E., 1898. Introduction à l'étude monographique des Monaxonides de France, Classification. des Hadromerina. Archs. Zool. Exp. Gen. (3) 6: 91-113. Vopsent, EF, 1904, Spongiaires des Açores, Result. Camp. Seient. Prince Albert 125: 280 pp., 18 pls. lopsent, E., 1905, Étude sur les Dendroceratida., Archs. Zool. Exp. Gen (4) 3: elxxi-cxeil. Vopsent, É., 1913a. Sponpiaires de l'expédition antare- tique nationale écossaise. Trans, R. Soc. Edinburgh 49 (3/9): 579-643, pls 1-6. Topsent, K., 1913b, Spongiaires provenant des campagnes scientifiques de la Princesse-Alice dans les Mers du Nord (1898-1899, 1906-1907), Result, Camp. Scient. Prince Albert I 45, 67 ppa 5 pls. lopsent, É., 1918, Eponges de San Thome, Essai sur les genres Sprrastrella, Donatia, et Chondrilla. Archs. Zool, Exp. Gen. 57: 535-618. Vopsent, E., 19200, Sur quelques Eponges du Cabinet de J. Hermann décrites et figurées par Esper en 1794. Bull. Soc, Zool, France 45: 314-327. Topsent, E,, 1922, Les megascleres polytylotes des Monaxonides et la parenté des Latruneuliines, Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco 415: 1-8. l'opsent, E., 1924, Revision des Mycale de l'Europe occidentale. Ann. Inst. Oceanogr, Monaco (n.s.) | (3): 77-118. Popsent, F., 1925a. Etude de Spongiaires du Golfe de Naples. Archs. Zool, Exp. Gen. 63: 623-725, pl. 8. Topsent, E., 1928, Sponpiaires de l'Atlantique et de la Méditerranée provenant. des croisitres du Prince Albert ler de Monaco, Result. Camp. Scient, Prince Albert 174: 376 pp., 11 pls. lopsent, E., 19304, Eponges de Lamarck conservées au Muséum de Paris. Arch, Mus. Natn. Hist. Nat, Paris (6) 5: 1-56, pls 1-4. l'opsent, E., 1930b. Chondrocladia vatsui n. sp. de la Baie de Sagami. Annotnes. Zool. Japon. 12: 421-432. Topsent, E., 1932a. Eponges de Lamarck conservées au Muséum de Paris, Deuxieme partie. Arch. Mus. Nain, Hist. Nat, Paris (6) 8: 61-124, pls 1-6, Topsent, E., 1933, Eponges de Lamarck conservées au Muséum de Paris. Fin. Arch. Mus, Natn. Hist. Nat. Paris (6) 10: 1-60, pls 1-3. Topsent, 1., 1936a. Éponges observées dans les parages de Monaco (deuxieme partie), Bull, Inst. Ocdanogr, Monaco 686: 1-10, l'opsent, É., 19384, Commentaires sur quelques genres d’Eponges marines. Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco 744: 1-23. Vsurnamal, M., 1969. Sponges of Red Sea origin on the Mediterranean coast of Israel. Israel J. Zool. 18: 149-155. Vacelet, J., 1958. Dendrilla acantha nov. sp. nouvelle Eponge cornée miediterraneenne. Remarques sur les peures Dendrilla Lendenfeld et Megalopastas Dendy. Recl. Trav. Stn. Mar. Endoume 23 (14): 143-147. Vacelet, J., 1959, Repartition générale des Eponges et sys- tématique des Eponges cornées de la région de Mar- seille et de quelques stations méditerranéennes, Reel. Trav, Stn, Mar, Endoume 26: 39-101, pls 1-3. Vacelet, J., 1960. Eponges de la Méditerranée nord- occidentale récoltées par le "Président- Théodore- Tissier" (1958). Rev. Trav. Inst. Peches Marit. 24: (2): 257-272. Vacelet, J., 1969. Éponges de la Roche du Large et de l'étage bathyal de Méditerranée (récoltes de la Sou- coupe plongeante Cousteau et dragages). Mém. Mus. Natn. Hist, Nat, Paris (A) 59 (2): 145-219. Vacelet, J., Vasseur, P. and Levi, C., 1976. Spongiaires de la pente externe des récifs coralliens de Tuléar (sud- ouest de Madagascar). Mém. Mus. Natn. Hist. Nat. Paris (n.s. A) 49: 1-116, pls 1-10. Veron, J.E.N., 1974. Southern geographic limits to the distribution of Great Barrier Reef hermatypic corals. Pp. 465-473 in: A.M. Cameron et al. (eds), Proceed- ings of the Second International Symposium on Coral Reefs, The Great Barrier Reef Committee: Brisbane. Vol. 1, x + 630 pp. Vosmaer, G.C.J., 1887, Porifera. In: H.G. Bronn (ed.), Die Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs. C.F. Winter: Leipzig. 496 pp., 34 pls (5 parts issued 1882-6). Vosmaer, G.C,J., 1911, The Porifera of the Siboga- Expedition, Il. The genus Spirastrella. Siboga- Expeditie, Monogr. 6a 1: 69 pp., 14 pls. Vosmaer, G.C.J., 1932-1935. The sponges of the Bay of Naples. Porifera Incalcaria. C.S. Vosmaer-Roéll and M. Burton (eds). Vol. 1 (1932-3) issued in 5 parts: Capita Zoologica 3: 1-456, pls 1-35, Vol. 2 (1933-5) issued in 5 parts: Capita Zoologica 5; 457-857, pls 36-71 (pls 43, 55 omitted). Also published separately in 3 vols. (2 vols. text, 875 pp., and atlas, 69 pls.). Martinus Nijhoff: The Hague. 1933-35. Vosmaer, G.C.J. and Pekelharing, C.A., 1898, Obser- vations on sponges. Verh. K. Akad, Wetensch. Amsterdam (2) 6 (3): 1-51, pls 1-4. Wass, R.E., Conolly, J.R, and and MacIntyre, R.J., 1970. Bryozoan carbonate sand continuous along southern Australia. Mar. Geol. 9: 63-73. Whitelegge, T, 1889. List of the marine and freshwater fauna of Port Jackson and the neighbourhood. J. R. Soc. N:S. W. 23: 163-323 (sponges: 178-187). Whitelegge, T., 1897. The sponges of Funafuti. Mem. Aust. Mus. 3: 321-332, pl. 18, Whitelegge, T., 1901. Report on sponges from the coastal beaches of New South Wales. Rec. Aust, Mus. 4: 55-118, pls 10-15. Whitelegge, T., 1902a. Supplementary notes to the report on sponges from the coastal beaches of New South Wales. Rec. Aust. Mus. 4: 211-216. Whitelegge, T., 1902b. Notes on Lendenfeld's types described in the Catalogue of Sponges in the Aus- tralian Museum. Rec, Aust. Mus. 4: 274-288. Whitelegge, T., 1906. Sponges. Part I. In: Scientific results of the trawling expedition of H.M.C.S. Thetis olf the coast of New South Wales in February and March, 1898. Mem. Aust. Mus. 4: 453-484, pls 43-44. Whitelegge, T., 1907. Sponges. Part 1 (Addenda), Part 2. In: Scientific results of the trawling expedition of H.M.C.S. Thetis off the coast of New South Wales in February and March, 1898, Mem. Aust. Mus. 4: 487-515, pls 45, 46. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT Wiedenmayer, F., 1974, Recent marine shallow-water sponges of the West Indies and the problem of speci- ation. Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel 84 (1): 361-375, Wiedenmayer, F., 1977a. Shallow-water sponges of the western Bahamas. Birkhäuser: Basel. (Experientia Suppl. 28), 287 pp., 43 pls. Wiedenmayer, F., 1978. Modern sponge bioherms of the Great Bahama Bank. Eclogae Geol. Helv. 71 (3): 699-744, Wiedenmayer, F., Hooper, J.N.A. and Racek, A.A. (in press). Porifera. Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Bureau of Flora and Fauna, Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Wilson, B.R. and Allen, G.R., 1987. Major components and distribution of marine fauna. Pp. 43-68 in G.W. Dyne (ed.) Fauna of Australia. Vol. 1A General Arti- cles. Australian Government Publishing Service: Canberra. Wilson, H.V., 1925. Silicious and horny sponges collected by the U.S. Fisheries steamer *Albatross" during the Philippine Expedition, 1907-10, In: Contributions to the biology of the Philippine Archipelago and adja- cent regions. U.S. Natn. Mus. Bull. 100 (2/4): i-vii, 273-532, pls 37-52. Wisniowski, T., 1888. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Mikrofauna aus den oberjurassischen Feuer- steinknollen der Umgegend von Krakau, Jb. K.K. Geol. Reichsanst. Wien 38: 657-679, pls 12, 13. Woodburne, M.O., and Zinsmeister, W.J., 1984. The first land mammal from Antarctica and its biogeographic implications. J. Paleont. 58 (4): 913-948. Zinsmeister, W.J., 1982. Late Cretaceous-Early Tertiary molluscan biogeography of the southern Circum- Pacific. J. Paleont. 56 (1): 84-102. Plates 1-38 Unless otherwise stated, all scales with specimens (pls 1-17) represent 2 cm. All scales with photomicrographs (pls 18-38) represent 200 um. Plate 1 Fig. 1. Corticium candelabrum Schmidt, NMV F51927, x 0.87. Fig. 2. Ancorina geodides Carter, NMV F51929 before preservation, X 0.46. Fig. 3. Ancorina repens sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51930, x 0.52. Fig. 4. Ancorina robusta Carter, NMV F51931, x 0.52. Fig. 5. Ancorina suina sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51934, x0.87. Fig. 6. Stelletta arenitecta sp. nov, Paratype, NMV F51942, x 0.53. Fig. 7. Rhabdastrella cordata sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51935, (left), and Tedania anhelans (Lieberkühn), NMV F52013 (right), photographed in situ. x 0.64. Fig. 8. Rhabdastrella intermedia sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51936. x 0.64. Plate 2 Fig. 1, Geodia (Geodia) punctata Hentschel. NMV F51937, x 0.46. 181 Fig. 2. Jaspis stellifera (Carter). NMV F51938, partially surrounding a group of vermetids, a mouth of which is visible on top. The cushion-shaped, perpendicularly cut small sponge on the left shoulder is Gelliodes incrustans Dendy (NMV F52036). Behind it (extreme upper left) is Aulorrhiza procumbens (Lendenfeld, Calcarea, not described). x 0.64. Figs 3, 4. Tetilla praecipua sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51943. Fig. 3. Lateral view, x 0.81. Fig. 4. Choanosome from below, x0.7. Figs 5, 6, 9. Tethya ingalli Bowerbank. Fig. 5. NMV F51944, x0.7. Fig. 6a-d. Tethya phillipensis Lendenfeld, two wet syntypes, AM G9077, x 0.96. Fig. 6a, b. Top. Fig. 6c, d. Bottom. Fig. 9. Tethea cliftoni Bowerbank, dry holotype, BMNH unregistered (Box D.A. 38), lateral view, x 0.64. Note the long pedicels rising from a com- posite cemented cobble, and Bowerbank's autograph label. Figs 7, 8. Polymastia crassa Carter. Fig. 7. NMV F51945, before preservation, x0.38. Fig. 8. NMV F51946, x 0.73. Figs 10, 11. Spirastrella papillosa Ridley and Dendy, Fig. 10. NMV F51948, x0.32. Fig. 11. NMV F51949, x 0.38. Plate 3 Figs 1-6. Chondrosia reticulata (Carter). Fig. 1. NMV F51951, x 0.76. Figs 2, 3. Chondrosia spurca Carter, wet holotype BMNH 1886. 12.15.128, top and sectioned bottom, x 0.4. Figs 4, 5. Two wet syntypes or two halves of one syntype of Reniera collectrix Lendenfeld, AM G9014. Fig. 4. x 0,38. Fig. 5. x 0.43. Fig. 6a-e. Wet dis- sected syntype of Chondrosia collectrix Lendenfeld, AM G9061, x 0.76. Fig. 7. Latrunculia conulosa Hallmann, NMV F51954 before preservation, x 0.49. Figs 8-10. Latrunculia hallmanni sp. nov. Fig. 8. Holo- type, NMV F51953, x0.43. Fig. 9. Paratype, NMV F51956, x 0.6. Fig. 10. Paratype, NMV F51957, x 0.76. Fig. 11. Pseudaxinella decipiens sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51961. x0.96. Plate 4 Fig. 1. Reniochalina sectilis sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51962, x 1.04. Fig. 2a, b. Reniochalina lamella Lendenfeld. Dry schizosyntype, BMNH 1925. 12.1.18, East Coast, x 0.78. Lendenfeld's sketch of the discarded specimen shows the original position (hatched) of the schizotype. Fig. 3a, b. Reniochalina stalagmitis Lendenfeld. Dry syntype, BMNH 1887.4.27.122 (with autograph label), x 0.26 Fig. 4. Reniochalina spiculosa Lendenfeld ms. Dry specimen, Port Jackson, BMNH 1887.4.27.119, x 0.38. Fig. 5a, b. Reniochalina arborea Lendenfeld ms. Dry specimen, New Zealand, BMNH 1887.4.27.117, x 0.46. Lendenfeld's sketch as for R. /amella. Figs 6-12. Rhaphoxya cactiformis (Carter). Fig. 6. NMV F51963, x 0,6. Figs 7, 8. Acanthellina rugolineata Carter, wet syntype, BMNH 1886.12.15.94. Fig. 7. Side, x0.49. Fig. 8. Top, x0.6. Fig. 9. Acanthellina par- viconulata Carter, wet holotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.56, x 0.35. Figs 10, 11. Acanthella hirciniopsis Carter, wet 182 F. WIEDENMAYER schizosyntype (part of base of large specimen, cut sagi- tally and transversally), x 0.32. Fig. 10. View of sagittal section showing mesial condensation. Fig. 12. Acanthella hirciniopsis Carter, wet syntype, BMNH 1886.12.15.48, x 0.46, Plate 5 Figs 1-3. Rhaphoxya cactiformis (Carter), dry speci- mens. Figs 1, 2. Acanthellina rugoslineata Carter, syn- types. Fig. 1. BMNH 1886.12.15.444, x0.32. Fig. 2, BMNH 1886.12.15.365, x 0.53 (label, except register number, in Carter's hand). Fig. 3. Acanthella cactiformis Carter, paralectotype, BMNH 1884.10.10.2, x 0.15. Note the similarity (as for Fig. 1) with Spongia carduus Lamarck, redescribed as Acanthella by Topsent (1930: 40), assigned to Phakellia by Bergquist (1970). Fig. 4. Rhaphoxya felina sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51964, x 0.53. Fig. 5 Trachycladus laevispirulifer Carter. NMV F 51965, x 0.67. Figs 6, 7. Clathriodendron cacticutis (Carter). Fig. 6. NMV F51966, x 0.43. Fig. 7. Dictyocylindrus cacticutis Carter, wet holotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.120, x 0.58. Fig. 8. Clathria transiens Hallmann. NMV F51980, x 0.46. Fig. 9. Clathria wilsoni sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51967, x 1.4. Fig. 10. Echinoclthria favus Carter. NMV F51972, x 0.53. Fig. 11, Echinoclathria laminaefavosa (Carter), NMV F51971, x 0.39. Plate 6 Fig. 1. Echinoclathria leporina (Lamarck). NMV F51974, detail from central portion, before preservation, x 0.35. Figs 2-5, 7. Echinoclathria globosa (Lendenfeld). Fig. 2. NMV F51975, x0.87. Fig. 3. NMV F51976, x 0.78. Fig. 4. Halme globosa Lendenfeld, only extant syntype, wet BMNH 1886.8.27.71, Port Phillip Bay, x 0.81. Fig. 5. Halme micropora Lendenfeld, dry syntype, AMG8828, Illawarra, x 0.38. Fig. 7. Holopsamma crassa Carter, dry syntype, BMNH 1886.12.15.313, S. coast, x 0.49. Fig. 6. Phoriospongia reticulum Marshall, wet holo- type, ZMB 2634, x 1.4. Fig. 8. Echinoclathria egena sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51978, x0.61. Fig. 9, Echinoclathria tubulosa (Hallmann). NMV F51979, x 0.76. Figs 10, 11. Strongylacidon stelliderma (Carter). Fig. 10, NMV F51981, x 1.6. Fig. 11. Halichondria stelliderma Carter, wet holotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.148, x 0,67. Plate 7 Figs 1, 2. Stylotella inaequalis (Hentschel). Fig. 1. NMV F51983, x2.16. Fig. 2. NMV F51988 x 1.04, Figs 3-7. Phoriospongia argentea (Marshall). Fig. 3. NMV F51989, x 1.13. Fig. 4. Dysidea argentea Marshall, wet holotype, PMJ Porif. 136,X 1.57. Figs 5-7. Chon- dropsis arenifera Carter, wet syntypes. Figs 5, 6. BMNH 1886.12.15.149. Fig. 5. Exterior, x 0.52. Fig, 6. Interior, x 0,54. Fig. 7. BMNH 1886.12.15.54, x 0.64. Figs 8, 9. Phoriospongia carcinophila (Lendenfeld). Fig. 8. NMV F51990, x 0.7. Fig. 9. NMV F51991, x 1.7. Figs 10-12. Phoriospongia kirki (Bowerbank). Fig. 10. Dysidea kirki Bowerbank, dry syntype?, Bowerbank Col- lection, BMNH 1872.5.21.50, Swan River (Perth), W.A., x 0.48. Fig. 11. Dysidea favosa Marshall, portion of wet holotype, PMJ Porif. 125, x 0.55. Fig. 12. NMV F51993, x 0.64. Fig. 13. Psammoclema bitextum sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51996, x 0.72. Plate 8 Fig. 1. Psammoclema callosum (Marshall). NMV F51997, xT.]. Figs 2-4. Psammoclema densum (Marshall). Fig. 2. NMV F51998, x0.55. Fig. 3. NMV 52000, x 1.1. Fig. 4. Psammopemma densum Marshall, wet holotype, ZMB 2631, *2.1. Scale 1 cm. Fig, 5. Psammoclema fissuratum sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F52002, x 1.04. Figs 6, 7. Psammoclema goniodes sp. nov. Fig. 6. Para- type, NMV F52059, x 2.1, scale I cm. Fig. 7. Holotype, NMV F52060, x0.81. Figs 8-12. Psammoclema nodosum (Carter). Figs 8-11. Sarcocornea nodosa Carter, dry types. Figs 8-10. Per- pendicularly cut paralectotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.297. Fig. 8. Top view, x 1.02. Fig. 9. Interior, x 0.67. Fig. 10. Side view, x0.52. Fig. 11. Lectotype, BNMH 1886.12.15.295, x 0.38. Fig. 12. NMV F52003, x 0.38. Plate 9 Figs 1, 2. Psammoclema radiatum sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F52004, x 0.46. Fig. 1. Side view. Fig. 2. Top view. Figs 3-6. Psammoclema ramosum Marshall. Fig. 3. NMV F52005, top, x 0.48. Figs 4-6. Fragments from wet holotype, PMJ Porif. 134. Fig. 4. Top, x0.78. Fig. 5. Longitudinal section, x 1.13. Fig. 6. Bottom, x 0.78. Fig. 7. Psammoclema stipitatum sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F52006, x 0.58. Figs 8-10, 13. Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis Len- denfeld. Fig. 8. NMV F52017, x 0.58. Figs 9, 10. NMV F52015. Fig. 9. Preserved specimen, x0.54. Fig. 10. Before preservation, x 0.35. Fig. 13. Sectioned dry holo- type, BMNH 1886,8.27.587, x 0.67. Figs 11, 12. Psammoclema vansoesti sp.nov, Fig. 11. Holotype, NMV F52008, x 0.43. Fig. 12. Paratype, NMV F52007, x 0.32. Plate 10 Figs 1, 2. Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis Lendenfeld. NMV F52016, Fig.l. Before preservation, x 0.34. Fig. 2. Preserved specimen, x 0.64. Figs 3-7. Tedania anhelans (Lieberkühn). Fig. 3. NMV F52012, x0.56. Figs 4-6. Wet Hypotypes of Tedania digitata: Dendy (1895). Fig. 4. NMV RN796, Sorrento jetty, x 0.67. Figs 5, 6. NMV RN871. Fig. 5. Interior with embryos, x0.57. Fig. 6. Top, x0.56. Fig. 7. Tedania rubicunda Lendenfeld, wet syntype, AM G9146, x 0.46. Figs 8-11. Forcepia biceps (Carter). Figs 8, 9. NMV F52018. Fig. 8. Top, x 0.35. Fig. 9. Transverse fracture, X 0.93. Fig. 10. Forcepia colonensis: Carter (18854), dry hypotype with Carter's label, BNMH 1886.12.15.363, SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT x0.46. Fig. 11. Suberites biceps Carter, wet holotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.52, Port Phillip Heads, x0.5. Fig. 12a, b. Lissodendoryx isodictyalis (Carter). NMV F52019, x 1.04. Plate 11 Figs 1, 2. Myxilla isodictyalis: Dendy (1896), wet hypo- type, NMV RN778, Sorrento jetty. Fig. 1. Top, x0.71. Fig. 2. Transverse section, x 0.74. Figs 3, 4. Ectyodoryx maculata Hentschel. Fig. 3. NMV F52021, x0.78. Fig. 4. NMV F52020, x 0.93. Figs 5a, b. Phorbas cf. tenacior (Topsent). NMV F52022, x 0.9. Fig. 6. Callyspongia asparagus (Lamarck). NMV F52024. x 0.93. Fig. 7. Callyspongia bilamellata (Lamarck). Dry hypo- type of Carter (1885d, as Cavochalina bilamellata), BMNH 1886.12.15.184, Westernport Bay, Victoria, xX0.13 (scale = 5 cm). Figs 8-10. Callyspongia diffusa (Ridley). Fig. 8. NMV F52026, x 0.32. Fig. 9. Cladochalina diffusa Ridley, dry paralectotype, BMNH 1882.10.17.6, Singapore, x 0.33. Fig. 10. Pachychalina manus Lendenfeld, wet syntype, AM G8927, x0.33. Fig. 11. Callyspongia ramosa (Gray). NMV F52028, 290.75. Plate 12 Figs 1-3. Callyspongia pergamentacea (Ridley). Fig. 1. NMV F52027, x 0.49. Fig. 2. Chalinopora paucispina Lendenfeld, dry holotype (syntype?), BMNH 1886.8.27.413, Queenscliff, Victoria, x0.46. Fig. 3. Chalinopora typica Lendenfeld, dry syntype, BMNH 1886.8.27.411, Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, x0.34. Fig. 4. Callyspongia serpentina (Lamarck). NMV F52029, x 0.29. Fig. 5. Callyspongia toxifera sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F52032, x1.08. Fig. 6. Callyspongia persculpta sp. nov. Holotype (part), NMV F52035, x0.57. Fig. 7. Gelliodes incrustans Dendy. NMV F52036, attached to Jaspis stellifera, * 1.1. Fig. 8. Oceanapia putridosa (Lamarck). NMV F52037, x 0.38, Figs 9-12. Spongia hispida Lamarck. Fig. 9. NMV F52038, x0.355.Fig. 10. NMV F52039, x 0.77. Fig. 11. Euspongia irregularis var, jacksonia Lendenfeld, wet syn- type, AM Z498, x 0.41. Fig. 12. Euspongia irregularis var. silicata Lendenfeld, wet syntype, AM 63962, x 0.6. Plate 13 Figs 1-7. Carteriospongia caliciformis C arter.Fig. 1. NMV F52040b, x 0.43. Figs 2, 3, 6, 7. Dry syntypes. Figs 2, 3. BMNH 1886. 12.15.214. Fig. 2. Underside, with labels by Carter (right) and Lendenfeld (left), x 0.3. Fig. 3. Concavity, x 0.35. Figs 6, 7. BMNH 1886.12.15.215, x 0.23. Fig. 6. Underside. Fig. 7. Concavity. Figs 4, 5. NMV F52040a. Fig. 4. Detail of concavity and inner rim, x 0.56. Fig. 5. Lateral view, X 0.29. Figs 8-12. Carteriospongia silicata (Lendenfeld). Figs 8-10. NMV F52048, before preservation, from top, from 183 below, and from one side, respectively, x 0.45. Figs 11, 12. Dry holotype, BMNH 1886.8.27.32, Torres Strait. Fig. 11. From above, x 0.46. Fig. 12. From below, x 0.41. Plate 14 Figs 1-5. Carteriospongia silicata (Lendenfeld). Dry hypotypes of Carteriospongia elegans: Burton (1934a:600). Note that the (correct) identification on the labels departs from the published one. Figs 1, 2. BMNH 1893.3.4.24, Great Barrier Reef, bottom and top, respec- tively, x 0.32. Figs 3-5. BMNH 1893.3.4.63, Bass Strait, side, top and bottom, respectively. Fig. 3. x 0.55. Fig. 4. x0.46. Fig. 5. x0.38. Fig. 6. Carteriospongia cf. vermicularis (Lendenfeld). NMV F52041, x 1.13. Figs 7, 9. Coscinoderma pesleonis (Lamarck). Fig. 7. NMV F52042, x0.55. Fig. 9. NMV F52044 in situ, x 0.58. Figs 8, 10. Leiosella caliculata Lendenfeld. Fig. 8. NMV F52046, x 0.46. Fig. 10. Euspongia compacta Carter. Dry lectotype, BMNH 1877.5.21.1899, “S, Australia", x 0.46. Plate 15 Figs 1-5, Leiosella caliculata Lendenfeld. Fig. 1. Dry syntype, BMNH 1955.4.7.1, x0.45. Figs 2, 3. Euspon- gia infundibuliformis Carter, dry lectotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.222, figured in Lendenfeld (1889b, pl. 13, fig. 7) as Leiosella compacta. Fig. 2. Concavity, x 0.28. Fig. 3. Detail of concavity and inner rim, x 1.04. Figs 4, 5. Geelongia vasiformis: Dendy ms., dry composite speci- men from Victoria, BMNH 1925. 11.1.887, x 0.21. Fig. 4. Open side, showing the partition formed by the wall of the almost complete primary vase in the background, and the half-formed secondary vase. Fig. 5. Convex side. Figs 6, 7. Leiosella levis (Lendenfeld). Fig. 6. NMV F52047, x0.35. Fig. 7. One of the misidentified dry paralectotypes of Euspongia compacta Carter, BMNH 1877.5.21.1900, Port Fairy, Victoria, here assigned to Leiosella levis, * 0.32. Figs 8-10. Ircinia caliculata Lendenfeld. Figs 8, 9, NMV F52049. Fig, 8. Open concavity, x 0.32. Fig. 9. Convex side, x 0.29. Fig. 10. Open concavity of dry syntype, BMNH 1886.8.27.358, with Lendenfeld's label. x 0.35. Plate 16 Figs 1-3, Thorecta choanoides (Bowerbank). Fig. 1. NMV F52050, x0.26. Figs 2, 3. Stelospongus flabel- liformis latus Carter, misidentified dry paralectotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.219. Fig. 2. Narrow side, with Len- denfeld's identification “Thorecta exemplum var. secunda" on the back of Carter's label, x 0.27. Fig. 3. Broadside, x0.21. Figs 4, 5. Thorecta glomerosus sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F52052. Fig. 4. Before preservation, 0.55. Fig. 5. Preserved specimen, x 0.48. Figs 6, 7, 10. Thorecta tuberculatus (Carter). Figs 6, 7. Dry holotype, BMNH 1886.12.15.446. Fig. 6. x 0.46. Fig. 7. Detail of opposite side, x 1.04. Fig. 10. NMV F52053, x 0.68. Fig. 8. Aplysilla rosea (Barrois). NMV F52061, x 1.02. Fig. 9. Dysidea avara (Schmidt). NMV F52057, x 1.02. 184 F. WIEDENMAYER Fig. 11. Fasciospongia rimosa (Lamarck). NMV F52056, x 0.33. Fig. 12. Darwinella australiensis Carter. NMV F52064, x 1.04, Plate 17 x1 Figs 1, 2. Darwinella australiensis Carter. Fig. 1. NMV F52063, x 0.93. Fig. 2. Four dissected wet syntypes, BMNH 1887, 7.11.10, x 0.45. Figs 3, 7. Darwinella gardineri Topsent. Fig, 3. NMV F52066, before preservation, 0.47. Fig. 7. NMV F52065, x 0.98. Figs 4, 5. Aplysina lendenfeldi Bergquist. Fig. 4. NMV F52071, x0,58. Fig. 5. NMV F52072, before preserva- tion, x 0.3. Figs 6, 8, 9, 11. Pseudoceratine durissima Carter. Fig. 6. NMV F52073, x0.9. Fig. 8. Dry syntype, BMNH 1886.12.15.261, x 0.41. Fig. 9. NMV F52074, x 0.93. Fig, 11. NMV F52075, x 0.56. Fig. 10. Aplysina ianthelliformis (Lendenfeld). NMV F52070, x0.32. Fig. 12. Druinella rotunda Lendenfeld. NM V F52078, before preservation, x 0.39. Plate 18 Perpendicular sections. Fig. 1, Corticium candelabrum Schmidt, NMV F51928, x 29. Surface above. Figs 2, 3. Ancorina geodides Carter, NMV F51929, x 29. Fig. 2. Peripheral choanosome with erypts, part of inner cortex (above). Fig. 3. Inner cortex with chones. Figs 4-6. Ancorina repens sp.nov. Holotype. NMV F51930. Fig. 4. Cortex with surface (above), x 29. Fig. 5. Continuation inward from the bottom of Fig. 4, with innermost cortex, zone of crypts, and peripheral choanomsome, x0.29. Fig. 6. Outer cortex (surface above) with chone, x 100. Plate 19 Perpendicular sections. Figs 1, 2. Ancorina repens sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51930. Fig. 1. Wall of chone with oxyspherasters. x 87. Fig. 2. Choanosome, x87. Fig. 3. Ancorina robusta Carter. NMV F51931, cortex and peripheral choanosome, x 29. Figs 4-6. Ancorina suina sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F51034. Cortex and peripheral choanosome, x 29, The surface faces left in Fig. 5, upwards in Fig. 4, of which Fig. 6 is the continuation inwards. Plate 20 Figs 1-5. Perpendicular sections through surface, cortex and peripheral choanosome, x 29. Fig. 1. Rhabdastrella cordata, sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51935. Fig. 2. Rhabdastrella intermedia sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51936. Figs 3, 4. Geodia punciata Hentschel, NMV F51937. Fig. 3. Solid cortex. Fig. 4. Lacunose cortex. Figs 5, 6. Jaspis stellifera (Carter), NMV F51938. Fig. 5. Surface facing left. Fig. 6. Dissociated megascleres, x 87. Plate 21 Transverse sections, x 0.29. Fig. 1. Tetilla praecipua sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F51943, choanosome. Fig. 2. Tethya ingalli Bowerbank, NMV F51944, cortex. Fig. 3-5. Polymastia crassa Carter. Figs 3, 4. Cortex and peripheral choanosome of main body. Fig. 3. NMV F51945. Fig. 4, NMV F51946. Fig. 5. Wall of fistule in NMV F51946. Fig. 6. Spirastrella papillosa Ridley and Dendy. NMV F51948, peripheral chaonosome and inner part of cortex (left). Plate 22 Transverse sections. Fig. 1. Chondrosia reticulata (Carter). NMV F51951, lower cortex (left) with crypt and peripheral choanosome, x 87. Note pervasive microsymbionts and digitate alga on left side of lower sand grain. Figs 2, 3. Latrunculia conulosa Hallmann. Cortex and peripheral chaonosome, x 29. Fig. 2. NMV F51953. Fig. 3. NMV F51952. Figs 4, 5. Latrunculia hallmanni sp.n. Paratype, NMVF51956. Fig. 4. Cortex and peripheral choanosome, x 29. Fig. 5. Peripheral choanosome, chiefly with small, irregular sanidasters, x 87. A small portion of the cortex is visible above. Fig. 6. Pseudaxinella decipiens sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F51961, choanosome, x 29. Plate 23 Transverse sections, x 29. Fig. 1. Reniochalina sectilis sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F51962. Ectosomal skeleton (upper half) and main skeleton. Fig. 2. Rhaphoxya cactiformis (Carter). NMV F51963, mesial skeleton. Figs 3, 4. Rhaphoxya felina sp.nov, Holotype, NMV F51964, Fig. 3. Choanosome. Fig. 4. Erect lamella at sur- face with chiefly penicillata arrangement of megascleres. Fig. 5. Clathriodendron cacticutis (Carter). NMV F51966, mesial choanosome. Fig. 6. Clathria transiens Hallmann. NMV F51980, peripheral choanosome. Plate 24 Fig. 1. Clathria wilsoni sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51967, peripheralchoanosome, x29. The surface with the paratangential open penicils is folded over into the plane of the section in the left half. Fig. 2. Echinoclathria favus Carter. NMV F51972, transverse section through lamella, x 29. Fig. 3. Phoriospongia reticulum Marshall. Holotype, ZMB 2634. Teased portion of choanosome, x 87, show- ing arrangement of sigmata. Figs 4, 5. Echinoclathria leporina (Lamarck). Trans- verse sections through fronds, x 29. Fig. 4. NMV F51974. Fig. 5. NMV F51973, apical edge. Fig. 6. Echinoclathria egena sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F51978. Peripheral choanosome with embryos, surface on top, x29. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 185 Plate 25 Transverse sections Figs 1, 2. Echinoclathria egena sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F51978. Fig. 1. Deeper choanosome, x29. Fig. 2. Peripheral choanosome with surface in upper right, x 87. Figs 3, 4. Echinoclathria tubulosa (Hallmann). NMV F51979, x29. Fig. 3. Deeper choanosome. Fig. 4. Peripheral choanosome. Figs 5, 6. Strongylacidon stelliderma (Carter). NMV F51981, x29. Fig. 5. Deeper choanosome. Fig. 6. Peripheral choanosome with conules. Plate 26 Transverse sections Figs 1-4. Stylotella inaequalis (Hentschel). Fig. 1. NMV F51984, mixed skeletal structure, single sand grains, mac- rosymbionts, x 29. Fig. 2. NMV F51983, sandy enclaves, scarce spicular whisps, x 29. Fig. 3. NMV F51987, dense skeletal structure, x 29. Fig. 4. NMV F51987, surface with paratangential layer of megacleres, x87. Fig. 5. Phoriospongia argentea (Marshall), NMV F51989, x 29. Note small single tallophytous alga below surface. Fig. 6. Phoriospongia carcinophila (Lendenfeld), NMV. F51992, x29, Plate 27 Transverse sections with ectosome, x 29. Figs 1, 2. Phoriospongia carcinophila (Lendenfeld). Fig. 1. NMV F51991, Fig. 2. NMV F51990. Note the felt of proper spicules at and below the surface. Fig. 3. Psammoclema bitextum sp. nov. Holotype, NMV F51996. Fig. 4. Psammoclema callosum (Marshall), NMV F51997, Fig. 5. Psammoclema densum (Marshall). NMV F51998. Note the crowded foreign spicule fragments at the surface. Fig. 6. Psammoclema nodosum (Carter). NMV F52003. Note infolded ectosome (upper right), lined canal (lower center), ascending column with detritus, and algal fila- ments (lower right). Plate 28 Figs 1, 2. Psammoclema goniodes sp.nov. Transverse sections, x29. Fig. 1. Paratype, NMV F52059 (surface above). Fig. 2. Holotype, NMV F52060. Surface upper right. "Figs 3, 4. Psammoclema ramosum Marshall. NMV F52005, x 29. Fig. 3. Longitudinal section, surface left. Fig. 4. Transverse section. Fig. 5. Psammoclema stipitatum sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F52006, choanosome, transverse section, x29. Fig. 6. Psammoclema vansoesti sp.nov. Paratype, NMV F52007, transverse section with surface, x 29. Plate 29 Figs 1-4. Mycale (Arenochalina) mirabilis Lendenfeld. Fig. 1. NMV F52014, peripheral skeleton (surface above), x 29. Fig. 2. Junction of secondary and primary fibre, x 87. Note stratification, filamentous algae in primary fibre, and the transverse spicules protruding from the latter, with partial spongin envelopes. Fig. 3. Tapering free end of primary fibre at surface, x 29. Fig. 4. Filamen- tous algae in primary fibre, x 87. Figs 5, 6. Tedania anhelans (Lieberkühn), perpendic- ular sections. Fig. 5. NMV F52010, x 29 (surface on top). Fig. 6. NMV F52009, x 29 (surface in upper left corner). Plate 30 Fig. 1. Tedania anhelans (Lieberkühn). NMV F51940, Transverse section with surface, x29. Fig. 2. Forcepia biceps (Carter). NMV F52018, trans- verse section, x 29. Ectosome on top with megascleres in paratangential arrangement, in oblique view. Fig. 3. Lissodendoryx isodictyalis (Carter). NMV F52019, transverse section with surface, x29. Fig. 4. Phorbas cf. tenacior (Topsent). NMV F52022, transverse section with surface, x29. Fig. 5. Ectyodoryx maculata Hentschel. NMV F52020, deeper choanosome, x 29. Plate 31 Fig. 1. Ectyodoryx maculata Hentschel, NMV F52020, perpendicular section through peripheral choanosome and ectosome, x 29. Figs 2, 3. Callyspongia asparagus (Lamarck), NMV F52024. Fig. 2. Perpendicular section with ectosome. x 29. Fig. 3. Tangential section of ectosome, x 29. Figs 4, 5. Callyspongia diffusa (Ridley and Dendy), NMV F52026. Fig. 4. Tangential section of ectosome, x 29. Fig. 5. Perpendicular section with ectosome, x 29. Fig. 6. Callyspongia pergamentacea (Ridley). NMV F52027, perpendicular section with ectosome, x 29. Plate 32 Fig. 1. Callyspongia pergamentacea (Ridley). NMV F52027. Ectosome, Tangential section, x 29. Figs 2-4. Callyspongia serpentina (Lamarck). NMV F52029, perpendicular sections with ectosome. Fig. 2. x29. Fig. 3. x 82. Fig, 4. x87. Figs 5, 6. Callyspongia toxifera sp.nov., paratypes, transverse sections with ectosome, x29. Fig. 5. NMV F52030. Fig. 6. NMV F52031. Plate 33 Figs 1-3. Callyspongia persculpta sp.nov. Holotype, NMV F52035, x 29. Fig. 1. Ectosome, tangential section. Figs 2, 3. Transverse sections with ectosome. Fig. 3 shows the edge of one of the hollow lobes. Figs 4-6. Gelliodes incrustans Dendy, NMV F52036, transverse sections. Figs 4, 5. Ectosome on top, x 29. Fig. 6. Deeper choanosome, x 87. Plate 34 Fig. 1. Gelliodes incrustans Dendy. NMV F52036, deeper choanosome, x 87. Fig. 2. Spongia hispida Lamarck. NMV F52039, trans- verse section with ectosome, x 29. Fig. 3. Carteriospongia caliciformis Carter, NMV F52040a, transverse section with ectosome, x 29. 186 F. WIEDENMAYER Fig. 4. Carteriospongia cf. vermicularis (Lendenfeld). NMV F52041, transverse section with ectosome. x 29. Figs 5, 6. /rcinia caliculata Lendenfeld. NMV F52049. Fig. 5. Transverse section with choanosome, x 29. Fig. 6. Choanosome with filaments. Inflated ends of the latter are visible near the upper left corner and halfway down near the right margin. Plate 35 Figs 1, 2. Thorecta choanoides (Bowerbank). NMV F52050, x29. Fig. 1. Transverse section through ecto- some and peripheral choanosome, the former with tran- sition from a superficial elevation (above) to an inhalant depression (below). Fig. 2. Sieve of inhalant depression in ectosome. Figs 3-5. Thorecta tuberculatus (Carter). Transverse sections. Fig. 3. NMV F52054, ectosome and peripheral choanosome, x29. Figs 4, 5. NMV F52053. Fig. 4. Peripheral choanosome, x 29. Fig. 5. Fibrous-stratfied zone between sandy ectosome and choanosome, x87. Fig. 6. Dysidea avara (Schmidt). NMV F52057, choano- some with fibre, x29. Plate 36 Transverse sections Fig. 1. Darwinella australiensis Carter. NMV FS2064. Choanosome, x29. Fig. 2. Aplysina ianthelliformis (Lendenfeld). NMV F52070. Choanosome, x 29. Figs 3-6. Aplysina lendenfeldi Bergquist. Fig. 3. NMV 152072, ectosome and peripheral choanosome, x 29. Fig. 4. NMV 52071, ectosome with inhalant sieve, x 29. Fig. 5. NMV F52071, choanosome with transversely and obli- quely cut fibres, x 29. Fig. 6. NMV F52071, fibre, x 87. Plate 37 Fig. 1. Aplysina lendenfeldi Bergquist. NMV F52072, choanosome with gemmules, x 87. Figs 2-6. Pseudoceratina durissima Carter. Fig. 2. NMV F52074, perpendicular section with ectosome (above) and peripheral choanosome, x29. Note reticulate-septate canal. Fig. 3. NMV F52074, choano- some with transversally cut fibre, x 87. Fig. 4. NMV F52074, crowded choanocyte chambers, x 87. Figs 5, 6. NMV F52075 and F52076, respectively, longitudinal sec- tions of fibres, x 87. Note irregularly lobose, partly com- posite pith, and, in Fig. 5, density of microsymbionts. Plate 38 Figs 1-5. Druinella rotunda Lendenfeld. ZMB 10403, one of Lendenfeld's slides with microtome sections from the holotype. Fig. 1. Oblique section of fibre, x29. A transversally cut canal of type 1 is situated near the middle of the upper margin. Fig. 2. Choanosome, x 29, over- lapping with the upper margin of Fig. 1. Canals of type 2 chiefly in left half, canals of type 1 in right half. Choanocyte chambers are confined to the darker mean- dering fields. Figs 3, 4. Transverse sections of fibres, x 87. Fig. 5. Choanosome, x29. Fig. 6. Phoriospongia argentea (Marshall). NMV F51989, transverse section with ectosome, x 29. SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 187 PLATE 1 F. WIEDENMAYER 188 PLATE 2 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT PLATE 3 189 190 F. WIEDENMAYER PLATE 4 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 131 F. WIEDENMAYER 192 11 PLATE 6 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 193 PLATE 7 194 F. WIEDENMAYER PLATE 8 195 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT PLATE 9 196 F. WIEDENMAYER 12a 12b TOJgs N PLATE 10 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT PLATE 11 197 198 F. WIEDENMAYER PLATE 12 199 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT PLATE 13 200 F. WIEDENMAYER PLATE 14 | SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 201 PLATE 15 WIEDENMAYER Pe 202 PLATE 16 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT PLATE 17 203 F. WIEDENMAYER 204 PLATE 18 205 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT PLATE 19 F. WIEDENMAYER 206 PLATE 20 207 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT PLATE 21 208 F. WIEDENMAYER PLATE 22 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 209 1 a LE PLATE 23 210 F. WIEDENMAYER PLATE 24 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT PLATE 25 211 WIEDENMAYER ES 2 | 2 PLATE 26 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 213 PLATE 27 F. WIEDENMAYER NEL S PLATE 28 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 215 PLATE 29 F. WIEDENMAYER 216 PLATE 30 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 217 PLATE 31 218 . WIEDENMAYER PLATE 32 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT PLATE 33 219 220 F. WIEDENMAYER PLATE 34 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 221 PLATE 35 WIEDENMAYER E, PLATE 36 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 223 PLATE 37 WIEDENMAYER E: 224 PLATE 38 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 225 Index Names of the species-and genus-groups in the systematic-descriptive part. Italics denote valid names and combinations; roman type is for invalid names, misidentifications, genera inquirenda, and species inquirendae. Question marks behind names in italics commonly mean that the validity, iden- tification, or combination is doubtful. Genera in roman type with question mark are doubtful as syn- onyms. New species are in bold type. abruptispicula, Cladochalina nuda var. ... 112 DAL ER AAN A 95 AOS ADEMAS eem Ye A AAA 95 o LAN A IR A 83, 84 SA Pe e P ccn PR a 84 ESTRICTA. o eot penses 153 acanthastrum, Corticium ............. 13, 14 A Carte o True rem Beo ra Ser ec 4 50 GTC IO LAU Ite Merc re re HE bet 50 Pres yer nie DASS + o inert one ouk dd 51 A A a O te 51 ACAENA Aea ele ange Ter aiU, Ehen 50 SEE DELIV COMM FAT A PEU RUM aah neh Dur, c 51 AV bugolinediaut sens Noni RUE een 51 acanthosanidastera, Latrunculia (Negombata) 40 acanthosanidastera, Oxylatrunculia ........ 40 Acervochalina finitima: Ridley ........... 108 OCeR SA GOTT Dto e A a 17, 18 ACUSTICA CITO Me. a ee ett wid piers 39 iota Sato POTD ANT een LIN EM Reden. 83, 84 aerophobas Dendrili Ju soc) dare 15257153 SEES MAC MCHA ae. Fer. eee 113 aortinatimseyloreliq 404.19 444 AS 71 a AAA XP MEE 147, 156 AUS GENS. A UT M reas E età 147 OLR A dix as eai ee Raus 18 albidaseSpirastrella iov. vs vi imr dom A 34 albidus, Suberites Wilsoni var. ............ 34 Alcyonium putridosum |........ sess 120 ENTE nee 38, 39 PA oL MN = SA aed 1035.3 - ot) On LP eR 14 Aliena, Garteriosponglar v. ae ren 126 aliena, Phyllospongia .............. 124, 125 UHUKMEeHSIS DONES E Man rear 94 amaknakensis, Lissodendoryx .......... 98 (DOHONUGKGHSISE MEN LIS Ten Dre acad: dar csse 94 qaarantihus PHOBOS vu. Ne Sa sn b Tusc 95 BETIS Benigrd Wer hasse eise ar E pad h 90 amphiacantha, Chrotella ......... sess 95 Amphimedon complanata ........... 105, 112 Amphimedon? crassiloba .....oooooooo... 105 auatipeéss SPOLIA NEL tA opem emt 37 ACI RI sa bal 95, 102 ARICONGCOIS PR RID NIU 103 A. coriaceus var. fenacior ........ 102, 103 I ICH TIONEN BU CU LE Petey rr M, 102 DUES S certi zeit La v ER as eed Eto 96 SOLER CIO We. CERE cogere QE TUTTA TTE RS 102 POOF TR S er CEA 14, 65 PANS CONUS LI 17, 18 TE Ml EN eura EOS et 18 a TAS A CER, ee E 18 Ae OF TIGRE S ex sr e vla SESS qo IAE p Sen She 18, 19 Sd. ORIS BBA Co TA EU, MS 14, 18, 19 A TUER ice ee 16, 18 A PROBES SE m cr rre T ETE IA ra 18 ALIENS nam quete Fa x era dar TERI 16 FA PS EODUSIO ru DEVE CS ug cp nd rd 17, 18 A Stall OR a eer foes Mery! 18 VAP SUMAN pas ee ae an: c 18, 19 angulata, Chalina polychotoma var. ...... 115 anhelans forma assabensis, Tedania ....... 90 anhelans; Halichondnia tw teas. wus oun lee 87 CIT ENE cd re OE TIR NC e e era 87 anhelans, Tedania ........ 87, 89, 92, 96, 100 ünareried;eDend?EMlg A Ab A 153 e ds ela RETO A O 19, 20 ANURSTGOUNAHnar occ ab rar ete ara 56 Uae ROA A o e de iret y 62 P MEO ngo) i See rk hehe Ara SOROR 62 Antheroplax (see Phyllospongia) ......... 137 PU DITEQC Cag S m St ear M PIRE ere ate a 121 STIER e e.c d ESTEE stellen E EDI 154 ALLY Stl das rr ETE UE IOS 146, 147, 152, 153 AVCHCUOSO US EE renta Me Rut Coo 152 Am ACIQUS Pro. o . nos MERI ERN 146 US REIR AT I NM. ERIT weet ted 146, 147 AUC OSa ROCA eO. DII 152 Pe SUING A CULO ECT nu 146, 147 esum DIT: Al e cover os 146 AI a cese er c EE Tp ete pd afi es 154, 156 SS LGITUAOLUULO ROS aia ADO 154, 156 A SAS apana AL 156 A MENE elei ONIL 155, 156 FA DEGUNCHIOT Ae A TL TEM c Ee 156 OS ERICH EP 156 VD VSILODSISEE Wa AE a te tgs ARM er 134 arborea var. ramosa, Chalinopsilla ........ 80 arbuscula, Clathriodendron ........... 55, 56 anus ARI ol do caesar Tere 134, 136 arenacea, Collosclerophora ........... 69, 71 GLEHODHINES CEEI RE TRAD TE c TE T 20 APM Erste HONGO PSS Tokar TT 72, 179 arenifera, Echinoclathria ............. 60, 61 arenifera, Echinoclathria favus var. ....... 60 arenifibrosa, Lendenfeldia? .............. 127 arenifibrosa, Megalopastas .............. 127 areniteeta, Stelletta a... unten 20 Arenochalina (see Mycale) ......22222200% 84 JS trio o e age e es RITIRO CTI RE e SR 84 A. mirabilis: Whitelegge ............ 84, 87 226 F, WIEDENMAYER ee ria T nr 134, 137 ATINA aaa TEN 104, 105 areolata, Euspongia irregularis var. .. 122, 123 ALEA da MARTA IR a 34 A AO ol N O AA 1e argentea, Phoriospongla s.s simini inan RE armigera, Cladochalina .........:... 109, 110 armigera var. pergamentacea, Cladochalina uiro ES bit A A E 109, 110 LEN EEE HOHEN; 105 asparagus, Callyspongia user 106, 110 Al ERA S c a Pa eee 106 aspnaragus, CladochgallTiB- see ecru ee > 106 ASPRA WSs DONS A abet. 106 ASADAS MEAR ee CECI TER: 90 assabensis, Zedania anhelans forma ....... 90 BUD, BELVORORV RET RHET 96 PRU nr RR TENTI T PI PSY 58, 61, 144 B OT ABS Ry or a ue 2 dA KA ch IA 64 POR TIBDELHMTT S UE PEE rar abre PC 144 SERI BECA Da eres tt^ a tun D Fs nifin tut 60 A, gigantea var. intermedia ............ 61 A, gigantea var. macropora ............ 61 A. gigantea var. micropora see 61 ATA EL SLUT s UN LR REV. PICO 60 As Xe Var cola rrd qs 60 VUE Ds SU ed LAS Ia I TOT TE TR RA 60 EHI d D T EE Med er MENT 144 UM Wo ARE Be a A A 61, 144 AOS ee A Bi Gn 56 Aulospongus? CACTICULS «.. ases SS CEUTA AA o rta ehh en 48 AURA HGEO, SUR S. « a « leh Xa EP PISA 48 QUEIVERIL: Sptrasirelid ia in EXER. o Hat's p Porses Sacred M A iene YR A SDTOWOSDHAS aras : EET GUPOT As URBS B De cidad 23 AUTOR TE ME Lot RE ER 21 CUSCO SACO sich civ Bahn FRE 18 gaustraliensis. DATA au ve ude oe bed an 96 australiensis, Darwinella o.oo... 147, 149, 151 australis, Dactylochalina ............ Ware australis, Euplacella ........0.. 106, 107, 108 australis var, flabellum, Sigmatella ........ 74 ANSTA ARCO VEA US a Y CR MIA 134, 136 BUStIAUS eC VGHEING RORNERTRRISETT SUE 106 australis var. tubaria, Sigmatella ....... Tal PS DVRS A E IAM 144, 146 avara var, pallescens, Dysidea ....... 144, 146 SUI SONES Loc SUC sees ted niet to 144 ARAMAN tipi eis te eum EDS IBS a ENS 49 A TOITm Pec as ors a on Rene ed 49 HUNG ee AN 47, 48, 50 AlrQUIRRNGER: vo. a AAA 48 A. convexa (correctly Pseudaxinella) .... 48 ANIOS li ARA ee 48, 49 A Walls AR E PT A EN 62 Axdejellateablern A N 59 A ae Da eee RE 59 AROR SR OCHU E SIAN eee tere o ie 47 bacillifera var. robusta, Psammastra ...... 17 bacillifera var. robusta, Stelletta .......... 17 bacilliferum var. robustum, Ecionema ..... 17 DACESTIUIM, NPIPTODAOIAR D eR E EDS bacterium; APREMIO USARA eerie 54 AFECTE a aa Late A te 37, 38 Barbozia DEIA rana O 37 BALAS as o Le 67, 69 Vd RA O A ee E AET 69 BAJABA RIN 69 Di Paso ate y da kreiert ENTER 69 Ad estt utei wii TA 69 DENPIRZL. EISSORENAOFYR Lo RSS IUe 98 Bice LORCEDIO. vote ETUR. 93, 100 Digsnss SUSI LES da ion ee 93 Dei, POLA aa y A AOS bicolor var. crassa, Polymastia ........... 32 Baronio "MEM 113 biformis, Latrunculia (Latrunculia) ..... 38 bilamellata, Callyspongia ....... 106, 107, 111 bilamellata, Cavochalina ............ 106, 108 bilamellata, Cladochalina ............... 106 bilamellata, Cribrochalina ............... 106 bilamellata, Pachychalina ............... 106 bilamellata, Spongia ............... 106, 108 bilamellatum, Echinodietyum ............ 106 Bini ere nen, A ee a a 105, 120 Disteliata, DIOSES 38 bitextum, Psammoclema 222222... 75, 79, 81 Ola ThoréctÉ ei. Ls Cord REC RER 137 BOletus FRG V ua esa ar 137, 139 bonneti, PAS reus TORTOR 34 boweérbanki Gorticlum vu. cn AA SÓ 13 Drunnaea, Matta e i. AN 96 BUDarls ii ee 48 B. aurantiaca (correctly Axinella) ....... 48 buchanani, Lissodendoryx ......... 96, 97, 98 bullata, Callyspongia ssas ss.. ce AANE 109 Burtonispongia stelliderma ... 06.02... eee 68 Cacochalina truncatella var. laxa .......,.. 84 C. truncatella var. mollissima ....... 69, 71 CACOSPONRIA a.. asa e seu enn ne 134 C, Camera. por igo cach olla nen 158 C. mollior ... ic C 2 123 C. mollior: Ridley CTI 12177122 C. MU AAN 140 C. poculum. ANN 124 cacticutis, AUlGSDONAUSC EEE T «$6 cactos, SPONSE. Sm nl cactus, (Dendrilla): de Laubenfels ......... 00 cactus, Dendrilla: Bergquist ........... mau caliciformis, Carteriospongia ...... TRO SNO SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 227 cactieutis, Clathriodendron ........... 55, 56 cacticutis, Dictyocylindrus ................ 55 RAGHU; ARAS DRIN SA Bachrormis, Ananthella 15.00.00 ero res 50 cactiformis, Rhaphoxva ........... 50, 51, 52 CEUTA DY SIE or ye ar emm py 152 GESTOS: CIBNOMIUGN Lica cue erre ra pads 152 GUOLOE WVIGRRLODESTES) cosa es rer cus en 152 AA mom 152.153 cactus, (Dendrilla): de Laubenfels ........ 152 cactus, Dendrilla: Bergquist ......... 122; 133 caliciformis, Carteriospongia 124, 126, 127, 128, 132 caliciformis, Phyllospongia (Antheroplax) . 124 CORONAS FOTO MERGER RE REOR E TTE 135, 136 caliculata, Hircinia (Sarcotragus) ......... 135 SGRUOHIATQI LOQUO S Lucus da 135, 136 caliculata, Ircinia campana .............. 135 ealteulatd, Leiosella-. e evi nessis 130, 131, 132 DOS UO VGICIORY Ev oy vege v yea ded eae 76 callosum, Psammoclema ....eoaeee eina 76 Callyspongia 103, 104, 105, 109, 111, 115 SARTRE Ue asa nA eae OFRECE 106, 110 GO OGREN s.s 106, 107, 111 GONG IAS I CP QUE LEV A e 109 ¡Ad e AL eoo Ova pr on 105 COTES eL ES eva eC bo tee PE 105 TUE UTILE MINNS. e IRR IAS pe 108, 109 EL d RA TR EEE EWR 109 O A TO O 114 Ee TAATOA OS MIS eoru eiu 105 (OMELET itd] A S215 A 43e Fa oe 105 AAA D. AEU EU eh 105 C. pergamentacea ....... 106, 109, 110, 114 e loo 106, 110, 111, 112 INIA EVO d arare 108 (ONES LP Cea 0s TIO, 112. 114, 17 C SPENNA eias 105, 109, 114, 115 OS LHP S ra aia RC IE EIE 105 AA a a obey ee st TETT 105 a P reies i or 105 A o AA 114, 117 NI AA as era 105 AAA IA A AO 105 calyciformis, Phyllospongia ............. 124 e A, O 135 calyculata, H. (Sarcotragus) ............. 135 AMA LOren or Er one 131 PAMOTASCACOSPOURIA - o ovr ax rr a 158 campana caliculata, Ircinia «iie 135 campana, Hireinia seyre een n. 133, 136 campana, H. (Sarcotragus) ............+. 135 canalis, Euryspongla ...«.««vxuer mess 141 canalis, Stelospongia ........... 141, 142, 143 candelabrum, Corticium .... ess 13, 14 candelabrum, Dactylochalina ............ 13 carcinophila, Chondropsis ooo... ce 72 carcinophila, Phoriospongia 72, 73, 75, 76, 77 carcinophila, Sigmatella ..............0... 72 TEN wk or ee ea eter be ate a 83 COROS O OAV OSIEA dj wank e Li CERVI M CREROSUS OElIOod8s een 119 CRA A iata PEOR ORA 59 SATIN, GODDEMBS- v. oin CY rece VPE HH 26 carteri, Echinoclathria ooo. cc es 59. 60 Sitar COLCEDIN Dir erd 94 Carter Geodia (Geodia) vis fy PPP 26 carteri, Stellettinopsis ................ 26, 28 CUPISHIOSPONGIA V ober Urs 123, 124, 128 ULA Ara Ach a IER T 126 CO, calieiformis GE a 124. 126.1271 128, 132 he RECTIGGS CMG” nls A e IS] S; eleran BUON ssa a ra 126, 127 COTOS AE EEK 123, 126 OF TIadliat&z s mmi ern 123 ARS ^ «aoo s E 123 CHURMEHOIG A y Oh O 123 Gr otanitice: My ato Im recorre TA 123 Ci pennatula auctorum «c.v wa 123, 124 Grepoisphvlla: TOI CC cee PERI 123 CTAOTALA™ 1a 4.05 4.0% Tee eae " 123 OE EN | Dee e ene oo 124, 126, 127, 136 QU VEDIA «iat i.e v vd wn DT S at 127 EA ON VETPHOWIBNMS- nal amit mr PN 127 CORTTRTISIIGNIG TES A ER CRT DE 123 CATÜeTOSDODEI ur en pert gv IRAN MAE 123 DAFVEFNOSE DAMIDA won E INEN 94, 95 cavernosa; Damirisllá fra 95 cavernosa, Dendoricella ,..... ecran 95 cavernosa, Lissodendoryx ......... 95, 97, 98 Cavochalina bilamellata 106, 108 BEIDEN SDOTIBIS. Wines vid Reha 59 ad AAA O 104, 105, 111, 115 AER A A EN 108, 109 C. EUDIEK aan PAS ASA 113 E idl RO A O UI 113 CANIS ee ETNAS Al A E! GATITO RAS A da oe 113 C. multiformis var, digitata ....... 108, 113 Ch mulittorms- Varna 113 C, multiformis var, elegans .,......... 113 C. multiformis var, lamella ........... 113 C. multiformis var, maeandra ......... 113 C. multiformis var, manaarensis ....... 108 C. multiformis var, mollis ..,......... 113 UE Polvo OUR OA e] a RAM, e. 112 C. nuda var. oxystrongylus ............ 112 Ge nuda Var OYURE nalen men MS LEM 112 Qs PHP ECE Coppe te temas es LO C. papillata var. intermedia .. 110, 112, 113 C. papillata var. macropora .. 110, 112, 113 C, papillata var, micropora ,,, 110, 112, 113 228 F. WIEDENMAYER CreDerad me nl B © Wanda en ND ct OS EN E cea 113 CA ATSUCLTMATE, sa ed dt BRE 108 AE A AS AO 113 DIA Ac ome 104, 105, 115 SOE ATO GEICO ei Ap ah ep RC bh Die Dar oe UOS Ikea CEROS SLISSOUBMGORVN a am €x Ecce et 96 ceylonica, Ceraochalinà ............ 108, 109 GHEGLOG ONY e ate o SEN 97 G d OPAL AR Ru, Pol a tte tet 97 EM ike Peppa toga quse cd eec E SEE e a 106 (QUI T Avo Toad: a e ites aaa bee NE 111 AMACIODOTA E tea qr pars AS s CANA A E adas 112 C. oculata var. novaezealandiae 114, 115 (rema USE 20e ur AR PIS EN Fraps ot lore 108 Qu DELETE taQea* vy bee Ret zx 110 CE AO GUO LOTMA: NS meee eae ee oe Wg eae og alt C. polychotoma var. angulata ......... 115 C. polychotoma var. moniliformis ..... 115 C. polychotoma var. oculata es mE Cg Mke) C. polychotoma var. trichotoma ... 112, 113 CE SUIT AULA NES De er (etr EE eh 108 GU OUTS ey vet ique DA ee 108 cmi Lm, S ME kona tind Ovi A 104 S MAOT ODOTA Epia OOO s a] 112 ER MER CEA A A dO It 113 Ghalnissaseommulus isl m T mM 155, 116 C. communis var. digitata .... 112, 113, 115 €. communis var. flabellum ........... 115 [Uy ALTA CANA eri Ae R3 Yr ZU fl 115 Q5 Sonea ta 53 p cai P RT TB 115 CuEIDaGCODODAN 15 2 DELETE ies SEINE CHIESA ER Art pr. 109, 115 (ME du T MM E da 1012: 105 (o. ASL DCT) se iM hohe e NON, D f e RUPES ru 115 OPERA (cos or ruo TS e LES CAE a aay EEE 104 REAL cre hay alate ated chee a EAE V Pc DD 113 (GaAs einer suy 108, 109, 112, 113 Cupán STE 110, 112, 113, 114 (Se US DICH S a ue oos ar T 104, 110, 113 C. typica var. megarhaphis .......<,..;- 110 G typica var, tenulsplna vs eve ees 110 Given Silat wees: ae ne 75, 104, 105 CPAP ORCH Var emos o SIR Bi 80 (LO AICHOLO I QR ET d acm 105 EAT ro v aa ES 104 choanoides, Halispongia .............06. 137 choanoides, Thorecta ...... ees 130, 137 ehoanoides, Thorectandra ........o...... 187 GHONUMORSISc dia bei ae 71 CO AEDE NS NETT RR I RC TORT UP pue 72 CURE ROD Hoa i EIE e, sec A 72 (E RIRE DA «Sete rake BEEN, RR 73 Choherosigus Ws. OMNI bon xeu s 36 ec echuealla& uen VET DUE Tissu eh 36 (SC LACH ies bi RARA 37, 160 CCB OUTER IS NE 36,31: Ei DICHTEN 0 Vr doe t d 160 C. yenitormis forma spunea lene. ee 36 (AMA AA e SOS 36, 37 G'USBHIEGA ERE ia bere oe UE thes 26.37. Ghrotellgas 18-3 50373 rape RIDERS reget ee 28 C amphidcanrtha VITE» dao en Fonts 95 cmd All CHORAK SA RERO IUE PET ES 36 CHOMANCHOVAL O re EHE 56 CDOS IDEN RIU e Spe E EE od M m ie 153 fal -TufoTelst-daUn e Wee ie oe T TES S 104, 105 C. -ATImIBSES- CERE ER ee TE 109, 110 C. armigera var. pergamentacea 109, 110 C Spares oo pre a ra a im a RUN 106 GO Bllameligigo ana A A ss 106 Ge COOLS a vs re ND e DI TS (C dsndngid8s fe uae he Cb ieu: a LA PL [SAT ST Em tvs oot sag at rs RR 115 GESTIS, VENERE eat eee eo he 103 Cy elagdhs ua ah Cer 1091121181015 EA O MISCUIT e eus 115 (C al plage. Er 5-4 tea dti ao EORR LRL 113 LO Eee MEER RUNE De ee ART 108 CH IMACrODOTAL sera ETT EM. 115 Cosme ae Sue etos ub raid Te dels E ow toe a uM 108 e AO USE Eee TERES RE 113 CUA s he NR ARES HIRE gene 104, 112 Gy nuda var abruptispienla A ekE, 112 GC Spaucispida maS e ETT tye tea pea NT, 110 E, Proa eRT CEA: oF tons taal) te Hea 110 Gy HOTTA DTS S, die tee nent RP re ERM cept ts 115 CALENUITNAD DISS Sae 112. 113 (Cr ERICH sr Lb A SR S 110 Clathria € 5 anm EU S P NN 56, 57, 59 (A Bu A E LU ERN ea 58 LG Reeve TIS, Renin ar ninth fr o eden pm icra 62 CHANSONS He ER ure ARAS 57 GWISODO s pastore dt ene nct Sas 57, 58 CRARO ENGION cc oh a RT 54, 55 C GEDUSCIE LEA DONORS SONO CLONE. rare OO Gr FERRUM Tiss A KA NI I 56 CALADO AMA wr LT TE 56 Gläthzissa elegans: optat dE MOL ae 90 clavatus, Trachycladus digitatus var. ...... 54 élüvisera EGtyodokyy: E then ta P 96 ATO VEG E s an al ARAS n, he I UN 30 Gilohaacustella i. he ORE wA XT 39 CUORE VISA ea rer IA EA eee POR 39 SOC CHORROS aI ra OEA 37-060 collect CADA ROSA: 3.5 re 36, 37 Sollecito Reniera Se a E E 30:37 Goll Ata m rere ARANA 71 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 229 RIOS BLS STER es DM TRAE 71 XEDILCSCISPOI OI ten, bel E Es OST TUA 69 RC O Ja S RA ND 69, 71 COLO TES CEPA 48 TT. Ce. MR ERE RI qe Ro SE 93 DOJOIensis EOCENE g o a r An y 25 columnaris, Spongia rimosa var. ......... 141 COMIN S TOC taller Aa e 92 commuhiseCallyspóngid Cinco a v 105 communis: Ghalinissa cau ces ere 115, 116 communis, Cladochalina ............ 114, 115 communis var. digitata, Chalinissa 112, 113, 115 communis, Euplacella ...:.......... 109, 115 communis var. flabellum, Chalinissa ..... 115 COMMUNS PAIVANA appr pitten een 115 Comminis, Tubulodibitus sasesana sraa ses 115 compacta, Euspongia 3.1.0573 131, 132 BON baotaesitatoselld. wie ect ee Fal COMP AC LAO POR a CDM EON ER eatin. da ces sted 131 compacta Spa e n 131 complanata, Amphimedon .......... 105, 112 concentrica, Carteriospongia ............. 131 concentricum, Coscinoderma ........ 1815 132 confoederata, Phoriospongia ............. 153 GORIGO CANA EOL un e. A arteriellen 105 GORISEL GNO MONTE staat D TER e 33 conulavesGhalinoporar wv MLO. woe Melee. 113 cohulata; Dactylochalina .. Juan 113 conulosa, Latrunculia (Latrunculia) 40, 43, 44, 46, 47 DARAS Murhat e cd E rn 48 CONVE «Pseudaxihalla- vss sme IRA 48 WOHRATIASICHRIONERE S. neh, evn ere ele eee ie 26 cordata, Rhabdastrella 21, 23 coriacea, Jaspis 26 coriacea CPAVHOSDONOAG xo) iL EE EST 124 COMME S Ste llettinopsis ln euh qr a an 28 coriaceus, Anchinoe (correctly Phorbas) .. 103 coriaceus var. tenacior, Anchinoe .... 102, 103 GOBLICGLASBATIGONING) Vm rr ma REY Om 18, 19 corticata, Latrunculia (Negombata) .... 38, 40 corticata, Sigmatella (4 varieties, see Sigmatella cor- Ioat OP ea eee TIE aede d 74 cortieatus, Thorestandta |... eee ede 139 MOOT OH he rh. m ip eor epo sos SA 13, 14 CORPS HY eres e prr SE 13, 14 AAA Ve DP adore E aA 13 GE SORTA GORUM Dro assa En or em 13, 14 FERTIGTE a TSE 13 GUSTAR A cn uud fS car dl 13 CLNQDSOHA oes aha tats OS oe hd ate id 13 CS OSGIRGOLIIIE Mo er te utr Thiel wea 128, 130 C. concentricum (correctly Leiosella) 131, 132 EMS OA puan TRO A 130 GIONE OSTER te oen AAA a 128 TS ICH S EL. bo ee RUE ERN 130 C ENEOU US tiene A e 128, 130, 139 SAPS REI 10099124. Sey in Hin, eoo dee e ia Jr 128 CADS S bere er 128 COSE Uy SSE oo TEN SEA mt 58 OTe TTT a ra AE urine EA S aei ae 00 Eonia torreta e ER ons rior Pp E 95 ferre qeu total Lee (Ye DOE TENDERE CE 147 Assad AA J^ 45 2.» ina AA qol 64 Brassay Echinoclgtria yy ches IR TAE 63 crassa, Holopsamma .............. 63, 64, 65 (dace vereda tr od io a ER EAS 32, 34 CEASS OU PSONCOCEPOTIBQ. CIT ee ae 147 Onassanchoratd; OTCE Lesser et rs 94 crassiloba, Amphimedon? .......... 105, 112 GRASSO aD RAE ERI EH dE 111 CROSSO DE S PONIA Net ned planen ers 111, 112 Crassum; PSaAMMOPENMMa oe cue eee. 63, 64 crassifibra, Siphonochalina ......... 108, 109 GAP SN APNG RIPEN UE, eS rimari. Er mig t 94, 95, 96 Cabra ARRICERO Rire tr dT E Ranier iin 98 NA AA n E BL LE) 107, 111 C. bilamellata (correctly Callyspongia) .. 106 Cp Td Rn rr E doc 108 cribrocrusta, Stelospongus 139 cunctatrix, Spiras- INCURRERE s 34 cunctatrix var. porcata, Spirastrella ....... 35 E A A E EE UN 23 CAMINA DIFICULTAR 34 ES e oe ee er 75, 104, 105 Dactylochalina australis ............ LUZ Dc dandplaspu SN rpg ar cara kek E 113 DIGA A A en NE 113 A A DATA e + APURAR po 113 IDO AS e ed eee ao Ite 113 IAN BOU do RE A A 96 [DS SaustrallansiS O AA 96 DIACOVEROS E UA 94, 95 [Oa TIU e a T CM Meo ti Foy 94, 95, 96 Panawa ADAE DEL TTE en rie 94, 96 Ier efe AUTE RU EET 96 DEE Loyer Pha cle Aone eR ORT MID DOT. 94, 95 WINNEGUCRTOS E echten e is RU PELA TS 95 LBP AME OVE co Ne ed SPLAT 147, 151, 153 TONGUE CSS | Hehe. Trew 147, 149, 151 (DENA MTNA) Coo ador inim 9 o ren d 148, 149 JU QUT Pun. LM. Mia C Ue Er Ert E 149, 153 SA Re ne er ee 147, 149 RENTE Eh ar oh 147 D: muellert: de Laubenfels ............ 148 NA A A S. 148, 149 TE Bee shauto) Cr RS YO TORO da 147, 148, 149, 151 AICA cc bee o bond step p HIP 148, 149 EERE SMELT cd m CRINE NOR e saree DU P De CN N 147 Dasvchaltna mere er PW tu e vts. 104, 105 DAVE EAS IR LOA o CIUS ede 104, 105 Jo OUT TSSL PM a mS EA 105 RECONTRA oa E IR 94 decipiens, PSAammascus? .............. 67, 75 230 F. WIEDENMAYER decipiens, Pseudaxinella .............. 47, 48 decumbens, Spirastrella e eaa a e 34 Dendoricella rr ria AES Ce SS a 94, 95 IDEE Ae, s IRI SISTER ATIS BIS DI D ts 95 IDD'ACOVOVIDSU EUST en 05 DEOVDENCRC E ar PIE SEA RM 95 DICH LE TIERE EE Bed 94, 95 DISTRICT 95, 96 DEE Re ea 152, 153 TEE APLI DTE E 153 ORELON DA UO Wd Wal tip nes alg E 1352, 153 DINAR | eme Moen ae eke EE 153 "BE CI CTOSG Mrs ire odes een Be ios xD LIIS 152 (D.) cactus: de Laubenfels (composite) .. 152 D. cactus: Bergquist (recte Dictyodendrilla) 152, 153 TJ SOU STATE SO hb abe bated o uenis eee 153 D. ianthelliformis (recte Aplysina) ..... 154 Pir AGU NOS A ch ser sende Hera en 151, 152 (D.) membranosa auctorum (composite) 153 D. rosea 15214153 IM rossa VALS grad pore hee ale 1923 185 D Tosen Var a lYPIED + nro ep enter 157275053 Dendrocia LE AUN rape err re 56 dendroides, Cladochalina ........... 1122-1438 dendroides, Euchalinopsis .......... s 113 ISNA PSPOMPIA, un E E EI HO er 156 dendyiy Glädochalinas ke for ae 115 Gen yi, Hamigerds dut o n LIMES 100 dendyi, Lendenfeldial ear 127 dendyi, Lissodendoryx .......... 96, 100, 102 EHOW Phakellia GOTH ES EHE 51 densas Pachychalina +. o e Edd 113 densum, Psammoclema LSO TO UT densumEsanitopsrma E 76 densum var. subfibrosa, Psammopemma ... 76 DESTACA DER UR n 66, 67 Desmacidon UNS Tosca see he seme es 95 Vey iol Secun od reverendo dere o er era tt 68 DAStellIDernas E a cans A a I AE ke ents 68 Dac DIS A A T a AA 40, 47 DITA AMA cue ee SOUS LU Je Pam t a 21 dichotoma, Chalinopsilla ................ 105 DICO ala OC YA ESSA 56 DiostyoseylifiatusscdatoHtiss onu er m ran Ma Dibtyouetdpillu-o esee es IET. 152, 153, 154 IS Kette Pitt! ee ri Pt a EI AT 152 JOY SONS A te en MT Seta AEN Retire deas 38, 39, 40 DEPTHS E PIE E aeree d 38 tic Loro chains Een en ee, 113 diffusa; Callyspongid, NEN AE N piss 108, 109 dufasa;celadoobalinau er tn wu, a A tess 108 digitata;sAuleud laxa val Azul Lus 60 digitata, Ceraochalina multiformis var. 108, 113 digitata, Chalinissa communis var. 112, 113, 115 digitata, Dendrilla rosea var. ........ 152, 153 digitata var. fibrosa, Tedania ............- 90 disitata Hale larva E tweet 60 digitata forma inermis, Tedania ........... 90 dieitatas* LeU ANIA. ra ETE ee Fe 152 digitata, Pachychalina ramulosa var. . 112, 113 digitata forma polytyla, Tedania .......... 90 digtfa REIS oda AO 89, 92 digitata var. rubicunda, Tedania .......... 90 digitata var. rubra, Tedania ............ 90 digitgtas Sgirdstrella an mod T Tn 34 digitata, Spirophora .......... gies asese aii 53 digitata, Spirophorella ................... 53 ditatar Ted mn Ae E eee ee 89, 92 digitata var. verrucosa, Tedania .......... 90 digitatus, Trachycladus (with 3 varieties, see Traenyeleduscdieitatus)- d watts alte ee teed eee? 53 Diplasirellasbistellata-, u. tes See ees 38 diploderma, Donatia- mom. sanns teres 30 diplodermar Lenya e.a a onn a n 21.32 discolor epte letan Wee 2 oon e e sumac 23 CUSTOMER pe 95 distans. d MPIIOSDOnEUD S25 i Og fc TR epee 124 ID FUSE Lat er a ced dob eat oe o Nea a o mI. 121 IDibridenella e necs E ala ad EU EIE E 39 diversichela, LissodendoryxX ........... ss. 96 Donate diplodermas zn MO u 30 DEDE RRA O at e EA Ir RR 30 De dnsallisseySue Andy nen deer hae E Ner 31 D: japonica var. globosa -...:. ec. .omesta 30 Den aporicasvar nieleatau e P yy ere 30 Er. pavate A he S amd 30 IDA EAS ee AE IA 31 Vosa piuMIOSDE AO IATA 38 DotonapuloHefiqg O ES 39 Jar pur fre o TO e 156, 158, 160 ID DurpHFea-4 sues eate wis 158, 159, 160 TI ROLLEN RE, ao 10 A 158, 159, 160 duplex SIR WITTEN a RE EES 148 dura, Ceraochalina multiformis var. ...... 113 dura, Euspongia irregularis var. ......... 121 dura, Placochalina pedunculata var. ...... 107 durissima, Pseudoceratina .......... 156, 158 Lyetdequu ioi m ce dnm ER: 75, 134, 144 ID OVI AD. Dealing ee, AGO | 144, 146 D. avara var. pallescens .......... 144, 146 TX DOlleSCOHS Tacx. AO E AA 144 D MOS E e ah ALIAE IAEA SERES EU RES 61 ysidea autorun da A ATA 75 rr A A o T2 DA COU OS in A 76 D Ree RAMA BIAS A EAE TS D RURI ts ee a AA 73 Do nodoósü. Secs eh ein r 79 Dysideapsis sulphurea meanman 146 Eohihoóclathini qc ar ERN 57, 58, 59, 144 E lareniferg 2. OL PC 60, 61 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT CAER qn M c LEE UE i Us tne ae 59, 60 N GC aa e EISE A ae ee 63 JI Gee) Gj den o hee Chere ce 64, 66 Feo TE BONO CRT Ae EROS a IE 59, 61 EX FAYOS Var. ALCIMECRA Fo poem. citys cents 60 Te GERRY i Oe et e rcs uec ES 60 EOROTODOS V. qm aa a df allots 63, 64, 65, 75 E. laminaefavosa ........... 60, 61, 64, 75 TUT CSET A Ogee Oe en E BEES 56, 61 E. macropora: Whitelegge .............. 59 TOO REI NO AAA 59, 62 LAA GRA e EC 66 SHIN OOO ITE wok ome ale ny ee ey pee ee 97, 98 Exbilemeltatun. A aide alos 106 MR DESEA LM CAT TERMS E TS 106 Tee NE SEAT T S ORT 14 E. bacilliferum var. robustum ......---- 17 Ectofortepid Po ner er CE ATE Ra 927195 EXLIFHADISGESS ES co ee EL 93 IECRPOGORy X a ee qr ise ae 95, 97, 98, 100 LETT UT AER ete Ne ETATS UTER EI TOR EI D 96 JOD TE PATENT TA ERUIT ae Pompe ett yeh oa area 96 TURTULIS e N Toti EE ine nÀ 96, 100 Ama cular eL c oh «fs ers ean eae re 100 E PAAD ERII e u... Ves ware pesci Ie sit toe te 95 ERA PAIRE re ee is 96 Ectyomyxilld „un... ht pags e 97, 98 egena, Echinoclathria .............--- 64, 66 elegans, Callyspongia ....... e n 109 elegans, Carteriospongia: Burton 126, 127 elegans, Ceraochalina multiformis var. he elegans, Chalinissa ......... n 115 elegans, Cladochalina ..... 19ER 111006) elegans, Clathrissa ........ tnn 90 elegans?, Leiosella .......... 130, 131, 132 elegans, Pachychalina .......... 112, 113 elegans, Phyllospongia ...... m 126 elegans, Spongelia: Lendenfeld ..........- 87 elongata, Chalinissa ....... 6n 115 elongata, Cladochalina .......... rer +: 115 elongata, Euplacella ......... ser er» 115 elongata, Pachychalina ..... <<. +++ 0 :: 115 E e umen a ae EN 84 E. spongiosa .......-------++++> 84, 86, 87 E tec of OO IER ee See 83, 84 COURT O E OS 104 ETA pause terri no oe tere 114 E macroporta nate oes teres naja tte 113 E. paucispina vaere ureten R6 113 E. phillippinensis (phillippensis) ......»- 113 En typica s REKEN. 104, 113 Euchalinopsis dendroides ......... +0.: 113 Emina m d hers ei orem tes 113 Euplacella ........- coc... 104, 105, 111, 115 E. australis PEE epe sa + 106, 107, 108 E. communis ..«e n In 109, 115 Em 231 I CLONAL A er Ae Mu MEM 115 ESOO mom ice ene te 106, 107, 108 ES mollissima E ne evt eden I 106, 108 euplaz; Ceraochalina oie. da fase oe aides 113 euplaxCladoebalina- er me Reno 113 a Cote PEN Ren eret. COUETTE NIST TET 134 Eüryspongia canals «osse nee 141 LEWES) COUN Btn WE ee ua 121 EXSCOIBDACU Eee 3128192 EmfoliaceawRidiev o toos 131 Tora DUOS eod ocd) ee 131 EX irregularis s. ma SD; 121 E. irregularis var. areolata ........ 12259105 E. irregularis var. dura «|... res 121 E. irregularis var. frondosa ....... 121, 122 E. irregularis vat. hispida, mes te: 122 E. irregularis var. jacksonia ien, 30724. AS E. irregularis var. lutea. „2.0... PALE 122 E. irregularis var. mollior ............. 122 E. irregularis var. silicata 121812259125 E. irregularis var. suriganensis ......... 122 E. inesulanisvar. tenuis. ese, 1215122 E. irregularis var. villosa ......... 121122 ENE e UN i ura 130, 132 Ei mathewsii genran re 131 exemplum var. secunda, Thorecta ........ 139 exemplum var. tertia, Thorecta .........- 139 exigua, Callyspongia .... 0.54102 - cece eens 114 exisum PACHANA ey. er due een 114 extremas Geraochalifa ce geeks ur ele aed 113 fallax forma debilis, Callyspongia ........ 105 Jariovi, Spougeliar „u. u, seen te 143 farlOvl, Vhorecta. en. e tete 139, 142, 143 IDGSGIOSPOILOT REED ES 134, 141 Falabella RO EE 141 BSEPFnOSQ ee, e RUM 139, 141, 142 fastigatus, Trachycladus .....-.. eee 54 ROO SCR DATES S78 TOT TOCETOCHNUN arenes ISS Javys Axociella dis c sende nee 59 favus, Echinoclathria ........ eee 59, 61 favus var. arenifera, Echinoclathria ....... 60 felina, Rhaphoxya .........--<<...... 5130558 Tele eirda o aa ts ares a aa e s 134 fibrosa, Rhabdastrella ....... esee 23 fibrosa, Sigmosceptrella .........+.. 39, 40, 47 fibrosa, Tedania digitata var. ...........-- 90 fictitioides, Anchinoe Heper ene 102 Ticatioidess Phorbas mes. 102 a Gales A 113 finitima, Acervochalina: Ridley .......... 108 firma, Lissodendoryx ........ o omo... 97 fissuratum, Psammoclema ..... 77, 78, 79, 82 EE ao me as Ate CURIE 154 AES Avene fey aus gehe u. 84, 87 fistulata var. macrochela, Mycale ...... ip. 84 flabellata, Lissodendoryx ......... «eese 98 232 F. WIEDENMAYER flabelliformis var. lata, Stelospongus ..... 137 flabelliformis, Stelospongia .............. 142 flabelliformis, Stelospongus 137, 138, 139, 142, 143, 144 DEHENKORMISTELA OHR an RN 143 vTiabellimi. SULA chee E VERSA 144 flabellum, Chalinissa communis var. ..... 115 TLTabellumieascloSDOTLEITR era 141 flabellum, Sigmatella australis var. ........ 74 flabellum, Sigmatella corticata var. ........ 74 PAPEL Stelodoryx MOT TOR TES 96 flabellum, Stelospongia .... 141, 142, 143, 144 Dagellitörmis,AGelliodese sw arena. 113 flammula, Mycale (Arenochalina) ...... 84, 87 AVUSTI IS ae te re her 38 foliacea, Euspongia: Ridley ............. 13] Ran ACGHEveLOSCH ies IE Ao 131 folaced. Berndenteldia, mme ey A ee 131 Lo rece aq XOT BO EIN ae 104, 131 Joliascens, Carteriospongia soviy orn 123, 126 aNs eea KSDOTSIA e tg o aed ee cen 123 [OACI AMO en etn Ea ta 1h, ET 49 FORCEDI de cand Tae ees. AR 92, 93, 98 HAIE vd andere S ee Feet A E e 93, 100 e ET PLIN. ha et tt? ache ee a de 94 HER OO LOT Cr] Si Sie AAA 93 Agu SCOLOMEN SIS RU AO at ait 93 IE. SCTOSSAAGHOFU Gum lanes tet cies EE 94 RN Surge ur c 93 TUS EEE ne MN, 93 Trepi AMAS AMIA er ees ere 104, 105 NEGO QUAS E o SCREEN IS 119 STOPS LSO OM une RIMIS TY 96, 97 Iren oreari e RD AUI EET: 155 Hrequens ralighOned May eai 4 sess Gah 94 frequens, Paramyxilla ..:...5 p.009 94, 95 Vrai Batzella 219-0 1, 2 9 SEIS ot DIAS 69 Imabilis e SteloSpoTigOS ur Vite oat RES 141 friabilis, Strongylacidon .......... cess 69 frondosa, Euplacella set: 1.2.42. 106, 107, 108 frondosa, Euspongia irregularis var. . 121, 122 Aten BaZe A a son ONT CLR Then 69 Joutex Stroh eylactdoH s Nene Oo ase a aioe 68 fuliginosum, Psammoclema |... 65 US TU ROLES eme THESES gardineri, Darwinella ............ ss. 149, 153 MIE S A o ET E 137 O VASO CII Sma d died Eds CIEN, 137 GOLIGRGS m e A atts O 117, 119 Ge CAFNOSUSS RR oe RB LU WE MERE 119 (Ge TREND v PRU Le LUE QUITE n eoe SE Ree 119 CPOIHGPRSIGHS EE ea tes 26, 118, 119 ETT MAC. me co eh ort 119 Gr Tenor URS 119 (SE|NOJESPDITORTNIE a DICAS 113 GM UTOTTS EL 113 Gr tlagelliforml5e TOS 113 G. setosa? (correctly setosus?) .......... 87 GLORIA A(EROGION y. e Et Pa de LE 23 rA (Gr SCRIPT m eus DA CE PANTS TO 26 (a: UNICO ROSCA eaten EE 26 WETTER cU Aran, elo 26 Gro) OLUNCA ere T 24, 26 faodides, TAncOTINa emm 14, 18, 19 veodides APSAIMIMIASIPA. ot A S 14 TEORIAES EST qo IR IA IN 14 gigantea, Aulena (3 varieties, see Aulena gigantea) A IR EA TE 60 gigantea, Halme (3 varieties, see Halme gigantea) A. ARA A A EEE SEE 60 o1santed, TECINIG ev TE 136 ieas ESAINMMAS EA Wr mier se EE TUE EO E EE 17 PICU: Behinocimt rias X tas ci panei ore 60 EUTIN RSS PAP SL o T 146 globosa, Echinoclathria ........ 63, 64, 65, 75 globosas Maler. wo Wo TE 63, 64 globosa, Donatia japonica var. ........... 30 globostellata, Rhabdastrella ..........:::. 23 elobostellifera, Geodia (Geodia) .......... 26 glomerosus, Thorecta .............. 139, 140 goniodes, Psammoclema ....... 76, 78, 79, 81 gracilis, Trachycladus digitatus var. ....... 54 tranulosdy POESIA a ren 34, 37 ("rre MICI RISE TCI NOR RRORUUN POSU 83, 84 CHEB Vain eaten ee 98 guettardi, Phoriospongia ............. sss 67 ESE A A Atte as OA ECT 144 BHalienondta anhelensce uy ees ee tare 87 Pi APEQUENSE P ime ok. bettie en neers, LATET 94 FR NSOGIGLVOIS NONE sd ARA 98, 99, 100 He mammillata 24, 2? 5-390 NR LAN 74 EEC Lea EEE TTE ea TAN 68 Flalisatea Feichlale M RE ERI 36, 37 Halispongia: Bowerbank ................ 137 EL-ACADEROUES S ow So Siesta ae, ain ee MS 137 hallmanni, Latrunculia (Latrunculia) 38, 41, 46, 47 Amat RATA ERA A CONES 58, 61 EP Scicanteal Mr o EAT EO 60 H. gigantea var. intermedia ............ 60 Hr piranteaivar: Macropola .- ayera PT 60 He gienteasvamsnmicbDDOTA M OR s.r 60 DESSEN Pr S 63, 64 ¡IS N MIN T ILE M 61 H. irregularis var. lamellosa ............ 61 H. irregularis var. micropora ........... 61 IEP WANA T 2 ne E RENTRER IN ER 60 FI. laxa var tata sa. oce RORIS 60 ED laxaevar eminem on T 60 FP Guo ROVE) or ew ether EET TEE 61, 63 HI midusvespatnrmn *« 97.2.3. 4 be o SORTA 60 LA UOS Vr En. Le T m E PESO 61 HEUMISORMISs RIF IR CINE ER ee eee 137 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT I alnopsisqe mcd o oe ds em re CRM: 144 deiela yiida s e m no ON Een ta 94, 97, 98 EE AISA EL RR E 97, 98 12 MART ed A MD NC S eC DECR 97 PAB SEL SLOT RUE 94, 97 EIGHT o ee A NC 100 biserermatedsisu tod. tal nee ade 97, 99 PANN eera COA ern lol te a dale 97, 98 hamigera, Hamigera ...... esses 97, 98 hawailang; Damiriana o ri es 94, 96 IES m DIES TIE M ees 105 ITA er eh Betreuer d uh 87 DOS TOR DIE ceu uaa AAA 121 TEE HIE RAE CLE UN ER DE JUS A Verre de c ra de 144 Hircitta-cadiciata- om fe hi ande: 135, 136 IHRER dina ied ate AHA at ete, tee tse 135 oe e e GRU A 135, 136 H. (Sarcotragus) caliculata ............ 135 HS) sulata Peer EI Um. Tree 135 ES IAS S. or eere a com 135 hreiniopsis, Acanthella os oem són 51 PEER PED VTS Gath a mit a ADS dee 33 hispida, Euspongia irregularis var. ....... 122 ESSIG SUOTOig eve. ume. o Pe on ean 16 121 MEAR RADA ner ee 34 holdsworthi, Phyllospongia .............. 124 FACS aie sorde E REDE TT ENT TIAS SS TS Dh orabat meu A A en CUT 63, 64, 65 EEE NIS o aut IDE ie B 77 TUDO ANO RA ee re 48 UL GHIDCOGICLVO tdi Fear 104 le AA A A endet 153 Hortidusv o LHoOfecta cy eo cre Steen AH 87 Valse PEGH QS > (eset, commod mhi Uma y NI aa 134 Poanta ee early taille: 56 Hymedesmia? paupertas ae petonta a 95 POE LO Te CR AIE DOE AA 67, 69 DESDAHRCITOS er AAEE ee bs hese tro ne a a 95 LAA A Bes EAE E RE AAA BOR EOS 134 ianthelliformis, Aplysina ............ 154, 156 ianthelliformis, Dendrilla ................ 154 LOFTUS, REBEL ns ms 89, 92 ALEA E O A TIE 90 jsuisopacificas Dedenia t 22 ute ete 91 IMPERIOS IICA AAA e o e E 84 ingenuus Baizelle + SP m Lem ah Em LAT 69 inaequalis, Strongylacidon ................ 69 inaequalis, Stylotella .............. 67, 69, 71 ]neerfay Spoangelan b P eu cadres 128 InGUHSLORS, "S Pirdstrellie << raa rare durae en 34 incrustans, Gelliodes ............ 26, 118, 119 indistincta, Lissodendoryx ......... 95, 97, 98 inermis, Tedania digitata forma ........... 90 AAA E EE m e ate He et et euh 30 infundibuliformis, Euspongia ............ 131 infundibuliformis, Spongia .............. 131 233 a eh ee 131 "meii DIE EIER e Re RN e da gras! ahs m 30 inealbssenuabendysSDOnatid nun een NE NO 31 ERO ITO HV GM UR TERCER E t EA EU 2935]2937 BISCHEN, DAV RINE SN IUIS de ceder dnd oa d ed ed a 95 intermedia, Aulena gigantea var. .......... 61 PETERE CIO SE Urs LEM ER ge esd pine tien Ae 69 intermedia, Ceraochalina papillata var. 112, 113 intermedia, Darwinella ............. 147, 149 intermedia, Halme gigantea var. .......... 61 intermedia, Rhabdastrella ............. 22.23 intermedia, Siphonochalina .............. 112 intermedia, Strongylacidon ............ 68, 69 LADRON SER ARE ant ROA SING. KC Ur, 97 FORO DO n er nite et 153 TEE an Mare NERO ee a 134, 136 titer e A Ed AA E ole ae 134, 136 TE CUS PIE RT pe e 134, 137 GM HT TECH MIS AUN, ERO EU: SR 134, 136 EGO CITE Is AN RR P ae ok 135136 I'sgaupay x- ca eM QUE noe Re gage 135 PRT GUA Ete RER hr an. A NL 134 VEREINE he Er A mcs 136 [es OD AT A Ge Sa PNE TERRA a UE 137 O | tit; Pat eat Beet win alee Tun 136 ERE sees x REL d 134, 136 ENTER SONATA cantare don nn M IT 134, 136 Aug C20 E2003 2 161 Arm. on RU DR 134, 136 VE TAS CURE ORIS me Tm E A SIE A EU. CURE 134 ERUDITO 136 SI A NE 137 EROS HT ae NA e A 134 TOAST DOO IAS e NE Ro a E E d 134 irregularis, Callyspongia ........ esses. 105 irregularis, Euspongia (11 varieties, see Euspongia PARAME ER A AR As IET eee d i 1214122 aa ds ne o O do LES 61 TROCITO naar ery s et De TA 136 Ires lA SNE HTS A AE E 134, 136 irregularis var. lamellosa, Halme .......... 61 irregularis var. micropora, Halme ......... 61 TILLED IAMS SON SIGN OR ae TOUS AA 122 irregularis, Spongia zimocca ............. 122 isodictyalis, Halichondria ........ 98, 99, 100 isodictyalis, Lissodendoryx 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 100 isodictyalis, Myxila ............. 98, 99, 180 isodictyalis jacksoniana, Lissodendoryx ... 100 ISO PS yaa Pee) RS E AN eee 23 tyOn OY ISSOdeHdOF Nu a P 98 jacksonia, Euspongia irregularis var. 121, 122, 123 ( dclesovianas sd FIM vs P Rae XE 134, 136 Jacksoniana, “Lissodendoryx” ........ 97, 100 japonica var. globosa, Donatia ........... 30 japonica var. nucleata, Donatia ........... 30 JRDOIIGO SPOT y MN DE er Re, m. dd. tes deb 30 USD. Lr Le Sb Rain Dai NC eoe Mee ce RD, 26 234 F. WIEDENMAYER MISGORIQQEQT s ovp dura ru Ida 26 ESENCIA PRA TR 26, 28 IHTIDEREI isch CS ASIA JR hehe lee da 26 TONES wet um eben MER AL Een 94, 95 NUTTHERTTOSRDRGINSTOSE LEEREN 58 RIPE hondropsie nde A 13729 0 C3 RD 73 Jot D VSIdBa toes Lector om Pt ETUR dien 73 kirki, Phoriospongia .......... Tae TNT PERES ATA MASCUS EL 3 9 anche oie torte 73 ARS n5 AIN EN A dere dh 73 KROME WAG a a ey Oa NE 158 Jaya Eissodendorgyx Ea Sa a aa dnas 96, 97 laceıniatay Carernospongla se 123 lacinulosa, Carteriospongia .............. 123 lacunosa DENOTING: aien mr dae d. 151.505» Ja TOSS DILE E RTT EET E 34 LA CVIASTE POCOS x Senseo uw bees TRI tat 4 38 lage VIS ATIVAN AS II. INI re er UP EAT 156 ]3evissaElolpsa tek ASAS oe 77 lacio Sella sn T qo a Andere Ei 132 Taevis; Tet hy d pipat ae eA ED TS EDS AS: 30 laevispirulifer, Trachycladus .... 53, 54, 61, 97 lamella, Ceraochalina multiformis var. ... 113 lamella, Chalinopora ...... 108, 109, 112, 113 lamas Elda caia o en 108 lamella, Pachychalina ramulosa var. 112, 113 lamella, Phoriospongia iio mmocinnn 67, 75 TOrHell S PSI asQus sto TRO ER Ree ER E 67 lamella, Reniochalina ............. 48, 49, 50 lamellaris, Lendenfeldia? ...............- 127 lamellosa, Carteriospongia .............. 123 lamellosa, Halme irregularis var. .......... 61 lamellosa, Sponpla V oo tener ren 123, 124 laminaefavosa, Echinoclathria .. 60, 61, 64, 75 IGnitpa aS OSNO JERIA T LEER ER 130 lanuginosum, Coscinoderma ............. 128 lata, Stelospongus flabelliformis var. ..... 137 Dt CHITO! meet e n Bae IH ende 37, 38, 39, 40 Latruneulta-(Latrunculid). ca 40 PS (Leys ri LAA ee te e 47 ERS), BILLS. rms oe ees ud ue 38 IA (5) conulosa: coo 40, 43, 44, 46, 47 L. (L.) hallmanni ........... 38, 41, 46, 47 Jew \EUTLULIEG TAILS: PT o BODAS Lae 38 iE CECOcspinpoculume raves boi o or 47 Latrunculia (Negombata) .......... less. 40 L. (N.) acanthosanidastera ............. 38 PAE COLTICATA: AR an ehe 38, 40 Pow ol Mars LES RER 40 DEIN rame nes uo ea orn tnr t A. 38, 40 LATS Stel OS OUS et PITE ESI 137, 138 latus PROPECIA wu a t oec m md m n 130, 139 laxa, Aulena (2 varieties, see Aulena laxa) . 60 laxa, Cacochalina truncatella var. ......... 84 laxa, Halme (2 varieties, see Halme laxa) .. 60 laxissima, Mycale (Arenochalina) ......... 87 ETAT CU Cs korea A ae oe ee UNT, 130 Toenlioulg tq M y asta Pee oe 130, 131, 132 InecHlyeulatag nde Md TUE cre o NT 131 D “GOVT CL em uo Stetit e ose 131, 181 E (lera S TENA RR 130, 131, 132 IR Taldea Nre TAn e LL 131 VEI CY Ets IL TI cred S eee eee es 132 DE PIS TE Ate LS eus du AS Or 132 lendenfeldi, Aplysina .......... isse 155, 156 ¡CHARTER ACCN PA d ES 134, 136 DLendenfeldiatT RRE E 123, 124, 127 TARTAS ET ee Sb ee ees 127 Dede = AE a ak pees se 127 L. foliacea (recte Leiosella) . ....--- .->- 131 ACID A ee N nl IM ks 127 EDEN ER T 127 IDSSBOIVBUSIDUSQ Ead ee 127 DL VS ce re PRESSES 123 DATOS NC ED «take keke NA 127 leporina, Echinoclathria .............. 56, 61 lepDonihd; Spougla Pte a 59, 62 Lepraclatlrur ese cor ALES 56 leptodermasaRedanie mec v omni oe oe 100 levis; C'erapehalmas Cds > o 112, 113; 114 JEU IBSSponpia Aide tee ken 130, 132 levis: -Heioseliq- o, SEAT. MET ES 132 IG VISDIFUS Ce OH! ee ee 39 Dndereni Grssodenaorve A a CE TRECE 96 Lissodendoryx ........ 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 100 LX amgknakensiss RARE EE MI RS 98 L.-Dehrninej LE 1:283 5285, cm 98 TA BUCHONGRT. AS LA she ve te 96, 97, 98 EAGIPERROS DD LEA a pet RN AA RR: 95, 97, 98 LP oe ide sls ht uu ed UU eee 96 De Gena er IE REE 96, 100, 102 Db, xiversicheld- IA VARAS 96 Lit PIPING. Een nen 97 E. flatellata- IN 98 I. fragilis: ano IE S REPRE 96, 97 i... indistinela, Eo 5 ee 95, 97, 98 I ASOGICIVGLS@ NE RN 95, 96, 97, 98, 100 L. isodictyalis jacksoniana ............ 100 L. ivano Vi vere ne a RER 98 “Tas? jacksoniana- v ae ee 97, 100 L. RYO. ar ee 96, 97 L. lindgreni 22. 9 eee 96 L. lobos sii EE 96 L. lundBeckV an. AAA AN 96 E mollis IIA 96 “L,” ONCOL ea AAA AO NE 98 E. püpillgtà c mE M 100 L. papillosa esca ene ONE 98 L. RIMAS AAA PON 94, 96 L. simil A AO 98, 100 In sinensis nc 99, 100 L. SOP egg BEE RER 96 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 235 ELA eters erated dee ON 96, 98 I RS OPE RCT Came EI AR acens ded PE Dans 94 ESAS IOCERMI A en 96 P CEMAES d uem erii tow x ee 97, 99, 100 uL SSODnP IQ s estne eren vU SOMOS 58 lobosambissodendotyx. Loose ux reus 96 LOVER EDAOSDONEIG ste v mets 37, 40 Dai ar 20 Un O ro S Oe 154 UR TITEL doas cats ofr dad dA 152 ISuttanta: Polejaeblo etu nr e rne Sx 154 UTERINE E creat Pai RE T M 154 PUTAS AP ACOSO Boe. unse her putes 113 lundbecki, Lissodendoryx ............sss. 96 lutea, Euspongia irregularis var. ..... 12]; 122 IuteaseStellettinapsise “ewe os s eue tur 26, 28 luteus, Coppatias macrochela, Mycale fistulata var. macropora, Aulena gigantea var. ......... 61 macropora, Ceraochalina papillata var. 112, 113 iaeroporas CHANDA n seci ers ace sre 113 macroporas Ehalinella ^ cover oen 112 macropora, Chalinissa .............. 11337115 macropora, Cladochalina ............... 115 macropora, Echinoclathria: Whitelegge .... 59 macropora, Euchalina sairaat am nere xs 113 macropora, Halme gigantea var. .......... 61 I eroDoras PISCUSP A ett uin. a eneg tir Hels 59 macrospina, Pachychalina .......... 1122 4/13 maculata; .Eotyodoóryx nenne nern 96, 100 maculatum, Merriamium ........... ooo. 100 maculatus, ECLVOGOIYR a. ont et hr 100 madagascarensis, Phyllospongia .......... 124 maeandra, Ceraochalina multiformis var. . 113 mammillaris, Sigmatella corticata var. ..... 74 mammillata, Cladochalina 171272115 mammillata, Halichondria ..............-- 74 manaarensis, Ceraochalina multiformis var. 108 manaarensis, Pachychalina multiformis var. 108 rane cladochalina 4244466 aus ul ee 108 manus, Pachychalina ............... 108, 109 massa, Spirastrella ....... 2. ee 34 massalis, Polymastia? sss tenda. -neriti 33 mathewsi, Euspongia ......... nn 131 A A 1 Pe crore een er EET ARN 123 Megalopastas arenifibrosa ......---++++++ 127 NICO PEST RICO T ER ORC CO EE VI 152 INA SRL AA O A CDS 152 megarhaphis, Chalinopora typica var. 110 membranacea, Spongia ........4..« e 153 membranosa, Dendrilla (antiboreal records) 153 membranosa, Dendrilla: Burton (1934a) .. 153 membranosa, Dendrilla (Indo-Pacific records) 153 } a, Spongia: Esper .......---- A e Spongia: Pallas ..........-- 153 en... .... 94, 95, 98 ELI. 100 NIS TODO ne rotat Me 94, 96 ND KIOTULgasense En. . ouch qu een 94, 95 mesenterinum, Echinodictyum ........... 106 midhaelseni PORGEDIG, nro da ata 93 IVIGPOGIOF QE TR PTUS sel bao 56, 59 micropora, Aulena gigantea var. .......... 61 micropora, Ceraochalina papillata var. 112, 113 OOO calme 3. a poeta REO 61, 63 micropora, Halme gigantea var. .......... 61 micropora, Halme irregularis var. ......... 61 microrhaphis, Ceraochalina ............. 113 FRE CTOXNEL OT QUAM pecs ole fe hs cite CTAA 29 NESTORINAA Me MEC ser atu s m Ph eee a Re 105 minima, AYNA laxa; var. AAA 60 Minima Euchalopsis oe O10 UR 113 minima, Halme laxasvat. Zentren: 60 mirabilis, ATENOCHQUNG «ener be en 84 mirabilis, Arenochalina: Whitelegge .... 84, 87 mirabilis, Mycale (Arenochalina) .. 84, 87, 151 mollior, Cacospongig- «v vods sy tae cos 123 mollior, Cacospongia: Ridley ....... eM te mollior, Euspongia irregularis var. ....... 122 mollis, Ceraochalina multiformis var. 113 "riollisscladocnalinam a geo wee: Gee 113 iiolnseDastyiaehalmea eere niet e 113 PIOUS? JOISSOUCHAOTIIG oh. dato S eet een 96 mollis, Placochalina pedunculata var. .... 107 TOUT hoosd ves ET LE 38, 39 mollissima, Cacochalina truncatella var. 69, 71 mollissima, Euplacella .............. 106, 107 monilata Daciylochalna muessen 113 moniliformis, Chalina polychotoma var. .. 115 THOROGUS PCLT BUR: Ate orde: par an dando ee 29 TSP, Renieta ee 89, 90, 92 NUBE Darwinellg do. v amt HA 147 muelleri, Darwinella: de Laubenfels ...... 148 multiformis, Ceraochalina (8 varieties, see Cer- accnotinaemulformis) i42 nen ee 113 multirotalis, Latrunculia (Latrunculia) ..... 38 Gee ESI ET, S/n AAA 30 ARDOA a o eee 16, 18 mI GacgsDOhgla “pos ssc eed es 140 ATRAEN: 140 ANITA ARANA 134 musicalis, Coscinoderma ........... eiai 130 avendo Cos Tt ERES EREEEEE 83, 84 BA TMOG NIC aT CE TERES TE TEEEC TE 84, 87 M. fistulata var. macrochela ........... 84 A ON X eee SENIN TEETE 84 DA EA AAA 84, 87 WIE NIDN S rennen: 84, 87 Mycale (Arenochalina) ............:....+- 84 Po TO I E re 84, 87 AECA under ee 87 WWE TUE ERLE RS S re 84, 87, 151 hike (RL DTH OG): RR 87 236 MASELSOALHURL juste bei PUDE EY ES 84 NS Te Str HAE O A ARES 19, 20 MeL DOR zs et D ire e dent 94, 96, 97, 98 WE OTUR EO ET deis EIU TRY CIS 96 TV Hie ARGO LOCATE a pulpal ee are 94 NMvxillasamaknakensis s.m ra er era a DES 94 We QELS. Fake V REF EPI FUE FER 87 VITO ON 4T S o ie a 95 NLIUSOQIQUVULUS EE ESAE Tg Rel ad ror d E 98, 99 WILEVGITRUG Sere CCS E TQ PAGS Dre 97 Negombata (see Latrunculia) .... eee 40 NESOMU Reta n o er en Ov o Spr RUE 40 MALE Pa AMS voten? 60 E A en fore ee 144 "era; Geoaia (CeOGIA) t A IER 26 Aira ADOS DO SI rd aueh 144 MIDRESCEM SG RANIO n da T ze E 89 UMSS eo ted mes ween Py a pete 89 MOCOS ISIDORA te TR AAA Cay 79 HONO SAaTCOCOINGE yan pews Cee OI HS 75, 79 POROA PONSA lel AN a FE CIO 79 nodosum, Psammoclema .......:..: 76, 79, 83 novaezealandiae, Chalina oculata var. 114, 115 nucleata, Donatia japonica var. ........... 30 nuda var. abruptispicula, Cladochalina ... 112 nuda eect ELC GUL SULT el a ay NOR nae 112 Dudas gutem ear ay p m naw 112 AAAA CHAIA Roe TR are: Tara) I in 104, 112 nuda var, oxystrongylus, Ceraochalina piZ nuda var. oxyus, Ceraochalina ........... 112 Obesicheid, DENOTA e e rep cae eee 95 DORIA SPUR TEE ONE VS at Te. 120 CASUAL e a cada IM ERE CIENT RES 120 oculata, Chalina polychotoma var. 112, 113, 115 oculata var. novaezealandiae, Chalina 114, 115 Oculata, Pachyehalina Toa ee 112 Onvchonyxll ax A O E: are rege 97 [Ode ic egeo THREE RI Paty ee nnb ss] Or manti" a a u 59 CURATE RIO OE E n De Ova Low rn Fara e VUE IT 59 Ophlitaspongia auctorum .......... 58, 59, 66 On EC A uh s Esta hee 62 (OT PP DID eer ye wa arido ON oed ea 66 (DWG d. Eq erede O AN 105 otahitica, Carteriospongia: Hyatt ........ 123 Drake, SHONWIRM IO ne me ada iaa Tin at 123 OZUG LEGIT O rei 96 CREE ROP RE EL eS ITAL ET IET. es 29 Oxveota, "hissodenaoryx. a, P Pw. eRe eo 98 (O E Enc plain 40 CLPRCAALAOSUMIGGSIOND: a rica erian 40 oxystrongylus, Ceraochalina nuda var. 112 oxyus, Ceraochalina nuda var. sssr aranan: 112 Pachychalina arias. VT OE bes 113 A ere oraret ee le iun 106 E elim adt Elite REN ERAS 106 F. WIEDENMAYER Pe COMMITS ev IA Des 115 P. deter ne cafa on eee RS 113 POSISLanE Ene. mtrs UTIMUR UR es ts PERSONA ot ne VOIE er Js] PAD tera. = NAO 113 P. MESIOBPINA A ON DID BE. Anus... aoo bert A A 108, 109 P. multiformis var. manaarensis ....... 108 A Anker IDEM! 112 Pipatti handski ih eee 112-2118 PREDUP CATO te T Korb PURSE TET REI EA 108 Pesoumotataies 24) er teeters 107 E, FOMIOSI aka bes ERES NOU TET Eu 112 ADS Un o rea Qo BOR a HIER a 115, 116 P. ramulosa var. digitata ......... 112, 113 P. ramulosa var. lamellar uus 123013 P riada saeia aeos v CN oT ES DAC cass DREHTE SUIS re ee 91 DAUESCERSs Dyslexia ae a ame 144 pallescens, Dysidea avara var. ....... 144, 146 pallescens Spongsla dar rena 144, 146 pallescens, Spongelia: Schulze ........... 144 vatda OC AILVSDIORE TD: A 105 ENCARAR AOS palate; “Chalina Fer 2 nee: 108 Dalmata, SHOR SER CM 108 POMGUEOS: end bia nk aa 56, 58, 59 panis;-Papillines Voc s yew hse wis ssn Patent RR EE AMIS SDLPASEREH AE vvv ARI 34 Danis ssubenissuve Jr voro TS NE 90 Danis Le dan este 90 papilar OphliáspopDgiS "TES AS ge 59 papillata, Ceraochalina (with 3 varieties, see Cer- aochahna-paápillata) Lorie iri 1I% a IS papillata,eLissodenudoRyXx A ERU. 100 Pana DANI AO deer ee ved IS ERBE papillosa, LissodendoryX ......... eee 98 papillosa var. porosa, Spirastrella ......... 35 papillosa, Sigmatella corticata var. ..... 74, 76 Dupiltosa; Spirastreila. u Wik ER T EE R; MOSS Dabyracen, Phakela win. TR 62 papyracea, Phyllospongia ............ ss. 124 papyracea, DOTA ma enri een Ca 104 POTASA OR 94, 95 PIFREQUERS un, en ae 94, 95 AA ke atanan ae R aeuo A TER EA RE ER EIS 104, 105 PHratedaniB) s eiers RA iaa RE 87 parviconulata, Acanthellina ........... eit 51 parvistellu;-Donatiü. AAA UAE REOR 30 Pauls dan moram moni 104 paucispina, Chalinopora 110, 112, 113, 114 paucispina, Cladochalina ......,......«.. 110 DAUGIS HIN, SUGMALTME, c en UT ERSTE 113 paucispina Pachychalina ............ 112; dels PaUupertass ANCHOAS 96 bauparias, ENOJO os, e ncn ate a 95 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT paupertas, Hymedesmia .,...........<.... 95 paupertas, Hymeniacidon ................ 95 PRUDENTES "P horbasUrpeteeee xr wv 96 pedunculata, Aplysina .................. 156 pedunculata, Placohalina (3 varieties, see Placocha- o A A e t lu a wl 107 pennatula auctorum, Carteriospongia 123, 124 perforata, Antherochalina ................ 62 perforata, Phyllospongia (Antheroplax) ... 113 pergamentacea, Callyspongia 106, 109, 110, 114 pergamentacea, Ceraochalina ........ 110, 115 BEIBUMENIACER. CHAINS: X8 "at n s vom 110 pergamentacea, Cladochalina ............ 110 pergamentacea, Cladochalina armigera var. 110 persculpta, Callyspongia ... 106, 110, 111, 112 pesleonis, Coscinoderma ....... 128, 130, 139 DECOM Se SONETO LE E AN LEV ENT 128 NRI PPM D s. iL ORA O E 48 ACCOUNT A core Sivoo a eau 5] ei ran Crta de P pep a cid ter s 62 P. papyracea Ridley | Dendy ........... 62 LAT Tr Eo fe A RE TU RN 48 RSIS are iie m e RN 48 DAP CH STE RETI ae A 62 DEVERES SKEIRU wee ah o etes STRIS een 30 EilllinpensissBuchalind ae 113 phillpinensis, Euchálina :.-:.: maaa, 113 ENTE CAU Mr zd deeem de 120 VS A RO Re Car re etate ho eaa 120 DEDOS em e vids oe ran 120 UBRO QUII a) rr MET in 38 IEEE RS of en ee dp ecce maso Mat 95, 102 TITIA Satine 2 so CI scis 95 I JC du eM TNT NECS 102 OIEA SADA ARA on 96 ARLETE se LEA ER Lp LR. ae Eme ata 102 PUNOS DOME nur ihr DAPR, OS ERA ETERNO PU A Sats e saa, AN "22475 TRO GIRONE e ee ot, TET elas 454 0p 397. ¡AAA RA ii RN a UA 75 PR AA NE AA AA os e 67 R EAN A TER ett Ie onu ioo AA MEM 67, 75 RETTET A S TUNE SIR 1 63, 64, 67 TO IBS TIPLE Taw Pei i EE GS Kinn Waist Mein 7 75 Jamey SG AS RS A Pa 65, 76 SO TATI A ra Vi atone eee 123, 124 A DES PU TAL RC UNE ERIT Po on 124, 125 A ee 124 purs ast EC SS ME NR RTI REQUE TER C E N 124 Jg So CU TERR rr p PDT NE 124 BA a PEE ey Bere EIN TE Haec o TETUR 126 OVES IESU E ld A A 124 (Peiiae avaseacensisuany ER re 124 TOP DUPPUPUCEHE Y eure rt A: 124 aay PACUSSIDOTTDIS EAE DE A on ere NOT 131 MN E nn eee TT 127 Phyllospongia (Antheroplax) caliciformis .. 124 PASO Mer ue. Rs de te 113 Phyllospongia (Carteriospongia) silicata ... 126 ERC CRUCES, ehe en na Eon 127 BISSCHEN aureus N 19, 20 EKO E IC A ee 104 P. pedunculata var. dura ............. 107 Pa pedunculata var. mollis: ere 2 =e ae. 107 P. pedunculata var. poculum .......... 107 wa SR T NEST ee ele 104 plebeja, Chondrosia: Kirkpatrick ......... 160 Fléctispa: ERTED „ke dU plicata, Lendenfeldia? ooo, 127 plicatum, Desmacidon s miroo ocean: 68 Riumohaiefohndra ad a. tEn smt a 98 EL PO ON E dr E PEU 97 POLIS S DOSE, ET. net E BERI PI 38 plumosa, Plumohalichondria ............. 97 pluriloba, Mycale (Arenochalina) ......... 87 poculum, «Cacosponsia® sum ris Meek ack. 124 poculum, Placochalina pedunculata var. 107 POROD OMET A o RA E TUBE 40 SRO CERT. = eV RON an 37, 40 polychotoma, Chalina (with 4 varieties, see Chalina poleenotoniaye T o ed uL RAS AS EOINUDIOS PONIA q o A ON 123 RELA EN A ER ee ee 32, 33, cin (do Wo. A A S EAS A a A A A o re COVER ET, Ehana A IS MEDIIS wre hike x.) PT S Pret a 32, 34 HRS CORE E ee rote Tre i 33, 34 TET TS M ERN M e 34, 37 BO SIRO Crus sb A A eee (eat ASR A A | wears e! ADIP ASI ESSE AA Ae edi ue Taur 37 polyphemus, Lendenfeldia? .............. 127 polyphylla, Carteriospongia ............. 123 polytyla, Tedania digitata froma .......... 90 AI a an A a, 37 porcata, Spirastrella cunctatrix var. ....... 35 porosa, Spirastrella papillosa var. ......... 35 praecipua, Tetilla .................... 28, 29 PEPE AR SU TM TCR 37 primitiva, Rhabdastrella ................. 25 NOBLES SOSA EDITADA Jus rete TR d 18 Horde ee ey el ems 98 providentiagn Aurora N PURI IER ee 23 Bsammapiysılla 0.007 SOR AN ri 156, 158 EEUN n wal dis FE 158 TESORO SONS HE eh 67, 75 URLS o PERCHÉ, PERS Ne om 67, 75 Psammascus auctorum. .,............. 67, 71 Ud LAT. RON HEN, RM S 73 238 F. WIEDENMAYER Peale veo Fu m ind kee ee UR RT ERN 67 SADISMO Mon OR RECEN 14 PIDAN vais LORUS a OR d eee es 17 lick d EN eft. A A o O 17 ESANIMIOCHELL E IR A A) Psammocinia a O un 134, 135 Psammoclema ........ 64,67. 71; 78:517, 104 TZ XPUIm e o Bes EU MET E 715: 1:9 S] AA UI ent PREDA ef Re RR IS 76 JLB esc AAA etg À 65, 67, 73, 76, 77 P;'IISsSüratun See "Tusc 85 197782. BR SUNTEIOSUIN sce re ceri NEUE 65 PoPoniodes: Fu ushers hoe ait 76, 718, 79, 81 OS LTE N DES TR, CA een 76, 79, 83 F'Ogadratum T RET AM 80 (ead ROGIER OAT gm, Ney ety et o CER 76, 79, 80 T2. SORDEGTUDITIL a lid 78, 81, 82 DVANSOESDIE TL A P oy. T ML NE 79, 80, 82 PETIERE rn SIS Pororaa SUr Sew LL a AA AAA e 63, 64 Di TS LETT EEE RS ORO NITE 76 POdensumovaresuGP DIOSA TERUEL 76 PASAT CLOG na HL rA EAE GJ^ TA. Bsehdlanchitneer RATA ANT Jua etg 56 ESENCIA e o. CIEN 47, 48, 4 La CONVEX en, re m Ra lr ent Pes ete 48 ANS Ie eu RL LE 47, 48 TOOL ETE ESTEE PRI TERES e Reed 48 IPSA DRE, . e Ohba teen CRE RU 156, 158 P CLASS (ims e enu oia. ant SAUL eR ERES o 147 PAULA at vU, saat E 156, 158 Pseudoesperia cer E NEXT 84 Jo d AOT VIT OA rel bg dodi od oo edi gel vllo ed etate: 49 Piako la s POTE EI EISE EUST IS, 39 pulvinstsaechalmas esq E ETE 108 PULVinatae; QUESBOTUHU Keen > Gene ro 108 Dulvitidtus: Chalmae eX es Pe EE MS EE 108 MIU" ACIDOS u Wer LED Lo CN LE 119 DUCIT SO IDEOGH OUT E nee: 108 punctata, Geodia, (Geodia) ........... 24, 26 punctata; Bachychalna ern. t5 gen 108 punctata sbkacbyslialtia m eT 107 DONOTA ODAS OE I Re at e on pyle HD 34 PAID Urea Aq yit. e nee. COLERE art 156 purpurea, Druinella ........... 158, 159, 160 purpurea, Latrunculia (Negombata) ....... 40 purpurea?, Psammaplysilla ......... 158, 159 PUEDES DINOS a e RN RN 34 purpurea, Spirastrella: Vosmaer ........... 35 Purpurea Selletünopsiss ernten ke 28 pustulosus erachyelaausqme v pe ene 54 puiridosa; Oceanapia MI SES 120 putridosa Phloeodietyon sars ms esr rer 120 putridosa, KRhlzochalma Ars pepe seen 120 putridosum, Alcyonium ...............-. 120 putridosum, Phloeodictyon .............. 120 PyYLlorne,@oseinoderma nn er 128 pyriformis, Coscinoderma ............... 128 quadrilobata, Sigmosceptrella ...... 39, 40, 47 OWA se E cb ae ee ee eee 56 radiata, CUMeHlOSPOHRIG» cree. oo ei. ome 123 radiatum, Psammoclema ................: 80 FORM LODOSAR Ectyodonvxs s m TTE PER 96 ramosa, Callyspongia . 105, 110, 112, 114, 117 ramosa, Chalinopsilla arborea var. ........ 80 famosa Chalma as ee 109, 115 ramosa: SOMO AIN ae ea N 71 famosa, Pachvchalmasa. 55 vete ete o 112 ramosa Bachyelialnawe n t et m 115, 116 FAROS OPONE Cc nr 112, 113, 114 ramosum, Psammoclema .......... 76, 79, 80 ramulosa var. digitata, Pachychalina . 112, 113 ramulosa var. lamella, Pachychalina . 112, 113 Raplitoderitia- gets Gos) capes eee Senter eee eee 83 Rapitodesma e a am are se an 83 RAPAYCUSSHIXORY AAA E E T 34 spas o A ee 54.35 Raspala AGENES TS o NOI. EE. een neds 55 Teductum, Canmi Rese. amo rc P 13 RENTONA TISTESCENE A Ponar e RR A 89 Rentera' am DIgUas cvs d 90 ¡o e er ER RR 36, 37 Ret Catt AN A E a 89, 92 Rx RE BAT A rhiewe sie cere te $9, 90, 92 reniformis forma spurca, Chondrosia ...... 36 REATOGHGLITIAMIS e ged EM CREER 48, 49 Ht lamella A A ee ee er ene 48, 49, 50 RESCUE s. T EE EL LC 49, 50 KU stulaemitise e PE 48, 49, 50 repens, JATUGOTIDd Cuore te kiln elton een AE 16 reteplax- Weraochalitiae re 113 reteporosus T rdchypcladus x eet eee 54 retiaria, Dictyodendrilla ............. usn. 152 retjanim Megalopastas ne o ArT: 152 rettarmistayesraoghalitid M ne ee 108 reticulata; CRORAFOSIE san sb eee 36, 37 peticulata? Halsarear ut, end dee 36, 37 reticulata, Rhabdasirelld 105 IIA 23 reticulata, Stelospongia ............. 141, 142 reticulum, Phoriospongia .......... 63, 64, 67 Rhübdastrella- mota yen A 21, 26 RUGUFOTC sn nee ot ae 23 R..eordata in A 21.723 R. fibrosa: ois Sen r dorea e E 23 R. .globostellata. sr es- ae ee een 23 R: intermedia 4.0.4.0 eee 22. 25 R. primitiva AAA 23 R, reticulata" A ER 23 R. rTOWE nr TREE 23 R. spinosd. AAA 23 R: tenuis Re Ma hearer tes | R, virgula naa CAN 23 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 239 RESPOSTA ee 71 SPOUSE ATONE - Lo See fen 50 TORT OCT T OPTIME. Aere ro Ies 3 50, 51, 52 RENTE hen CR det M Nm LN 32,53 PV Baa N per EN A, 53 [SS EAU NIE RS Reo. 53 Riizachalias a a es Shea Sr NE 120 LEE e AI rd o oad SANE: 120 rhopalum, Dendoricella .............. 94, 95 DICTU Geo Oy. any Tua ieh rd S Ls 97 Kalevi Gender Adat ..n o et 127 Tigidasecoria missa. $4 amarae Dur d 112, 115 Hada n Pachychalina po ca to des 92118 rimosa, Fasciospongia ......... 139, 141, 142 rimosa, Spongia (2 varieties, see Spongia rimosa) A AI ARON A 3:32 141 EROSA 'Stelosponkia vor. 5 reser dale a 141, 142 nose MILD TOC ag E hee «hele and oan AS 141 EOS TEN ANCONS oe weg o EM Ene 17, 18 robusta, Ancorina (Ecionemia) ........... 17 robusta, Psammastra bacillifera var. ...... 17 robusta, Stelletta bacillifera var. .......... 17 FODUSIO MESE Na ue RES T 30, 31 robustum, Ecionema bacilliferum var. ..... 17 rogseyelti, Mertlamium 4-9... 94, 96 ROSACEA OTP WINCH a vem oe or ae 148, 149 FESO, AN ER le PCS 146, 147 rosea Aplvsillar Rockman oo. 152 AN IDONEA PUR oreet E dy 7 ste 23272153 rosea var. digitata, Dendrilla ........ 152, 153 rosea var. typica, Dendrilla ......... 152,133 VOSA ni c AUN a A O 146 onda Primela m EB 158, 159, 160 VowreRhabdasitrellg A e a Fio 23 Ga a2 a E EFE TIED JD 97 Nbtennda PERAN get aed ee 90, 91 rubicunda, Tedania digitata var. .......... 90 AUS 9 e m RE uta 136 ER A EE EA AE 90 rubra, Tedania digitata var. .............. 90 Ioram; Glathriodendren. houi iriri nek. 56 rugolineata, Acanthellina 0.00.0... sees 51 EEE HOT o D 137 ERE | SEER SIN 39 Cn a ACUI GL dom NN DR PER 14 sansibarensis, Stongylacidon .............. 68 A AA 75, 144 O l| E 75, 79 SECOURS TNT SNNT CTRESTRTETIREETEE 134, 135 BEABTOSUSSERROCHVCIHHAUS coc. lees 54 SEN EEE AA IRRE RE EN 66 RE oo cand RL 40 MOOD DINE RS veg eer ond COR 38, 39 ENTER N runs 94, 95, 96 SORDO AMIA eue. crecen ee 96 Schmudtt, Dendoricella s.. raara menaa 95, 96 schmidti, Waldoschmittia ................ 95 sectilis, Reniochalina ................. 49, 50 semilunaris, Spirastrella horre olati p sa 34 seriala VOPhlIaSponBIa Land ete Ts 59 SCHL SEN E een Uto SEED EN 59 o HAIE San u A as 115 serpentina, Callyspongia ... 105, 109, 114, 115 Serpenting, SPONGIA . osa 114, 115, 116 serrata, Sigmatella corticata var. .......... 74 setosa?, Gelliodes (correctly setosus?) ...... 87 SEYCHGHEHSIS; Donatia. Were RA, 31 saeychellensis; "Tethya- «vw ive cte BUS 32 SOMONE er e et 24 sigmata, Lissodendoryx ............... 94, 96 DICTA Ae colt. c UC aer. ILU a PE 71 S. australis var. flabellum .............. 74 SAUS as var tuba Ben. 75 ONGITEGTELOID ILLU Le De RET e SCHLUCHT A ie EON SA. es 74 S. corticata var. flabellum ............. 74 S. corticata var. mammillaris ........... 74 S. corticata var. papillosa .........,. 74, 76 Se coftieata vary serrata ls rear TRE 74 SImOSCOPILOU, oA, AAA 37, 39, 40 TE (te any SRN M arcs ACE 39, 40, 47 ow guadkiiobala. «scm A a, on 39, 40, 47 silicata, Carteriospongia . 124, 126, 127, 136 silicata, Euspongia irregularis var. 121, 122, 123 silicata, Phyllospongia (Carteriospongia) .. 126 similis, Lissodendoryx ............... 98, 100 SHOE COPTIONIIT I, ar da AIR 13 simplex, Darwinella ....... 147, 148, 149, 151 STO DIL ie A O CS E 146 sinensis, Lissodendoryx ........,-.... 99, 100 plete lll a T A CANN A 104, 105 Siphonochalina auctorum ........... 104, 105 TAS SOLO zer cr oet 108, 109 Cd A YN e bis 112 COPOS ER SIS UN 134 SOHO DISAIT RETE TRUM REIR 34 SOPRA EP isepdendotyx ue ERN TOREM 96 SPICE ra eSpirastrelld o ee a 34 spinipoculum, ÁROS E a E Taa g eere 47 spinipoculum, Latrunculia (Latrunculia) ... 47 spinispirulifera, Spirastrella ........... 34, 39 spinosa, Rhabdasirelld. un anna ee 23 Sposa ia PL r G 128 spinosissima; Callyspongia .............. 105 PMA N a EE, 104, 105 SIE OEL TOTEN On RE E een 134 IAS NE AI 34, 38, 39 Dy EMO Ee tr o AN 34 DEC ROIG ESPERE ee us. 34 IN ia eho ETERNI 34, 35 MEA co ee. 34 SR ro 34 240 Se OUPICEOTELN este M TENET ER 34 Sdunetatüxs vate POLCATAN een URDU 35 SEUA ory etr MPH oe on Fe 34 SEE CUIDEN. icd n a TV. Nye O te 34 Sed OTI GE Aryan oy DEN TIPS eel ERE 34 ICONS o MUR TE AMETS aL E 34 Saa O os ates eee eee 34 SI MOSS eo ae ES CIO tee: Aas SSRIS DIE CIO OY. 34 SIOS CE er P Meta CLE e 34 CLondqeMistol S9 a DERE E 35, 36 S, papillosa var. POLOSA o oan ee 35 DSS NITE AN P Co or TEL CELERE, 34 BOER DITA CTS E 34 Se BUMDUREAT VOSAS v SUL SEES TRA. 35 S c sernnlmaris ERA de uera pt IDE 34 COD TO GNI ais Nous Ue E Te. de Tee op 34 Se SDICHUTELAN PERA Hines. CURES 34 Su SOUS ITH El I E n Sa ie CER oe 34, 39 Se sptrastrelloides. Tr oS TEILE A 34 BSTISHIOPIDIde5 CE CRI EI NUNC E 34 de aos OA ERLERNEN 34 NETTE a o ce u re 34 SWS preted S REN ea RP. ern sabe ut 34 spirastrelloides, Spirastrella ............... 34 SBILODHOTE EET ety een. Fre: SER S DANA CE EI EE E Td EGRE 53 A od ee SPITOPHOFEL E AS N A 53 Se a Ao E UA 53 Ns o e ad a En 144 SV E A E noe 144 S Gal o IAS IEEE LETRA 132. 153 S orans Lendestdekd eun EET 87 TT Y AT a ds Loss, 2797 a 143 Sn TESTER RA Meri EC aa HS Sae be o 153 BISIIQOGLEH, Round hte ERE NI E E UT 128 SERIE A IER CHORDS EE LASER RE 73 Sb? OUO ev E Rae eL aco M; batten Bo aan de 79 SAPOS CC AS Pet EE A ENN 144, 146 Sales UG Sam CLIUNZ S ata tare ree rer ERA 144 S SDIS A RT t a e RE 128 SOSE RERO 121 SISO On ats ea A 76, 121 SITES Ulan Saas E SS er PISTE 122 Rd LT ETE e d CR E ers ER ca bes Rare Chie a 123 SAMOA 122 PONEIS o Ci Ne cd 87 SOSVA OHS E am 3a ee 106 SE D LUEN A ee 106, 108 SRG Moe euer 59 a A nen se er re nee 131 S COMPACT CM aedes rn d eer a Aus ae 131 SUELOS TOD Ulises. da I TREE E UNES 111, 112 S TROLS PAG Die ERE EE IE Aan the re 104, 131 YT ROTE XE NS pete ort tt tony pres GRE Gh mim 42 d 123 S-vinfuudibulifonmis end os sen Aeda 131 F. WIEDENMAYER S eibi UST E A 131 Selautellosq. D rorem moa comme 123-3124 Ss LED OTT e Plug eH NE D DORT Re 59, 62 Se MENDEAMAGEN e ecu EAE A O 153 Ss EMOT OSI ESPE en EUR DN 153 Si membranosa: Pallas: c cr oc 153 SOTO es tres. Tode rep eS ee 123 SU Damals AS ee 108 SEPA VECOU CST e aci ee DIPSA, PLEBS 104 S ADOSQORIS ee i-o Ee Iced 128 SET HOS Op reo ee 1702: 9 139 E! SW UIT TURA. to EIS OT TOO J'en 141 S HUROSO var s COlUMMATISN hea ude em NINE 141 S. rimosa var. subclavata ............. 141 a SOLID ua RTT ee S SP dies ES 59 SELENA Pa: ar Ar o Monete 114, 195,116 Spenglosa,r Esperella nr 84, 86, 87 PONSA MICHEL ne 84, 87 MICA GIRO ROSTER bakes Mee) tate 36, 37 spurca, Chondrosia reniformis forma ...... 36 stalagmitis, Reniochalina .......... 48, 49, 50 SIDIGEMIDIVES AMOO TR 18 stellata e a YSP ONET V e Ec eee 105 SÉQUEIQ: zu re iore ith RE PE rcs eL TM 19 SS FCAT an Se ver ny nth Ha ECRIRE TL E NN 20 Srearenitecta: 70:2. 5.08.5. ATQUC TA SRI 20 S baclllifeta var: RODUSTEE aces are, 17 Sx ISSO a Av PTUS By ee den 23 VEIA PP 20 Stelleitinopsis. «25 ers A b AS 14 Sucabterh e E Loa yn nn ee ee 26, 28 SOTILLO Nee, CR Ake PUR MR ere a 28 SO: Sade san TUE. oem erecta 26, 28 S, CDWWEDLIFOGE na an p e o Mato cor EE 28 tes foll Fu N e e MI E see 2 RR ET TETUER 26 Sh DALCIPALAS e s car Er. AD aa 26128 stelliderma, Burtonispongia ............... 68 stelliderma; Desmaeidon. zer. zer sn 68 SIelNdenmor Elaleholdriame ERIS 68 stelliderma, Strongylacidon ............... 68 steltieri ATHOLP MMA et a. ede RES 26 SIC hU CODD T ETC DO ET TERM 26 STGHTIer Dim TOS DIS LE Rm REC ncn 26, 28 Elena SU MED NOD SIC ke P E UN PM 26 StelpdoRV Xn RI ane cmm out EROS RENE ee 98 p OE cem reu e P 96 SIOIOSPORDIN eroe Y Lore Ct AAO 134, 141 SAGA AMIA RE EM EP 141, 142, 143 S diabellifarmijsec* eee n A 142 Sicha Delis: nee DE 141, 142, 143, 144 S heticnl ats. cem ENERO 141, 142 SOSA iue ER ERR 141, 142 StEJOSNONE OS E cor em A He Pr UNT PAD 141 Softail eher OQ TUR etm RER ER TE 141 STELOSNOHLUS, meu cap ten ya Ri ONE REN 141 SACD USA Ran cep UR 139 SPONGES FROM BASS STRAIT 241 S. flabelliformis 137, 138, 139, 142, 143, 144 So fabelliformisvar, lata ar... 137 SOME RING! AMAT LAT UNT A A 137, 138 SODIO USES Mos ON AAA E 140 smpttatas A cd ERIT s STRE sedi. ern 51 stipitata, Lissodendoryx .............. 96, 98 stipitatum, Psammoclema ........... 78, 8182 Sierras eem RT um 134 LER OVIGGIdOTES, Ta sea LL MEL 67, 69, 71 SEC IBI LED Eye a DER BEE. RE NR UNI AL. 69 IET, uerb eee V aont Rann 2 Fete tan nte ed 68 ‘Sy. pile etek: |) coe AS a arde LL DE re Tr 69 BT e E ee 68, 69 DSM SIDALCLISIS. RET S RERO e VT 68 SE SATTE AIR oT 68 strongylata, Lissodendoryx ............... 94 strongylatus, Trachycladus digitatus var. ... 54 SUM EISE LYOIC HA CIO UU wate, TE NI S 54 SOS re ae ANKER 66 tS SNE TEE gL agp m E ET made na 66 styloderma, Lissodendoryx ............... 96 NAHE ee ENS ee In mS. 67, 68, 69 LETT EET A A ee 71 SUCUS rd NT IE RE 67, 69, 71 Sorells AM CECI OE sre urne ue diss. Sea e RR 69 subclavata, Spongia rimosa var. ......... 141 subcylindrica, Callyspongia .............. 105 VP TEL CHEER e a OO US SEEN T acie tret eH 93 ARDUIS NU TS OE TERN NE SE 90 Su VAIO e A e A terr Dem TL E PL T SEES 38 S EWIISODI VAT BICUS S. abe ERU TET T OA 34 MARS, AA A 102 subfibrosa, Psammopemma densum var. ... 76 A A 18, 19 Mn AES LE Lm TO 146, 147 SUpbureas ADV SI e ae a He RAE ETC a 146 Sup NUS. ISY5ld BODSIS C 7. 23s Ra REM 146 suriganensis, Euspongia irregularis var. 122 syringiana, Phoriospongia ............. ss. d RNING TEAGI retos a ur rar a ae 87, 97 Maocnmra etel lu OLI BS Le ue says Pre Rr d 143 tarentina, Latrunculia (Negombata) .... 38, 40 VE EN Sel Lu hor ste JE AAA 87, 96, 97, 98 HILLS ER 87, 89, 92, 96, 100 T. anhelans forma assabensis ........... 90 MENT, lyn orc i us XOT EE ee SERES. 90 WAGON 92 Jin, ACNE aa AAT AAAA SHORTS 89, 92 UPFdyed ata vat NH DTOSA: «ica Serena enn 90 T. digitata forma inermis .......:...... 90 T duitatcastrorua DOIVEVIA meses san 90 To aletiatde var. Tübteunda eo eve pee 90 AAA Ei AE TREO CE RETE 90 MORA VAL MVEMNUCOSA eue Ner 90 Th VIG HEY a uem RUN SUN EIN ee TOT LENT TENE A d noe 89, 92 TEE ee eee © he MUR CR A In 90 Ts AES eS DACHICH a LUE ote 9] T. leptoderma (correctly Lissodendoryx isodic- QUAS ee M M 100 IPRC ood cute mam mes sir d ANTA SES 89 OXON: a et ce Dart Apt id) sige Hy RES 96 TAS Tu: EMT pest Se TRA EROR CAEN CL o e e 90 TARDA a HIRED a sr 90, 91 Jr. unsers e PE ec LI S re o Y d o 90 ORT CHIUSA ret o LL Los te E 87, 97 HATTE Jory es rete en PEDE RU: 87 Techado rr AD d 48 LEN ACTO Pe Aie e der de A 102 tenacior, Anchinoe coriaceus var. .... 102, 103 GAFA PROERD OT T as Kerne 3 102 tenellas “Ceraconalina ues er UT ea E 113 e AR er 113 tentorioides, Spirastrella d RIS 34 Ger brisa BRISSA- sre ursi Rated ee PESE 115 tenuifibris, Cladochalina ................ 115 TERIERDDAUS, Gelliodesen Sinn mas var 119 tenuirhaphis, Cladochalina .......... 112, 113 fenus ce ALT EN dr au Bas ver 62 RENLIS,